As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2013
Registration No. 333-185269
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Delaware | 1531 | 90-0907433 | ||
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000
Scottsdale, AZ 85251
(480) 840-8100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
Darrell C. Sherman, Esq.
Vice President and General Counsel
4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000
Scottsdale, AZ 85251
(480) 840-8100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
John C. Kennedy, Esq. Lawrence G. Wee, Esq. Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP 1285 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10019-6064 (212) 373-3000 |
Julie H. Jones, Esq. Ropes & Gray LLP The Prudential Tower 800 Boylston Street Boston, MA 02199 (617) 951-7000 |
William J. Whelan III, Esq. Joseph D. Zavaglia, Esq. Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP 825 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10019-7475 (212) 474-1000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | ¨ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | x (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) | Smaller reporting company | ¨ |
|
||||
Title Of Each Class Of Securities To Be Registered |
Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price(1) |
Amount Of
Registration Fee(2)(3) |
||
Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share(4) |
$500,000,000 | $68,200 | ||
|
||||
|
(1) | Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933. |
(2) | Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933. |
(3) | $34,100 of this amount was previously paid. |
(4) | Includes shares of Class A common stock which the underwriters have the right to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any. |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Dated , 2013
Shares
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, which we refer to in this prospectus as TMHC, is offering shares of its Class A common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $ and $ per share.
We have applied to list the Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol TMHC.
After the completion of this offering, our Principal Equityholders (as defined in this prospectus) will own a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, will have the ability to elect a majority of our board of directors and will have substantial influence over our governance.
Investing in the Class A common stock involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page 24.
PRICE $ PER SHARE
Price to Public |
Underwriting
Discounts and Commissions |
Proceeds to
Company (1) |
||||||||||
Per Share |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Total |
$ | $ | $ |
(1) | We intend to use approximately $ million of the proceeds to purchase a portion of the Principal Equityholders existing investments in our company. |
TMHC has granted the underwriters the right to purchase an additional shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on , 2013.
Credit Suisse | Citigroup |
Deutsche Bank Securities | Goldman, Sachs & Co. | J.P. Morgan | Zelman Partners LLC |
Prospectus dated , 2013
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Class A common stock.
Page | ||||
ii | ||||
1 | ||||
24 | ||||
49 | ||||
52 | ||||
54 | ||||
55 | ||||
56 | ||||
57 | ||||
59 | ||||
68 | ||||
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
71 | |||
121 | ||||
126 |
Page | ||||
149 | ||||
158 | ||||
184 | ||||
188 | ||||
191 | ||||
195 | ||||
199 | ||||
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK |
201 | |||
205 | ||||
211 | ||||
211 | ||||
211 | ||||
F-1 |
Through and including , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
Trademarks
This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.
i
STATEMENT REGARDING INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
Any market or industry data contained in this prospectus is based on a variety of sources, including internal data and estimates, independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Industry publications and other published sources generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from third-party sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of such information. Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our managements understanding of industry conditions, and such information has not been verified by any independent sources. Accordingly, investors should not place significant reliance on such data and information.
ii
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the Risk Factors section and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.
In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references to the Company, we, us and our refer (1) subsequent to the reorganization transactions described under Organizational Structure (referred to in this prospectus as the Reorganization Transactions), to TMHC and its consolidated subsidiaries, (2) prior to the consummation of this offering and the Reorganization Transactions and following the date of our acquisition by our principal equityholders (referred to in this prospectus as the Acquisition) in July 2011, to TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (TMM or the Successor) and its consolidated subsidiaries, and (3) prior to the Acquisition, to the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc (the Predecessor). References to Taylor Morrison Holdings are to Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., the indirect parent company of our U.S. business. References to Monarch Communities are to Monarch Communities Inc., the indirect parent company of our Canadian business. See The Reorganization Transactions and Organizational Structure. References to TPG Global are to TPG Global, LLC, and references to TPG are to TPG Global and its affiliates. References to Oaktree are to investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. or their respective subsidiaries that are invested in TMM prior to this offering. References to JH are to investment funds managed by JH Investments Inc. or their respective subsidiaries that are invested in TMM prior to this offering and will be indirectly invested in New TMM (as defined elsewhere in this Prospectus Summary) through the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles (as described elsewhere in this Prospectus Summary).
Where we present information on a pro forma basis, such information gives pro forma effect to this offering, the Acquisition and Financing Transactions (as defined elsewhere in this Prospectus Summary) and the Reorganization Transactions in the manner described in this prospectus under Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information. References to the information or results of unconsolidated joint ventures refer to our proportionate share of unconsolidated homebuilding joint ventures in Canada. When we refer to average sales price of our homes the amounts referred to do not include our sales from our unconsolidated joint ventures. Amounts expressed in $ or dollars refer to U.S. dollars.
Our Company
Upon completion of this offering, we will be the sixth largest public homebuilder in North America based on 2011 revenues as reported by Hanley Wood. Headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, we build single-family detached and attached homes and develop land, which includes lifestyle and master-planned communities. We are proud of our legacy of more than 75 years in the homebuilding industry, having originally commenced homebuilding operations in 1936. We operate under our Taylor Morrison and Darling Homes brands in the United States and under our Monarch brand in Canada.
Our business is organized into three geographic regions: East, West and Canada, which regions accounted for 46%, 36% and 18%, respectively, of our net sales orders (excluding unconsolidated joint ventures) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Our East region consists of our Houston, Dallas, Austin, North Florida and West Florida divisions. Our West region consists of our Phoenix, Northern California, Southern California and Denver divisions. Our Canada region consists of our operations within the province of Ontario, primarily in the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) and also in Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo, and offers both single-family and high-rise communities.
1
In all of our markets, we build and sell a broad mix of homes across diverse price points ranging from $120,000 to more than $1,000,000. Our emphasis is on designing, building and selling homes to first- and second-time move-up buyers. We are well-positioned in our markets with a top-10 market share (based on 2012 home closings through September 30, 2012 as reported by Hanley Wood and 2011 home sales as reported by Real Net Canada) in 15 of our 19 total markets.
As explained in greater detail in this prospectus summary, our management believes our business is distinguished by our:
|
strong historical financial performance and industry-leading margins; |
|
solid balance sheet with sufficient liquidity with which to execute our growth plan; |
|
significant land inventory, representing approximately nine years of land supply based on our trailing twelve-month closings, carried at a low cost basis; |
|
top-10 market share in historically high-growth homebuilding markets; |
|
profitable Canadian business; |
|
expertise in delivering lifestyle communities targeted at first- and second-time move-up buyers; and |
|
reputation for quality and customer service, based on customer surveys. |
During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we closed 2,586 homes, consisting of 1,880 homes in the United States and 706 homes in Canada, including 204 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an average sales price across North America of $347,000. During the same period, we generated $879.0 million in revenues, $81.8 million in net income and $125.1 million in Adjusted EBITDA (for a discussion of how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see footnote 5 under the caption Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information). In the United States, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, our sales orders increased approximately 47% as compared to the same period in 2011, and we averaged 3.0 sales per active selling community per month compared to an average of 1.7 sales per active selling community per month for the same period in 2011. As of September 30, 2012, we offered homes in 122 active selling communities and had a backlog of 4,205 homes sold but not closed, including 903 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $1.5 billion.
Our Industry
United States
The residential housing industry has historically been a significant contributor to economic activity in the United States. From 1970 to 2007, the residential housing sector represented an average of approximately 4.5% of U.S. annual gross domestic product and then declined to an average of 2.5% of U.S. annual GDP from 2008 to 2011. Similarly, total new home starts averaged 1.55 million per year from 1960 to 2007 and then declined to an average of 663,000 per year from 2008 to 2011.
2
Total New Home Starts
(in thousands)
We believe that a U.S. housing recovery is underway on a national basis, driven by consumers who are increasingly optimistic about their economic prospects and supported by several recent positive economic and demographic factors observed by our management including:
|
improving employment growth; |
|
increasing consumer confidence, bolstered by rising home values and improving household finances; |
|
improving sentiment towards residential real estate ownership; |
|
accelerating household formation; |
|
significant declines in new and existing for-sale home inventory; and |
|
record low interest rates supporting affordability and home ownership. |
We believe that the improvement in the U.S. housing market is illustrated by a number of key benchmarks and statistics. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, building permits for privately owned homes in October 2012 were estimated at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 866,000, representing an approximate 30% increase over the October 2011 estimate of 667,000. The increase in new building permits is consistent with an average of 30% and 48% year-over-year growth in new home orders and backlog reported by the top 10 public homebuilders (ranking based on 2011 revenues reported by Hanley Wood), respectively, based on the most recently reported quarterly data as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, home prices in the United States are generally increasing. According to the National Association of Realtors, U.S. median home prices improved on a year-over-year basis in 120 out of 149 Metropolitan Statistical Areas (MSA) in the third quarter of 2012. Based on data from the U.S. Census Bureau in October 2012, new home prices increased approximately 12% year-over-year.
Canada
The Canadian housing market has been more stable than the U.S. housing market over the last five years. The relative consistency of the Canadian housing market, particularly in Ontario where we operate, is principally a result of demand due to growth in employment and immigration. For instance, the Canadian housing market has exhibited stable housing starts, a balanced sales-to-listings ratio and steady long-term growth in housing prices. In addition, Canadian home buying practices reflect a number of stabilizing structural, mortgage lending, legal and general market characteristics that have allowed the Canadian housing market to grow at a sustainable pace and to experience significantly lower mortgage default rates over the past decade, as compared to the United States.
3
Ontario represents approximately one-third of the total Canadian new home market, as measured by total housing starts, and benefits from positive demographic and economic growth trends. For example, the population and GDP of Ontario between 2008 and 2011 increased by approximately 4.4% and 9.5%, respectively. Ontario housing starts increased from 68,123 in 2007 to an estimated level of 77,600 in 2012, representing a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of approximately 2.6%. Similarly, average home prices in Ontario increased from CAD$299,610 in 2007 to an estimated average price of CAD$386,000 in 2012, representing a CAGR of approximately 5.2%. With slowing job growth relative to the recent past, ongoing global economic uncertainty and increasing units under construction, it is anticipated that Ontario housing starts will moderate to approximately 65,000 and average home prices will remain flat at approximately CAD$386,400 in 2013, based on data from the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC).
Our Competitive Strengths
Our business is characterized by the following competitive strengths:
Strong historical financial performance with industry-leading margins
We have a profitable and scalable operating platform, which we believe positions us well to take advantage of the continued recovery we expect in the U.S. housing industry. We are among a select few of our public homebuilding peers to be profitable in both 2010 and 2011. We generated net income of $90.6 million in 2010, $76.8 million in 2011 and $81.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Our pre-tax income margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was 9.3%, which was the highest among the top 10 publicly traded homebuilders for the last three completed fiscal quarters, based on data from the public filings of those homebuilders.
We believe that our management approach, which balances a decentralized local market expertise with a centralized executive management focus on maximizing efficiencies, will support our strong margins and further grow our profitability. Our operating platform is scalable, which we believe allows us to increase volume while at the same time improving profitability and driving shareholder returns.
During the recent housing downturn, we improved our margins by aligning our headcount to reflect local and national industry conditions, standardizing systems and processes across business units and reducing construction and procurement costs through standardized national, regional and local contracts.
Solid balance sheet with sufficient liquidity for growth
We are well-positioned with a solid balance sheet and sufficient liquidity with which to service our debt obligations, support our ongoing operations and take advantage of growth opportunities as the expected recovery in the U.S. housing market continues. At September 30, 2012, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $ million in outstanding indebtedness and a net debt-to-net book capitalization of % (or total debt-to-total book capitalization of %). Also at September 30, 2012, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $ million of unrestricted cash and approximately $120.0 million of availability under our senior secured revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit Facility). Less than 20% of our approximately $834.1 million of currently outstanding debt matures before 2020.
The balance sheet carrying value of our entire inventory base was adjusted to fair market value as of the date of the Acquisition in July 2011. The purchase accounting adjustments resulted in a comprehensive revaluation of our entire land inventory near the bottom of the recent U.S. housing downturn. Giving effect to the Acquisition-related purchase accounting adjustments, the carrying value of our U.S. land inventory at the time of the Acquisition represented 52% of its original cost. We believe this reduced cost basis positions us to generate
4
strong margins in the future. As of September 30, 2012, we have a fully reserved deferred tax asset, a portion of which (approximately $200 million) may reduce cash taxes payable in the future, subject to various federal and state carryforward limitations.
Significant land inventory carried at a low cost basis
We continue to benefit from a sizeable and well-located existing land inventory. As of September 30, 2012, we owned or controlled 34,965 lots, including unconsolidated joint venture lots, which equated to approximately nine years of land supply based on our trailing twelve-month closings of 3,811 homes. Our land inventory reflects our balanced approach to investments, yielding a distribution of finished lots available for near-term homebuilding operations and strategic land positions to support future growth. Our significant land inventory allows us to be selective in identifying new land acquisition opportunities and positions us against potential land shortages in markets that exhibit land supply constraints. In addition, some of our holdings represent multi-phase, master planned communities, which provide us with the opportunity to utilize our development expertise to add value through re-entitlements, repositioning and/or opportunistic land sales to third parties.
Since January 1, 2009, we have spent approximately $915 million on new land purchases, acquiring 17,295 lots, of which 12,534 currently remain in our lot supply. We believe a substantial portion of our current land holdings was purchased at attractive prices at or near the low point of the market. We believe our local, well-established relationships with land sellers, brokers and investors and our knowledge of the local markets position us to be quick to market both to identify land and to gain access to such sellers, brokers and investors. We also believe that our long-held reputation as a leading homebuilder and developer of land, combined with our balance sheet strength and our active opportunistic purchasing of land through the downturn, gives land brokers and sellers confidence that they can close transactions with us on a timely basis and with minimal execution risk.
Strong market position and local presence in high-growth homebuilding markets
Our focused geographic footprint positions us to participate in the expected recovery in the U.S. housing market. The U.S. housing market experienced a significant downturn from 2006 to 2011 but has recently shown signs of recovery. We currently operate exclusively in states benefiting from positive momentum in housing demand drivers, including nationally leading population and employment growth trends, migration patterns, housing affordability and desirable lifestyle and weather characteristics. The five states in which we operate accounted for 30% of the total 2010 U.S. population of 309 million and 34% of the 483,500 building permits issued for privately owned homes in the twelve months ended September 30, 2012.
5
Our land inventory is concentrated in markets that have experienced significant improvement in home prices. We believe that our geographic footprint enables us to capture the benefits of expected increasing home volumes and home prices as the U.S. housing recovery continues and demand for new homes increases. The following table sets forth, for each of our U.S. markets, information relating to growth in median existing home price, projected growth in employment, projected growth in single-family permits, home affordability and our market ranking.
U.S. Market |
Median existing
home price 1-yr growth rate as of Sept. 30, 2012 |
Employment
growth 2012-2014 estimated CAGR |
Single-Family
permit growth 2012-2014 estimated CAGR |
Affordability
ratio (1) as of Sept. 30, 2012 |
2012 YTD
Taylor Morrison market share ranking (2) |
|||||||||||||||
Austin |
8.1 | % | 3.9 | % | 32.3 | % | 69.6 | % | 9 | |||||||||||
Dallas (3) |
7.1 | 3.2 | 39.3 | 79.7 | 17 | |||||||||||||||
Denver |
6.6 | 2.8 | 65.5 | 67.0 | 9 | |||||||||||||||
Fort Myers |
4.4 | 3.7 | 87.3 | 86.2 | 6 | |||||||||||||||
Houston (3) |
7.1 | 3.0 | 22.0 | 75.2 | 8 | |||||||||||||||
Jacksonville |
(2.5 | ) | 2.2 | 59.5 | 84.2 | 8 | ||||||||||||||
Naples |
2.2 | 3.5 | 62.4 | 52.3 | 9 | |||||||||||||||
Orange County |
1.5 | 2.4 | 56.8 | 47.2 | 5 | |||||||||||||||
Orlando |
5.2 | 2.8 | 68.5 | 81.7 | 9 | |||||||||||||||
Phoenix |
25.4 | 2.9 | 93.2 | 80.0 | 4 | |||||||||||||||
Sacramento |
3.6 | 2.5 | 82.3 | 72.5 | 5 | |||||||||||||||
San Diego |
1.0 | 2.5 | 79.9 | 48.4 | 16 | |||||||||||||||
San Francisco |
4.8 | 2.6 | 57.6 | 33.6 | 12 | |||||||||||||||
San Jose |
9.9 | 2.5 | 45.8 | 39.0 | 8 | |||||||||||||||
Sarasota |
11.3 | 2.9 | 58.1 | 73.0 | 7 | |||||||||||||||
Tampa |
8.8 | 2.2 | 48.2 | 76.4 | 5 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
TM market average |
6.5 | % | 2.9 | % | 59.9 | % | 66.6 | % | 9 | |||||||||||
US average |
3.4 | 2.3 | 56.8 | 68.6 | N/A |
Source: Hanley Wood.
(1) | The affordability ratio is the percentage of households that can afford the median-priced existing home. The calculation assumes a 20% down payment and a 30-year fixed rate mortgage at the Freddie Mac mortgage rate published just prior to period end and assumes that total monthly payments (including mortgage, property taxes and insurance) cannot exceed 30% of gross household income. |
(2) | Market rankings based on number of home closings between January 1, 2012 and September 30, 2012. |
(3) | Includes the historical business of Darling Homes for periods prior to its acquisition by us on December 31, 2012. See Recent Developments. |
We are well-positioned within our markets. As set forth in the table above, we have a top-ten market share in 13 of our 16 U.S. markets. We believe that maintaining significant market share within our markets enables us to achieve economies of scale, differentiates us from most of our competitors and increases our access to land acquisition opportunities.
Profitable Monarch business in Ontario
We benefit from increased diversification through our presence in the Canadian housing market because of our Monarch business in Ontario. Monarch Corporation delivered its first home in 1936 and since that time has become a recognized brand in Canada. Monarch Corporation has generated stable income and cash flow and has been profitable every year since 1941. Since 2008, the first full year after our U.S. and Canadian operations were combined, our Canada region has generated between 27% and 46% of our annual revenues and has played an important role in delivering growth, profitability and cash flow, which helped us withstand the recent downturn in the U.S. housing industry. As of September 30, 2012, Monarch Corporation had $845.9 million in backlog of homes sold and to be delivered in 2012 through 2016, including $317.9 million of unconsolidated joint venture backlog.
Monarch Corporation has six wholly owned and joint venture high-rise developments in the GTA which are expected to close and recognize revenue in 2013 and 2014 and which have sold in excess of 95% of the aggregate number of the homes offered in those developments. These high-rise developments are expected to recognize in excess of $350 million in total revenues, a portion of which we will recognize as joint venture income on an equity method basis.
6
Expertise in delivering lifestyle communities targeted at first- and second-time move-up buyers
We focus on developing lifestyle communities, which have many distinguishing attributes, including proximity to job centers, strong school systems and a variety of amenities. Within our communities, we offer award-winning home designs through our single-family detached, single-family attached and high-rise condominium products. During the economic downturn, we maintained our core business strategy of focusing on first- and second-time move-up buyers, whereas we observed many homebuilders refocus their businesses on lower-priced homes. We believe our experience in the move-up market allows us to significantly expand our new home offerings at higher price points. We believe homebuyers at these higher price points are more likely to value and pay for the quality of lifestyle, construction and amenities for which we are known. While we primarily target move-up buyers, our portfolio also includes homes for entry-level, luxury and active adult buyers (55 years of age and over). We have the expertise and track record in designing and delivering lifestyle products and amenities that we believe appeal to active adult buyers.
Our captive mortgage company allows us to offer financing to our homebuyers and to more effectively convert backlog into closings
We directly originate, underwrite and fund mortgages for our homebuyers through our wholly owned mortgage lending company, Taylor Morrison Home Funding, LLC (TMHF). TMHF maintains relationships with several correspondent lenders through which it utilizes its Principal Authorized Agent designation to mitigate the underwriting risk associated with its funding of mortgage loans. We believe TMHF provides a distinct competitive advantage relative to homebuilders without captive mortgage units, since many of our buyers seek an integrated home buying experience. While we believe many other homebuilders with a captive mortgage company use a single lender, our multi-lender platform provides us with the ability to leverage a broad range of products and underwriting and pricing options for the benefit of our home buyers. Therefore, TMHF allows us to use mortgage finance as an additional sales tool, helps ensure and enhance the customer experience, prequalifies buyers earlier in the home buying process, provides us better visibility in converting our sales backlog into closings and is a source of incremental revenues and profitability. TMHF outperforms a number of builder-affiliated mortgage companies, as evidenced by our industry-leading capture rate of 84% in 2012 (compared to an average of 73% among the top 13 public U.S. homebuilders, based on the most recent fiscal year data). TMHF also had one of the lowest sales cancellation rates among our publicly traded peers with mortgage units, which was 15% in 2012, compared to an average of 19% among the top 13 public U.S. homebuilders, based on the most recent fiscal year data.
7
Highly experienced management team
We benefit from an experienced management team that has demonstrated the ability to generate positive financial results and adapt to constantly changing market conditions. In addition to our corporate management team, our division presidents bring substantial industry knowledge and local market expertise, with an average of approximately 18 years of experience in the homebuilding industry. Our success in land acquisition and development is due in large part to the caliber of our local management teams, which are responsible for the planning, design, entitlements and eventual execution of the entire community. Unlike some of our homebuilding peers, our management team chose to retain a core competency in land acquisition and development during the recent downturn, which positions us to more effectively identify and capitalize on land opportunities in the current market.
Our Growth Strategy
We have performed well through the unprecedented challenges of the recent economic downturn. We believe we are well-positioned for growth and increased profitability in an improving housing market through disciplined execution of the following elements of our growth strategy:
Drive revenue by opening new communities from existing land supply
Over the last few years we have strategically invested in new land in our core markets. Our land supply provides us with the opportunity to increase our community count on a net basis by approximately 20% in each of 2013 and 2014. A significant portion of our land supply was purchased at low price points during the recent downturn in the housing cycle. Although future downturns may occur, these land purchases, coupled with the adjustment of our land cost basis to fair market value at the time of our Acquisition, are expected to result in continued revenue growth and strong gross margin performance from our U.S. communities.
Combine land acquisition and development expertise with homebuilding operations to maximize profitability
Our ability to identify, acquire and develop land in desirable locations and on favorable terms is critical to our success. We evaluate land opportunities based on how we expect they will contribute to overall corporate profitability and returns, rather than how they might drive volume on a regional or submarket basis. We continue to use our local relationships with land sellers, brokers and investors to seek to obtain the first look at quality land opportunities. We expect to continue to allocate capital to pursue creative deal structures and other opportunities with the goal of achieving superior returns by utilizing our development expertise, efficiency and opportunistic mindset.
We continue to combine our land development expertise with our homebuilding operations to increase the flexibility of our business, to enhance our margin performance and to control the timing of delivery of lots. Unlike many of our competitors, we believe we are able to increase the value of our land portfolio through the zoning and engineering process by creating attractive land use plans and optimizing our use of land, which ultimately translates into greater opportunities to generate profits.
Focus our offerings on targeted customer groups
Our goal is to identify the preferences of our target customer and demographic groups and offer them innovative, high-quality homes that are efficient and profitable to build. To achieve this goal, we conduct extensive market research to determine preferences of our customer groups. We have identified seven consumer groups by focusing on particular lifestyle preferences, tastes and other attributes of our customer base. Our group classification includes four categories of couples or singles, such as our Fancy Nesters customers, and three categories of families, such as our Parks and Prestige customers.
8
Our approach to consumer group segmentation guides all of our operations from our initial land acquisition through our design, building, marketing and delivery of homes and our ongoing after-sales customer service. Among our peers, we believe we are at the forefront of directed-marketing strategies, as evidenced by our highly-trafficked website which provides innovative tools that are designed to enhance our customers home buying experience.
Build aspirational homes for our customers and deliver superior customer service
We develop communities and build homes in which our target customers aspire to live. In order to deliver aspirational homes, we purchase well-located land and focus on developing attractive neighborhoods and communities with desirable lifestyle amenities. Our efforts culminate in the design and construction of thoughtfully detailed finished homes utilizing the highest construction standards.
We are committed to after-sales service that we believe can improve our brand recognition and encourage our customers to make referrals resulting in lower customer acquisition costs and increased home sales rates. Both the Taylor Morrison and Monarch brands have received numerous accolades and awards for quality, service and design by homebuilding industry trade groups and publications, such as the 2009 award for Best Customer Experience by a large homebuilder in the United States by AVID Awards and Builder magazines Builders Choice Hall of Fame award in 2009.
Selectively pursue acquisitions
Our company was formed through the combination of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes in the United States, forming Taylor Morrison, and Monarch Corporation in Canada. We have successfully acquired and integrated homebuilding businesses in the past and intend to utilize our experience in integrating businesses as opportunities for acquisitions arise.
We selectively evaluate expansion opportunities in our existing markets as well as in new markets that exhibit positive long-term fundamentals. For instance, in December 2012 we acquired the assets of Darling Interests, Inc., a Texas-based home builder. Darling builds homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in approximately 24 communities in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and 20 communities in the Greater Houston Area markets. We believe that our success in integrating operations across both a wide range of geographic markets and product types demonstrates the scalable nature of our business model and provides us with the structure to support disciplined growth in existing and new markets.
Adhere to our core operating principles to drive consistent long-term performance
We recognize that the housing market is cyclical and home price movement between the peak and trough of cycles can be significant. We seek to maximize shareholder value over the long-term and therefore operate our business to mitigate risks from downturns in the market and to position ourselves to capitalize on upturns in the market: we seek to control costs, maintain a solid balance sheet and ensure an overall strategic focus that is informed by national, regional and local market trends. This management approach also includes the following elements:
|
attracting and retaining top talent through a culture in which team members are encouraged to contribute to our success and are given the opportunity to recognize their full potential; |
|
balancing decentralized local day-to-day decision-making responsibility with centralized corporate oversight; |
|
ensuring all team members understand the organizations strategy and the goals of the business and have the tools to contribute to our success; |
9
|
centralizing management approval of all land acquisitions and dispositions under stringent underwriting requirements; and |
|
maintaining a performance-based corporate culture committed to the highest standards of integrity, ethics and professionalism. |
Risks Associated with our Business and Growth Strategy
While we have set forth our competitive strengths and our strategy above, the homebuilding industry is a competitive industry, and we face certain challenges. The homebuilding industry has historically been subject to significant volatility. We may be at a competitive disadvantage with regard to certain of our national competitors whose operations are more geographically diversified than ours, as these competitors may be better able to withstand any future regional downturn in the housing market. In addition, a number of our national competitors are larger than we are and may have greater financial and operational resources than we do. These factors may give our competitors an advantage in marketing their products, securing materials and labor at lower prices and allowing their homes to be delivered to customers more quickly and at more favorable prices. This competition could reduce our market share and limit our ability to expand our business as we have planned.
Below is a summary of certain key risk factors and a description of certain challenges we face in our business that you should consider in evaluating an investment in shares of our Class A common stock:
|
the U.S. housing market may not recover to the extent or on the timetable we expect; |
|
downturns or cyclical economic conditions affecting the housing industry in the particular geographic markets in which we operate; |
|
competition in our industry, which is significant; |
|
failure to manage land acquisition strategies; |
|
access to, and the cost of, qualified labor and raw materials may be affected by factors beyond our control; |
|
our inability to continue to source land at attractive prices; |
|
increases in homebuyers financing costs; |
|
increases in the cancellation rates of existing agreements of sale with our homebuyers; |
|
increases in home warranty and construction defect claims made in the ordinary course of our business; |
|
cost overruns in the land acquisition, development and construction processes; |
|
increases in government regulation, impact fees and development charges; and |
|
our ability to continue to comply with the covenants in our debt agreements and service our indebtedness. |
The above list is not exhaustive, and the additional risks and challenges we face are described under the caption Risk Factors beginning on page 24 of this prospectus. These risks and challenges or other unforeseen events could impair our ability to operate our business or inhibit our strategic plans.
10
The Reorganization Transactions
Prior to this offering and the Reorganization Transactions, our business and operations were conducted by subsidiaries of TMM. In the Reorganization Transactions, the existing holders of limited partnership interests in TMM will, through a series of transactions, contribute their limited partnership interests in TMM to a new limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (New TMM) such that TMM and the general partner of TMM will become wholly-owned subsidiaries of New TMM. TMHC will, through a series of transactions, become the sole owner of the general partner of New TMM, and TMHC will use the net cash proceeds received in this offering to purchase common partnership units in New TMM (New TMM Units). Immediately following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, the limited partners of New TMM will consist of TMHC and two holding vehicles through which the existing limited partners of TMM, including our Principal Equityholders (as described below) and certain members of our management, will indirectly continue their existing equity investment. One of the holding vehicles will be controlled by Oaktree, and the other will be controlled by TPG. Each of these holding vehicles will be issued New TMM Units and a number of shares of TMHCs Class B common stock equal to the number of New TMM Units that each vehicle holds. TMHC will control the sole general partner of New TMM, which will control TMM. TMHC will directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries. TMHC will consolidate the financial results of New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries, and TMHCs net income (loss) will be reduced by a noncontrolling interest expense to reflect the entitlement of the holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC) to a portion of New TMMs net income (loss). See Organizational Structure for further details.
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, TMHC will amend and restate its certificate of incorporation to authorize the issuance of two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, which we collectively refer to as common stock, will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders. The Class B common stock will not entitle its holders to any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) that will be provided to holders of Class A common stock. The total voting power of the outstanding Class A common stock will be proportional to the percentage of New TMM Units held by TMHC, and the total voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock will be equal to the remaining percentage of New TMM Units not held by TMHC. New TMM Units held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles described above together with a corresponding number of Class B shares of common stock of TMHC may be exchanged for shares of Class A common stock of TMHC on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain adjustments and according to the terms of the Exchange Agreement to which TMHC, New TMM and the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will be a party upon completion of this offering.
Following the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, TMHC will indirectly hold % of the New TMM Units and the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will hold an aggregate of % of the New TMM Units (in each case based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).
11
Post-Reorganization Structure
The following chart summarizes our legal entity structure following the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us:
See Organizational Structure, Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions and Description of Capital Stock for more information on the Exchange Agreement and the rights associated with our common stock and the New TMM Units.
12
Our Principal Equityholders
In this prospectus, we refer to (i) the affiliates of TPG that are invested in TMM prior to this offering, (ii) Oaktree and (iii) JH, collectively, as our Principal Equityholders. Following the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, the Principal Equityholders, through the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, will own a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and will be parties to a stockholders agreement pursuant to which they agree to vote for each others nominees to the TMHC board of directors. As a result, we expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange on which the shares of Class A common stock will be listed. See Principal Stockholders.
TPG
TPG is a leading global private investment firm founded in 1992 with $54.5 billion of assets under management as of September 30, 2012 and offices in San Francisco, Fort Worth, Austin, Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, London, Luxembourg, Melbourne, Moscow, Mumbai, New York, Paris, São Paulo, Shanghai, Singapore and Tokyo. TPG has extensive experience with global public and private investments executed through leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, spinouts, growth investments, joint ventures and restructurings.
Oaktree
Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. (Oaktree Capital Management) is a leading global investment management firm focused on alternative markets, with an estimated $81.0 billion in assets under management as of September 30, 2012. The firm emphasizes an opportunistic, value-oriented and risk-controlled approach to investments in distressed debt, corporate debt (including high yield debt and senior loans), control investing, convertible securities, real estate and listed equities. Oaktree was founded in 1995 by a group of principals who have worked together since the mid-1980s. Headquartered in Los Angeles, the firm has over 700 employees and offices in 13 cities worldwide.
JH Investments
JH Investments Inc. (JH Investments) is a Vancouver, Canada-based private company with investments in a wide variety of businesses including real estate development in Canada and the United States, an international resort development and consulting business operated through RePlay Resorts and an alternative energy business operated through Elemental Energy.
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with our Principal Equityholders. The stockholders agreement will contain provisions related to the composition of the Board of Directors of TMHC, the committees of the Board of Directors of TMHC and TMHCs corporate governance (including requiring that certain actions and significant business decisions be approved by directors nominated by TPG and Oaktree). Under the stockholders agreement, the TPG or Oaktree holding vehicles will be entitled to nominate a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of TMHC. Our Principal Equityholders will agree in the stockholders agreement to vote for each others board nominees. The TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and TMHC will also enter into governance agreements with each of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities. See ManagementBoard Structure and Certain Relationships and Related TransactionsStockholders Agreement and Governance Agreements.
13
Acquisition by the Principal Equityholders and Financing Transactions
Affiliates of the Principal Equityholders formed TMM in March 2011, and on July 13, 2011, TMM acquired Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc. (TMC) and Monarch Corporation (together with TMC, the Operating Subsidiaries) from Taylor Wimpey plc for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. TMC is currently held indirectly by TMM via Taylor Morrison Holdings. We refer to this transaction as the Acquisition. To fund a portion of the consideration for the Acquisition, the Principal Equityholders contributed an aggregate of $620.3 million in cash to TMM in exchange for the issuance to them of limited partner interests in TMM (the Equity Contribution).
Concurrently with the Equity Contribution and to finance the remaining portion of the consideration for the Acquisition, the Operating Subsidiaries entered into a $625.0 million senior unsecured credit facility with affiliates of TPG and Oaktree, consisting of a $500.0 million bridge loan facility and a $125.0 million incremental bridge loan facility (collectively, the Sponsor Loan). In August 2011, we repaid the $125.0 million incremental bridge loan facility. Concurrently with the Acquisition, the Operating Subsidiaries also entered into the Revolving Credit Facility with a syndicate of third party banks and financial institutions, with an aggregate committed principal amount of $75.0 million. On August 15, 2012, we utilized the $50.0 million incremental facility feature under the Revolving Credit Facility to increase the revolving credit commitments from $75.0 million to $125.0 million. On December 27, 2012, we further amended the Revolving Credit Facility to provide for $225.0 million in aggregate revolving credit commitments.
On April 13, 2012, TMC and Monarch Communities completed an offering of $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.750% senior notes due 2020. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering of the senior notes to repay $350.0 million of the then outstanding Sponsor Loan. The affiliates of TPG and Oaktree who were lenders under the Sponsor Loan caused the then remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan to be acquired by a subsidiary of TMM, and affiliates of TPG and Oaktree acquired an additional $150.0 million of limited partnership interests in TMM (the Sponsor Loan Contribution). On August 21, 2012, we completed the offering of an additional $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.750% senior notes due 2020 at an issue price of 105.5% plus accrued interest from and including April 13, 2012.
We refer to the Acquisition, the Sponsor Loan Contribution, the initial entry into the Revolving Credit Facility (and its subsequent amendment and extension), the two offerings of our senior notes and the use of proceeds from those transactions as the Acquisition and Financing Transactions.
Recent Developments
Acquisition of Darling Homes
On December 31, 2012, Taylor Morrison, Inc., through its subsidiary Darling Homes of Texas, LLC, acquired the assets of Darling Interests, Inc. (Darling), a Texas-based homebuilder. Darling builds homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in approximately 24 communities in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and 20 communities in the Greater Houston Area markets. Darling is a well-established builder whose products complement our existing product lines in Texas. We believe the acquisition of Darling will give us a strong presence in the Dallas homebuilding market and expand our current operations in Houston.
The consideration for the acquisition of the Darling assets included an initial cash payment of $115.0 million, which is subject to post-closing adjustment under certain circumstances. A portion of this amount was financed by $50.0 million of borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Approximately $26.0 million of additional consideration for the acquisition was financed by the sellers. Subsequent payments of up to an aggregate of $50.0 million, plus 5% of any cumulative EBIT (or earnings before interest and taxes) attributable
14
to the acquired assets above $221.5 million over the four year period following December 31, 2012, may be made to the sellers pursuant to an earn-out arrangement. Darling generated revenues of $181.9 million and $183.7 million, and closed 409 and 425 homes, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively.
Corporate and Other Information
We have been building homes since 1936. The July 2007 merger between Taylor Woodrow and George Wimpey, two UK-based, publicly listed homebuilders, resulted in the formation of Taylor Wimpey plc, our former parent, and the subsequent integration of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes in the United States, forming Taylor Morrison, and Monarch Corporation in Canada. TMHC was incorporated in Delaware in November 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at 4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000, Scottsdale, Arizona 85251 and the telephone number is (480) 840-8100.
We also maintain internet sites at http://www.taylormorrison.com, http://www.darlinghomes.com and http://www.monarchgroup.net. Our websites and the information contained in our websites or connected to our websites are not and will not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and you should not consider such information part of this prospectus or rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our Class A common stock.
15
THE OFFERING
Issuer |
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation. |
Class A common stock offered |
shares. |
Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
shares. |
Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
shares. Each share of our Class B common stock will have one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders but will have no economic rights (including no rights to dividends or distributions upon liquidation). Shares of our Class B common stock will be issued to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles in an amount equal to the number of New TMM Units held by these holding vehicles. The aggregate voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock will be equal to the aggregate percentage of New TMM Units held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. See Description of Capital Stock. |
Voting rights |
One vote per share; Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. See Description of Capital Stock. |
Exchange |
New TMM Units (along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles may be exchanged at any time for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary exchange rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. When a New TMM Unit and the corresponding share of our Class B common stock are exchanged by a limited partner of New TMM for a share of Class A common stock, the corresponding share of our Class B common stock will be canceled. |
Over-allotment option |
We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price (less underwriting discounts and commissions) to cover over-allotments, if any, for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus. |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering, after deducting offering expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ million ($ million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). TMHC will use $ million of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire New TMM Units from New TMM. New TMM will contribute such net proceeds to its subsidiaries. New TMMs |
16
subsidiaries intend to use $ million of such proceeds to redeem a portion of our 7.750% senior notes due 2020. New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries intend to use the remaining portion of such proceeds, if any, for working capital and general corporate purposes, which may include the repayment of indebtedness and funding future acquisitions. TMHC intends to use the remaining approximately $ million of the proceeds from this offering to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. For additional information, see Use of Proceeds. |
Following this offering, in accordance with our growth strategy, we intend to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions. |
Dividend policy |
We do not intend to pay dividends on our Class A common stock or to make distributions from New TMM to its limited partners (other than to TMHC to fund its operations). We plan to retain any earnings for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth. |
Listing |
We have applied to have our Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol TMHC. |
Risk factors |
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read Risk Factors beginning on page 21 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. |
Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:
|
assumes no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments; |
|
assumes shares are issuable under options to purchase shares of Class A common stock or restricted stock units that may be granted in connection with this offering under the Taylor Morrison 2013 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the 2013 Plan); |
|
assumes shares of Class A common stock are reserved for issuance upon the exchange of New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock); and |
|
assumes an initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). |
17
SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
The summary combined financial information of TMM set forth below for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 to July 12, 2011 has been derived from the audited combined financial statements of TMMs predecessor, the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial information set forth below for the period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011, and as of December 31, 2011, has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of TMM (the successor) included elsewhere in this prospectus. The predecessor period financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The successor period financial statements for periods ending subsequent to July 13, 2011 (the date of the Acquisition) are also prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, although they reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. As a result, the financial information for periods subsequent to the date of the Acquisition is not necessarily comparable to that for the predecessor periods or to the pro forma financial information presented below. The summary consolidated financial information set forth below for the period from July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 has been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the successor, included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that can be expected for the full year or any future period.
The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data of TMHC for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 present our consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition and Financing Transactions, the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under Use of Proceeds, as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2011. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data of TMHC as of September 30, 2012 presents our consolidated financial position giving pro forma effect to the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under Use of Proceeds, as if such transactions occurred on September 30, 2012. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not give effect to the acquisition of the assets of Darling or the incurrence of $50.0 million of additional indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility to finance the acquisition in part (both of which occurred on December 31, 2012), because we are not required to do so under Rule 11-01 of Regulation S-X. In accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions, but our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not give effect to any such financings.
The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of the relevant transactions on the historical financial information of TMHC, TMM and its predecessor. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the consolidated results of operations or financial position of TMM or TMHC that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under Use of Proceeds occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.
The summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial information presented below does not purport to be indicative of results of future operations and should be read together with our consolidated financial statements
18
and related notes and the information included elsewhere in this prospectus under the captions Organizational Structure, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Use of Proceeds, Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information and Capitalization.
TMHC | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro Forma
|
Pro Forma
|
Nine Months
|
July 13 to
|
July 13 to
|
January 1
July 12, |
Year Ended
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands, except per | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
share amounts) | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home closings revenue |
$ | 829,221 | $ | 1,331,285 | $ | 829,221 | $ | 299,163 | $ | 731,216 | $ | 600,069 | $ | 1,273,160 | $ | 1,224,082 | ||||||||||||||||||
Land closings revenue |
36,102 | 24,296 | 36,102 | 6,177 | 10,657 | 13,639 | 12,116 | 24,967 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial services revenue |
13,705 | 14,606 | 13,705 | 3,384 | 8,579 | 6,027 | 12,591 | 13,415 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total revenues |
879,028 | 1,370,187 | 879,028 | 308,724 | 750,452 | 619,735 | 1,297,867 | 1,262,464 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of home closings(1) |
663,535 | 1,066,263 | 663,656 | 239,740 | 591,891 | 474,534 | 1,003,172 | 1,003,694 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of land closings |
27,881 | 15,716 | 27,881 | 5,477 | 8,583 | 7,133 | 6,028 | 17,001 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Inventory impairments |
| | | | | | 4,054 | 78,241 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial services expenses |
7,667 | 8,313 | 7,667 | 2,071 | 4,495 | 3,818 | 7,246 | 6,269 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Operating gross margin |
179,945 | 279,895 | 179,824 | 61,436 | 145,483 | 134,250 | 277,367 | 157,259 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs |
52,230 | 76,442 | 52,230 | 14,342 | 36,316 | 40,126 | 85,141 | 100,534 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
41,091 | 69,026 | 41,091 | 15,251 | 32,883 | 35,743 | 66,232 | 71,300 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities |
(13,557 | ) | (8,050 | ) | (13,557 | ) | (488 | ) | (5,247 | ) | (2,803 | ) | (5,319 | ) | (347 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense (income)net |
(2,412 | ) | (2,225 | ) | (2,412 | ) | (1,536 | ) | (3,867 | ) | 941 | 40,238 | 20,732 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other income |
(1,459 | ) | (13,028 | ) | (1,459 | ) | (149 | ) | (1,245 | ) | (11,783 | ) | (10,842 | ) | (24,465 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Other expense |
3,110 | 4,678 | 3,110 | 1,751 | 3,553 | 1,125 | 13,193 | 25,725 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
7,853 | | 7,853 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transaction expenses |
| | | 38,278 | 39,442 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Indemnification loss (gain) |
| | 10,936 | (1,104 | ) | 12,850 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
93,081 | 153,052 | 82,032 | (4,909 | ) | 30,798 | 70,901 | 88,724 | (36,220 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
203 | 8,500 | 4,031 | 20,881 | (1,878 | ) | (35,396 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
81,829 | (13,409 | ) | 26,767 | 50,020 | 90,602 | (824 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests(2) |
| | (72 | ) | (866 | ) | (1,178 | ) | (4,122 | ) | (3,235 | ) | (5,138 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to owners |
$ | | $ | | $ | 81,757 | $ | (14,275 | ) | $ | 25,589 | $ | 45,898 | $ | 87,367 | $ | (5,962 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Basic weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding |
| | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock |
| | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding |
| | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock |
| | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic weighted average number of Class A units outstanding(3) |
| | 710,089 | 620,320 | 620,646 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic net income (loss) per unit applicable to Class A units |
| | $ | 0.12 | $ | (0.02 | ) | $ | 0.04 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted weighted average number of Class A units outstanding |
| | 710,089 | 620,320 | 620,646 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A units |
| | $ | 0.12 | $ | (0.02 | ) | $ | 0.04 | | | |
19
TMHC | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro Forma
|
Pro Forma
|
Nine Months
|
July 13 to
|
July 13 to
|
January 1
July 12, |
Year Ended
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands, except per | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
share amounts) | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other Financial Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest incurred(4) |
$ | 37,164 | $ | 34,618 | $ | 46,132 | $ | 17,846 | $ | 37,546 | $ | 23,077 | $ | 85,720 | $ | 87,684 | ||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
4,595 | 4,619 | 4,595 | 1,149 | 2,564 | 1,655 | 3,242 | 2,917 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin(5) |
184,664 | 294,056 | 183,491 | 60,696 | 148,856 | 144,500 | 309,683 | 265,152 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin percentage |
22.3 | % | 22.1 | % | 22.1 | % | 20.3 | % | 20.4 | % | 24.1 | % | 24.3 | % | 21.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(6) |
$ | 122,675 | $ | 186,964 | $ | 122,675 | $ | 34,815 | $ | 94,223 | $ | 92,919 | $ | 179,013 | $ | 121,160 | ||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA margin(6) |
14.0 | % | 13.6 | % | 14.0 | % | 11.3 | % | 12.6 | % | 14.3 | % | 13.5 | % | 9.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Operating Data (including unconsolidated joint ventures)(7): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average active selling communities |
122 | 140 | 122 | 148 | 140 | 151 | 149 | 172 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales orders(8) |
3,615 | 4,035 | 3,615 | 1,056 | 1,941 | 2,094 | 3,690 | 5,215 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. closings (units) |
1,880 | 2,327 | 1,880 | 483 | 1,282 | 1,045 | 2,570 | 3,347 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada closings (units) |
707 | 1,593 | 707 | 370 | 795 | 798 | 1,570 | 1,408 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. average sales price of homes delivered |
$ | 324 | $ | 306 | $ | 324 | $ | 295 | $ | 304 | $ | 308 | $ | 274 | $ | 253 | ||||||||||||||||||
Canada average sales price of homes delivered |
$ | 410 | $ | 389 | $ | 410 | $ | 424 | $ | 465 | $ | 349 | $ | 364 | $ | 311 | ||||||||||||||||||
U.S. backlog at end of period (units) |
1,747 | 740 | 1,747 | 944 | 740 | 882 | 503 | 764 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada backlog at end of period (units) |
2,459 | 2,225 | 2,459 | 2,266 | 2,225 | 2,126 | 2,253 | 2,452 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. backlog at end of period (value) |
$ | 626,287 | $ | 259,392 | $ | 626,287 | $ | 325,855 | $ | 259,392 | $ | 311,977 | $ | 170,503 | $ | 234,600 | ||||||||||||||||||
Canada backlog at end of period (value) |
$ | 845,896 | $ | 723,133 | $ | 845,896 | $ | 803,904 | $ | 723,133 | $ | 842,704 | $ | 760,498 | $ | 739,510 |
Balance Sheet Data:
TMM | TMHC | |||||
($ in thousands) |
As
of
September 30, 2012 (Actual) |
As
of
September 30, 2012 (Pro Forma) |
||||
(unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||
Cash and cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash |
$ | 412,779 | ||||
Real estate inventory |
1,275,763 | |||||
Total assets |
2,156,299 | |||||
Senior notes, loans payable and other borrowings |
798,161 | |||||
Mortgage company debt |
35,890 | |||||
Total debt |
834,051 | |||||
Total equity (including noncontrolling interests) |
869,447 |
(1) | Does not reflect a pro forma adjustment for the decrease in capitalized interest due to the redemption of some of our senior notes using the proceeds of this offering because the amount of such redemption is not known at this time. |
(2) | Represents ownership interests in noncontrolled units owned by third parties and, on a pro forma basis only, the interests of the partners of TMM (other than TMHC) in a share of TMMs net income (loss). |
(3) | Represents Class A partnership interests in TMM. |
(4) | Interest incurred is interest accrued on debt, whether or not paid and whether or not capitalized. Interest incurred includes debt issuance costs, modification fees and waiver fees. Interest incurred is generally capitalized to inventory but is expensed when assets that qualify for interest capitalization no longer exceed debt. |
(5) | Adjusted home closings gross margin is a non-GAAP financial measure used by management and our local divisions in evaluating operating performance and in making strategic decisions regarding sales pricing, construction and development pace, product mix and other operating decisions. For a full description of adjusted home closings gross margin, the reasons management believes adjusted home closings gross margin is useful to investors and the limitations associated with adjusted home closings gross margin, see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsNon-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin. |
20
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of adjusted home closings gross margin to home closings gross margin, which is the U.S. GAAP financial measure that management believes to be most directly comparable:
TMHC | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro Forma
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 |
Pro Forma
Year
Ended December 31, 2011 |
Nine
Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
July 13
to
September 30, 2011 |
July 13
to
December 31, 2011 |
January 1
to
July 12, 2011 |
Year Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home closings revenue |
$ | 829,221 | $ | 1,331,285 | $ | 829,221 | $ | 299,163 | $ | 731,216 | $ | 600,069 | $ | 1,273,160 | $ | 1,224,082 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cost of home closings and impairments(a) |
663,535 | 1,066,263 | 663,656 | 239,740 | 591,891 | 474,534 | 1,005,178 | 1,075,290 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Home closings gross margin |
165,686 | 265,022 | 165,565 | 59,423 | 139,325 | 125,535 | 267,982 | 148,792 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Add: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairments |
| | | | | | 2,006 | 71,595 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capitalized interest amortization |
19,099 | 29,196 | 17,926 | 1,273 | 9,531 | 18,965 | 39,695 | 44,765 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 184,664 | $ | 294,056 | $ | 183,491 | $ | 60,696 | $ | 148,856 | $ | 144,500 | $ | 309,683 | $ | 265,152 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
20.0 | % | 19.9 | % | 20.0 | % | 19.9 | % | 19.1 | % | 20.9 | % | 21.0 | % | 12.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenues |
22.3 | % | 22.1 | % | 22.1 | % | 20.3 | % | 20.4 | % | 24.1 | % | 24.3 | % | 21.7 | % |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
(6) | EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures used by management and our local divisions in evaluating operating performance and in making strategic decisions regarding sales pricing, construction and development pace, product mix and other operating decisions. For a full description of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, the reasons management believes these EBITDA-based measures are useful to investors and the limitations associated with these EBITDA-based measures, see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsNon-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted EBITDA. |
21
The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):
TMHC | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro Forma Nine Months Ended September 30, |
Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, |
Nine Months Ended September 30, |
July 13 to September 30, |
July 13 to December 31, |
January 1
to
July 12, 2011 |
Year
Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | $ | $ | 81,829 | (13,409 | ) | $ | 26,767 | $ | 50,020 | $ | 90,602 | $ | (824 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
(2,412 | ) | (2,225 | ) | (2,412 | ) | (942 | ) | (3,867 | ) | 941 | 40,238 | 20,732 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of capitalized interest(a) |
19,107 | 29,196 | 19,220 | 1,273 | 10,114 | 19,422 | 39,860 | 47,091 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(3,090 | ) | 8,500 | 4,031 | 20,881 | (1,878 | ) | (35,396 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
4,595 | 4,619 | 4,595 | 1,149 | 2,564 | 1,655 | 3,242 | 2,917 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
111,078 | 184,642 | 100,142 | (3,429 | ) | 39,609 | 92,919 | 172,064 | 34,520 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Management fees(b) |
3,744 | 2,322 | 3,744 | 1,070 | 2,322 | | 2,517 | 2,430 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land inventory impairments(c) |
| | | | | | 2,529 | 75,439 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Lot option write-offs(d) |
| | | | | | 1,525 | 2,802 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-cash compensation expense(e) |
| | | | | | 170 | 60 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Severance and restructuring charges(f) |
| | | | | | | 1,730 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Royalties paid to parent(g) |
| | | | | | 208 | 4,179 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Early extinguishment of debt |
7,853 | | 7,853 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transaction-related expenses and indemnification loss(h) |
0 | | 10,936 | 37,174 | 52,292 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 122,675 | $ | 186,964 | $ | 122,675 | $ | 34,815 | $ | 94,223 | $ | 92,919 | $ | 179,013 | $ | 121,160 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | Represents the interest amortized through cost of home and land closings. |
(b) | Represents management fees for the provision of certain legal, administrative and other related back-office functions paid to Taylor Wimpey plc prior to the consummation of the Acquisition and management fees paid to our Principal Equityholders following the consummation of the Acquisition. In connection with this offering, the management services agreements will be terminated. For further information, see Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsManagement Services Agreement. |
(c) | Represents impairments expensed through cost of home and land closings in connection with fair market value write-downs from cost basis. |
(d) | Represents amounts expensed through cost of sales in connection with unexercised land option contracts. |
(e) | Represents expenses incurred in connection with employee stock options linked to the stock of Taylor Wimpey plc, in connection with compensation arrangements in place prior to the consummation of the Acquisition. |
(f) | Represents amounts accrued in connection with the 2007 merger of our predecessors Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes. |
(g) | Represents royalties paid to Taylor Wimpey plc for certain U.S. and Canadian intellectual property rights, which include trademarks, logos, and domain names which we acquired in October 2009 and September 2010, respectively. |
(h) | Represents $39.4 million of fees and expenses incurred by TMM in connection with the Acquisition and the reversal of a receivable from Taylor Wimpey plc due to the resolution of an uncertain tax position of $12.8 million and $13.1 million during the period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and the nine month period ended September 30, 2012, respectively. |
(7) |
The substantial majority of our unconsolidated joint ventures are in Canada, but we also have investments in unconsolidated joint ventures in the United States, although none of these joint ventures in the United States are actively involved in homebuilding. Our proportionate share of net |
22
income in such U.S. unconsolidated joint ventures was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $0.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. In this prospectus, references to unconsolidated joint ventures refer to our proportionate share of unconsolidated homebuilding joint ventures in Canada. Management believes that home and land closings, including our proportionate share of joint venture closings and the revenue-based measures associated therewith, are appropriate metrics to measure our performance. Management and our local divisions use these measures in evaluating the operating performance of each community and in making strategic decisions regarding sales pricing, construction and development pace, product mix, and other daily operating decisions. We believe they are relevant and useful measures to investors for evaluating our performance. Although other companies in the homebuilding industry report similar information, their methods used may differ. We urge investors to understand the methods used by other companies in the homebuilding industry to calculate home and land closings and associated revenues and any adjustments to such amounts, before comparing our measures to that of such other companies. |
(8) | Includes unconsolidated joint ventures. |
23
An investment in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock would likely decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks related to our industry and our business
Our business is cyclical and is significantly affected by changes in general and local economic conditions.
Our business can be substantially affected by adverse changes in general economic or business conditions that are outside of our control, including changes in:
|
short- and long-term interest rates; |
|
the availability and cost of financing for homebuyers; |
|
consumer confidence generally and the confidence of potential homebuyers in particular; |
|
the ability of existing homeowners to sell their existing homes at prices that are acceptable to them; |
|
U.S., Canadian and global financial system and credit markets, including stock market and credit market volatility; |
|
private and federal mortgage financing programs and federal, state and provincial regulation of lending practices; |
|
federal, state and provincial income tax provisions, including provisions for the deduction of mortgage interest payments; |
|
housing demand from population growth and demographic changes (including immigration levels and trends in urban and suburban migration); |
|
demand from overseas buyers for our homes (particularly in our GTA market), which may fluctuate according to economic circumstances in overseas markets; |
|
the supply of available new or existing homes and other housing alternatives, such as apartments and other residential rental property; |
|
employment levels and job and personal income growth and household debt-to-income levels; |
|
real estate taxes; and |
|
the supply of developable land in our markets in the United States and Canada. |
Adverse changes in these conditions may affect our business nationally or may be more prevalent or concentrated in particular regions or localities in which we operate. During the recent downturn, unfavorable changes in many of the above factors negatively affected all of the markets we serve, although to a more limited extent in Canada than in the United States. Economic conditions in all our markets continue to be characterized by levels of uncertainty. Any deterioration in economic conditions or continuation of uncertain economic conditions would have a material adverse effect on our business.
Adverse changes in economic conditions can cause demand and prices for our homes to diminish or cause us to take longer to build our homes and make it more costly for us to do so. We may not be able to recover these increased costs by raising prices because of weak market conditions and because the price of each home we sell is usually set several months before the home is delivered, as many customers sign their home purchase contracts before construction begins. The potential difficulties described above could impact our customers ability to obtain suitable financing and cause some homebuyers to cancel or refuse to honor their home purchase contracts altogether.
24
The homebuilding industry in the United States has recently undergone a significant downturn, and the likelihood of a full recovery is uncertain in the current state of the economy. A slowdown in our business in the United States or a downturn in Ontario, Canada could have additional adverse effects on our operating results and financial condition.
In connection with the recent downturn in the U.S. housing market, we incurred a substantial loss, after impairments, in our U.S. operations during 2008 and 2009. Although the U.S. housing market continues to recover, we cannot predict the extent of further recovery or its timing. In addition, while the market for single-family homes and high-rise condominiums in Canada remained relatively stable during the U.S. downturn, the housing market in parts of Canada has lately shown signs of weakening. With slowing job growth relative to the recent past, ongoing global economic uncertainty and increasing units under construction, it is anticipated that Ontario housing starts will moderate and average home prices will remain relatively flat in 2013. A significant weakening of the Ontario housing market could adversely affect our business.
Though we have taken steps to alleviate the impact of these conditions on our business, given the downturn in the homebuilding industry over the past several years and global economic uncertainty, there can be no guarantee that steps taken by us will continue to be effective, and to the extent the current economic environment does not improve or any improvement takes place over an extended period of time, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
In the past we have incurred losses and may have difficulty maintaining profitability in the future.
Although we generated net income of $81.8 million in the first nine months of 2012, $76.8 million in 2011 (arithmetically combined historical results of the predecessor and successor) and $90.6 million in 2010, we had net losses attributable to owners of approximately $0.8 million and $396.5 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Even if we maintain profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis going forward. If our revenue grows more slowly than we anticipate, or if our operating expenses exceed our expectations and cannot be adjusted accordingly, our business will be harmed. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may decline, and you may lose a portion of your investment. See Prospectus SummarySummary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for a more complete description of our historical losses.
Changes to foreign currency exchange rates could adversely affect our earnings and net asset value.
We have businesses with exposure to foreign currency exchange risk in Canada. Changes in the $U.S.-$CAD exchange rate will affect the value of our reported earnings and the value of our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. For example, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the Canadian dollar would reduce our Canadian dollar-denominated revenue when reported in U.S. dollars, our functional reporting currency. Our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected by such exchange rate fluctuations.
An inability to obtain additional performance, payment and completion surety bonds and letters of credit could limit our future growth.
We are often required to provide performance, payment and completion surety bonds or letters of credit to secure the completion of our construction contracts, development agreements and other arrangements. We have obtained facilities to provide the required volume of performance, payment and completion surety bonds and letters of credit for our expected growth in the medium term; however, unexpected growth may require additional facilities. We may also be required to renew or amend our existing facilities. Our ability to obtain additional performance, payment and completion surety bonds and letters of credit primarily depends on our credit rating, capitalization, working capital, past performance, management expertise and certain external factors, including
25
the capacity of the markets for such bonds. Performance, payment and completion surety bond and letter of credit providers consider these factors in addition to our performance and claims record and provider-specific underwriting standards, which may change from time to time.
If our performance record or our providers requirements or policies change, if we cannot obtain the necessary consent from our lenders, or if the markets capacity to provide performance, payment and completion bonds or letters of credit is not sufficient for any unexpected growth and we are unable to renew or amend our existing facilities on favorable terms or at all, we could be unable to obtain additional performance, payment and completion surety bonds or letters of credit from other sources when required, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a decline in the value of our Class A common stock.
Higher cancellation rates of existing agreements of sale may have an adverse effect on our business.
Our backlog reflects sales contracts with our homebuyers for homes that have not yet been delivered. We have received a deposit from a homebuyer for each home reflected in our backlog, and generally we have the right, subject to certain exceptions, to retain the deposit if the homebuyer fails to comply with his or her obligations under the sales contract, including as a result of state and local law, the homebuyers inability to sell his or her current home or the homebuyers inability to make additional deposits required prior to the closing date. In addition, in our Canadian markets we have the right to retain the deposits and pursue the homebuyer for damages or specific performance in the event of a homebuyers breach of the purchase and sale agreement. However, in the United States, if prices for new homes decline, if competitors increase their use of sales incentives, if interest rates increase, if the availability of mortgage financing diminishes or if there is a downturn in local or regional economies or in the national economy, U.S. homebuyers may terminate their existing home purchase contracts with us in order to negotiate for a lower price or because they cannot, or will not, complete the purchase.
Compared to the prevailing cancellation rates in the United States, our experience has been that cancellations in Canada are less common due to differences in the Canadian economy and the laws of Ontario, which make it more difficult for purchasers to cancel their contracts. Although our cancellation rates for our homebuyers in the United States are now closer to long-term historical averages, cancellation rates may rise in the future. If uncertain economic conditions in the United States and Canada continue, if mortgage financing becomes less available or if current homeowners find it difficult to sell their current homes, more homebuyers may cancel their sales contracts with us. As a result, our financial condition may deteriorate and you may lose a portion of your investment.
In cases of cancellation, we remarket the home and usually retain any deposits we are permitted to retain. Nevertheless, the deposits may not cover the additional costs involved in remarketing the home and carrying higher inventory. Significant numbers of cancellations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The homebuilding industry is highly competitive and, if our competitors are more successful or offer better value to our customers, our business could decline.
We operate in a very competitive environment which is characterized by competition from a number of other homebuilders in each market in which we operate. We compete with large national and regional homebuilding companies and with smaller local homebuilders for land, financing, raw materials and skilled management and labor resources. We also compete with the resale, or previously owned, home market which has increased significantly due to the large number of homes that have been foreclosed on or could be foreclosed on due to the recent economic downturn. Increased competition could cause us to increase our selling incentives and reduce our prices. An oversupply of homes available for sale and the heavy discounting of home prices by some of our competitors have adversely affected demand for our homes and the results of our operations in the
26
past and could do so again in the future. If we are unable to compete effectively in our markets, our business could decline disproportionately to our competitors, and our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
If homebuyers are not able to obtain suitable financing, our results of operations may decline.
A substantial majority of our homebuyers finance their home purchases through lenders that provide mortgage financing. The availability of mortgage credit remains constrained in the United States, due in part to lower mortgage valuations on properties, various regulatory changes and lower risk appetite by lenders, with many lenders requiring increased levels of financial qualification, lending lower multiples of income and requiring greater deposits. Investors and first-time homebuyers are generally more affected by the availability of financing than other potential homebuyers. These buyers are a key source of our demand. A limited availability of home mortgage financing may adversely affect the volume of our home sales and the sales prices we achieve in the United States.
During the last four fiscal years, the mortgage lending industry in the United States has experienced significant instability, beginning with increased defaults on subprime loans and other nonconforming loans and compounded by expectations of increasing interest payments requirements and further defaults. This in turn resulted in a decline in the market value of many mortgage loans and related securities. Lenders, regulators and others questioned the adequacy of lending standards and other credit requirements for several loan products and programs offered in recent years. Credit requirements have tightened, and investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities has declined. The deterioration in credit quality during the downturn had caused almost all lenders to stop offering subprime mortgages and most other loan products that were not eligible for sale to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or loans that did not meet FHA and Veterans Administration requirements. Fewer loan products, tighter loan qualifications and a reduced willingness of lenders to make loans may continue to make it more difficult for certain buyers to finance the purchase of our homes. These factors may reduce the pool of qualified homebuyers and make it more difficult to sell to first-time and move-up buyers who have historically made up a substantial part of our customers. Reductions in demand adversely affected our business and financial results during the downturn, and the duration and severity of some of their effects remain uncertain. The liquidity provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to the mortgage industry has been very important to the housing market. These entities have required substantial injections of capital from the federal government and may require additional government support in the future. Several federal government officials have proposed changing the nature of the relationship between Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the federal government and even nationalizing or eliminating these entities entirely. If Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were dissolved or if the federal government determined to stop providing liquidity support to the mortgage market, there would be a reduction in the availability of the financing provided by these institutions. Any such reduction would likely have an adverse effect on interest rates, mortgage availability and our sales of new homes. The FHA insures mortgage loans that generally have lower loan payment requirements and qualification standards compared to conventional guidelines, and as a result, continue to be a particularly important source for financing the sale of our homes. In recent years, lenders have taken a more conservative view of FHA guidelines causing significant tightening of borrower eligibility for approval. Availability of condominium financing and minimum credit score benchmarks has reduced opportunity for those purchasers. In the near future, further restrictions are expected on FHA-insured loans, including limitations on seller-paid closing costs and concessions. This or any other restriction may negatively affect the availability or affordability of FHA financing, which could adversely affect our ability to sell homes in the United States. In addition, changes in federal and provincial regulatory and fiscal policies aimed at aiding the homebuying market (including a repeal of the home mortgage interest tax deduction) may also negatively affect potential homebuyers ability to purchase homes.
In each of our markets, decreases in the availability of credit and increases in the cost of credit adversely affect the ability of homebuyers to obtain or service mortgage debt. Even if potential homebuyers do not themselves need mortgage financing, where potential homebuyers must sell their existing homes in order to buy a new home, increases in mortgage costs, lack of availability of mortgages and/or regulatory changes could
27
prevent the buyers of potential homebuyers existing homes from obtaining a mortgage, which would result in our potential customers inability to buy a new home. Similar risks apply to those buyers who are awaiting delivery of their homes and are currently in backlog. The success of homebuilders depends on the ability of potential homebuyers to obtain mortgages for the purchase of homes. If our customers (or potential buyers of our customers existing homes) cannot obtain suitable financing, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected, the price of our Class A common stock may decline and you could lose a portion of your investment.
Any increase in unemployment or underemployment may lead to an increase in the number of loan delinquencies and property repossessions and have an adverse impact on us.
In the United States, the unemployment rate was 7.9% as of January 2013, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. People who are not employed or are underemployed or are concerned about the loss of their jobs are less likely to purchase new homes, may be forced to try to sell the homes they own and may face difficulties in making required mortgage payments. Therefore, any increase in unemployment or underemployment may lead to an increase in the number of loan delinquencies and property repossessions and have an adverse impact on us both by reducing demand for the homes we build and by increasing the supply of homes for sale.
Increases in taxes, government fees or interest rates could prevent potential customers from buying our homes and adversely affect our business or financial results.
Significant expenses of owning a home, including mortgage interest and real estate taxes, generally are deductible expenses for an individuals U.S. federal, and in some cases, state income taxes, subject to various limitations under current tax law and policy. Mortgage interest and real estate taxes are not deductible for an individuals federal or provincial income taxes in Canada. If the U.S. federal government or a state government changes its income tax laws, as has been discussed from time to time, to eliminate, limit or substantially modify these income tax deductions, the after-tax cost of owning a new home would increase for many of our potential customers. The resulting loss or reduction of homeowner tax deductions, if such tax law changes were enacted without offsetting provisions, or any other increase in any taxes affecting homeowners, would adversely impact demand for and sales prices of new homes.
Increases in property tax rates by local governmental authorities, as experienced in response to reduced federal, state and provincial funding, can adversely affect the ability of potential customers to obtain financing or their desire to purchase new homes. Fees imposed on developers to fund schools, open spaces, road improvements, and/or provide low and moderate income housing, could increase our costs and have an adverse effect on our operations. In addition, increases in sales taxes (such as the Ontario harmonized sales tax initiative implemented in July 2010 by the Government of Ontario combining the 5% Canadian federal goods and services tax and the 8% Ontario provincial sales tax with certain abatement, rebate and transition rules for new housing) could adversely affect our potential customers who may consider those costs in determining whether to make a new home purchase and decide, as a result, not to purchase one of our homes.
In addition, increases in interest rates as a result of changes to U.S. and Canadian monetary policies could significantly increase the costs of owning a home, which in turn would adversely impact demand for and sales prices of homes and the ability of potential customers to obtain financing and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock and the value of your investment may decline.
Inflation could adversely affect our business and financial results, particularly in a period of oversupply of homes.
Inflation can adversely affect us by increasing costs of land, materials and labor. In the event of an increase in inflation, we may seek to increase the sales prices of homes in order to maintain satisfactory margins.
28
However, an oversupply of homes relative to demand and home prices being set several months before homes are delivered may make any such increase difficult or impossible. In addition, inflation is often accompanied by higher interest rates, which historically had a negative impact on housing demand. In such an environment, we may not be able to raise home prices sufficiently to keep up with the rate of inflation and our margins could decrease. Moreover, the cost of capital increases as a result of inflation and the purchasing power of our cash resources declines. Current or future efforts by the government to stimulate the economy may increase the risk of significant inflation and its adverse impact on our business or financial results.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate because of the seasonal nature of our business and other factors.
Our quarterly operating results generally fluctuate by season and also because of the uneven delivery schedule of certain of our products and communities, such as high-rise condominiums in the GTA.
Historically, a larger percentage of our agreements of sale in the United States have been entered into in the winter and spring. Weather-related problems, typically in the fall, late winter and early spring, may delay starts or closings and increase costs and thus reduce profitability. Seasonal natural disasters such as hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and fires could cause delays in the completion of, or increase the cost of, developing one or more of our communities, causing an adverse effect on our sales and revenues.
In many cases, we may not be able to recapture increased costs by raising prices because we set our prices up to 12 months in advance of delivery upon signing the home sales contract. In the case of high-rise condominium sales, purchase agreements are signed up to three years in advance of delivery. In addition, deliveries may be staggered over different periods of the year and may be concentrated in particular quarters. Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate because of these factors.
Negative publicity may affect our business performance and could affect our stock price.
Unfavorable media related to our industry, company, brands, marketing, personnel, operations, business performance, or prospects may affect our stock price and the performance of our business, regardless of its accuracy or inaccuracy. Our success in maintaining, extending and expanding our brand image depends on our ability to adapt to a rapidly changing media environment. Adverse publicity or negative commentary on social media outlets, such as blogs, websites or newsletters, could hurt operating results, as consumers might avoid brands that receive bad press or negative reviews. Negative publicity may result in a decrease in operating results that could lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock and cause you to lose all or a portion of your investment.
Homebuilding is subject to home warranty and construction defect claims in the ordinary course of business that can be significant.
As a homebuilder, we are subject to home warranty and construction defect claims arising in the ordinary course of business. There can be no assurance that any developments we undertake will be free from defects once completed. Construction defects may occur on projects and developments and may arise during a significant period of time after completion. Defects arising on a development attributable to us may lead to significant contractual or other liabilities.
As a consequence, we maintain products and completed operations excess liability insurance, obtain indemnities and certificates of insurance from subcontractors generally covering claims related to damages resulting from faulty workmanship and materials, and create warranty and other reserves for the homes we sell based on historical experience in our markets and our judgment of the risks associated with the types of homes built. Although we actively monitor our insurance reserves and coverage, because of the uncertainties inherent to these matters, we cannot provide assurance that our insurance coverage, our subcontractor arrangements and our reserves will be adequate to address all of our warranty and construction defect claims in the future. In addition,
29
contractual indemnities can be difficult to enforce. We may also be responsible for applicable self-insured retentions and some types of claims may not be covered by insurance or may exceed applicable coverage limits. Additionally, the coverage offered by and the availability of products and completed operations excess liability insurance for construction defects is currently limited and costly. This coverage may be further restricted or become more costly in the future.
In 2005 and 2006, we discontinued requiring insurance policies from most of our contractors in California and instead adopted an Owner Controlled Insurance Plan (OCIP) for general liability exposures of most subcontractors, as a result of the inability of subcontractors to procure acceptable insurance coverage to meet our requirements. Under the OCIP, subcontractors are effectively insured by us. We have assigned risk retentions and bid deductions to our subcontractors based on their risk category. These deductions are used to fund future liabilities.
As a recent example of construction defect claims, in 2009 we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in several Florida communities, primarily in West Florida, which were generally delivered between May 2006 and November 2007. If we identify more homes with defective Chinese-made drywall or other defects than we currently have estimated, we may be required to increase our warranty and claims reserves in the future, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. See BusinessInsurance and Legal Proceedings.
Unexpected expenditures attributable to defects or previously unknown sub-surface conditions arising on a development project may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, severe or widespread incidents of defects giving rise to unexpected levels of expenditure, to the extent not covered by insurance or redress against sub-contractors, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our reliance on contractors can expose us to various liability risks.
We rely on contractors in order to perform the construction of our homes, and in many cases, to select and obtain raw materials. We are exposed to various risks as a result of our reliance on these contractors and their respective subcontractors and suppliers, including, as described above, the possibility of defects in our homes due to improper practices or materials used by contractors, which may require us to comply with our warranty obligations and/or bring a claim under an insurance policy. Several other homebuilders have received inquiries from regulatory agencies concerning whether homebuilders using contractors are deemed to be employers of the employees of such contractors under certain circumstances. Although contractors are independent of the homebuilders that contract with them under normal management practices and the terms of trade contracts and subcontracts within the homebuilding industry, if regulatory agencies reclassify the employees of contractors as employees of homebuilders, homebuilders using contractors could be responsible for wage, hour and other employment-related liabilities of their contractors. In the event that a regulatory agency reclassified the employees of our contractors as our own employees, we could be responsible for wage, hour and other employment-related liabilities of our contractors.
Failure to manage land acquisitions and development and construction processes could result in significant cost overruns or errors in valuing sites.
We own and purchase a large number of sites each year and are therefore dependent on our ability to process a very large number of transactions (which include, among other things, evaluating the site purchase, designing the layout of the development, sourcing materials and sub-contractors and managing contractual commitments) efficiently and accurately. Errors by employees, failure to comply with regulatory requirements and conduct of business rules, failings or inadequacies in internal control processes, equipment failures, natural disasters or the failure of external systems, including those of our suppliers or counterparties, could result in operational losses that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results and our relationships with our customers.
30
If land and lots are not available at competitive prices, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our long-term profitability depends in large part on the price at which we are able to obtain suitable land and lots for the development of our communities. Increases in the price (or decreases in the availability) of suitable land and lots could adversely affect our profitability. Moreover, changes in the general availability of desirable land, competition for available land and lots, limited availability of financing to acquire land and lots, zoning regulations that limit housing density, environmental requirements and other market conditions may hurt our ability to obtain land and lots for new communities at prices that will allow us to be profitable. If the supply of land and lots that are appropriate for development of our communities becomes more limited because of these factors, or for any other reason, the cost of land and lots could increase and the number of homes that we are able to build and sell could be reduced, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock and the value of your investment.
If the market value of our land inventory decreases, our results of operations could be adversely affected by impairments and write-downs.
The market value of our land and housing inventories depends on market conditions. We acquire land for expansion into new markets and for replacement of land inventory and expansion within our current markets. There is an inherent risk that the value of the land owned by us may decline after purchase. The valuation of property is inherently subjective and based on the individual characteristics of each property. We may have acquired options on or bought and developed land at a cost we will not be able to recover fully or on which we cannot build and sell homes profitably. In addition, our deposits for lots controlled under option or similar contracts may be put at risk. Factors such as changes in regulatory requirements and applicable laws (including in relation to building regulations, taxation and planning), political conditions, the condition of financial markets, both local and national economic conditions, the financial condition of customers, potentially adverse tax consequences, and interest and inflation rate fluctuations subject valuations to uncertainty. Moreover, all valuations are made on the basis of assumptions that may not prove to reflect economic or demographic reality. If housing demand decreases below what we anticipated when we acquired our inventory, our profitability may be adversely affected and we may not be able to recover our costs when we sell and build houses.
Due to economic conditions in the United States in recent years, including increased amounts of home and land inventory that entered certain U.S. markets from foreclosure sales or short sales, the market value of our land and home inventory was negatively impacted prior to the Acquisition. Write-downs and impairments have had an adverse effect (and any further write-downs may also have an adverse effect) on our business, financial condition and operating results. In 2011, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we recorded no inventory impairments (compared to $4.1 million in 2010 and $78.2 million in 2009), and the carrying value of all of our land was adjusted to its fair market value as of the date of the Acquisition. We regularly review the value of our land holdings and continue to review our holdings on a periodic basis. Further material write-downs and impairments in the value of our inventory may be required, and we may in the future sell land or homes at a loss, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Risks associated with our land inventory could adversely affect our business or financial results.
Risks inherent in controlling or purchasing, holding and developing land for new home construction are substantial. In certain circumstances, a grant of entitlements or development agreement with respect to a particular parcel of land may include restrictions on the transfer of such entitlements to a buyer of such land, which may increase our exposure to decreases in the price of such entitled land by restricting our ability to sell it for its full entitled value. In addition, inventory carrying costs can be significant and can result in reduced margins or losses in a poorly performing community or market. In recent periods of market weakness, we have sold homes and land for lower margins or at a loss and we have recorded significant inventory impairment charges, and such conditions may recur. The recording of a significant inventory impairment could negatively affect our reported earnings per share and negatively impact the market perception of our business, leading to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.
31
If we experience shortages in labor supply, increased labor costs or labor disruptions, there could be delays or increased costs in developing our communities or building homes, which could adversely affect our operating results.
We require a qualified labor force to develop our communities. Access to qualified labor may be affected by circumstances beyond our control, including:
|
work stoppages resulting from labor disputes; |
|
shortages of qualified trades people, such as carpenters, roofers, electricians and plumbers, especially in our key markets in the southwest United States; |
|
changes in laws relating to union organizing activity; |
|
changes in immigration laws and trends in labor force migration; and |
|
increases in sub-contractor and professional services costs. |
Any of these circumstances could give rise to delays in the start or completion of, or could increase the cost of, developing one or more of our communities and building homes. We may not be able to recover these increased costs by raising our home prices because the price for each home is typically set months prior to its delivery pursuant to sales contracts with our homebuyers. In such circumstances, our operating results could be adversely affected. Additionally, market and competitive forces may also limit our ability to raise the sales prices of our homes.
Failure to recruit, retain and develop highly skilled, competent people at all levels, including finding suitable subcontractors, may have a material adverse effect on our standards of service.
Key employees, including management team members, are fundamental to our ability to obtain, generate and manage opportunities. Key employees working in the homebuilding and construction industries are highly sought after. Failure to attract and retain such personnel or to ensure that their experience and knowledge is not lost when they leave the business through retirement, redundancy or otherwise may adversely affect the standards of our service and may have an adverse impact on our business, financial conditions and operating results. In addition, we do not maintain key person insurance in respect of any member of our senior management team. The loss of any of our management members or key personnel could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. See Management.
The vast majority of our work carried out on site is performed by subcontractors. The difficult operating environment over the last six years in the United States has resulted in the failure of some subcontractors businesses and may result in further failures. In addition, reduced levels of homebuilding in the United States have led to some skilled tradesmen leaving the industry to take jobs in other sectors. If subcontractors are not able to recruit sufficient numbers of skilled employees, our development and construction activities may suffer from delays and quality issues, which would also lead to reduced levels of customer satisfaction.
During the recent downturn, we had to reduce our number of employees, which may have resulted in a loss of knowledge that could be detrimental to our business and our ability to manage future business opportunities. Our margins, and accordingly our business, financial conditions and operating results, may be adversely affected.
Government regulations and legal challenges may delay the start or completion of our communities, increase our expenses or limit our homebuilding or other activities, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations.
The approval of numerous governmental authorities must be obtained in connection with our development activities, and these governmental authorities often have broad discretion in exercising their approval authority. We incur substantial costs related to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Any increase in legal and regulatory requirements may cause us to incur substantial additional costs, or in some cases cause us to
32
determine that the property is not feasible for development. Various local, provincial, state and federal statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations concerning building, health and safety, environment, zoning, sales and similar matters apply to and/or affect the housing industry.
Municipalities may restrict or place moratoriums on the availability of utilities, such as water and sewer taps. If municipalities in which we operate take such actions, it could have an adverse effect on our business by causing delays, increasing our costs or limiting our ability to operate in those municipalities.
Certain states, cities and counties in which we operate have in the past approved, or approved for inclusion on their ballot, various slow growth or no growth initiatives and other ballot measures that could negatively impact the availability of land and building opportunities within those localities. A similar initiative in Ontario, Canada known as smart growth could also negatively impact our Canadian operations. The Ontario smart growth initiatives were implemented in 2005 pursuant to the Places to Grow Act and the Greenbelt Act. The legislation is designed to minimize urban sprawl, promote population density increases in cities and towns and protect the agricultural land and natural systems that surround the GTA, extending from Niagara Falls to Oshawa, Ontario, bordering Lake Ontario. The effect of the legislation is to restrict development on approximately 1.8 million acres of land. These measures may reduce our ability to open new home communities and to build and sell homes in the affected markets, including with respect to land we may already own, and create additional costs and administration requirements, which in turn may harm our future sales, margins and earnings. A further expansion of these measures or the adoption of new slow-growth, no-growth, smart-growth or other similar programs could exacerbate such risks. The above risks could have a material, adverse effect on our business and results of operations in Canada, and as a result, the price of the Class A common stock could be negatively affected.
Governmental regulation affects not only construction activities but also sales activities, mortgage lending activities and other dealings with consumers. In addition, it is possible that some form of expanded energy efficiency legislation may be passed by the U.S. Congress or federal agencies and certain state and provincial legislatures, which may, despite being phased in over time, significantly increase our costs of building homes and the sale price to our buyers, and adversely affect our sales volumes. We may be required to apply for additional approvals or modify our existing approvals because of changes in local circumstances or applicable law. Further, we may experience delays and increased expenses as a result of legal challenges to our proposed communities, whether brought by governmental authorities or private parties.
Our financial services business may be adversely affected by changes in governmental regulation and other risks associated with acting as a mortgage lender.
Prior to January 1, 2011, TMHF operated as a mortgage broker, limiting TMHFs exposure to employee or third party fraud in the origination and processing of loan applications submitted to wholesale lending groups, and reducing repurchase risk from previously closed loans. Since January 1, 2011, in response to new legislation and in order to operate competitively in the market, TMHF transitioned to full lender status. This change results in TMHF having the ability to originate, underwrite and fund mortgage transactions through correspondent lending relationships. While we intend for the loans that we originate to typically be held for no more than 20 days before being sold on the secondary market, if we are unable to sell loans into the secondary mortgage market or directly to large secondary market loan purchasers such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, TMHF would bear the risk of being a long-term investor in these originated loans. Mortgage lending is also subject to credit risks associated with the borrowers to whom the loans are extended and an increase in default rates could have a material and adverse effect on our business. Being required to hold loans on a long-term basis would also negatively affect our liquidity and could require us to use additional capital resources to finance the loans that we are extending. In addition, although mortgage lenders under the mortgage warehouse facilities we currently use to finance our lending operations normally purchase our mortgages within 20 days of origination, if there is a default under these warehouse facilities we would be required to fund the mortgages then in the pipeline. In such case, amounts available under our Revolving Credit Facility and cash from operations may not be sufficient to allow us to provide financing required by our business during these times.
33
An obligation to commit our own funds to long-term investments in mortgage loans could, among other things, delay the time when we recognize revenues from home sales on our statements of operations. If, due to higher costs, reduced liquidity, heightened risk retention obligations and/or new operating restrictions or regulatory reforms related to or arising from compliance with new U.S. federal laws and regulations, residential consumer loan putback demands or internal or external reviews of its residential consumer mortgage loan foreclosure processes, or other factors or business decisions, TMHF could be unable to make loan products available to our homebuyers, and home sales and mortgage services results of operations may be adversely affected.
In addition, changes in governmental regulation with respect to mortgage lenders could adversely affect the financial results of this portion of our business. Our mortgage lending operations are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations. There have been numerous proposed changes in these regulations as a result of the housing downturn. For example, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was enacted. Among other things, this legislation provides for a number of new requirements relating to residential mortgage lending practices, many of which are to be developed further by implementing rules. These include, among others, minimum standards for mortgages and lender practices in making mortgages, limitations on certain fees, retention of credit risk, prohibition of certain tying arrangements and remedies for borrowers in foreclosure proceedings. The effect of such provisions on TMHF and our mortgage lending business will depend on the rules that are ultimately enacted. In addition, we cannot predict whether similar changes to, or new enactments of, statutes and regulations pertinent to our mortgage lending business will occur in the future. Any such changes or new enactments could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and the market perception of our business, which could lead to a decline in the price of our common stock.
The prices of our mortgages could be adversely affected if we lose any of our important commercial relationships.
TMHF has longstanding relationships with members of the lender community from which its borrowers benefit. TMHF plans to continue with these relationships and use the correspondent lender platform as a part of its operational plan. If our relationship with any one or more of those banks deteriorates or if one or more of those banks decide to renegotiate or terminate existing agreements, we may be required to increase the price of our products, or modify the range of products we offer, which could cause us to lose customers who may choose other providers based solely on the price or fees, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We may not be able to use certain deferred tax assets, which may result in our having to pay substantial taxes.
We have significant deferred tax assets, including net operating losses in the United States that could be used to offset earnings and reduce the amount of taxes we are required to pay. Our ability to use net operating losses to offset earnings is dependent on a number of factors, including applicable rules relating to the permitted carry back period for offsetting certain net operating losses against prior period earnings. We are currently under examination by various taxing jurisdictions with respect to our carry back of net operating losses in our historical tax returns and have appealed Internal Revenue Service determinations that we may not carry back certain net operating losses. Income tax payable on our consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2012 includes reserves of $8.7 million and $74.8 million related to this issue for tax years 2009 and 2008, respectively. An IRS appeal is ongoing for the 2009 and 2008 TMC and subsidiaries tax return. We are also currently under examination on our 2006 and 2007 California legacy Taylor Woodrow returns. The outcomes of the remaining examinations are not yet determinable. The statute of limitations for these examinations remains open with various expiration dates, the latest of which is December 2013. Our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, has agreed to indemnify TMM for amounts payable in respect of these additional taxes. However, if Taylor Wimpey plc defaults on its indemnification obligation and we are unable to collect under the posted letter of credit, if we fail to obtain a
34
favorable determination on appeal from the IRS with respect to our ability to carry back certain net operating losses, and if the result of the IRS or California examinations is also that we are not entitled to carry back certain net operating losses, we may be required to pay additional taxes, which may adversely affect our liquidity.
Raw materials and building supply shortages and price fluctuations could delay or increase the cost of home construction and adversely affect our operating results.
The homebuilding industry has, from time to time, experienced raw material shortages and been adversely affected by volatility in global commodity prices. In particular, shortages and fluctuations in the price of concrete, drywall, lumber or other important raw materials could result in delays in the start or completion of, or increase the cost of, developing one or more of our residential communities.
In addition, the cost of petroleum products, which are used both to deliver our materials and to transport workers to our job sites, fluctuates and may be subject to increased volatility as a result of geopolitical events or accidents such as the Deepwater Horizon accident in the Gulf of Mexico. Changes in such costs could also result in higher prices for any product utilizing petrochemicals. These cost increases may have an adverse effect on our operating margin and results of operations and may result in a decline in the price of our Class A common stock. Furthermore, any such cost increase may adversely affect the regional economies in which we operate and reduce demand for our homes.
The geographic concentration of our operations subjects us to an increased risk of loss of revenue or decreases in the market value of our land and homes in these regions from factors which may affect any of these regions.
Our operations are concentrated in Ontario, Canada and California, Colorado, Arizona, Texas and Florida. Some or all of these regions could be affected by:
|
severe weather; |
|
natural disasters; |
|
shortages in the availability or increased costs in obtaining land, equipment, labor or building supplies; |
|
changes to the population growth rates and therefore the demand for homes in these regions; and |
|
changes in the regulatory and fiscal environment. |
Due to the concentrated nature of our operations, negative factors affecting one or a number of these geographic regions at the same time could result in a relatively greater impact on our results of operations than they might have on other companies that have a more diversified portfolio of operations.
Changes to the population growth rates in certain of the markets in which we operate could affect the demand for homes in these regions.
Slower rates of population growth or population declines in our key markets, especially as compared to the high population growth rates in prior years, could affect the demand for housing, causing home prices in these markets to fall, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We participate in certain unconsolidated joint ventures where we may be adversely impacted by the failure of the unconsolidated joint venture or the other partners in the unconsolidated joint venture to fulfill their obligations.
We have investments in and commitments to certain unconsolidated joint ventures with unrelated strategic partners to acquire and develop land and, in some cases, build and deliver homes. To finance these activities, our unconsolidated joint ventures often obtain loans from third-party lenders that are secured by the unconsolidated
35
joint ventures assets. In certain instances, we and the other partners in an unconsolidated joint venture provide guarantees and indemnities to lenders with respect to the unconsolidated joint ventures debt, which may be triggered under certain conditions when the unconsolidated joint venture fails to fulfill its obligations under its loan agreements.
In Canada, we have consistently used joint ventures as a means of acquiring land. Where we do not have a controlling interest in these unconsolidated joint ventures, we depend heavily on the other partners in each unconsolidated joint venture to both cooperate and make mutually acceptable decisions regarding the conduct of the business and affairs of the unconsolidated joint venture and ensure that they, and the unconsolidated joint venture, fulfill their respective obligations to us and to third parties. If the other partners in our unconsolidated joint ventures do not provide such cooperation or fulfill these obligations due to their financial condition, strategic business interests (which may be contrary to ours), or otherwise, we may be required to spend additional resources (including payments under the guarantees we have provided to the unconsolidated joint ventures lenders) and suffer losses, each of which could be significant. Moreover, our ability to recoup such expenditures and losses by exercising remedies against such partners may be limited due to potential legal defenses they may have, their respective financial condition and other circumstances. In addition, certain joint ventures relating to our Canadian operations have change of control consent requirements that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of such joint ventures. Furthermore, the termination of a joint venture may also give rise to lawsuits and legal costs.
In certain instances, Monarch Corporation and the other partners in a joint venture provide guarantees and indemnities to lenders with respect to the unconsolidated joint ventures debt, which may be triggered under certain conditions when the joint venture fails to fulfill its obligations under its loan agreements. As of September 30, 2012, Monarch Corporations total recourse exposure under its guarantees of joint venture debt was approximately $168.9 million. To the extent any or all of our joint ventures default on obligations secured by the assets of such joint venture or guaranteed by Monarch Corporation, the assets of our joint ventures could be forfeited to our joint ventures third party lenders, and Monarch Corporation could be liable to such third party lenders to the full extent of its guarantees and, in the case of secured guarantees, to the extent of the assets of Monarch Corporation that secure the applicable guarantee. Any such default by our joint ventures could cause significant losses, with a resulting adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Recent market conditions have required us to provide a greater number of such guarantees and we expect this trend to continue.
We may incur a variety of costs to engage in future growth or expansion of our operations or acquisitions or disposals of businesses, and the anticipated benefits may never be realized.
As a part of our business strategy, we may make acquisitions, or significant investments in, and/or disposals of businesses. Any future acquisitions, investments and/or disposals would be accompanied by risks such as:
|
difficulties in assimilating the operations and personnel of acquired companies or businesses; |
|
diversion of our managements attention from ongoing business concerns; |
|
our potential inability to maximize our financial and strategic position through the successful incorporation or disposition of operations; |
|
maintenance of uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies; and |
|
impairment of existing relationships with employees, contractors, suppliers and customers as a result of the integration of new management personnel and cost-saving initiatives. |
We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully integrate any company or business that we might acquire in the future, and our failure to do so could harm our current business.
36
In addition, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of these transactions and there may be other unanticipated or unidentified effects. While we would seek protection, for example, through warranties and indemnities in the case of acquisitions, significant liabilities may not be identified in due diligence or come to light after the expiry of warranty or indemnity periods. Additionally, while we would seek to limit our ongoing exposure, for example, through liability caps and period limits on warranties and indemnities in the case of disposals, some warranties and indemnities may give rise to unexpected and significant liabilities. Any claims arising in the future may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results and could lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.
We have defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes to which we may be required to increase our contributions to fund deficits.
We provide retirement benefits for former and certain of our current employees through a number of defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes. Certain of these plans are no longer available to new employees, though in Canada we retain a defined contribution plan. As of September 30, 2012, we had recorded a deficit of $9.1 million in our defined benefit pension plans. This deficit may increase, and we may be required to increase contributions to our plans in the future, which may materially and adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.
A major health and safety incident relating to our business could be costly in terms of potential liabilities and reputational damage.
Building sites are inherently dangerous, and operating in the homebuilding industry poses certain inherent health and safety risks. Due to health and safety regulatory requirements and the number of projects we work on, health and safety performance is critical to the success of all areas of our business. Any failure in health and safety performance may result in penalties for non-compliance with relevant regulatory requirements, and a failure that results in a major or significant health and safety incident is likely to be costly in terms of potential liabilities incurred as a result. Such a failure could generate significant negative publicity and have a corresponding impact on our reputation, our relationships with relevant regulatory agencies or governmental authorities, and our ability to win new business, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Ownership, leasing or occupation of land and the use of hazardous materials carries potential environmental risks and liabilities.
We are subject to a variety of local, state and federal statutes, rules and regulations concerning land use and the protection of health and the environment, including those governing discharge of pollutants to water and air, including asbestos, the handling of hazardous materials and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We may be liable for the costs of removal, investigation or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances located on, under or in a property currently or formerly owned, leased or occupied by us, whether or not we caused or knew of the pollution. The costs of any required removal, investigation or remediation of such substances or the costs of defending against environmental claims may be substantial. The presence of such substances, or the failure to remediate such substances properly, may also adversely affect our ability to sell the land or to borrow using the land as security. Environmental impacts from historical activities have been identified at some of the projects we have developed in the past and additional projects may be located on land that may have been contaminated by previous use. Although we are not aware of any projects requiring material remediation activities by us as a result of historical contamination, no assurances can be given that material claims or liabilities relating to such developments will not arise in the future.
The particular impact and requirements of environmental laws that apply to any given community vary greatly according to the community site, the sites environmental conditions and the present and former use of the site. We expect that increasingly stringent requirements may be imposed on homebuilders in the future.
37
Environmental laws may result in delays, cause us to implement time consuming and expensive compliance programs and prohibit or severely restrict development in certain environmentally sensitive regions or areas, such as wetlands. We also may not identify all of these concerns during any pre-development review of project sites. Environmental regulations can also have an adverse impact on the availability and price of certain raw materials, such as lumber. Furthermore, we could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines, penalties and other sanctions and damages from third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, as a result of our failure to comply with, or liabilities under, applicable environmental laws and regulations. In addition, we are subject to third-party challenges, such as by environmental groups, under environmental laws and regulations to the permits and other approvals required for our projects and operations. These matters could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We may be liable for claims for damages as a result of use of hazardous materials.
As a homebuilding business with a wide variety of historic homebuilding and construction activities, we could be liable for future claims for damages as a result of the past or present use of hazardous materials, including building materials which in the future become known or are suspected to be hazardous. Any such claims may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Insurance coverage for such claims may be limited or non-existent.
We may suffer uninsured losses or suffer material losses in excess of insurance limits.
We could suffer physical damage to property and liabilities resulting in losses that may not be fully compensated by insurance. In addition, certain types of risks, such as personal injury claims, may be, or may become in the future, either uninsurable or not economically insurable, or may not be currently or in the future covered by our insurance policies. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could sustain financial loss or lose capital invested in the affected property as well as anticipated future income from that property. In addition, we could be liable to repair damage or meet liabilities caused by uninsured risks. We may be liable for any debt or other financial obligations related to affected property. Material losses or liabilities in excess of insurance proceeds may occur in the future.
In the United States, the coverage offered and the availability of general liability insurance for construction defects is currently limited and is costly. As a result, an increasing number of our subcontractors in the United States may be unable to obtain insurance, particularly in California where we have instituted an OCIP, under which subcontractors are effectively insured by us. If we cannot effectively recover construction defect liabilities and costs of defense from our subcontractors or their insurers, or if we have self-insured, we may suffer losses. Coverage may be further restricted and become even more costly. Such circumstances could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We may face substantial damages or be enjoined from pursuing important activities as a result of existing or future litigation, arbitration or other claims.
In our homebuilding activities, we are exposed to potentially significant litigation, including breach of contract, contractual disputes and disputes relating to defective title, property misdescription or construction defects, including use of defective materials (including Chinese-made drywall).
For example, we engage subcontractors to construct of our homes, and in many cases, to obtain the necessary building materials. Between 2008 and 2011, we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in a number of Florida homes, primarily delivered during our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years. As of September 30, 2012, we had accrued an amount that our management believes to be a reasonable reserve for losses that may be related to this matter, including repair costs. We continue to inspect additional homes in order to determine whether they also contain the defective Chinese-made drywall. The outcome of these on-going inspections may require us to increase our warranty and claims reserves in the future, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Currently, the amount of additional liability, if any, is not reasonably estimable.
38
Although we have established warranty, claim and litigation reserves that we believe are adequate, due to the uncertainty inherent in litigation, legal proceedings may result in the award of substantial damages against us beyond our reserves. Furthermore, plaintiffs may in certain of these legal proceedings seek class action status with potential class sizes that vary from case to case. Class action lawsuits can be costly to defend, and if we were to lose any certified class action suit, it could result in substantial liability for us. In addition, we are subject to potential lawsuits, arbitration proceedings and other claims in connection with our business. See BusinessInsurance and Legal Proceedings. The filing or threat of filing of a major class action lawsuit against us could lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.
With respect to certain general liability exposures, including construction defect, Chinese-made drywall and related claims and product liability claims, interpretation of underlying current and future trends, assessment of claims and the related liability and reserve estimation process requires us to exercise significant judgment due to the complex nature of these exposures, with each exposure often exhibiting unique circumstances. Furthermore, once claims are asserted for construction defects, it is difficult to determine the extent to which the assertion of these claims will expand geographically. As a result, our insurance policies may not be available or adequate to cover any liability for damages, the cost of repairs, and/or the expense of litigation surrounding current claims, and future claims may arise out of events or circumstances not covered by insurance and not subject to effective indemnification agreements with our subcontractors. Should such a situation arise, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Poor relations with the residents of our communities could negatively impact sales, which could cause our revenues or results of operations to decline.
Residents of communities we develop rely on us to resolve issues or disputes that may arise in connection with the operation or development of their communities. Efforts made by us to resolve these issues or disputes could be deemed unsatisfactory by the affected residents and subsequent actions by these residents could adversely affect sales or our reputation. In addition, we could be required to make material expenditures related to the settlement of such issues or disputes or to modify our community development plans, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
We are dependent on certain members of our management and key personnel.
Our business involves complex operations and therefore demands a management team and employee workforce that is knowledgeable and expert in many areas necessary for our operations. Investors in our Class A common stock must rely to a significant extent upon the ability, expertise, judgment and discretion of our management and key personnel. Our performance and success are dependent, in part, upon key members of our management and personnel, and their loss or departure could be detrimental to our future success. Further, the process of attracting and retaining suitable replacements for key personnel whose services we may lose would result in transition costs and would divert the attention of other members of our senior management from our existing operations. In addition, we do not maintain key person insurance in respect of any members of our senior management team. The loss of any of our management members or key personnel could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. See Management.
Utility and resource shortages or rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our operations.
Several of the markets in which we operate have historically been subject to utility and resource shortages, including significant changes to the availability of electricity and water. Austin and Denver in particular have at times been affected by such shortages. Shortages of natural resources in our markets, particularly of water, may make it more difficult for us to obtain regulatory approval of new developments. We have also experienced material fluctuations in utility and resource costs across our markets, and we may incur additional costs and may not be able to complete construction on a timely basis if such fluctuations arise. Our lumber inventory is particularly sensitive to these shortages. Furthermore, these shortages and rate fluctuations may adversely affect the regional economies in which we operate, which may reduce demand for our homes and negatively affect our business and results of operations.
39
If we are unable to develop our communities successfully or within expected timeframes, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Before a community generates any revenues, time and material expenditures are required to acquire land, obtain development approvals and construct significant portions of project infrastructure, amenities, model homes and sales facilities. A decline in our ability to develop and market our communities successfully and to generate positive cash flow from these operations in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations and on our ability to service our debt and to meet our working capital requirements.
Constriction of the capital markets could limit our ability to access capital and increase our costs of capital.
We fund our operations from cash from operations, capital markets financings and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Volatile economic conditions and the constriction of the capital markets could reduce the sources of liquidity available to us and increase our costs of capital. Our Canadian operations rely on separate banking facilities for liquidity and to a lesser extent on our Revolving Credit Facility. If the size or availability of these banking facilities is reduced in the future, it would have an adverse effect on our liquidity and operations.
As of September 30, 2012, we had $29.9 million of debt maturing in the next 12 months. In addition, our credit facilities related to our Canadian operations (under which we had CAD $89.8 million of outstanding letters of credit as of September 30, 2012) are scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013. If we fail to renew these facilities, we will be required to obtain replacement facilities with other lenders to support our operations. We believe we can meet our other capital requirements with our existing cash resources and future cash flows and, if required, other sources of financing that we anticipate will be available to us. However, we can provide no assurance that we will continue to be able to do so, particularly if industry or economic conditions deteriorate. The future effects on our business, liquidity and financial results of these conditions could be adverse, both in the ways described above and in other ways that we do not currently foresee.
Our substantial debt could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and prevent us from fulfilling our debt-related obligations.
We have a substantial amount of debt. As of September 30, 2012, the total principal amount of our debt (including $35.9 million of indebtedness of TMHF) was $834.1 million, and on December 31, 2012, we borrowed an additional $50.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility in connection with our acquisition of the assets of Darling. In addition, in accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we intend to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions, but such debt capital may not be available to us on a timely basis at reasonable rates or at all. Our substantial debt could have important consequences for the holders of our common stock, including:
|
making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt or to our trade or other creditors; |
|
increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions; |
|
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions, particularly when the availability of financing in the capital markets is limited; |
|
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations and the proceeds of this offering for the payment of interest on our debt and reducing our ability to use our cash flows and the proceeds of this offering to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate requirements; |
|
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and |
|
placing us at a competitive disadvantage to less leveraged competitors. |
40
We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us through capital markets financings or under our Revolving Credit Facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, on or before its maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. In addition, we may incur additional indebtedness in order to finance our operations or to repay existing indebtedness. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional debt or equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances. We cannot assure you that any such actions, if necessary, could be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or on terms that would be advantageous to our stockholders or on terms that would not require us to breach the terms and conditions of our existing or future debt agreements.
Restrictive covenants in the indenture governing the senior notes and the agreements governing our Revolving Credit Facility and other indebtedness may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.
The indenture governing our senior notes and the agreement governing our Revolving Credit Facility limit our ability, and the terms of any future indebtedness may limit our ability, among other things, to:
|
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; |
|
make certain investments; |
|
pay dividends or make distributions on our capital stock; |
|
sell assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries; |
|
agree to payment restrictions affecting our restricted subsidiaries; |
|
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; |
|
enter into transactions with our affiliates; |
|
incur liens; and |
|
designate any of our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. |
The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain springing financial covenants based on (a) consolidated total debt and consolidated adjusted tangible net worth requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to maintain a certain maximum capitalization ratio and (b) consolidated EBITDA requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to maintain a certain minimum interest coverage ratio. The Revolving Credit Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness and liens, the payment of dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions, investments, sale and leasebacks and limitations on debt payments and amendments.
The restrictions contained in the indenture governing our senior notes and the agreement governing our Revolving Credit Facility could also limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or make acquisitions or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans.
Monarch Corporation is party to credit facilities with The Toronto-Dominion Bank and with HSBC Bank Canada. These facilities also contain restrictive covenants, including a maximum debt to equity ratio, minimum consolidated net equity, limitations on dividends and maintenance of a minimum interest coverage ratio. A breach of any of these restrictive covenants or our inability to comply with the applicable financial covenants could result in a default under the agreements governing our Revolving Credit Facility, the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility, which could allow for the acceleration of the debt under the agreements. If the indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility, the TD Facility, the HSBC Facility and the senior notes were to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full that indebtedness and our other indebtedness. See Description of Certain Indebtedness.
41
We may require additional capital in the future and may not be able to secure adequate funds on terms acceptable to us.
The expansion and development of our business may require significant capital, which we may be unable to obtain, to fund our capital expenditures and operating expenses, including working capital needs. During 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we made capital expenditures for land, development and construction of $1.0 billion and $963.8 million, respectively.
In accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions, but such debt capital may not be available to us on a timely basis at reasonable rates or at all.
During the next 12 months, we otherwise expect to meet our cash requirements with existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations (including sales of our homes and land) and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. We may fail to generate sufficient cash flow from the sales of our homes and land to meet our cash requirements. Further, our capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned if, for example, our revenues do not reach expected levels or we have to incur unforeseen capital expenditures and make investments to maintain our competitive position. If this is the case, we may require additional financing sooner than anticipated or we may have to delay or abandon some or all of our development and expansion plans or otherwise forego market opportunities.
To a large extent, our cash flow generation ability is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations in an amount sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs. As a result, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt, on or before its maturity, or obtain additional equity or debt financing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so on favorable terms, if at all. Any inability to generate sufficient cash flow, refinance our debt or incur additional debt on favorable terms could adversely affect our financial condition and could cause us to be unable to service our debt and may delay or prevent the expansion of our business.
Risks related to our structure and organization
TMHCs only asset after the completion of this offering will be its interest in New TMM, and accordingly it will be dependent upon distributions from New TMM to pay dividends, if any, taxes and other expenses. New TMM is a holding company with no operations of its own and, in turn, relies on distributions from TMM and its operating subsidiaries.
Following the completion of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, TMHC will be a holding company and will have no assets other than its ownership, directly or indirectly, of New TMM Units. TMHC will have no independent means of generating revenue. TMHC intends to cause New TMM to make distributions to its partners in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes payable and dividends, if any, declared by TMHC. To the extent that TMHC needs funds, and New TMM is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially and adversely affect TMHCs liquidity and financial condition. In addition, New TMM has no direct operations and derives all of its cash flow from TMM and its subsidiaries. Because the operations of TMHCs business are conducted through subsidiaries of TMM, New TMM is dependent on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet the financial obligations of New TMM. Legal and contractual restrictions in the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the senior notes and other debt agreements governing current and future indebtedness of New TMMs subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of New TMMs subsidiaries, may limit TMHCs ability to obtain cash from New TMMs subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, New TMMs subsidiaries may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to TMHC to enable TMHC to pay any dividends on the Class A common stock, taxes and other expenses.
42
The Principal Equityholders have substantial influence over our business, and their interests may differ from our interests or those of our other stockholders.
Following this offering, the Principal Equityholders, via the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, will continue to hold a majority of the combined voting power of TMHC. Due to their ownership, our Principal Equityholders have the power to control us and our subsidiaries, including the power to:
|
elect a majority of our directors and appoint our executive officers, set our management policies and exercise overall control over our company and subsidiaries; |
|
agree to sell or otherwise transfer a controlling stake in our company; and |
|
determine the outcome of substantially all actions requiring stockholder approval, including transactions with related parties, corporate reorganizations, acquisitions and dispositions of assets, and dividends. |
The interests of our Principal Equityholders may differ from our interests or those of our other stockholders and the concentration of control in our Principal Equityholders will limit other stockholders ability to influence corporate matters. The concentration of ownership and voting power of our Principal Equityholders may also delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or other change of control of our company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of our Principal Equityholders, even if such events are in the best interests of our other stockholders. The concentration of voting power among our Principal Equityholders may have an adverse effect on the price of our Class A common stock. Our company may take actions that our other stockholders do not view as beneficial, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and cause the value of your investment to decline.
Pursuant to the stockholders agreement that we expect to enter into with the Principal Equityholders, certain of our actions will require the approval of the directors nominated by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsStockholders Agreement.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may affect the ability of an interested stockholder to engage in certain business combinations, including mergers, consolidations or acquisitions of additional shares, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is defined to include persons owning directly or indirectly 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation. We have elected in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Nevertheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, except that they provide that the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and their respective affiliates and successors will not be deemed to be interested stockholders, regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.
In addition, because the Principal Equityholders hold their economic interest in our business through New TMM, but not through TMHC, the public company, these existing owners may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock.
As a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. As a result, holders of our Class A common stock may not have the same degree of protection as that afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of these exchanges.
Following this offering, we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange as a result of the ownership position and voting rights of our Principal Equityholders upon completion of this offering. A controlled company is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company. More than 50% of our voting power will be held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles after completion of this offering. As a controlled company, we are entitled to elect, and we intend to elect, not to comply with certain corporate governance rules of the
43
New York Stock Exchange that would otherwise require the Board of Directors to have a majority of independent directors and our compensation and nominating and governance committees to be comprised entirely of independent directors, have written charters addressing such committees purpose and responsibilities and perform an annual evaluation of such committee. Accordingly, holders of our Class A common stock will not have the same protection afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and the ability of our independent directors to influence our business policies and affairs may be reduced.
TMHCs directors who have relationships with the Principal Equityholders may have conflicts of interest with respect to matters involving our company.
Following this offering, the majority of TMHCs directors will be affiliated with the Principal Equityholders. These persons will have fiduciary duties to TMHC and in addition will have duties to the Principal Equityholders. In addition, TMHCs amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no officer or director of TMHC who is also an officer, director, employee or other affiliate of the Principal Equityholders or an officer, director or employee of an affiliate of the Principal Equityholders will be liable to TMHC or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to the Principal Equityholders or their affiliates instead of TMHC, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to TMHC that such person or affiliate has directed to the Principal Equityholders or their affiliates. As a result, such circumstances may entail real or apparent conflicts of interest with respect to matters affecting both TMHC and the Principal Equityholders, whose interests, in some circumstances, may be adverse to those of TMHC. In addition, as a result of the Principal Equityholders indirect ownership interest, conflicts of interest could arise with respect to transactions involving business dealings between TMHC and the Principal Equityholders or their affiliates, including potential business transactions, potential acquisitions of businesses or properties, the issuance of additional securities, the payment of dividends by TMHC and other matters.
Risks related to this offering
There is no existing market for our Class A common stock so the share price for our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We cannot provide assurance that an active trading market will develop upon completion of this offering or, if it does develop, that it will be sustained. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be representative of the price that will prevail in the open market after this offering. See Underwriting for a discussion of the factors that were considered in determining the initial public offering price.
The market price of our Class A common stock after this offering may be significantly affected by factors such as quarterly variations in our results of operations, changes in government regulations, the announcement of new contracts by us or our competitors, general market conditions specific to the homebuilding industry, changes in general economic conditions, volatility in the financial markets, differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts and changes in analysts recommendations or projections. These fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and cause you to lose all or a portion of your investment.
These and other factors may lower the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. As a result, our Class A common stock may trade at prices significantly below the public offering price.
Furthermore, in recent years the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance
44
of the affected companies. Hence, the price of our Class A common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us, and these fluctuations could materially reduce the price of our Class A common stock and materially affect the value of your investment.
We have broad discretion to use the offering proceeds and our investment of those proceeds may not yield a favorable return.
Our management has broad discretion to spend the proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree. The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could result in unfavorable returns. This could harm our business and could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.
A substantial portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market at any time. This could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our Class A common stock or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. After the consummation of this offering, we will have shares of outstanding Class A common stock on a fully diluted basis, assuming that all the New TMM Units outstanding (and the corresponding shares of Class B common stock) after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and this offering described under Organizational Structure, excluding those held by TMHC, are exchanged into shares of our Class A common stock.
In addition, upon consummation of this offering, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will beneficially own an aggregate of % of the outstanding partnership interests in New TMM and shares of our Class B common stock (or % of New TMMs outstanding Units and shares of our Class B common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the limited partners of New TMM (other than TMHC) will be able to exchange their New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Shares of our Class A common stock issuable to the limited partners of New TMM upon an exchange of New TMM Units as described above would be considered restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, unless the exchange is registered under the Securities Act. We and each of the existing holders of New TMM Units who is a party to the Exchange Agreement will also agree with the underwriters not to sell, otherwise dispose of or hedge any Class A common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock, including the New TMM Units and the Class B common stock, subject to specified exceptions, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. After the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of New TMM Units will be eligible for resale from time to time, subject to certain contractual restrictions and the requirements of the Securities Act.
We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act registering shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Plan and we will enter into a new registration rights agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. See the information under the heading Shares Eligible for Future Sale and Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsRegistration Rights Agreement for a more detailed description of the shares of Class A common stock that will be available for future sale upon completion of this offering.
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert managements attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Act and
45
related rules implemented or to be implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing and the costs we incur for such purposes may strain our resources. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, divert managements attention to ensuring compliance and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. We have hired a number of people to assist with the enhanced requirements of being a public company but still need to hire more people for that purpose. In addition, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors or as executive officers and may divert managements attention. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action.
Failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and stock price.
Maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important in helping to prevent financial fraud. To date, we have not identified any material deficiencies related to our internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures, although we have not conducted an audit of our controls. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal controls, our business and operating results could be harmed. We are also beginning to evaluate how to document and test our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules of the SEC, which require, among other things, our management to assess annually the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2014. During the course of this documentation and testing, we may identify deficiencies that we may be unable to remedy before the requisite deadline for those reports. Our auditors have not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to remediate material deficiencies noted by us or our independent registered public accounting firm or to implement required new or improved controls or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements. If our management or our independent registered public accounting firm were to conclude in their reports that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our Class A common stock could drop significantly. Failure to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or other regulatory authorities.
If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.
The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock after this offering. See Dilution.
If we raise additional capital through the issuance of new equity securities at a price lower than the initial public offering price, you will incur additional dilution.
If we raise additional capital through the issuance of new equity securities at a lower price than the initial public offering price, you will be subject to additional dilution which could cause you to lose all or a portion of
46
your investment. If we are unable to access the public markets in the future, or if our performance or prospects decreases, we may need to consummate a private placement or public offering of our Class A common stock at a lower price than the initial public offering price. In addition, any new securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those securities held by you.
We do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
We intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our Class A common stock may be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.
Provisions in our charter and bylaws and provisions of Delaware law may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party, which might diminish the value of our Class A common stock. Provisions in our debt agreements may also require an acquirer to refinance our outstanding indebtedness if a change of control occurs.
In addition to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles holding a majority of the voting power of TMHC following this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain certain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable, including the following, some of which may only become effective when the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles no longer beneficially own shares representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our common stock (the Triggering Event):
|
the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms; |
|
the sole ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors; |
|
advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations; |
|
after the Triggering Event, limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent; |
|
after the Triggering Event, in certain cases, the approval of holders of at least three-fourths of the shares entitled to vote generally on the making, alteration, amendment or repeal of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws, or amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation; |
|
after the Triggering Event, the required approval of holders of at least three-fourths of the shares entitled to vote at an election of the directors to remove directors, which removal may only be for cause; and |
|
the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used, among other things, to institute a rights plan that would have the effect of significantly diluting the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors. |
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may affect the ability of an interested stockholder to engage in certain business combinations, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. We have elected in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Nevertheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, except that they provide that the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and their respective affiliates and successors will not be deemed to be interested stockholders, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.
47
The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in the acquisition. For more information, please see the section titled Description of Capital Stock.
Under our Revolving Credit Facility, a change of control would be an event of default, which would therefore require a third party acquirer to obtain a facility to refinance any outstanding indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility. Under the indenture governing our senior notes, if a change of control were to occur, we would be required to make an offer to repurchase the senior notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount. These change of control provisions in our existing debt agreements may also delay or diminish the value of an acquisition by a third party.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our company, or if they issue unfavorable commentary about us or our industry or downgrade our Class A common stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline.
The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that third-party securities analysts publish about our company and our industry. One or more analysts could downgrade our Class A common stock or issue other negative commentary about our company or our industry. In addition, we may be unable or slow to attract research coverage. Alternatively, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market. As a result of one or more of these factors, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline and cause you to lose all or a portion of your investment.
48
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus includes forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms believes, estimates, projects, anticipates, expects, intends, may, will or should or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies, the industry in which we operate and potential acquisitions. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. All forward-looking statements are based upon information available to us on the date of this prospectus.
By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity and the development of the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Important factors that could cause our results to vary from expectations include, but are not limited to:
|
cyclicality in our business and adverse changes in general economic or business conditions outside of our control; |
|
a prolongation or worsening of the recent significant downturn in the U.S. or a significant decline in the market for new single-family homes or condominiums in Ontario, Canada; |
|
the potential difficulty in maintaining profitability in the future; |
|
fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar; |
|
an inability on our part to obtain performance bonds or letters of credit necessary to carry on our operations; |
|
higher cancellation rates of agreements of sale pertaining to our homes; |
|
competition in the homebuilding industry; |
|
constriction of the credit markets and the resulting inability of our customers to secure financing to purchase our homes; |
|
an increase in unemployment; |
|
increases in taxes or government fees; |
|
increased homeownership costs due to government regulation; |
|
our inability to pass along the effects of inflation or increased costs to our customers; |
|
the seasonal nature of our business; |
|
negative publicity; |
|
an unexpected increase in home warranty or construction defect claims, including with respect to Chinese-made drywall; |
49
|
various liability issues related to our reliance or contractors; |
|
failure in our financial and commercial controls or systems; |
|
changes in the availability of suitable land on which to build; |
|
declines in the market value of our land and inventory; |
|
risks associated with our real estate and lot inventory; |
|
shortages in labor supply, increased labor costs or labor disruptions; |
|
the failure to recruit, retain and develop highly skilled, competent personnel and our dependence on certain members of our management and key personnel; |
|
the effects of government regulation or legal challenges on our development and other activities; |
|
changes in governmental regulation and other risks associated with acting as a mortgage lender; |
|
the loss of any of our important commercial relationships; |
|
an inability to use certain deferred tax assets; |
|
shortages in raw materials and building supply and price fluctuations; |
|
the concentration of our operations in California, Colorado, Arizona, Texas, Florida and Ontario, Canada, including adverse weather conditions; |
|
changes to the population growth rates in our markets; |
|
risks related to conducting business through joint ventures; |
|
costs associated with the future growth or expansion of our operations or acquisitions or disposals of our divisions; |
|
U.S. defined benefit pension schemes, which may require increased contributions; |
|
a major health and safety incident; |
|
potential environmental risks and liabilities associated with the ownership, leasing or occupation of land; |
|
potential claims for damages as a result of hazardous materials; |
|
uninsured losses or losses in excess of insurance limits; |
|
existing or future litigation, arbitration or other claims; |
|
poor relations with the residents of our communities; |
|
utility and resource shortages or rate fluctuations; |
|
an inability to develop our communities successfully or within expected time frames; |
|
any future inability on our part to secure the capital required to fund our business; |
|
issues relating to our substantial debt; |
|
an inability to pursue certain business strategies because of restricted covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness; and |
|
other risks and uncertainties inherent in our business. |
We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. We urge you to read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Industry
50
and Business, for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect our future performance and the industry in which we operate. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events described in this prospectus may not occur.
We undertake no obligation, and do not expect, to publicly update or publicly revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or to persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements referred to above and contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
51
Structure Prior to the Reorganization Transactions
Our business is conducted by wholly owned subsidiaries of TMM. All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Operating Subsidiaries and their subsidiaries is directly or indirectly owned by TMM. Immediately following the Reorganization Transactions, all of the limited partnership interests in TMM will be owned by New TMM.
The Reorganization Transactions
In the Reorganization Transactions, the existing holders of limited partnership interests in TMM will, through a series of transactions, contribute their limited partnership interests in TMM to New TMM, a new limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, such that TMM and the general partner of TMM will become wholly-owned subsidiaries of New TMM. TMHC will , through a series of transactions, become the sole owner of the general partner of New TMM, and TMHC will use the net cash proceeds received in this offering to purchase New TMM Units. Immediately following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, the limited partners of New TMM will consist of TMHC and the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. Each of these holding vehicles will be issued New TMM Units and a number of shares of TMHCs Class B common stock equal to the number of New TMM Units that each vehicle holds.
Immediately after the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, the only asset of TMHC will be its direct or indirect interest in New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries. Each share of TMHC Class A common stock will correspond to an economic interest held by TMHC in New TMM, whereas the shares of TMHC Class B common stock will only have voting rights in TMHC and will have no economic rights of any kind. Shares of TMHC Class B common stock will be initially owned solely by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and cannot be transferred except in connection with an exchange or transfer of a New TMM Unit. We do not intend to list the Class B common stock on any stock exchange.
TMHC was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in November 2012. TMHC has not engaged in any business or other activities, except for certain aspects of the Reorganization Transactions, and following the Reorganization Transactions will have no assets other than its direct or indirect interest in New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries. Following this offering, TMMs subsidiaries will continue to operate the historical business of our company.
TMHC is currently authorized to issue a single class of common stock. In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, TMHC will amend and restate its certificate of incorporation to authorize the issuance of two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Shares of common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders. The Class B common stock will not entitle its holders to any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) that holders of Class A common stock will have. The aggregate voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock will be equal to the aggregate percentage of New TMM Units not held by TMHC.
In connection with this offering, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will enter into the Exchange Agreement under which, from time to time, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will have the right to exchange their New TMM Units (along with a corresponding number of shares of TMHC Class B common stock) for shares of TMHC Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsExchange Agreement.
In addition, as a part of the Reorganization Transactions, we will, among other things, amend and restate the limited partnership agreement governing TMM, enter into a stockholders agreement with the Principal Equityholders and the other partners of New TMM and enter into a new registration rights agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
52
Effect of the Reorganization Transactions and this Offering
The Reorganization Transactions are intended to create a holding company that will facilitate public ownership of, and investment in, our company.
Upon completion of the Reorganizations Transactions described above, this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering:
|
TMHC will control the sole general partner of New TMM, which will control New TMM, and will hold directly or indirectly % of the outstanding New TMM Units ( % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). TMHC will consolidate the financial results of New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries and TMHCs net income (loss) will be reduced by a noncontrolling interest expense to reflect the portion of New TMMs net income (loss) to which TMHC is not entitled; |
|
the TPG holding vehicle will hold an aggregate of shares of TMHCs Class B common stock and an aggregate of New TMM Units, or % of the outstanding equity interests in New TMM, representing % of the combined voting power in TMHC and economic interests in New TMM (or % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full); |
|
the Oaktree holding vehicle will hold an aggregate of shares of TMHCs Class B common stock and an aggregate of New TMM Units, or % of the outstanding equity interests in New TMM, representing % of the combined voting power in TMHC and economic interests in New TMM (or % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full); |
|
TMHCs public stockholders will collectively hold shares of TMHCs Class A common stock (or shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), representing % of the combined voting power and economic interest in TMHC (or % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). |
|
the New TMM Units held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles (together with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) may be exchanged for shares of TMHCs Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The exchange of New TMM Units for shares of our Class A common stock will not, in and of itself, affect the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles aggregate voting power since the votes represented by the exchanged shares of our Class B common stock will be replaced with the votes represented by the shares of Class A common stock for which New TMM Units are exchanged. |
Upon the consummation of this offering, TMHC intends to use the net proceeds from this offering to acquire New TMM Units from New TMM and from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles as further described under Use of Proceeds and Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
53
We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by us in this offering will be approximately $ million after deducting estimated offering expenses payable by us of $ million and $ million of underwriting discounts and commissions and assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). If the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $ million.
TMHC will use $ million of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire New TMM Units from New TMM (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering). New TMM will contribute such net proceeds to its subsidiaries. New TMMs subsidiaries intend to use $ million of such proceeds to redeem a portion of our 7.750% senior notes due 2020. New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries intend to use the remaining portion of such proceeds, if any, for working capital and general corporate purposes, which may include the repayment of indebtedness and funding future acquisitions.
TMHC intends to use the remaining approximately $ million of the proceeds from this offering to purchase New TMM Units (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. We expect that the purchase of the New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will be consummated on or about , 2013. For more information concerning the purchase of New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, see Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
Prior to the application of the proceeds described above, TMHC, New TMM and TMM and its subsidiaries may hold any net proceeds in cash or invest them in short-term securities or investments.
If the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full, TMHC will acquire additional New TMM Units held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $ per share of common stock would increase (decrease) our expected net proceeds by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
54
We currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future or to make distributions from New TMM to its limited partners (other than to TMHC to fund its operations). See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. TMHC has not previously declared or paid any cash dividends on its common stock.
Any future determination as to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors of TMHC and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements, including those governing the Revolving Credit Facility and the senior notes, that limit our ability to pay dividends to stockholders and other factors the Board of Directors of TMHC deems relevant. For further information, see Description of Certain IndebtednessRevolving Credit Facility and Description of Certain IndebtednessSenior Notes.
55
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2012:
|
on an actual basis, for TMM; and |
|
on a pro forma basis with respect to TMHC, giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions as well as this offering and the use of proceeds of this offering as described under Use of Proceeds. |
In accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions. The table below does not reflect any such financings.
This table should be read in conjunction with Use of Proceeds, Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
September 30, 2012 | ||||||||
(in thousands, except per share amounts) |
TMM
Actual |
TMHC
Pro Forma(1) |
||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 412,779 | $ | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Revolving Credit Facility(2) |
$ | | $ | |||||
Loans payable and other borrowings(3) |
116,397 | |||||||
Senior Notes(4) |
681,764 | |||||||
Mortgage company debt(5) |
35,890 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total debt(6) |
834,051 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Owners Equity |
861,754 | |||||||
Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, shares authorized on a pro forma basis |
| |||||||
Class B common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, shares authorized on a pro forma basis |
| |||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
||||||||
Noncontrolling interest |
7,693 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total stockholders equity |
869,447 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total capitalization |
$ | 1,703,498 | $ | |||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | A $1.00 decrease or increase in the assumed initial public offering price would result in approximately a $ million decrease or increase in the pro forma amounts of each of (i) cash and cash equivalents, (ii) additional paid-in capital, (iii) total stockholders equity, and (iv) total capitalization, assuming the total number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
(2) | At September 30, 2012 the Revolving Credit Facility provided TMC and Monarch Corporation with revolving borrowing capacity up to $125.0 million. On December 27, 2012 we amended the Revolving Credit Facility to increase the aggregate amount of revolving credit commitments to $225.0 million and borrowed $50.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility to finance in part the acquisition of the assets of Darling. The Revolving Credit Facility matures in July 2016. Drawings under this facility will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. As of September 30, 2012, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, and there was $5.4 million in outstanding letters of credit. See Description of Certain Indebtedness. |
(3) | Other long-term debt as of September 30, 2012 consists of project-level debt due to various land sellers and municipalities, and is generally secured by the land that was acquired. Principal payments generally coincide with corresponding project lot sales or a principal reduction schedule. As of September 30, 2012, $29.9 million of the loans were scheduled to be repaid in the next 12 months. The interest rate on $50.5 million of the loans ranged from 4.0% to 8.0% and $65.5 million of the loans were non-interest bearing. |
(4) | Reflects the carrying value of $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.750% senior notes due 2020 issued at par on April 13, 2012 and $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional senior notes issued at a price of 105.5% of their principal amount on August 21, 2011. |
(5) | Reflects debt of TMHF, our wholly owned mortgage subsidiary. TMHF is separately capitalized and its obligations are non-recourse to TMHC, New TMM, TMM or any of our homebuilding entities. |
(6) | Total debt does not include letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility, the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility (as defined in Description of Certain Indebtedness). The TD Facility provides for borrowings and letters of credit up to an aggregate amount of CAD $100.0 million, and CAD $64.2 million in letters of credit were outstanding as of September 30, 2012. Prior to its extension in November 2012, the HSBC Facility provided for letters of credit up to an aggregate amount of CAD $25.6 million, and the facility was fully drawn as of September 30, 2012. The TD Facility and the HSBC Facility are scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013. In connection with the extension of the HSBC Facility in November 2012, the availability under the facility was reduced to $24.2 million, and the facility remains fully drawn. Total indebtedness also does not include indebtedness of unconsolidated joint ventures. See Description of Certain Indebtedness. |
56
The pro forma net tangible book value of TMHC as of September 30, 2012 would have been $ or $ per share of Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing TMHCs pro forma tangible net worth of , total assets less total liabilities, by the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding assuming that all of the holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC) exchanged their New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for shares of Class A common stock, in each case, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions described under Organizational Structure. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of Class A common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and the receipt and application of the net proceeds as described under Use of Proceeds, TMHC pro forma net tangible book value at September 30, 2012 would have been $ or $ per share assuming that all of the holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC) exchanged their New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for shares of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $ per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $ per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
Assumed initial public offering price |
$ | |||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2012 |
$ | |||||||
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors |
||||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after offering |
||||||||
|
|
|||||||
Dilution per share to new investors |
$ | |||||||
|
|
Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering from the initial public offering price per share.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering by $ and the dilution per share to new investors by $ , in each case assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.
The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis, as of September 30, 2012, the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from TMHC, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing equityholders and by the new investors, at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us assuming that all of the holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC) exchanged their New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock:
Shares Purchased | Total Consideration |
Average
Price Per Share |
||||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||
Existing equityholders |
% | $ | % | |||||||||||||
New investors |
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
100 | % | $ | 100 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
To the extent the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.
57
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors in this offering by $ and would increase (decrease) the average price per share paid by new investors by $ , assuming the number of Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and without deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.
We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.
58
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 present TMHCs consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition and Financing Transactions, the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under Use of Proceeds, as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2011.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012 presents our consolidated financial position giving pro forma effect to the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under Use of Proceeds, as if such transactions occurred on September 30, 2012.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not give effect to the acquisition of the assets of Darling or the incurrence of $50.0 million of additional indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility to finance the acquisition in part (both of which occurred on December 31, 2012), because we are not required to do so under Rule 11-01 of Regulation S-X. In accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions, but our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not give effect to any such financings.
For purposes of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information, we have assumed that shares of Class A common stock will be issued by TMHC at a price per share equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and as a result, immediately following the completion of this offering, the ownership percentage represented by New TMM Units not held by TMHC will be %, and the net income attributable to New TMM Units not held by TMHC will accordingly represent % of our net income. If the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full, the ownership percentage represented by New TMM Units not held by TMHC will be %; and the net income attributable to New TMM Units not held by TMHC will accordingly represent % of our net income. If the assumed offering price increases by $1.00 per share to $ , the ownership percentage represented by New TMM Units not held by TMHC will decrease to % ( % if the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full). If the assumed offering price decreases by $1.00 per share to $ , the ownership percentage represented by New TMM Units not held by TMHC will increase to % ( % if the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full).
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus captioned Organizational Structure, Use of Proceeds, Capitalization, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to our unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations and unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for information purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial position of TMHC that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to be indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the Acquisition and Financing Transactions, the Reorganization Transaction and this offering occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations of financial position for any future period or date.
59
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
Pro Forma Condensed Statement of Operations
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except share data)
TMM
January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012 |
Pro forma
Adjustments for the Acquisition and Financing Transactions and the Reorganization Transactions |
Pro Forma
Adjustments for this Offering |
TMHC
Pro Forma |
|||||||||||||
Home closings revenue |
$ | 829,221 | $ | | $ | $ | 829,221 | |||||||||
Land closings revenue |
36,102 | | 36,102 | |||||||||||||
Financial services revenue |
13,705 | | 13,705 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total revenues |
879,028 | | $ | 879,028 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Cost of home closings |
663,656 | (113 | )(b) | (e) | 663,543 | |||||||||||
Cost of land closings |
27,881 | | 27,881 | |||||||||||||
Financial services expenses |
7,667 | | 7,667 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
699,204 | (113 | ) | 699,091 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross margin |
179,824 | 113 | 179,937 | |||||||||||||
Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs |
52,230 | | 52,230 | |||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
41,091 | (a) | | 41,091 | ||||||||||||
Equity in net earnings of unconsolidated entities |
(13,557 | ) | | (13,557 | ) | |||||||||||
Other income |
(761 | ) | | (761 | ) | |||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
7,853 | | 7,853 | |||||||||||||
Transaction expenses |
| | | |||||||||||||
Indemnification (income) expense |
10,936 | 10,936 | (c) | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income before income taxes |
82,032 | 11,049 | 93,081 | |||||||||||||
Income tax provision (benefit) |
203 | 2,210 | (d) | (f) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income |
81,829 | 8,839 | ||||||||||||||
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests |
(72 | ) | (g) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income attributable to Taylor Morrison Home Corporation |
$ | 81,757 | $ | 8,839 | $ | $ | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Basic weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding |
| |||||||||||||||
Basic net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock(g) |
| |||||||||||||||
Diluted weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding |
| |||||||||||||||
Diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock(g) |
|
60
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
(a) | General and administrative expenses include approximately $3.7 million of management fees paid to the Principal Equityholders for general corporate and administrative expenses during the period pursuant to a management services agreement. Effective as of the completion of this offering, the management services agreement will be terminated, and the fees will no longer be charged. |
(b) | Represents adjustments related to the elimination of the amortization of capitalized interest (including amortization of debt discount and deferred financing fees) included in cost of home closings that was attributable to our historical debt financing arrangements in effect during the period presented. These historical debt financing arrangements included (i) $500.0 million borrowed on July 13, 2011 under the bridge loan facility under our Sponsor Loan, which bore interest at a stated rate of 13.0% per annum and was retired on April 13, 2012, (ii) $550.0 million of senior notes issued at par on April 13, 2012, which bear interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum, (iii) $125.0 million of senior notes issued on August 21, 2012 at a price equal to 105.5% of their principal amount, which also bear interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum and (iv) our Revolving Credit Facility, whose commitments were increased from $75.0 million to $125.0 million on August 21, 2012. |
Also reflects adjustments to give pro forma effect to the following financing transactions (the Nine Months New Financing Transactions), as if such financing transactions had occurred on January 1, 2011: (i) the incurrence of $550.0 million of senior notes issued at par, bearing interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum, (ii) the incurrence of $125.0 million of senior notes issued at a price equal to 105.5% of their principal amount, also bearing interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum and (iii) the increase in our Revolving Credit Facility from $75.0 million to $125.0 million (with no amounts drawn thereunder during the period presented). |
($ in thousands)
Elimination of historical capitalized interest amortization included in cost of home closings related to our historical debt financing arrangements |
$ | (19,219 | ) | |
Adjustment reflecting capitalized interest amortization included in cost of home closings related to the Nine Months New Financing Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2011 |
17,656 | |||
|
|
|||
Net adjustment to capitalized interest amortization included in cost of home closings |
$ | (1,563 | ) | |
|
|
(c) | Reflects the reversal of a receivable related to a tax indemnity from our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, in respect of certain matters that have since been settled. The indemnity was provided as part of the Acquisition for certain tax liabilities that existed on the date of the Acquisition. |
(d) | Reflects the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments, calculated using a blended rate of 20% for the respective statutory tax rates of the jurisdiction where the respective adjustment relates. |
(e) | Reflects the elimination of historical capitalized interest expense and amortization of financing fees included in cost of home closings related to $ million aggregate principal amount of senior notes to be redeemed (at a purchase price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of , 2013) using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, based on the redemption of % of the $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on April 13, 2012 and the same percentage of the $125 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on August 21, 2012, as if such redemption had occurred on January 1, 2011. The TMHC pro forma financial information presented does not yet reflect this adjustment because the amount of such redemption is not known at this time. |
(f) | Records the amount of incremental tax expense on the 20% of New TMM profits (which are pushed-up to TMHC on a pro forma basis) that do not qualify for the dividends received deduction under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The amount of tax is based on the % assumed ownership percentage of TMHC in New TMM. |
61
The amount of tax on U.S. profits is calculated as follows: (i) 35.0% statutory rate times (ii) 20% of profits not qualifying for the deduction times (iii) % TMHC pro forma ownership percentage in New TMM, yielding additional tax of $ million. |
The amount of tax on Canadian profits is calculated as follows: (i) 35.0% U.S. statutory rate minus 26.0% Canadian statutory rate times (ii) % TMHC pro forma ownership percentage in New TMM, yielding additional tax of $ million. |
(g) | Eliminates net income attributable to the direct or indirect holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC), assuming such holders retain % ownership after this offering, which would be adjusted from the consolidated financials under ASC Topic 810. |
62
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2011
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except share data)
Predecessor | Successor | TMHC | ||||||||||||||||||||
North American
Business of Taylor Wimpey plc Combined January 1, 2011 to July 12, 2011 |
TMM
July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011 |
Pro forma
Adjustments for the Acquisition and Financing Transactions and the Reorganization Transactions |
Pro forma
Adjustments for this Offering |
Pro forma | ||||||||||||||||||
Home closings revenue |
$ | 600,069 | $ | 731,216 | $ | | $ | $ | 1,331,285 | |||||||||||||
Land closings revenue |
13,639 | 10,657 | | 24,296 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial services revenue |
6,027 | 8,579 | | 14,606 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total revenues |
619,735 | 750,452 | | 1,370,187 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Cost of home closings |
474,534 | 591,891 | (162 | )(b) | (h) | 1,066,263 | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of land closings |
7,133 | 8,583 | | 15,716 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial services expenses |
3,818 | 4,495 | | 8,313 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
485,485 | 604,969 | (162 | ) | 1,090,292 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross margin |
134,250 | 145,483 | 162 | | 279,895 | |||||||||||||||||
Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs |
40,126 | 36,316 | | 76,442 | ||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
35,743 | 32,883 | (a) | 400 | (c) | 69,026 | ||||||||||||||||
Equity in net earnings of unconsolidated entities |
(2,803 | ) | (5,247 | ) | | (8,050 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Interest expense (income)net |
941 | (3,867 | ) | 701 | (d) | (2,225 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Other income |
(11,783 | ) | (1,245 | ) | | (13,028 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Other expense |
1,125 | 3,553 | | 4,678 | ||||||||||||||||||
Transaction expenses |
| 39,442 | (39,442 | )(e) | | |||||||||||||||||
Indemnification loss |
| 12,850 | (12,850 | )(f) | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Income before income taxes |
70,901 | 30,798 | 51,353 | | 153,052 | |||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
20,881 | 4,031 | 10,271 | (g) | (i) | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net income |
50,020 | 26,767 | 41,082 | |||||||||||||||||||
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests |
(4,122 | ) | (1,178 | ) | (j) | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net income attributable to Taylor Morrison Home Corporation |
$ | 45,898 | $ | 25,589 | $ | 41,082 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Basic weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding |
| | ||||||||||||||||||||
Basic net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock(g) |
| | ||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding |
| | ||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock(g) |
| |
63
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for Year Ended December 31, 2011
(a) | General and administrative expenses include approximately $2.3 million of management fees paid to the Principal Equityholders for general corporate and administrative expenses during the period pursuant to a management services agreement. Effective as of the completion of this offering, the management services agreement will be terminated, and the $5.0 million of annual management fees will no longer be charged. |
(b) | Represents adjustments related to the elimination of the amortization of capitalized interest (including amortization of debt discount and deferred financing fees) included in cost of home closings that was attributable to our historical debt financing arrangements in effect during the predecessor and successor historical periods. These historical debt financing arrangements included (i) intercompany borrowings from our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, (ii) $125.0 million borrowed on July 13, 2011 under the incremental bridge loan facility under our Sponsor Loan, which bore interest at a rate of 13.0% per annum and was retired in August 2011, (iii) $500.0 million borrowed on July 13, 2011 under the bridge loan facility under our Sponsor Loan, which bore interest at a stated rate of 13.0% per annum and was retired on April 13, 2012 and (iv) our $75.0 million Revolving Credit Facility on July 13, 2011 (with no amounts drawn thereunder during the periods presented). |
Also reflects adjustments to give pro forma effect to the following financing transactions (the New Financings), as if such financing transactions occurred on January 1, 2011: (i) the incurrence of $550.0 million of senior notes issued at par, bearing interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum, (ii) the incurrence of $125.0 million of senior notes issued at a price equal to 105.5% of their principal amount, also bearing interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum and (iii) entering into our $125.0 million Revolving Credit Facility (with no amounts drawn thereunder during the periods presented).
($ in thousands)
Elimination of historical capitalized interest amortization included in cost of home closings related to historical financings |
$ | (29,358 | ) | |
Adjustment for capitalized interest amortization included in cost of home closings related to the New Financings, as if they had occurred on January 1, 2011 |
27,804 | |||
|
|
|||
Net adjustment to capitalized interest amortization included in cost of home closings |
$ | (1,554 | ) | |
|
|
(c) | Represents an adjustment of approximately $0.4 million related to increased amortization of identifiable intangible assets based on estimates of fair values and useful lives made as part of the purchase price allocation for the Acquisition under ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. |
This adjustment does not reflect approximately $2.6 million related to the annualization of management fees that would have been payable to the Principal Equityholders for general corporate and administrative expenses during the period pursuant to the management services agreement had such agreement been in effect as of January 1, 2011. Effective as of the completion of this offering, the management services agreement will be terminated, and the $5.0 million of annual management fees will no longer be charged.
(d) | Reflects the reduction in interest expense due to (i) the elimination of our historical debt financing arrangements and (ii) the incurrence of the New Financings, as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2011. |
(e) | Reflects the elimination of $39.4 million of transaction costs, which included accounting, investment banking, legal and other costs recognized in connection with the Acquisition. |
(f) | Reflects the reversal of the receivable related to a tax indemnity from our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, in respect of certain matters that have since been settled. The indemnity was provided as part of the Acquisition for certain tax liabilities that existed on the date of the Acquisition. |
(g) | Reflects the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments, calculated using a blended rate of 20% for the respective statutory tax rates of the jurisdiction where the respective adjustment relates. |
64
(h) | Reflects the elimination of historical capitalized interest expense and amortization of financing fees included in cost of home closings related to $ million aggregate principal amount of senior notes to be redeemed (at a purchase price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of , 2013) using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, based on the redemption of % of the $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on April 13, 2012 and the same percentage of the $125 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on August 21, 2012, as if such redemption had occurred on January 1, 2011. The TMHC pro forma financial information presented does not yet reflect this adjustment because the amount of such redemption is not known at this time. |
(i) | Records the amount of incremental tax expense on the 20% of New TMM profits (which are pushed-up to TMHC on a pro forma basis) that do not qualify for the dividends received deduction under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The amount of tax is based on the % assumed ownership percentage of TMHC in New TMM. |
The amount of tax on U.S. profits is calculated as follows: (i) 35.0% statutory rate times (ii) 20% of profits not qualifying for the deduction times (iii) % TMHC pro forma ownership percentage in New TMM, yielding additional tax of $ million.
The amount of tax on Canadian profits is calculated as follows: (i) 35.0% U.S. statutory rate minus 26.0% Canadian statutory rate times (ii) % TMHC pro forma ownership percentage in New TMM, yielding additional tax of $ million.
(j) | Eliminates net income attributable to the direct or indirect holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC), assuming they retain % ownership after this offering, which would be adjusted under ASC Topic 810 from the consolidated financials. |
65
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
September 30, 2012
(Unaudited)
(in thousands)
66
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
(a) | Reflects the elimination of the Principal Equityholders ownership under ASC Topic 810 for consolidation in TMHCs financial statements. |
(b) | Reflects TMHCs receipt and application of the proceeds from this offering assuming the issuance of shares of Class A common stock at a price of $ per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), with sources and uses of the proceeds as follows: |
Source:
|
$ million gross cash proceeds to TMHC from the offering of Class A common stock. |
Uses:
|
TMHC will use $ million of such proceeds to pay fees and expenses in connection with this offering (including underwriting discounts and commissions); |
|
TMHC will use $ million of such proceeds to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles (see note (e) below); and |
|
TMHC will use $ million of such proceeds to purchase New TMM Units from New TMM, whereupon New TMM will contribute such proceeds to TMM, which will use (i) $ million of such contributed proceeds to redeem $ million aggregate principal amount of the senior notes (at a purchase price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of , 2013), and (ii) the remaining $ million of contributed proceeds for general corporate purposes. |
(c) | Reflects the redemption of $ million aggregate principal amount of senior notes (at a purchase price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of , 2013) using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, based on the redemption of % of the $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on April 13, 2012 and the same percentage of the $125 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on August 21, 2012, as if such redemption had occurred on January 1, 2011. Such redemption also would result in the write-off of $ million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the redeemed senior notes. The TMHC pro forma financial information presented does not yet reflect this adjustment because the amount of such redemption is not known at this time. |
(d) | Reflects the issuance of shares of Class A common stock in this offering to the public and the use of $ million of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire New TMM Units from New TMM in exchange for a % interest in New TMM. The following sets forth the reduction in the noncontrolling interest recorded for the sale of TMM units: |
($ in thousands) | ||||
Noncontrolling interest prior to sale |
$ | |||
Sales of New TMM Units |
||||
|
|
|||
Remaining noncontrolling interest of Principal Equityholders |
$ | |||
|
|
(e) | Reflects additional paid-in capital from the use by TMHC of $ million in net proceeds from this offering to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. See Use of Proceeds. |
(f) | Reflects (i) the redemption of $ million aggregate principal amount of senior notes (at a purchase price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of , 2013) using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, based on the redemption of % of the $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on April 13, 2012 and the same percentage of the $125 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on August 21, 2012, as if such redemption had occurred on January 1, 2011, (ii) the write-off of $ million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the redeemed senior notes and (iii) the payment of $ million of fees and expenses in connection with this offering (including underwriting discounts and commissions). |
67
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected combined financial information of TMM set forth below as of December 31, 2010 and for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 to July 12, 2011 has been derived from the audited combined financial statements of TMMs predecessor, the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc (our predecessor), which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the financial data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from the historical financial statements of our predecessor, in each case, which are not included in this prospectus. This predecessor financial information for 2007 and 2008 was prepared by our predecessor and has not been subject to a review or audit. The 2007 period financial statements were created from data within our accounting systems currently used by TMM under the policies and practices during that time.
The selected consolidated financial information set forth below for the period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011, and as of December 31, 2011, has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of TMM (the successor) included elsewhere in this prospectus. The predecessor period financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The successor period financial statements for periods ending subsequent to July 13, 2011 (the date of the Acquisition) are also prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, although they reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. As a result, the financial information for periods subsequent to the date of the Acquisition is not necessarily comparable to that for the predecessor periods presented below. In addition, the historical financial information of TMM will not necessarily be comparable to the financial information of TMHC following the Reorganization Transactions and this offering.
The selected consolidated financial information set forth below for the period from July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 has been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the successor, included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that can be expected for the full year or any future period.
The selected consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus captioned Organizational Structure, Use of Proceeds, Capitalization, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
68
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nine Months
Ended September 30, |
July 13 to
September 30, |
July 13 to
December 31, |
January 1
to July 12, |
Year
Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) | 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home closings revenue |
$ | 829,221 | $ | 299,163 | $ | 731,216 | $ | 600,069 | $ | 1,273,160 | $ | 1,224,082 | 1,679,503 | $ | 1,860,515 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Land closings revenue |
36,102 | 6,177 | 10,657 | 13,639 | 12,116 | 24,967 | 65,123 | 77,121 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial services revenue |
13,705 | 3,384 | 8,579 | 6,027 | 12,591 | 13,415 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total revenues |
879,028 | 308,724 | 750,452 | 619,735 | 1,297,867 | 1,262,464 | 1,744,626 | 1,937,636 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of home closings |
663,656 | 239,740 | 591,891 | 474,534 | 1,003,172 | 1,003,694 | 1,430,276 | 1,604,867 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of land closings |
27,881 | 5,477 | 8,583 | 7,133 | 6,028 | 17,001 | 79,530 | 29,959 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Inventory impairments |
| | | | 4,054 | 78,241 | 430,891 | 517,487 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial services expenses |
7,667 | 2,071 | 4,495 | 3,818 | 7,246 | 6,269 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Operating gross margin |
179,824 | 61,436 | 145,483 | 134,250 | 277,367 | 157,259 | (196,071 | ) | (214,677 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs |
52,230 | 14,342 | 36,316 | 40,126 | 85,141 | 100,534 | 136,730 | 138,270 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
41,091 | 15,251 | 32,883 | 35,743 | 66,232 | 71,300 | 101,664 | 132,919 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities |
(11,497 | ) | (488 | ) | (5,247 | ) | (2,803 | ) | (5,319 | ) | (347 | ) | (2,739 | ) | (11,644 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense (income)net |
| | (3,867 | ) | 941 | 40,238 | 20,732 | 22,614 | 1,479 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income |
(1,655 | ) | | (1,245 | ) | (11,783 | ) | (10,842 | ) | (24,465 | ) | (55,633 | ) | (49,536 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense |
| 66 | 3,553 | 1,125 | 13,193 | 25,725 | 41,364 | 84,913 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
7,853 | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transaction expenses |
| 38,278 | 39,442 | | | | | 23,192 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Indemnification loss |
13,063 | (1,104 | ) | 12,850 | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
78,739 | (4,909 | ) | 30,798 | 70,901 | 88,724 | (36,220 | ) | (439,511 | ) | (534,271 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
(3,090 | ) | 8,500 | 4,031 | 20,881 | (1,878 | ) | (35,396 | ) | (42,999 | ) | 97,430 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
81,829 | (13,409 | ) | 26,767 | 50,020 | 90,602 | (824 | ) | (396,512 | ) | (631,700 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests |
(72 | ) | (866 | ) | (1,178 | ) | (4,122 | ) | (3,235 | ) | (5,138 | ) | (7,976 | ) | (11,526 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to owners |
$ | 81,757 | $ | (14,275 | ) | $ | 25,589 | $ | 45,898 | $ | 87,367 | $ | (5,962 | ) | $ | (404,488 | ) | $ | (643,226 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69
($ in thousands) |
September 30,
2012 (unaudited) |
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | ||||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data (at period end): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash |
$ | 412,779 | $ | 279,322 | $ | 165,415 | $ | 189,032 | $ | 237,267 | $ | 145,411 | ||||||||||||
Land inventory |
1,275,763 | 1,003,482 | 1,073,953 | 979,562 | 1,072,147 | 1,809,935 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
2,156,299 | 1,671,067 | 1,527,321 | 1,500,473 | 1,562,868 | 2,292,059 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total debt |
834,051 | 599,750 | 605,768 | 925,863 | 1,048,535 | 1,281,894 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total equity |
869,447 | 628,565 | 465,531 | 103,773 | 68,944 | 519,184 |
70
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following managements discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations covers the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2011 and the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011.
The discussion and analysis of historical periods prior to July 12, 2011 do not reflect the significant impact of the Acquisition and Financing Transactions. You should read the following discussion together with the financial statements, including the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on managements current expectations, estimates and projections about our business and operations. The cautionary statements made in this prospectus should be read as applying to all related forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those we discuss under Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read Risk Factors and Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
In addition, all of the historical financial data presented in this Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations do not give effect to the Reorganization Transactions and therefore may not be representative of our financial condition for periods following the Reorganization Transactions and this offering. You should read Prospectus SummarySummary Historical And Pro Forma Consolidated Financial And Other Information, Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information and Selected Consolidated Financial Data.
References to the information or results of unconsolidated joint ventures refer to our proportionate share of unconsolidated homebuilding joint ventures in Canada.
Business Overview
Upon completion of this offering, we will be the sixth largest public homebuilder in North America based on 2011 revenues as reported by Hanley Wood. Headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, we build single-family detached and attached homes and develop land, which includes lifestyle and master planned communities. We are proud of our legacy of more than 75 years in the homebuilding industry, having originally commenced homebuilding operations in 1936. We operate under our Taylor Morrison and Darling Homes brands in the United States and under our Monarch brand in Canada.
Our business is organized into three geographic regions: East, West and Canada, which regions accounted for 46%, 36% and 18%, respectively, of our net sales orders (excluding unconsolidated joint ventures) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Our East region consists of our Houston, Austin, Dallas, North Florida and West Florida divisions. Because we added our Dallas operations through the acquisition of the assets of Darling on December 31, 2012, the historical results of operations presented in this section do not reflect the historical results of Darling for the periods discussed. Our West region consists of our Phoenix, Northern California, Southern California and Denver divisions. Our Canada region consists of our operations within the province of Ontario, primarily in the GTA and also in Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo, and offers both single-family and high-rise communities.
In all of our markets, we build and sell a broad and innovative mix of homes across a wide range of price points. Our emphasis is on designing, building and selling homes to move-up buyers. We are well-positioned in our markets with a top-10 market share (based on 2012 home closings through September 30, 2012 as reported by Hanley Wood and 2011 home sales as reported by Real Net Canada) in 15 of our 19 total markets.
71
During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we closed 2,586 homes, comprised of 1,880 homes in the United States and 706 in Canada, including 204 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an average sales price across North America of $347,000. During the same period, we generated $879.0 million in revenues, $81.8 million in net income and $125.1 million in Adjusted EBITDA (for a discussion of how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income attributable to owners, see footnote 4 in Prospectus SummarySummary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information). In the United States, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, our sales orders increased approximately 47% as compared to the same period in 2011, and we averaged 3.0 sales per active selling community per month compared to an average of 1.7 sales per active selling community per month for the same period in 2011. As of September 30, 2012, we offered homes in 122 active selling communities and had a backlog of 4,205 homes sold but not closed, including 903 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $1.5 billion.
In 2011, we closed 3,920 units, comprised of 2,327 units in the United States and 1,593 units in Canada, including 55 units in unconsolidated joint ventures, with a Company-wide average sales price of $347,000. During the same period, we generated $1.4 billion in revenues, $76.8 million in net income and $187.2 million in Adjusted EBITDA, in each case based on the arithmetically combined predecessor/successor periods. As of December 31, 2011, we offered homes in 135 active selling communities and had a backlog of 2,965 homes sold but not closed, including 781 in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $982.5 million.
We generate revenue primarily through sales of detached and attached homes and condominium units as well as through sales of land and the operations of our mortgage subsidiary, TMHF. We recognize revenue on detached and attached homes when the homes are completed and delivered to the buyers. We recognize revenue on the majority of our high-rise condominiums at the time of occupancy. We also recognize revenue when buyer deposits are forfeited.
Our primary costs are the acquisition of land in various stages of development and the construction costs of the homes and condominiums we sell (including capitalized interest, real estate taxes and related development costs). Home construction costs are accumulated and charged to cost of sales based on the construction cost of the home being sold. Land acquisition, development, interest, taxes, overhead and condominium construction costs are allocated to homes and units using methods that approximate the relative sales value.
Unlike most of our public homebuilding peers, as of the date of the Acquisition in July 2011, the balance sheet carrying value of our entire U.S. and Canadian inventory was adjusted to fair market value. Giving effect to the Acquisition-related purchase accounting adjustments and previous impairments, the carrying value of our U.S. inventory represented 52% of its original cost. We believe the combination of disciplined inventory valuation, coupled with recent high-quality land acquisitions, results in a cost basis in land that will contribute to our continued profitability and strong margins.
Strategy
Because the housing market is cyclical, and home price movement between the peak and trough of the cycle can be significant, we seek to adhere to our core operating principles through these cycles to drive consistent long-term performance.
Based on our current land position, we expect to drive revenue by opening new communities from our existing land supply. Our land supply provides us with the opportunity to increase our community count on a net basis by approximately 20% in each of 2013 and 2014. We expect that most of the communities we will open during the next twelve months will be in our Phoenix, West Florida and Houston markets in response to increased demand by consumers in those markets.
72
Because a significant portion of our land supply was purchased at low price points during the recent downturn in the housing cycle and because our entire land inventory was adjusted to fair market value at the time of the Acquisition, we expect to continue our revenue growth and strong gross margin performance in our U.S. communities.
Our approach to land supply management in our East and West regions has historically been to acquire land that has attractive characteristics, including good access to schools, shopping, recreation and transportation facilities. In connection with our overall land inventory management process, our management team reviews these considerations, as well as other financial metrics, in order to decide the highest and best use of our land assets. Historically, land dispositions have not had a material effect on our overall results of operations, but may impact overall margins.
We intend to maintain a consistent approach to land positioning within our regions, markets and communities in the foreseeable future in an effort to concentrate a greater amount of our land inventory in areas that have the attractive characteristics referred to above. We also intend to continue to combine our land development expertise with our homebuilding operations to increase the flexibility of our business, to enhance our margin performance and to control the timing of delivery of lots.
Over the next twelve months our goal is to further focus our offerings on targeted customer groups. We aim to identify the preferences of our target customer and demographic groups and offer them innovative, high-quality homes that are efficient and profitable to build. To achieve this goal, we intend to continue our market research to determine preferences of our customer groups.
We will also seek to grow through selective acquisitions in both existing markets and new markets that exhibit positive long-term fundamentals. For example, on December 31, 2012 we acquired Darling, a Texas- based homebuilder, which gives us a presence in the Dallas market and expands our presence in the Houston market. See SummaryRecent Developments. In connection with our growth strategy over the near term, we intend to opportunistically access the debt and equity capital markets. For instance, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions. We would expect to use the proceeds of any such financing for general corporate purposes and to fund future growth.
Factors Affecting Comparability of Results
You should read this Managements Discussion and Analysis of our Financial Condition and Results of Operations in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Below are the period-to-period comparisons of our historical results and the analysis of our financial condition. In addition to the impact of the matters discussed in Risk Factors, our future results could differ materially from our historical results due to a variety of factors, including the following:
Liquidity
As a result of the Acquisition, our former parent Taylor Wimpey plc no longer provides financing support for our operations. We therefore rely on our ability to finance our operations by generating operating cash flows, borrowing under our Revolving Credit Facility and our existing Canadian credit facilities or accessing the debt and equity capital markets. We also rely on our independent ability to obtain performance, payment and completion surety bonds, and letters of credit to finance our projects. We believe that we can fund our current and foreseeable liquidity needs from the cash generated from operations and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and our existing Canadian letter of credit facilities. See Overview of Capital Resources and Liquidity.
73
The Acquisition and Financing Transactions and Basis of Presentation
On July 13, 2011, TMM and its subsidiaries acquired 100% of the issued share capital of TMC and Monarch Corporation for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. The Acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase under ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . As a result of the change in ownership, our historical financial data for periods prior to the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the predecessor periods) are derived from the historical financial statements of our predecessor, the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc, which financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition. Our financial statements for periods from and after the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the successor period) are derived from the financial statements of TMM, which already reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. Therefore, the financial information for the predecessor periods is not comparable with that for the successor period.
In connection with the Acquisition, we incurred indebtedness, including $625.0 million of borrowings under the Sponsor Loan, $125.0 million of which was repaid through working capital in August 2011 pursuant to our recapitalization plan, $350.0 million of which was refinanced by the offering of the senior notes and $150.0 million of which was contributed or transferred to a subsidiary of TMM. We also have the ability to borrow under our Revolving Credit Facility and Canadian letter of credit facilities from time to time as warranted by business needs. Since we operated largely as a stand-alone company prior to the Acquisition, we have not incurred significant incremental general and administrative expenses as a result of the separation from Taylor Wimpey plc. Additional cost savings within the organization may be achieved in the future. However, we cannot accurately predict, and there can be no assurances as to, the extent of any such savings.
Certain results for 2011 are presented to reflect the arithmetically combined historical results from the predecessor period from January 1, 2011 to July 12, 2011 and the successor period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011. This presentation may yield results that are not directly comparable on a period-to-period basis with those in predecessor periods because of differences in accounting basis due to the change of ownership resulting from the Acquisition. The cost of home closings and the cost of land closings were the only line items directly impacted in any material respect by the purchase accounting adjustments described below (although the effects of such adjustments are carried through to the items below such line items in our statement of operations). For purposes of this prospectus, however, we believe that it is most meaningful to present its results of operations for 2011 in this manner. The combined historical results for 2011 are not necessarily indicative of what the results for the period would have been had the Acquisition actually occurred as of January 1, 2011.
Home closings and land sales that occurred during the predecessor period do not reflect any purchase accounting adjustments to costs of home closings and costs of land closings, while home closings and land sales occurring during the successor period do reflect such purchase accounting adjustments to the cost of home closings and cost of land closings. The carrying values of home and land inventory were both increased and decreased in adjusting their carrying values to fair market value as of the closing of the Acquisition through the application of purchase accounting. Such adjustments may result in higher or lower costs of home and land closings in the successor period and future periods as compared to the predecessor period. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations does not make any purchase accounting adjustments to the cost of home closings and cost of land closings for transactions that occurred prior to the date of the Acquisition and as a result the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2011 will not be fully comparable with either predecessor or successor periods. For the successor period from July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011, the above-described purchase accounting adjustments increased our cost of home closings by $ 18.5 million and our cost of land closings by $0.0 million. For the successor period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011, such adjustments increased our cost of home closings by $38.9 million and our cost of land closings by $0.9 million. For the successor period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012, such adjustments increased our cost of home closings by $0.8 million and decreased our cost of land closings by $1.6 million.
74
You should read this Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in conjunction with the information provided in Prospectus SummarySummary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information, Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information and our historical consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
Non-GAAP Measures
In addition to the results reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we have provided information in this prospectus relating to adjusted home closings gross margin, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and the results of unconsolidated joint ventures.
Results of unconsolidated joint ventures
References to the information or results of unconsolidated joint ventures refer to our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures in Canada and are included as non-GAAP measures because they are accounted for under the equity method. We believe that such results are useful to investors as an indication of the level of business activity of our joint ventures in Canada as well as the potential for cash and revenue generation from those joint ventures.
Adjusted home closings gross margin
We calculate adjusted home closings gross margin from U.S. GAAP home closings gross margin by adding impairment charges attributable to the write-down of operating communities and the amortization of capitalized interest through cost of home closings. We believe this measure is relevant and useful to investors for evaluating our performance. This measure is considered a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure as measure of our operating performance. Although other companies in the homebuilding industry report similar information, the methods used may differ. We urge investors to understand the methods used by other companies in the homebuilding industry to calculate gross margins and any adjustments to such amounts before comparing our measures to that of such other companies.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA measures performance by adjusting net income (loss) to exclude interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), management fees for certain legal, administrative and other related back-office functions paid prior to the Acquisition to Taylor Wimpey plc, our former parent, and management fees to our Principal Equityholders following the Acquisition, land inventory impairments, lot option write-offs related to non-exercised lot options, stock option expenses related to stock options linked to the stock of Taylor Wimpey plc, non-cash compensation expenses, the reversal of the 2007 severance and restructuring accrual related to the merger of our predecessor companies (Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes), royalties for certain intellectual property rights paid to Taylor Wimpey plc prior to the Acquisition, expenses related to the early extinguishment of debt and transaction fees, expenses and indemnification losses related to the Acquisition. Management believes that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because it assists both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted EBITDA provides an indicator of general economic performance that is not affected by fluctuations in interest rates or effective tax rates, or levels of depreciation or amortization. Accordingly, our management believes that this measurement is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Furthermore, the agreements governing our indebtedness contain covenants and other tests based on metrics similar to Adjusted EBITDA. The method of calculating Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented in this prospectus does not differ in any material respect from the method used for calculating Adjusted EBITDA for the corresponding periods, if they were used for purposes of our indebtedness covenants. Our indebtedness covenants are generally based on Adjusted EBITDA
75
for the trailing twelve-month period, a period not presented in this prospectus. Nevertheless, based on conditions existing at the time of calculation, the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for the indebtedness covenants may, in the future, include items (including items deemed non-recurring or unusual and certain pro forma cost savings) that are different from those that are currently reflected in the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus. Other companies may define Adjusted EBITDA differently and, as a result, our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA of other companies. Although we use Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure to assess the performance of our business, the use of Adjusted EBITDA is limited because it does not include certain material costs, such as interest and taxes, necessary to operate our business. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, net income in accordance with U.S. GAAP as a measure of performance. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. Our EBITDA-based measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
|
they do not reflect every cash expenditure, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments, including for the purchase of land; |
|
they do not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt; |
|
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced or require improvements in the future, and our EBITDA-based measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements or improvements; |
|
they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows; |
|
they do not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations; |
|
they do not reflect limitations on our costs related to transferring earnings from our subsidiaries to us; and |
|
other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures. |
Because of these limitations, our EBITDA-based measures should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations. We compensate for these limitations by using our EBITDA-based measures along with other comparative tools, together with U.S. GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. These U.S. GAAP measurements include operating income (loss), net income (loss), cash flows from operations and cash flow data. We have significant uses of cash flows, including capital expenditures, interest payments, debt principal repayments, taxes and other non-recurring charges, which are not reflected in our EBITDA-based measures.
Our EBITDA-based measures are not intended as alternatives to net income (loss) as indicators of our operating performance, as alternatives to any other measure of performance in conformity with U.S. GAAP or as alternatives to cash flow provided by operating activities as measures of liquidity. You should therefore not place undue reliance on our EBITDA-based measures or ratios calculated using those measures. Our U.S. GAAP-based measures can be found in our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
76
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:
TMHC | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro Forma
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 |
Pro Forma
Year Ended December 31, 2011 |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
July 13 to
September 30, 2011 |
July 13 to
December 31, 2011 |
January 1
to July 12, 2011 |
Year
Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | (unaudited) | (unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home closings revenue |
$ | 829,221 | $ | 1,331,285 | $ | 829,221 | $ | 299,163 | $ | 731,216 | $ | 600,069 | $ | 1,273,160 | $ | 1,224,082 | ||||||||||||||||||
Land closings revenue |
36,102 | 24,296 | 36,102 | 6,177 | 10,657 | 13,639 | 12,116 | 24,967 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial services revenue |
13,705 | 14,606 | 13,705 | 3,384 | 8,579 | 6,027 | 12,591 | 13,415 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total revenues |
879,028 | 1,370,187 | 879,028 | 308,724 | 750,452 | 619,735 | 1,297,867 | 1,262,464 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of home closings(1) |
663,535 | 1,066,263 | 663,656 | 239,740 | 591,891 | 474,534 | 1,003,172 | 1,003,694 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of land closings |
27,881 | 15,716 | 27,881 | 5,477 | 8,583 | 7,133 | 6,028 | 17,001 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Inventory impairments |
| | | | | | 4,054 | 78,241 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial services expenses |
7,667 | 8,313 | 7,667 | 2,071 | 4,495 | 3,818 | 7,246 | 6,269 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Gross margin |
179,945 | 279,895 | 179,824 | 61,436 | 145,483 | 134,250 | 277,367 | 157,259 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs |
52,230 | 76,442 | 52,230 | 14,342 | 36,316 | 40,126 | 85,141 | 100,534 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
41,091 | 69,026 | 41,091 | 15,251 | 32,883 | 35,743 | 66,232 | 71,300 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities |
(13,557 | ) | (8,050 | ) | (13,557 | ) | (488 | ) | (5,247 | ) | (2,803 | ) | (5,319 | ) | (347 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense (income)net |
(2,412 | ) | (2,225 | ) | (2,412 | ) | | (3,867 | ) | 941 | 40,238 | 20,732 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income |
1,651 | (13,028 | ) | 1,651 | | (1,245 | ) | (11,783 | ) | (10,842 | ) | (24,465 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
7,853 | 4,678 | 7,853 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense |
| | | 66 | 3,553 | 1,125 | 13,193 | 25,725 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transaction expenses |
| | | 38,278 | 39,442 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Indemnification loss |
| | 10,956 | (1,104 | ) | 12,850 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
93,081 | 153,052 | 82,032 | (4,909 | ) | 30,798 | 70,901 | 88,724 | (36,220 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
203 | 8,500 | 4,031 | 20,881 | (1,878 | ) | (35,396 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
81,829 | (13,409 | ) | 26,767 | 50,020 | 90,602 | (824 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests |
(72 | ) | (866 | ) | (1,178 | ) | (4,122 | ) | (3,235 | ) | (5,138 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to owners |
$ | | $ | | $ | 81,757 | $ | (14,275 | ) | $ | 25,589 | $ | 45,898 | $ | 87,367 | $ | (5,962 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Does not reflect a pro forma adjustment for the decrease in capitalized interest due to the redemption of some of our senior notes using the proceeds of this offering because the amount of such redemption is not known at this time. |
For additional information on pro forma adjustments, see Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.
77
Key Results
Key financial results as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2011 (on an arithmetically combined predecessor/successor basis), were as follows:
|
Net sales orders, including unconsolidated joint venture net sales orders, increased 15% from 3,150 homes to 3,615 homes. Our East region increased from 1,282 homes to 1,613 homes, while our West region increased from 687 homes to 1,274 homes. Our Canada region, including our share of joint ventures, decreased from 1,181 to 727 homes. |
|
Homes closed, including unconsolidated joint venture closings, decreased 4% from 2,696 homes to 2,587 homes, while the average selling price of those homes closed increased 3% to $347,000. |
|
Total revenues (home closings, land closings and financial services) decreased 5%, from $928.5 million to $879.0 million. |
|
Total gross margin decreased from 21.1% to 20.5%. |
|
SG&A (including overhead on direct selling costs and other marketing costs) declined 11% from $105.5 million to $93.3 million, and SG&A as a percentage of total revenues declined from 11.4% to 10.6%. |
|
No inventory impairments were recorded in 2012 or 2011. |
|
Adjusted EBITDA was $125.1 million in the first nine months of 2012, compared to $128.2 million in the corresponding prior year period. |
|
Sales order backlog, including unconsolidated joint venture backlog, increased 30% to $1.5 billion. This amount includes $547.4 million of high-rise closings scheduled to be completed after December 31, 2012. |
|
Cash and cash equivalents totaled $412.8 million, compared to $279.3 million at December 31, 2011. |
|
Total owned and controlled lots increased 10% to 34,965 lots as compared to December 31, 2011. |
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
Data for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 represent the arithmetic sum of predecessor and successor results while data for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 represent successor results, except where noted.
Average Active Selling Communities
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | Change | ||||||||||
East |
74.2 | 92.3 | (19.6 | )% | ||||||||
West |
33.6 | 37.2 | (9.9 | ) | ||||||||
Canada |
14.1 | 15.9 | (11.2 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Subtotal |
121.9 | 145.4 | (16.2 | ) | ||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(1) |
6.7 | 4.7 | 42.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
128.6 | 150.1 | (14.4 | )% | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Represents the average number of total communities in which our joint ventures were actively selling during the period. |
78
Average active selling communities declined 14.4% from the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to the nine months ended September 30, 2012 with the largest decrease in the East Region, primarily due to the close out of some vintage selling communities during the normal course of business and the timing of new community openings coming to market. We expect to open new communities throughout all of our markets during 2013, mostly in our West Florida, Phoenix and Houston divisions. We expect to recognize home closings in 2013 from the communities we open during that period.
Net Sales Orders
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except units
data)(1) |
Net Homes Sold | Sales Value | Average Selling Price | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | Change | 2012 | 2011 | Change | 2012 | 2011 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
East |
1,613 | 1,282 | 25.8 | % | $ | 525,875 | $ | 398,324 | 32.0 | % | $ | 326,000 | $ | 311,000 | 4.9 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
West |
1,274 | 687 | 85.4 | 448,807 | 237,425 | 89.0 | 352,000 | 346,000 | 1.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
613 | 1,077 | (43.1 | ) | 256,174 | 406,248 | (36.9 | ) | 418,000 | 377,000 | 10.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subtotal |
3,500 | 3,046 | 14.9 | 1,230,856 | 1,041,997 | 18.1 | 352,000 | 342,000 | 2.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(2) |
115 | 104 | 10.1 | 24,074 | 24,140 | 2.1 | 215,000 | 232,000 | (9.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
3,615 | 3,150 | 14.7 | $ | 1,254,930 | $ | 1,066,137 | 17.8 | $ | 347,000 | $ | 338,000 | 2.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada (CAD$) |
613 | 1,077 | (43.1 | ) | 256,456 | 397,192 | (35.4 | ) | 418,000 | 369,000 | 13.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada JV proportionate share (CAD$) |
115 | 104 | 10.1 | % | $ | 24,101 | $ | 23,602 | 2.1 | % | $ | 210,000 | $ | 227,000 | (7.3 | )% |
(1) | Net sales orders represent the number and dollar value of new sales contracts executed with customers. High-rise sales are not recognized until a building is approved for construction. High-rise sales typically do not close in the year sold. Other sales are recognized after a contract is signed and the rescission period has ended. |
(2) | Includes only proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures. |
Sales Order CancellationsUnits
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||
Cancelled Sales Orders | Cancellation Rate(1) | |||||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||||||
East |
294 | 240 | 15.4 | % | 15.8 | % | ||||||||||
West |
188 | 150 | 12.9 | 17.9 | ||||||||||||
Canada |
16 | 9 | 2.5 | 0.8 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Subtotal |
498 | 399 | 12.5 | 11.6 | ||||||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(2) |
4 | 6 | 3.4 | 5.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
502 | 405 | 12.2 | % | 11.4 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Cancellation rate represents the number of cancelled sales orders divided by gross sales orders. |
(2) | Includes only proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures. |
The value of net sales orders, including those of unconsolidated joint ventures, increased by 17.8% to $1.3 billion (3,615 homes) in the nine months ended September 30, 2012, from $1.1 billion (3,150 homes) in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The number of net sales orders, including those of unconsolidated joint ventures, increased 14.7% in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011. These results were impacted by the strong spring and summer selling seasons in 2012, during which we benefited from higher selling prices as consumers in the market gained confidence in the values present in the marketplace. The apparent settling and recovery of the market in the United States in areas such as
79
Phoenix, West Florida and Northern California bolstered the number of units and value for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The Canada region experienced a decline of 464 units in net new homes sold in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 when compared to the same period last year, which is attributable to the lower number of wholly owned open communities in the region in the nine months ended September 30, 2012, product mix and 250 fewer high-rise units sold due to timing of building launches.
Our annual sales order cancellations, including those of unconsolidated joint ventures, increased due to increases in sales volume, from 405 in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to 502 in the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The cancellation rate however remained relatively flat at 12.2% for 2012 compared to 11.4% in 2011. Our continued scrutiny of potential buyers and use of prequalification strategies helps us maintain a low cancellation rate.
We expect that, to the extent economic and housing market conditions improve in the markets in which we operate, net homes sold and aggregate sales value will increase. Average selling price is dependent to a large degree on which communities are being actively sold.
Sales Order Backlog
As of September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except units data)(1) |
Homes in Backlog | Sales Value | Average Selling Price | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | Change | 2012 | 2011 | Change | 2012 | 2011 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
East |
1,008 | 649 | 55.3 | % | $ | 362,482 | $ | 223,600 | 62.1 | % | $ | 360 | $ | 345 | 4.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
West |
739 | 295 | 150.5 | 263,805 | 102,256 | 158.0 | 357 | 347 | 3.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
1,555 | 1,491 | 4.3 | 527,957 | 547,195 | (3.5 | ) | 340 | 367 | (7.5 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subtotal |
3,302 | 2,435 | 35.6 | $ | 1,154,244 | $ | 873,051 | 32.2 | $ | 350 | $ | 359 | (2.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(2) |
903 | 775 | 16.6 | 317,939 | 256,708 | 23.9 | 352 | 331 | 6.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
4,205 | 3,210 | 31.0 | $ | 1,472,183 | $ | 1,129,759 | 30.3 | $ | 350 | $ | 352 | (0.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada (CAD$) |
1,555 | 1,491 | 4.3 | 517,047 | 565,168 | (3.4 | ) | 333 | 379 | (7.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada JV proportionate share (CAD$) |
903.5 | 775.0 | 16.6 | % | $ | 311,369 | $ | 265,140 | 17.4 | % | $ | 345 | $ | 342 | 0.7 | % |
(1) | Sales order backlog represents homes under contract for which revenue has not yet been recognized at the end of the period. Some of the contracts in our sales order backlog are subject to contingencies including mortgage loan approval and buyers selling their existing homes, which can result in cancellations. |
(2) | Reflects our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures. |
Our homes in backlog at September 30, 2012 increased by 31.0% from September 30, 2011. Our backlog of 4,206 homes was valued at $1.5 billion as compared to 3,210 homes at September 30, 2011 valued at $1.1 billion. Backlog increased as the business continued to recognize improved sales performance in most of our communities beyond the historical spring selling season and relieved pent-up consumer demand in some of our markets.
80
Home Closings Revenue
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except units data)(1) |
Homes Closed | Sales Value | Average Selling Price | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | Change | 2012 | 2011 | Change | 2012 | 2011 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
East |
1,072 | 943 | 13.7 | % | $ | 334,898 | $ | 264,287 | 26.7 | % | $ | 312 | $ | 280 | 11.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
West |
808 | 585 | 38.1 | 273,502 | 199,942 | 36.8 | 338 | 342 | (1.0 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
502 | 1,149 | (56.3 | ) | 220,822 | 435,003 | (49.2 | ) | 441 | 379 | 16.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subtotal |
2,382 | 2,677 | (11.0 | ) | $ | 829,221 | $ | 899,232 | (7.7 | ) | $ | 348 | $ | 336 | 3.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)(3) |
205 | 19 | 976.3 | 68,642 | 11,700 | 486.7 | 336 | 616 | (45.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
2,587 | 2,696 | (4.1 | ) | $ | 897,863 | $ | 910,932 | (1.4 | ) | $ | 347 | $ | 338 | 2.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada (CAD$) |
502 | 1,149 | (56.3 | ) | 221,028 | 425,306 | (47.9 | ) | 440 | 369 | 18.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada JV proportionate share (CAD$) |
204.5 | 19 | 976.3 | % | $ | 68,718 | $ | 11,439 | 500.7 | % | $ | 336 | $ | 602 | (44.0 | )% |
(1) | Home closings revenue represents homes where possession has transferred to the buyer. |
(2) | Reflects our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures. In 2011 we closed two wholly owned buildings, while in 2012 only a portion of a single joint venture tower contributed to closings. |
(3) | Unconsolidated joint venture revenue is not reported as revenue but is recognized as a component of income of unconsolidated entities. Included here on a non-GAAP basis for information purposes only. |
Home closings revenue, including unconsolidated joint venture home closings revenue, decreased 1.4% to $897.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2012, from $910.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Home closings revenue declined in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 to $829.2 million, from $899.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The average selling price of homes closed (including unconsolidated joint ventures) during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $347,000 up 2.8% from the $338,000 average in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Revenues were negatively impacted in the first nine months of 2012 due to the timing and nature of high rise closings. In the first nine months of 2011, we closed two wholly owned joint venture high-rise buildings, which accounted for more than $100 million in revenue on 468 closed units, compared to the first nine months of 2012, when we only recognized $8.1 million of revenue from wholly owned high-rise units and had only one joint venture high-rise building close, which revenue was recorded as a component of income of unconsolidated entities and not included in homebuilding revenue. In addition, some markets in which we operate have experienced a robust recovery in recent months. In particular, the Phoenix and West Florida markets have experienced a recovery although their product mix recognized in the period was at a lower price point than our overall average sales price. Also, during the first nine months of 2012, we closed out of vintage communities with higher margins in our West and East regions. These changes in our geographic and product mix have resulted in lower home closings revenue as well as lower home closings gross margins in the first nine months of 2012, compared to the first nine months of 2011. The lower home closings revenue and gross margins we recognized result from a higher portion of sales attributable to deliveries in markets such as Phoenix and Florida, where the average sales price and specification levels of our homes generally result in lower margins than in other markets in which we operate.
81
Land Closings Revenue
Nine Months Ended
September 30, |
||||||||||||
($ in thousands) | 2012 | 2011 | Change | |||||||||
East |
$ | 20,531 | $ | 19,496 | 5.3 | % | ||||||
West |
4,286 | 320 | | |||||||||
Canada |
11,205 | | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 36,102 | $ | 19,816 | 82.2 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
Land closings revenue increased 82.2% to $36.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2012, from $19.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Land and lot sales occur at unpredictable intervals and varying degrees of profitability. We generally purchase land and lots with the intent to build and sell homes on them. Nevertheless, in some locations where we act as a developer, we occasionally purchase land that includes commercially zoned parcels, which we typically sell to commercial developers, and we also sell residential lots or land parcels to manage our land and lot supply. Land and lot sales occur at various intervals and varying degrees of profitability. Therefore, the revenue and gross margin from land closings fluctuate from period to period.
Home Closings Gross Margin
The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our home closings gross margin and our adjusted home closings gross margin. In this section, we present adjusted home closings gross margin on a consolidated and on a segment basis. Adjusted home closings gross margin is a non-GAAP financial measure calculated based on our home closings gross margin, excluding impairments and capitalized interest amortization. See Non-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.
Successor | Combined | Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2011 |
July 13 to
September 30, 2011 |
January 1 to
July 12, 2011 |
||||||||||||||
Home closings revenue |
$ | 829,221 | $ | 899,232 | $ | 299,163 | $ | 600,069 | ||||||||||
Home closings cost of revenues and impairments(a) |
663,656 | 714,274 | 239,740 | 474,534 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Home closings gross margin |
165,565 | 184,958 | 59,423 | 125,535 | ||||||||||||||
Impairments |
| | | | ||||||||||||||
Capitalized interest amortization |
17,926 | 20,238 | 1,273 | 18,965 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 183,491 | $ | 205,196 | $ | 60,696 | $ | 144,500 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Home closings gross margin |
20.0% | 20.6% | 19.9% | 20.9% | ||||||||||||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin |
22.1% | 22.8% | 20.3% | 24.1% |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
Our home closings gross margin decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 to $165.6 million, from $185.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The earned housing profit recognized in connection with the Acquisition impacted the first nine months of 2012 by $15.6 million of margin that would have been contributed to 2012, compared to $22.8 million for the 2011 period. As a percentage of revenue, our home closings gross margin decreased 50 basis points, to 20.0% in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 from 20.6% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease in home closings gross margin was due to our increased closings in the nine months ending September 2012, which were concentrated in markets such as
82
Phoenix and West Florida, where we generally recognize lower margins due to lower consumer price points and specification levels. In the prior year period, many closings were generated from our Houston and Austin divisions, which have higher price points and specification levels.
Adjusted home closings gross margin decreased by 10.6% to $183.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2012, from $205.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and as a percentage of home closings revenue decreased 70 basis points, to 22.1%. The decrease in adjusted home closings gross margin was due to product mix, which shifted from markets with higher margins such as those in Houston and Austin to markets with lower margins such as Phoenix and West Florida.
East Region
The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our East region home closings gross margin and our East region adjusted home closings gross margin. See Non-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.
Successor | Combined | Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2011 |
July 13 to
September 30, 2011 |
January 1 to
July 12, 2011 |
||||||||||||||
East region closings revenue |
$ | 334,898 | $ | 264,287 | $ | 84,759 | $ | 179,528 | ||||||||||
East region closings cost of revenues and impairments(a) |
268,642 | 213,242 | 69,205 | 144,037 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
East region closings gross margin |
66,256 | 51,045 | 15,554 | 35,491 | ||||||||||||||
Impairments |
| | | | ||||||||||||||
Capitalized interest amortization |
6,164 | 7,593 | 270 | 7,323 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
East region adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 72,420 | $ | 58,638 | $ | 15,824 | $ | 42,814 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
East region closings gross margin |
19.8 | % | 19.3 | % | 18.4 | % | 19.8 | % | ||||||||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin |
21.6 | % | 22.2 | % | 18.7 | % | 23.8 | % |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, home closings revenue in the East region increased by 26.7% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011, driven by an increase in home closing units of 13.7% to 1,072 units, compared to 943 units the same period of 2011. Average home closings sales price in the East region increased to $312,000, from $280,000 a year earlier. Net homes sold increased by 25.8% to 1,613 units, compared to 1,282 units a year ago, driving sales order value higher by 32.0% to $525.9 million compared to $398.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 with an average sales price increasing by $15,000, or 4.9%. The number of average active selling communities in the East region was 19.6% lower than the same period last year as the region was able to close out of several legacy communities as market conditions improved. The East region also had an increase in the average monthly sales pace to 2.4 homes per community in the first nine months of 2012, from 1.5 homes per community for the first nine months of 2011. Sales order cancellation rates were 15.4% and 15.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Overall, the improvement in East region home closings revenue, sales prices and sales pace has been due primarily to our well-located land positions and were consumer-driven offerings. Management in the region continues to market its offerings and diligently look to reduce incentives and increase sales prices as market conditions allow.
Land revenue in the East region was $20.5 million compared to $19.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Land sales during the quarter were the result of planned dispositions and strategic opportunities to monetize those assets where the highest and best use warranted sale.
83
During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, home closings gross margin for the East region was 19.8%, compared to 19.3% for the first nine months of 2011. East region adjusted home closings gross margin was 21.6% in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to 22.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease in home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin was due to a change in product mix, due in large part to the recovery of certain markets in West Florida, which tend to generate lower margins within the region during the period. During the prior year period, we did not experience a recovery in some of our Florida markets, which generally only began to recover in 2012. In the prior period, our Texas markets were producing a larger portion of our gross margin, because in those markets the average sales price and specification level of many homes sold are above those in our Florida markets. To the extent that the overall U.S. economic recovery and, in particular, the housing market recovery in our East region markets continues, we expect that our margin performance will continue to be favorable.
West Region
The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our West region home closings gross margin and our West region adjusted home closings gross margin. See Non-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.
Successor | Combined | Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2011 |
July 13 to
September 30, 2011 |
January 1 to
July 12, 2011 |
||||||||||||||
West region closings revenue |
$ | 273,501 | $ | 199,942 | $ | 57,684 | $ | 142,258 | ||||||||||
West region closings cost of revenues and impairments(a) |
230,770 | 172,311 | 49,843 | 122,468 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
West region closings gross margin |
42,731 | 27,631 | 7,841 | 19,790 | ||||||||||||||
Impairments |
| | | | ||||||||||||||
Capitalized interest amortization |
6,033 | 10,970 | 216 | 10,754 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
West region adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 48,764 | $ | 38,601 | $ | 8,028 | $ | 30,544 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
West region closings gross margin |
15.6 | % | 13.8 | % | 13.6 | % | 13.9 | % | ||||||||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin |
17.8 | % | 19.3 | % | 14.0 | % | 21.5 | % |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
The West region closed 223 more units in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 than in the same period last year. This increase in units closed resulted in an additional $73.6 million of home closings revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011, despite a slight drop in average home closings sales prices of 1.0% compared to the same period a year ago. The West region has experienced the largest increase in net sales of all of our segments when comparing the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 recognizing that a number of markets in the West region experienced artificially low demand during the market downturn. We sold 1,274 units in the West region in the nine months ended September 30, 2012, which represents an 85.4% increase compared to last year. Net sales order value increased to $448.8 million from $237.4 million, or 89.0% higher, when comparing the nine months ended September 30, 2012 to the nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively. The average selling price increased 1.9%, or $6,000, in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same nine month period last year. The number of average active selling communities in the West region declined 9.9% when compared to the same nine month period last year. The average sales per outlet per month for the nine months ending September 30 2011 and 2012 were 2.1 and 4.2, respectively. Overall, during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, revenues and sales pace improved in the West region compared to the same period in 2011 primarily due to housing market recoveries in the Phoenix and Northern California markets.
84
Land revenue in the West region was $4.3 million compared to $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Land sales during the quarter were the result of planned dispositions and strategic opportunities to monetize those assets where the highest and best use warranted sale.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, home closings gross margin for the West region was 15.6%, compared to 13.8% for the first nine months of 2011. Adjusted home closings gross margin in the West region dropped by 150 basis points when comparing the nine months ended September 30, 2012 to the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decline in adjusted home closings gross margin as a percentage of closing revenue and home closings gross margin as a percentage of closing revenue was driven primarily by the increase in the proportion of home closings in our Phoenix market (which typically generates lower margins) in our total closings for the region. In our West region, we experienced a higher gross margin and numbers of deliveries in our Northern California market during the 2011 period. In the 2012 period, deliveries were more concentrated in our lower margin Phoenix market. Nonetheless, the market recovery that we have seen in the recent period in Phoenix had a significant impact on gross margin in the region during the 2012 period, even while our 2012 gross margin as a percentage of revenue was lower than in 2011. If the recovery in our West region markets continues, we expect that our margin performance will continue to be favorable.
Canada Region
The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our Canada home closings gross margin and our Canada adjusted home closings gross margin. See Non-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.
Successor | Combined | Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2012 |
Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2011 |
July 13 to
September 30, 2011 |
January 1 to
July 12, 2011 |
||||||||||||||
Canada region closings revenue |
$ | 220,822 | $ | 435,003 | $ | 156,720 | $ | 278,283 | ||||||||||
Canada region closings cost of revenues and impairments(a) |
164,243 | 328,648 | 120,692 | 207,956 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Canada region closings gross margin |
56,579 | 106,355 | 36,028 | 70,327 | ||||||||||||||
Impairments |
| | | | ||||||||||||||
Capitalized interest amortization |
5,729 | 1,640 | 816 | 824 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Canada adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 62,308 | $ | 107,995 | $ | 36,844 | $ | 71,151 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Canada region closings gross margin |
25.6 | % | 24.4 | % | 23.0 | % | 25.3 | % | ||||||||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin |
28.2 | % | 24.8 | % | 23.5 | % | 25.6 | % |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
Canada region home closings revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 decreased by 49.2%, to $220.8 million, compared to $435.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The number of home closings units in the first nine months of 2012 decreased by 56.3% compared to the first nine months of 2011. Canada region revenues and number of closings were affected by timing of high-rise closings. In the first nine months of 2011, we closed two wholly owned high-rise buildings which accounted for more than $100 million in revenue on 468 closed units, while in the first nine months of 2012, we only recognized $8.1 million of revenue from wholly owned high-rise units and only had a single joint venture high-rise building close, which was included as a component of net income of unconsolidated entities and not included in homebuilding revenue. The average home closings sales price was 16.4% higher for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 when compared to the same period last year. This increase was due to a product mix shift into a larger number of single-family detached homes during 2012, which have higher average sale prices compared to high-rise closings, which were a larger component of our 2011 closings. The Canada region experienced a decline of 464
85
units in net new homes sold in the nine months ending September 30, 2012 when compared to the same period last year, which is attributable to the number of open communities in the region and product mix. The average sales per community per month were 4.8 and 7.5 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We continue to focus on our margin over volume approach to selling in our communities. Average sales price increased by $41,000, or 10.8%, and average sales value declined 36.9% when comparing the nine months ended September 30, 2012 to the nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively. The decline in home sales from fewer wholly owned communities and a product mix change have contributed to the reduced sales values during 2012. Our total sales value was $256.2 million compared to $406.2 million a year earlier.
Land closings revenue for the Canada region was $11.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2012, while there was no land closings revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. We made these land sales as part of our land management strategy when determining the highest and best use of the property.
Third quarter 2012 home closings gross margin for the Canada region was 25.6%, compared to 24.4% for the 2011 third quarter. The adjusted home closings gross margin for the Canada region was 340 basis points higher in the first nine months of 2012, when compared to the same nine month period one year ago due to the shift into higher margin single-family detached and attached homes from high-rise closings, which represented a significant portion of total home closings in the nine months ending September 30, 2011. The increase in gross margin during 2012 was attributable to the mix of product delivered to our consumers. In 2011 a larger number of multi-family homes were delivered, which yielded a lower gross margin percentage compared to the single-family offerings. Currently we anticipate, in light of slowing job growth in Ontario relative to the recent past, ongoing global economic uncertainty and increasing units under construction, that growth in the Ontario housing market will moderate in the near term.
Successor | Combined | Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Nine Months
Ended Sept. 30, 2012 |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2011 |
July 13 to
September 30, 2011 |
January 1
to July 12, 2011 |
||||||||||||
West |
$ | 4,286 | | | | |||||||||||
East |
20,531 | $ | 19,693 | $ | 19,693 | | ||||||||||
Canada |
11,285 | 320 | | $ | 320 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total land revenue |
36,102 | 20,013 | 19,693 | 320 | ||||||||||||
Land cost of sales |
27,881 | 8,527 | 8,526 | 1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Land gross margin |
8,221 | 11,486 | 11,167 | 319 | ||||||||||||
Impairments |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Capitalized interest |
1,294 | | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted land margin |
$ | 9,515 | $ | 11,486 | $ | 11,167 | $ | 319 | ||||||||
Land margin % |
22.77 | % | 57.3 | % | 56.7 | % | 99.6 | % | ||||||||
Adjusted land margin % |
26.36 | % | 57.3 | % | 56.7 | % | 99.6 | % |
86
Financial Services
Our Financial Services segment provides mortgage lending through TMHF and title services in certain markets and is highly dependent on our sales and closings volumes. Our Financial Services segments revenue increased from $9.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $13.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in gross margin was driven primarily by an increase in closings volume and average loan amount, from 1,004 and $249,700, respectively, in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, to 1,292 and $255,200, respectively, in the nine months ended September 30, 2012.
Successor | Combined | Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Nine Months
Ended Sept. 30, 2012 |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2011 |
July 13 to
September 30, 2011 |
January 1
to July 12, 2011 |
||||||||||||
Financial services revenue |
$ | 13,705 | $ | 9,411 | $ | 3,384 | $ | 6,027 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Financial services cost of sales |
7,667 | 5,889 | 2,071 | 3,818 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Financial services gross margin |
6,038 | 3,522 | 1,313 | 2,209 | ||||||||||||
Impairments |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted financial services margin |
$ | 6,038 | $ | 3,522 | $ | 1,313 | $ | 2,209 | ||||||||
Financial services margin % |
44.06 | % | 37.4 | % | 38.8 | % | 36.6 | % | ||||||||
Adjusted financial services margin % |
44.06 | % | 37.4 | % | 38.8 | % | 36.6 | % | ||||||||
Volume of loans |
1,276 | 992 | 339 | 653 | ||||||||||||
Average loan amount |
255,268 | 245,013 | 248,141 | 243,449 |
Sales, Commissions and Other Marketing Costs
For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, sales, commissions, and other marketing costs such as advertising and sales office expenses were $52.2 million and $54.5 million, respectively, reflecting fewer closings in the first nine months of 2012.
General and Administrative Expenses
For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, general and administrative expenses were $41.1 million as compared to $51.0 million in the same period in 2011, a 19.4% decrease in general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total home closings revenue decreased to 5.0% in the nine months ended September 30, 2012, compared to 5.7% in the same period in 2011 due in part to certain one-time reversals of legal reserves of $9.1 million from a favorable litigation settlement, during the first nine months of 2012 as well as our diligent cost containment strategy as we actively pursue synergies within the business and were therefore able to reduce professional consulting fee expenses.
Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Entities
Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities was $11.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $3.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The variance in income was due to the timing and progress of joint venture projects, particularly the closing of high-rise condominiums in the Canada region which began its occupancy during the first nine months of 2012 and will conclude by the end of 2012.
Interest Expense (Income)
Interest expense represents interest incurred but not capitalized on our long-term debt and other borrowings. Purchase accounting from the Acquisition eliminated the accumulated capitalized interest on the balance sheet as
87
of the Acquisition date. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, there was no non-capitalizable interest expense, as the amount of average qualified production assets supported full capitalization of the interest incurred. Interest income decreased in the first nine months of 2012 by $1.6 million, compared to the same period in 2011. While we had a higher level of cash and cash equivalents during the first nine months of 2012 than in the same period of 2011, Taylor Wimpey plc paid interest on certain cash deposits it held on our behalf in the 2011 period, which did not occur in 2012.
Other Income (Expense), net
During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 we recognized revenue from golf course memberships of $2.1 million which was offset by mothballed community expenses of $1.9 million along with other amounts to record $0.8 million of other income, net. For the first nine months of 2011, there were $1.3 million of golf course revenues and $7.8 million of insurance recoveries from our captive insurance company, offset by mothballed community carrying expenses of $1.9 million and other miscellaneous income items resulting in other income, net of $9.6 million.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
During the first nine months of 2012, we prepaid $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan with proceeds from the senior notes. The remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan was exchanged for equity interests. The Sponsor Loans that were retired had been borrowed at a discount of 2.5%, so the $7.9 million of unamortized portion of the discount was written off during the first nine months of 2012 to expense.
Income Tax
Income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $0.2 million compared to income tax expense of $29.4 million for the comparable period in 2011. Our Canadian operations generated taxable income in each period and recorded tax expense at their effective rate. The U.S. operations recorded benefits primarily related to reversal of prior uncertain tax positions under ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes that became effectively settled during the periods and expense related to interest on those uncertain positions.
Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010
Data for 2011 is presented on an arithmetically combined predecessor/successor basis, except where noted.
Average Active Selling Communities
2011 | 2010 | % Change | ||||||||||
East |
82.6 | 79.2 | 4.3 | % | ||||||||
West |
37.6 | 48.1 | (21.9 | ) | ||||||||
Canada |
14.4 | 15.6 | (7.7 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Subtotal |
134.6 | 143.0 | (5.9 | ) | ||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(1) |
5.3 | 5.8 | (8.7 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
139.8 | 148.7 | (6.0 | )% | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Represents the average number of total communities in which our joint ventures were actively selling over such time period. |
Average active selling communities declined 6.0% from 2010 to 2011 with the largest decrease in the West, primarily related to closeout communities as part of our ordinary course repositioning of the land portfolio out of less desirable submarkets to submarkets that exhibit the attractive characteristics we believe our customers want, such as good access to schools, shopping, recreation and transportation facilities.
88
Net Sales Orders
Net Sales Orders(1)
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Homes Sold | Value (in thousands) |
Average Selling Price
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | % Change | 2011 | 2010 | % Change | 2011 | 2010 | % Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
East |
1,617 | 1,405 | 15.1 | % | $ | 498,445 | $ | 366,102 | 36.1 | % | $ | 308 | $ | 261 | 18.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
West |
947 | 914 | 3.6 | 320,907 | 290,198 | 10.6 | 339 | 318 | 6.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
1,420 | 1,028 | 38.1 | 512,037 | 448,938 | 14.1 | 361 | 437 | (17.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subtotal |
3,984 | 3,347 | 19.0 | 1,331,389 | 1,105,238 | 20.5 | 334 | 330 | 1.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(2) |
145 | 343 | (57.7 | ) | 32,876 | 55,961 | (41.3 | ) | 227 | 163 | 38.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
4,129 | 3,690 | 11.9 | % | $ | 1,364,265 | $ | 1,161,199 | 17.5 | % | $ | 330 | $ | 315 | 5.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales Order Cancellations
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
Cancelled Sales Orders | Cancellation Rate(3) | |||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||||||
East |
319 | 403 | 16.5 | % | 22.3 | % | ||||||||||
West |
194 | 217 | 17.0 | 19.2 | ||||||||||||
Canada |
12 | 24 | 0.8 | 2.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Subtotal/weighted average |
525 | 644 | 11.6 | 16.1 | ||||||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(2) |
2 | 1 | 1.4 | 0.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total/weighted average |
527 | 645 | 11.3 | % | 14.9 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Net sales orders represent the number and dollar value of new sales contracts executed with customers (gross sales orders), net of cancelled sales orders. High-rise sales are not recognized until a building is approved for construction. High-rise sales typically do not close in the year sold. |
(2) | Includes only our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures. |
(3) | Cancellation rate represents the number of cancelled sales orders divided by gross sales orders. |
The value of net sales orders, including unconsolidated joint ventures net sales orders, increased 17.5%, to $1,364.3 million (4,129 homes) in 2011, from $1,161.2 million (3,690 homes) in 2010. The number of net sales orders, including unconsolidated joint venture net sales orders, increased 11.9% in 2011 compared to 2010. These results were impacted by increased levels of affordability resulting from lower home sales prices, recent declines in the number of new homes available for sale and a low mortgage interest rate environment. Our net sales increased despite the U.S. federal governments monetary and fiscal policies and programs, including the federal homebuyer tax credit, which accelerated sales demand during the first half of 2010.
The value of net sales orders increased in the United States largely due to changes in product mix. The average price in 2011 was $319,560, an increase of 12.9% from the $283,010 average in 2010, due to a shift in product mix to higher priced homes.
Our annual sales order cancellation rate, including unconsolidated joint ventures, improved to 11.3% in 2011 from 14.9% in 2010. The improvement was generally a result of an overall improvement in our mortgage qualification process and the improved financial position of our homebuyers.
In Canada, the cancellation rate continues to be negligible due to non-refundable deposit structures and full recourse remedies in our homebuyers contracts as well as the effects of market conditions.
89
Sales Order Backlog
Sales Order Backlog(1)
As of December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Homes in Backlog | Value (in thousands) |
Average Selling Price
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | % Change | 2011 | 2010 | % Change | 2011 | 2010 | % Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
East |
467 | 310 | 50.6 | % | $ | 170,085 | $ | 103,483 | 64.4 | % | $ | 364 | $ | 334 | 9.1 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
West |
273 | 193 | 41.5 | 89,306 | 67,020 | 33.3 | 327 | 347 | (5.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
1,444 | 1,562 | (7.6 | ) | 473,675 | 542,783 | (12.7 | ) | 328 | 347 | (5.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subtotal |
2,184 | 2,065 | 5.8 | 733,067 | 713,287 | 2.8 | 336 | 345 | (2.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(2) |
781 | 691 | 13.1 | 249,458 | 217,715 | 14.6 | 319 | 315 | 1.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
2,965 | 2,756 | 7.6 | % | $ | 982,525 | $ | 931,002 | 5.5 | % | $ | 331 | $ | 338 | (1.9 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Sales order backlog represents homes under contract for which revenue has not yet been recognized at the end of the period. Some of the contracts in our sales order backlog are subject to contingencies including mortgage loan approval and buyers selling their existing homes, which can result in cancellations. |
(2) | Reflects our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures. |
Our homes in backlog at December 31, 2011 increased 7.6% from December 31, 2010 as a result of increased sales and improving market conditions.
Home Closings Revenue
Home Closings Revenue(1)
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Homes Closed | Value (in thousands) |
Average Selling Price
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | % Change | 2011 | 2010 | % Change | 2011 | 2010 | % Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
East |
1,460 | 1,539 | (5.1 | )% | $ | 417,182 | $ | 383,283 | 8.8 | % | $ | 286 | $ | 249 | 14.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
West |
867 | 1,031 | (15.9 | ) | 294,810 | 319,641 | (7.8 | ) | 340 | 310 | 9.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
1,538 | 1,567 | (1.9 | ) | 619,293 | 570,236 | 8.6 | 403 | 364 | 10.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subtotal |
3,865 | 4,137 | (6.6 | ) | 1,331,285 | 1,273,160 | 4.6 | 344 | 308 | 11.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(2) |
55 | 3 | 1,716.7 | 28,740 | (3) | 1,779 | (3) | 1,515.4 | (3) | 527 | 593 | (11.1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
3,920 | 4,140 | (5.3 | )% | $ | 1,360,025 | $ | 1,274,939 | 6.7 | % | $ | 347 | $ | 308 | 12.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Home closings revenue represents homes where possession has transferred to the buyer. |
(2) | Reflects our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures. |
(3) | Unconsolidated joint venture revenue is not reported as revenue but is recognized as a component of income of unconsolidated entities. Included here on a non-GAAP basis for information purposes only. |
Home closings revenue, including unconsolidated joint venture home closings revenue, increased 6.7% to $1,360.0 million in 2011, from $1,274.9 million in 2010, despite a 5.3% decrease in homes closed. Home closings revenue rose in 2011 to $1,331.3 million, from $1,273.2 million in 2010. The average selling price of homes closed (including unconsolidated joint ventures) during 2011 was $347,000, up 12.7% from the $308,000 average in 2010. East region home closings revenue increased by 8.8% in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to an increase in average selling price largely due to new communities in North Florida, Houston and Austin with higher price points. The 14.7% increase in average selling price was offset by a decrease of 5.1%. West region home closings revenue decreased by 7.8% in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to a decrease in home of
90
15.9%. The revenue shortfall was partially offset by a 9.7% increase in the average selling price to $340,000. The increase in average selling price was achieved in all West divisions, but the increase was especially large in California. Canada region home closings revenue, including unconsolidated joint venture home closings revenue, of $28.7 million, increased 13.3% to $648.0 million in 2011 compared to $572.0 million in 2010, as a result of an increase in total home closings of 1.4% and a mix shift to higher-priced product.
Land Closings Revenue
Land Closings Revenue
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
Value (in thousands) | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | % Change | ||||||||||
East |
$ | 22,531 | $ | 7,225 | 211.8 | % | ||||||
West |
1,765 | | n/a | |||||||||
Canada |
| 4,891 | (100.0 | )% | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 24,296 | $ | 12,116 | 100.5 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
Land closings revenue increased 100.5% to $24.3 million in 2011, from $12.1 million in 2010. Fluctuations in land closings revenue are a function of how we manage our inventory levels in various markets. Land closings revenue in the United States was primarily generated by sales in our consolidated Steiner Ranch Joint Venture in Austin, Texas.
Home Closings Gross Margin
The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our home closings gross margin and our adjusted home closings gross margin. See Non-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.
Successor | Combined | Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
July 13 to
December 31, 2011 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2011 |
January 1
to July 12, 2011 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||
Home closings revenue |
$ | 731,216 | $ | 1,331,285 | $ | 600,069 | $ | 1,273,160 | ||||||||||
Cost of home closings and impairments(a) |
591,891 | 1,066,425 | 474,534 | 1,005,178 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Home closings gross margin |
139,325 | 264,860 | 125,535 | 267,982 | ||||||||||||||
Add: |
||||||||||||||||||
Impairments |
| | | 2,006 | ||||||||||||||
Capitalized interest amortization |
9,531 | 28,496 | 18,965 | 39,695 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 148,856 | $ | 293,356 | $ | 144,500 | $ | 309,683 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
19.1 | % | 19.9 | % | 20.9 | % | 21.0 | % | ||||||||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
20.4 | % | 22.0 | % | 24.1 | % | 24.3 | % |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
Our home closings gross margin declined slightly in 2011 to $264.9 million, from $268.0 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, our home closings gross margin declined 210 bps, from 21.0% in 2010 to 19.9% in 2011.
In 2011, adjusted home closings gross margin decreased by 5.3% to $293.4 million in 2011, from $309.7 million in 2010, and as a percentage of home closings revenue decreased 230 bps, to 22.0%. The decline in
91
adjusted home closings gross margin and home closings gross margin was driven primarily by the impact of purchase accounting on homes under construction at the date of Acquisition that subsequently closed by year end. These homes were impacted by both write-up and write-down adjustments. See Factors Affecting the Comparability of ResultsThe Acquisition and Financing Transactions and Basis of Presentation.
East Region
The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our East region home closings gross margin and our East region adjusted home closings gross margin. See Non-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.
Successor | Combined | Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
July 13 to
December 31, 2011 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2011 |
January 1
to July 12, 2011 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||
East region home closings revenue |
$ | 237,654 | $ | 417,182 | $ | 179,528 | $ | 383,283 | ||||||||||
East region cost of home closings and impairments(a) |
190,486 | 334,523 | 144,037 | 306,639 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
East region home closings gross margin |
47,168 | 82,659 | 35,491 | 76,644 | ||||||||||||||
Add: |
||||||||||||||||||
East region impairments |
| | | | ||||||||||||||
East region capitalized interest amortization |
2,514 | 9,837 | 7,323 | 14,947 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
East region adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 49,682 | $ | 92,496 | $ | 42,814 | $ | 91,591 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
East region home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
19.8 | % | 19.8 | % | 19.8 | % | 20.0 | % | ||||||||||
East region adjusted home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
20.9 | % | 22.1 | % | 23.8 | % | 23.9 | % |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
East region home closings gross margin increased in 2011 to $82.7 million, from $76.6 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, East region home closings gross margin declined 20 bps, to 19.8% in 2011 from 20% in 2010.
East region adjusted home closings gross margin increased by 1.0%, to $92.5 million in 2011, from $91.6 million in 2010. The East regions adjusted home closings gross margin percentage decreased 180 bps to 22.1% in 2011 compared to 23.9% in 2010. The decrease in adjusted home closings gross margin was primarily a result of the negative impact of purchase accounting on home inventory under construction at the date of the Acquisition. Decreased adjusted home closings gross margin related to purchase accounting adjustments for homes under construction totaled $7.9 million.
92
West Region
The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our West region home closings gross margin and our West region adjusted home closings gross margin. See Non-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.
Successor | Combined | Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
July 13 to
December 31, 2011 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2011 |
January 1 to
July 12, 2011 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||
West region home closings revenue |
$ | 152,552 | $ | 294,810 | $ | 142,258 | $ | 319,641 | ||||||||||
West region cost of home closings and impairments(a) |
129,654 | 252,122 | 122,468 | 271,735 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
West region home closings gross margin |
22,898 | 42,688 | 19,790 | 47,906 | ||||||||||||||
Add: |
||||||||||||||||||
West region impairments |
| | | 2,006 | ||||||||||||||
West region capitalized interest amortization |
1,895 | 12,649 | 10,754 | 24,748 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
West region adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 24,793 | $ | 55,337 | $ | 30,544 | $ | 74,660 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
West region home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
15.0 | % | 14.5 | % | 13.9 | % | 15.0 | % | ||||||||||
West region adjusted home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
16.3 | % | 18.8 | % | 21.5 | % | 23.4 | % |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating companies and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
West region home closings gross margin declined in 2011 to $42.7 million, from $47.9 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, West region home closings gross margin declined 50 bps, to 14.5% in 2011 from 15.0% in 2010.
West region adjusted home closings gross margin decreased by 25.9%, to $55.3 million in 2011, from $74.7 million in 2010. The decrease in both home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin was primarily a result of the decrease in homes closed as well as the impact of purchase accounting. The decrease in adjusted home closings gross margin percentage was 460 bps, to 18.8% in 2011 from 23.4% in 2010, and resulted primarily from the negative impact of purchase accounting on home inventory under construction at the date of the Acquisition. Decreased margin related to purchase accounting adjustments for homes under construction and over 50% complete at July 31, 2011 totaled $7.8 million. Additionally, the product mix of homes shifted from communities in our higher-margin California markets to our Phoenix markets.
93
Canada
The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our Canada home closings gross margin and our Canada adjusted home closings gross margin. See Non-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.
Successor | Combined | Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
July 13 to
December 31, 2011 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2011 |
January 1 to
July 12, 2011 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||
Canada home closings revenue |
$ | 341,010 | $ | 619,293 | $ | 278,283 | $ | 570,236 | ||||||||||
Canada cost of home closings and impairments(a) |
271,761 | 479,717 | 207,956 | 426,805 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Canada home closings gross margin |
69,249 | 139,576 | 70,327 | 143,431 | ||||||||||||||
Add: |
||||||||||||||||||
Canada impairments |
| | | | ||||||||||||||
Canada capitalized interest amortization |
5,122 | 5,946 | 824 | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Canada adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 74,371 | $ | 145,522 | $ | 71,151 | $ | 143,431 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Canada home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
20.3 | % | 22.5 | % | 25.3 | % | 25.2 | % | ||||||||||
Canada adjusted home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
21.8 | % | 23.5 | % | 25.6 | % | 25.2 | % |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
Canada home closings gross margin declined in 2011 to $139.6 million, from $143.4 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, Canada home closings gross margin declined 270 bps, to 22.5% in 2011 from 25.2% in 2010.
Canada adjusted home closings gross margin increased by 1.5%, to $145.5 million in 2011, from $143.4 million in 2010. Adjusted home closings gross margin percentage decreased 170 bps to 23.5% in 2011 compared to 25.2% in 2010. The decrease in both home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin resulted primarily from increased land cost of sales related to the write-up of the Canadian assets through purchase accounting adjustments.
Land Closings Gross Margin
($ in thousands) | 2011(1) | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Land
Closings Revenue |
Land
Closings Gross Margin |
% of
Revenue |
Total Land
Closings Revenue |
Land
Closings Gross Margin |
% of
Revenue |
|||||||||||||||||||
East |
$ | 22,531 | $ | 8,708 | 38.6 | % | $ | 7,225 | $ | 4,161 | 57.6 | % | ||||||||||||
West |
1,765 | 359 | 20.3 | 0 | (523 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Canada |
| 1 | | 4,891 | 1,927 | 39.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 24,296 | $ | 9,068 | 37.3 | % | $ | 12,116 | $ | 5,565 | 45.9 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Segment margin excludes minor adjustments booked at the corporate level. |
Land closings gross margin is calculated using land closings revenue and cost of land closings excluding interest and inventory impairment on lots. Land closings gross margin increased by 62.9% from 2010 to 2011, from $5.6 million to $9.1 million and land closings gross margin as a percentage of revenue decreased 1,290 bps to 37.3%. Gross margin in lot sales at Steiner Ranch declined from 2010 to 2011 as a result of Acquisition-related purchase accounting adjustments to the carrying value of these lots.
94
Financial Services Gross Margin
2011 | 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Total
Financial Services Revenue |
Financial
Services Gross Margin |
% of
Revenue |
Total
Financial Services Revenue |
Financial
Services Gross Margin |
% of
Revenue |
||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 14,606 | $ | 6,293 | 43.1 | % | $ | 12,591 | $ | 5,345 | 42.5 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial services gross margin increased by 17.7% to $6.2 million in 2011, from $5.3 million in 2010, and margin as a percentage of financial services revenue improved by 60 bps to 43.1%. The increase in gross margin was driven primarily by an increase in our closings volume and average loan amount, from 1,701 and $233,700, respectively, in 2010, to 1,512 and $250,100, respectively, in 2011. Additionally, our transition from broker to lender has created service release premiums revenue when loans are sold to a secondary market.
Impaired Communities
As of December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Number of
Communities(1) |
Carrying
Value Prior to Impairment |
Fair Value | Impairment | ||||||||||||
East |
| $ | | $ | | $ | | |||||||||
West |
3 | 8,462 | 5,933 | 2,529 | ||||||||||||
Canada |
| | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
3 | $ | 8,462 | $ | 5,933 | $ | 2,529 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Total communities determined to have been impaired during the year. |
During 2011, we did not record inventory impairments. During 2010, we recorded land impairment charges of $2.5 million.
Sales, Commissions and Other Marketing Costs
Sales, commissions and other marketing costs such as advertising and sales office expenses decreased 10.2% in 2011 to $76.4 million, from $85.1 million in 2010. Sales, commissions and other marketing costs as a percentage of total revenues decreased to 5.6% in 2011 from 6.6% in 2010. The decrease was related to cost savings and business optimization measures and the volume decrease in closings, which decreases commission expenses.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses, which represent corporate and divisional overhead expenses such as salaries and bonuses, occupancy, insurance and travel expenses, increased 3.6% to $68.6 million in 2011, from $66.2 million in 2010. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue decreased to 5.0% in 2011, compared to 5.1% in 2010. General and administrative expenses for 2011 reflect our continued concentrated efforts to control overhead expenses but were offset by increased professional expenses related to the Acquisition.
95
Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Entities
Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities, which consists of our share in the earnings or losses of entities not consolidated in our financial results, was $8.1 million in 2011, up $2.7 million from 2010. Our Canadian high-rise development activity occurs, to a large extent, through unconsolidated joint ventures. These projects, which are large in scale and can span several years from concept to completion, represent a large revenue stream that fluctuates and can cause wide variances in quarterly and annual income.
Interest Expense
Interest expense represents interest incurred, but not capitalized, on our long-term debt and other borrowings. During 2011 and 2010, non-capitalizable interest expense was $0 and $40.2 million, respectively. The decrease in expense year over year is a result of higher amount of active assets that qualify for interest capitalization and less overall interest incurred.
Other Income and Other Expense
Other income was $13.0 million in 2011, compared to $10.8 million in 2010. Other income is derived primarily from the operations of our captive insurance company. Other expense was $4.7 million in 2011 compared to $13.2 million in 2010. Other expense includes insurance losses related to our captive insurance company, pre-Acquisition costs for projects not undertaken and carrying costs of our inventory held for long-term development.
Income Tax
Income tax expense for 2011 was $24.9 million compared to a benefit of $1.8 million in 2010. Our Canadian operations generated taxable income in each period and recorded tax expense at their effective rate. The U.S. operations recorded benefits in each period primarily related to reversal of prior uncertain tax positions under ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes that became effectively settled during the periods.
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009
Average Active Selling Communities
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | % Change | ||||||||||
East |
79.2 | 90.3 | (12.3 | )% | ||||||||
West |
48.1 | 60.8 | (20.9 | ) | ||||||||
Canada |
15.6 | 16.6 | (5.9 | ) | ||||||||
Subtotal |
143.0 | 167.7 | (14.8 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(1) |
5.8 | 4.2 | 38.0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
148.7 | 171.9 | (13.5 | )% | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Represents the average number of total communities in which our joint ventures were actively selling over such period. |
Active selling communities decreased 13.5% from 2010 to 2011. The decrease was largest in the West region, reflecting our usual approach of repositioning our land portfolio in attractive submarkets that we believe have better access to schools, shopping, recreation and transportation facilities. SeeStrategy.
96
Net Sales Orders
Net Sales Orders(1)
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Homes Sold | Value (in thousands) | Average Selling Price | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | % Change | 2010 | 2009 | % Change | 2010 | 2009 | % Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
East |
1,405 | 1,887 | (25.5 | )% | $ | 366,102 | $ | 465,122 | (21.3 | )% | $ | 261 | $ | 246 | 5.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
West |
914 | 1,530 | (40.3 | ) | 290,198 | 433,766 | (33.1 | ) | 318 | 284 | 12.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
1,028 | 1,564 | (34.3 | ) | 448,938 | 553,553 | (18.9 | ) | 437 | 354 | 23.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subtotal/weighted average |
3,347 | 4,981 | (32.8 | ) | 1,105,238 | 1,452,442 | (23.9 | ) | 330 | 292 | 13.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(2) |
343 | 234 | 46.7 | 55,961 | 34,356 | 62.9 | 163 | 147 | 11.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total/weighted average |
3,690 | 5,215 | (29.2 | )% | $ | 1,161,199 | $ | 1,486,798 | (21.9 | )% | $ | 315 | $ | 285 | 10.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales Order Cancellations
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
Cancelled Sales Orders | Cancellation Rate(3) | |||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||
East |
403 | 578 | 22.3 | % | 23.4 | % | ||||||||||
West |
217 | 301 | 19.2 | 16.4 | ||||||||||||
Canada |
24 | 10 | 2.3 | 0.6 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Subtotal/weighted average |
644 | 889 | 16.1 | 15.1 | ||||||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(2) |
1 | 9 | 0.3 | 3.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total/weighted average |
645 | 898 | 14.9 | % | 14.7 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Net sales orders represent the number and dollar value of new sales contracts executed with customers (gross sales orders), net of cancelled sales orders. High-rise sales are not recognized until a building is approved for construction. High-rise sales typically do not close in the year sold. |
(2) | Includes only our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures. |
(3) | Cancellation rate represents the number of cancelled sales orders divided by gross sales orders. |
The value of net sales orders, including unconsolidated joint venture net sales orders, decreased 21.9%, to $1.2 billion (3,690 homes) in 2010, from $1.5 billion (5,215 homes) in 2009. The number of net sales orders decreased 29.2% in 2010 compared to 2009. These results were attributable to continued decreases in demand in the market, resulting in fewer home sales in our existing communities.
The value of net sales orders decreased in our markets in 2010, with the largest percentage decrease occurring in the West region due to weak demand in the Arizona market and a decrease in average actual selling communities of 20.9%. As discussed above, consistent with our ordinary course land inventory management, the West region focused during 2010 on repositioning its land portfolio and moved to close out of less desirable submarkets. Fluctuations in the value of net sales orders were primarily due to the change in the number of homes sold in each respective region.
The average price of our net sales orders, including unconsolidated joint ventures, in 2010 was $315,000, an increase of 10.4% from the $285,000 average in 2009, due largely to changes in product mix.
Our annual sales order cancellation rate, including unconsolidated joint ventures, slightly increased from 14.7% in 2009 to 14.9% in 2010. The sales order cancellation rate depends largely on the strength of the overall economy and our homebuyers financial positions.
97
Sales Order Backlog
Sales Order Backlog(1)
As of December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Homes in Backlog | Value (in thousands) | Average Selling Price | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | Change | 2010 | 2009 | Change | 2010 | 2009 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
East |
310 | 451 | (31.3 | )% | $ | 103,483 | $ | 134,631 | (23.1 | )% | $ | 334 | $ | 299 | 11.8 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
West |
193 | 313 | (38.3 | ) | 67,020 | 99,969 | (33.0 | ) | 347 | 319 | 8.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
1,562 | 2,102 | (25.7 | ) | 542,783 | 638,364 | (15.0 | ) | 347 | 304 | 14.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subtotal |
2,065 | 2,866 | (27.9 | ) | 713,287 | 872,964 | (18.3 | ) | 345 | 305 | 13.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(2) |
691 | 351 | 96.9 | 217,715 | 101,146 | 115.2 | 315 | 289 | 9.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
2,756 | 3,216 | (14.3 | )% | $ | 931,002 | $ | 974,110 | (4.4 | )% | $ | 338 | $ | 303 | 11.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Sales order backlog represents homes under contract but not yet closed at the end of the period. Some of the contracts in our sales order backlog are subject to contingencies including mortgage loan approval and buyers selling their existing homes, which can result in cancellations. |
(2) | Includes only our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures. |
Our homes in backlog at December 31, 2010 decreased 14.3% from the prior year primarily due to 13.5% fewer actual active selling communities and 29.2% fewer sales during 2010.
Home Closings Revenue
Home Closings Revenue(1)
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Homes Closed | Value (in thousands) | Average Selling Price | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | Change | 2010 | 2009 | Change | 2010 | 2009 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
East |
1,539 | 1,889 | (18.5 | )% | $ | 383,283 | $ | 450,111 | (14.8 | )% | $ | 249 | $ | 238 | 4.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
West |
1,031 | 1,458 | (29.3 | ) | 319,641 | 397,750 | (19.6 | ) | 310 | 273 | 13.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
1,567 | 1,087 | 44.2 | 570,236 | 376,220 | 51.6 | 364 | 346 | 5.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subtotal |
4,137 | 4,434 | (6.7 | ) | 1,273,160 | 1,224,082 | 4.0 | 308 | 276 | 11.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unconsolidated joint ventures(2) |
3 | 321 | (99.1 | ) | 1,779 | (3) | 61,552 | (3) | (97.1 | ) | 593 | 192 | 209.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
4,140 | 4,755 | (12.9 | )% | $ | 1,274,939 | $ | 1,285,634 | (0.8 | )% | $ | 308 | $ | 270 | 13.9 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Home closings revenue represents homes where possession has transferred to the buyer and no further material obligation exists for the Company. |
(2) | Includes only our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures. |
(3) | Unconsolidated joint venture revenue is not reported as revenue but is recorded through income of unconsolidated entities. Included here for information only. |
Home closings revenue rose in 2010 to $1,273.2 million, from $1,224.1 million in 2009. Home closings revenue, including unconsolidated joint venture home closings revenue, was $1,274.9 million in 2010, down slightly from $1,285.6 million in 2009. The average selling price of homes closed during 2010 was $308,000, up 13.9% from the $270,000 average in 2009. During 2010, home closings revenue significantly increased in Canada and decreased in U.S. markets. These increases resulted primarily from the generally strong sales of in both the single-family and high-rise products in the Canada region, attributable to robust economic conditions and home sales demand during the time period.
East region home closings revenue decreased 14.8% in 2010 compared to 2009, primarily due to 350 fewer home closings in 2010, with the largest decrease occurring in North Florida and Houston. West region home closings revenue decreased 19.6% in 2010 compared to 2009, on a decrease in home closings of 29.3%, primarily
98
related to a 20.9% decrease in active selling communities available for sale. Canada home closings revenue, including unconsolidated joint venture home closing revenue, increased 30.7% in 2010 compared to 2009, primarily due to an increase in single-family closings due to increased demand.
Land Closings Revenue
Land Closings Revenue
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
Value (in thousands) | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | Change | ||||||||||
East |
$ | 7,225 | $ | 9,150 | (21.0 | )% | ||||||
West |
| 4,356 | n/a | |||||||||
Canada |
4,891 | 11,461 | (57.3 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 12,116 | $ | 24,967 | (51.5 | )% | ||||||
|
|
|
|
Land closings revenue decreased 51.5% to $12.1 million in 2010, from $25.0 million in 2009. Land and lot sales occur at unpredictable intervals and varying degrees of profitability. Revenue and gross margin from land closings accordingly fluctuate from period to period. In 2010, lot sale opportunities were evaluated in light of market conditions, and raw land was progressed through the entitlement process to create higher value in contemplation of possible future constraints in lot supply.
Home Closings Gross Margin
The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our home closings gross margin and our adjusted home closings gross margin. See Non-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.
Predecessor | ||||||||
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
(in thousands, except for percentage data) | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Home closings revenue |
$ | 1,273,160 | $ | 1,224,082 | ||||
Cost of home closings and impairments(a) |
1,005,178 | 1,075,290 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Home closings gross margin |
267,982 | 148,792 | ||||||
Add: |
||||||||
Impairments |
2,006 | 71,595 | ||||||
Capitalized interest amortization |
39,695 | 44,765 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 309,683 | $ | 265,152 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
21.0 | % | 12.2 | % | ||||
Adjusted home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
24.3 | % | 21.7 | % |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
Our home closings gross margin increased in 2010 to $268.0 million, from $148.8 million in 2009. As a percentage of revenue, our home closings gross margin increased 880 bps, to 21.0% in 2010 from 12.2% in 2009. The increase in home closings gross margin was due to the higher average home selling price and the reduction in impairments in 2010.
Adjusted home closings gross margin increased from 2009 to 2010 by 16.8% to $309.7 million, from $265.2 million in 2009, and as a percentage of home closings revenue, increased 260 bps to 24.3%. The increase in home closings gross margin is due to the change in mix of homes closed in all divisions to higher-priced, higher-margin homes.
99
East Region
The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our East region home closings gross margin and our East region adjusted home closings gross margin. See Non-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.
Predecessor | ||||||||
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
($ in thousands) | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||
East region home closings revenue |
$ | 383,283 | $ | 450,111 | ||||
East region cost of home closings and impairments(a) |
306,639 | 411,934 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
East region home closings gross margin |
76,644 | 38,177 | ||||||
Add: |
||||||||
East region impairments |
| 17,797 | ||||||
East region capitalized interest amortization |
14,947 | 18,139 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
East region adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 91,591 | $ | 74,113 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
East region home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
20.0 | % | 8.5 | % | ||||
East region adjusted home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
23.9 | % | 16.5 | % |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
East region home closings gross margin increased in 2010 to $76.6 million, from $38.2 million in 2009. As a percentage of revenue, East region home closings gross margin increased 1200 bps, to 20.0% in 2010 from 8.5% in 2009. The increase was attributable to the absence of impairments and lower amortization of capitalized interest in 2010, as well as the closing out of less desirable submarkets and a shift in our product mix. The dispositions were consistent with our overall land inventory strategy. We reviewed certain parcels in West Florida and determined that, based on our evaluation of infrastructure and financial factors, the parcels should be sold rather than developed for near-term homebuilding.
The East region reported adjusted home closings gross margin of $91.6 million in 2010, compared to adjusted home closings gross margin of $74.1 million in 2009. The East regions adjusted home closings gross margin percentage increased 740 bps in 2010 compared to 2009. The increase resulted primarily from our closing out of less desirable submarkets in the East region and a shift in our product mix.
100
West Region
The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our West region home closings gross margin and our West region adjusted home closings gross margin. See Non-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.
Predecessor | ||||||||
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
($ in thousands) | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||
West region home closings revenue |
$ | 319,641 | $ | 397,750 | ||||
West region cost of home closings and impairments(a) |
271,735 | 392,206 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
West region home closings gross margin |
47,906 | 5,544 | ||||||
Add: |
||||||||
West region impairments |
2,006 | 51,977 | ||||||
West region capitalized interest amortization |
24,748 | 25,440 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
West region adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 74,660 | $ | 82,961 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
West region home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
15.0 | % | 1.4 | % | ||||
West region adjusted home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
23.4 | % | 20.9 | % |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
West region home closings gross margin increased in 2010 to $47.9 million, from $5.5 million in 2009. As a percentage of revenue, West region home closings gross margin increased 1360 bps, to 15.0% in 2010 from 1.4% in 2009. The increase in home closings gross margin was due in large part to impairment charges taken in 2009 that were lower in 2010.
The West region reported adjusted home closings gross margin of $74.7 million in 2010, compared to $83.0 million in 2009 due to the home closings decrease of 427 units. Adjusted home closings gross margin as a percentage of revenue, however, increased 250 bps in 2010 compared to 2009. The increase was a result of higher margins primarily in California, with some improvement in Arizona as the region continued to work through impaired low margin communities.
101
Canada
The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our Canada home closings gross margin and our Canada adjusted home closings gross margin. See Non-GAAP MeasuresAdjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.
Predecessor | ||||||||
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
($ in thousands) | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Canada home closings revenue |
$ | 570,236 | $ | 376,220 | ||||
Canada cost of home closings and impairments(a) |
426,805 | 271,149 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Canada home closings gross margin |
143,431 | 105,071 | ||||||
Add: |
||||||||
Canada impairments |
| 1,821 | ||||||
Canada capitalized interest amortization |
| 1,186 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Canada adjusted home closings gross margin |
$ | 143,431 | $ | 108,078 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Canada home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
25.2 | % | 27.9 | % | ||||
Canada adjusted home closings gross margin as a percentage of home closings revenue |
25.2 | % | 28.7 | % |
(a) | Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings. |
Canada home closings gross margin increased in 2010 to $143.4 million, from $105.1 million in 2009. As a percentage of revenue, Canada home closings gross margin declined 270 bps, from 27.9% in 2009 to 25.2% in 2010.
The Canada region reported adjusted home closings gross margin of $143.4 million in 2010 compared to adjusted home closings gross margin of $108.1 million in 2009. Adjusted home closings gross margin as a percent of revenue decreased 350 bps in 2010 compared to 2009. Changes to both adjusted and unadjusted home closings gross margin were primarily due to favorable changes in product mix.
Land Closings Gross Margin
($ in thousands) | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
Land
Closings Revenue |
Land
Closings Gross Margin |
% of
Revenue |
Total
Land
Closings Revenue |
Land
Closings Gross Margin |
% of
Revenue |
|||||||||||||||||||
East |
$ | 7,225 | $ | 4,161 | 57.6 | % | $ | 9,150 | $ | 5,495 | 60.2 | % | ||||||||||||
West |
| (523 | ) | | 4,356 | (7,063 | ) | (162.1 | )% | |||||||||||||||
Canada |
4,891 | 1,927 | 39.4 | % | 11,461 | 5,689 | 49.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 12,116 | $ | 5,565 | 45.9 | % | $ | 24,967 | $ | 4,122 | 16.5 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land closings gross margin decreased by 35.0% from 2009 to 2010, and land closings gross margin as a percentage of revenue decreased by 3,370 bps. In the United States, 2009 land closings revenue was primarily generated by sales in our consolidated Steiner Ranch Joint Venture in Austin, Texas as well as by lot sales in other divisions as a result of certain sales of non-strategic assets. The 2009 loss in the West region was the result of a sale of an asset in the Central Valley of California.
102
Financial Services Gross Margin
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Total
Financial Services Revenue |
Financial
Services Gross Margin |
% of
Revenue |
Total
Financial Services Revenue |
Financial
Services Gross Margin |
% of
Revenue |
||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 12,591 | $ | 5,345 | 42.5 | % | $ | 13,415 | $ | 7,146 | 53.3 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial services gross margin decreased by 25.2% to $5.3 million in 2010 from $7.1 million in 2009 and margin as a percentage of financial services revenue declined by 1,080 bps. The decrease in gross margin was driven primarily by a decrease in our closings volume and average loan amount, from 2,328 and $215,000, respectively, in 2009, to 1,701 and $233,700, respectively, in 2010.
Impaired Communities
As of December 31, 2010 | As of December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Number of
Communities(1) |
Carrying
Value Prior to Impairment |
Fair Value | Impairment |
Number of
Communities(1) |
Carrying
Value Prior to Impairment |
Fair Value | Impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
East |
| $ | | $ | | $ | | 18 | $ | 52,990 | $ | 34,002 | $ | 18,988 | ||||||||||||||||||
West |
3 | 8,462 | 5,933 | 2,529 | 16 | 161,507 | 106,877 | 54,630 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
| | | | 1 | 8,990 | 7,169 | 1,821 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
3 | $ | 8,462 | $ | 5,933 | $ | 2,529 | 35 | $ | 223,487 | $ | 148,048 | $ | 75,439 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Total communities determined to have been impaired during the year. |
Inventory Impairments and Land Option Cost Write-Offs
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Inventory
Impairments |
Land Option
Cost Write-Offs |
Total |
Inventory
Impairments |
Land Option
Cost Write-Offs |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
East |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 18,988 | $ | 2,802 | $ | 21,790 | ||||||||||||
West |
2,529 | 1,525 | 4,054 | 54,630 | | 54,630 | ||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
| | | 1,821 | | 1,821 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 2,529 | $ | 1,525 | $ | 4,054 | $ | 75,439 | $ | 2,802 | $ | 78,241 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2010, our impairment analysis reflected our expectation of continued challenging conditions and uncertainties in the homebuilding industry and in our markets.
Through our 2010 and 2009 impairment evaluation processes, we determined that communities with carrying values, prior to impairment, of $8.5 million and $223.5 million, respectively, were impaired. We recorded total inventory impairment charges of $2.5 million and $75.4 million during 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Based on our quarterly reviews of land and lot option contracts, we wrote off earnest money deposits and pre-acquisition costs related to contracts for land or lots that were not expected to be acquired. During 2010 and 2009, we wrote off $1.5 million and $2.8 million, respectively, of earnest money deposits and pre-acquisition costs related to land option contracts.
103
Inventory impairment charges reduced total gross margin as a percentage of total revenues by approximately 0.3% in 2010, compared to 6.2% in 2009.
Sales, Commissions and Other Marketing Costs
Sales, commissions and other marketing costs such as advertising and sales office expenses decreased by 15.3% to $85.1 million in 2010 from $100.5 million in 2009. Sales, commissions and other marketing costs as a percentage of total revenues decreased to 6.6% in 2010 from 8.0% in 2009. These decreases were primarily the result of a decrease in the number of closings, and reductions in our sales and marketing programs across our markets.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses decreased to $66.2 million in 2010 from $71.3 million in 2009. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue decreased to 5.1% in 2010 as compared to 5.6% in 2009 as a result of reduced staffing levels.
Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Entities
Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities was $5.3 million in 2010 compared to $0.3 million in 2009, primarily as a result of increases in income from our Canadian joint ventures.
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense is comprised of interest incurred, but not capitalized, on our long-term debt and other borrowings. During 2010 and 2009, non-capitalizable interest expense was $40.2 and $20.7 million, respectively. The increase in expense year over year is a result of lower amount of active assets that qualify for interest capitalization.
Other Expense and Other Income
Other income was $10.8 million in 2010, compared to $24.5 million in 2009. The largest component of other income in both years was our captive insurance company. Other expense was $13.2 million in 2010 compared to $25.7 million in 2009.
Income Taxes
Income tax benefit for 2010 was $1.8 million compared benefit of $35.4 million in 2009. Our Canadian operations generated taxable income in each period and recorded tax expense at their effective rate. The U.S. operations recorded a tax benefit in each period. In 2010 this benefit related primarily to the reversal of prior uncertain tax positions while in 2009 the carryback of taxable losses to prior periods generated income tax refunds recorded as benefit.
Overview of Capital Resources and Liquidity
Our principal uses of capital in 2011 and the first nine months of 2012 were operating expenses, lot development, home construction, income taxes, investments in joint ventures, land and property purchases, interest costs on our indebtedness and the payment of various liabilities. Historically, we have used a combination of capital contributions and intercompany borrowings from our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, and funds generated by operations to meet our short-term working capital requirements. Cash flows for each of our communities depend on the status of the development cycle, and can differ substantially from reported earnings. Early stages of development or expansion require significant cash outlays for land acquisitions, plats,
104
vertical development, construction of model homes, general landscaping and other amenities. Because these costs are a component of our inventory and are not recognized in our statement of operations until a home closes, we incur significant cash outflows prior to recognition of earnings. In the later stages of a community, cash inflows may significantly exceed earnings reported for financial statement purposes, as the costs associated with home and land construction were previously incurred.
We have in place strict controls and a defined strategy for cash management, particularly as related to cash outlays for land and inventory development. Among other things, we require multiple party account control and authorizations for payments. We had $158.4 million of cash provided by operating activities for 2011 and $158.4 million of cash used in operating activities in the first nine months of 2012. We financed the cash used in the first nine months of 2012 through the sale of our senior notes.
Since the Acquisition, we have primarily funded our cash needs from cash from operations and cash generated from our offerings of senior notes, and have had minimal draws on our Revolving Credit Facility. Our need for letters of credit has been primarily fulfilled through the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility, which are discussed in more detail below. We believe that our solid balance sheet and liquidity position will allow us to be flexible in reacting to changing market conditions.
After giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, we believe that we can fund our cash needs for planned and projected operations for the next twelve months from cash on hand and cash generated from operations and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Depending upon future homebuilding market conditions and our expectations for these conditions, we may use a portion of our cash and cash equivalents to take advantage of land opportunities. We intend to maintain adequate liquidity and balance sheet strength, and we will continue to evaluate opportunities to access the capital markets as they become available. Following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions. We would expect to use the proceeds of any such financing for general corporate purposes and to fund future growth.
Capital Resources
Cash and Cash Equivalents
As of September 30, 2012, we had available cash and cash equivalents of $412.8 million. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, demand deposits with financial institutions and short-term, highly liquid investments. We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less, such as certificates of deposit, money market funds, and commercial paper, to be cash equivalents. Non-interest-bearing cash accounts are temporarily guaranteed for an unlimited amount, through December 31, 2012, and all other cash accounts are insured for up to $250,000.
The amount of cash and cash equivalents held by foreign subsidiaries as of September 30, 2012 was $130.7 million. While all of such cash and cash equivalents are readily convertible into U.S. dollars, we would be required to accrue and pay taxes to repatriate those funds to the U.S. Historically we have not generally repatriated such funds, since we generally have used such funds in our Canadian business. However, we may in the future repatriate such funds to the U.S.
Revolving Credit Facility
We have the ability to finance working capital and other needs by drawing on the Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility may be made in U.S. dollars and in Canadian dollars (subject to a U.S. $15.0 million sublimit) and bear interest based upon either a LIBOR or CDOR interest rate option, as applicable, or a base rate or Canada prime rate option, as applicable, as selected by the borrowers plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on July 13, 2016. The applicable margin for (a) any
105
Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan is 3.25% per annum, payable on the last date of each applicable interest period or at the end of each three-month period if the applicable interest period is longer than three months and (b) any Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, 2.25% per annum, payable quarterly. There is a fee of 0.75% per annum on the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility (whether drawn or undrawn), payable quarterly in arrears, and subject to a 25 basis point reduction based upon the achievement of a specified capitalization ratio. The borrowers have the right to make amend and extend offers to lenders of a particular class. As of September 30, 2012, there was no debt outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.
Under the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility, we have the ability to issue letters of credit. Borrowing availability is reduced by the amount of letters of credit outstanding. As of September 30, 2012, there were $5.4 million of letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility leaving $119.6 million of availability for borrowing. As of December 31, 2012, we had increased the total amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility from $125.0 million to $225.0 million and borrowed $50.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility to finance in part the acquisition of Darling, leaving $163.8 million of availability. See SummaryRecent Developments.
The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain springing financial covenants. In the event that, either there are (a) any loans outstanding thereunder on the last day of any fiscal quarter or on more than five separate days of such fiscal quarter or (b) any unreimbursed letters of credit thereunder on the last day of such fiscal quarter or for more than five consecutive days of such fiscal quarter, we will be required to, in respect of such fiscal quarter, comply with a maximum capitalization ratio test as well as a minimum interest coverage ratio test. As of September 30, 2012, our capitalization ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) was 49% (compared with the requirement not to exceed 60%) while our interest coverage ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) for the twelve-month period then ended was 2.7 to 1.0 (compared with the requirement not to fall below 1.75 to 1.0). For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants for any fiscal quarter, TMM may exercise an equity cure by issuing certain permitted securities for cash or otherwise receiving cash contributions to its capital that will, upon the contribution of such cash to TMC and/or Monarch Corporation, be included in the calculation of consolidated adjusted EBITDA and consolidated total capitalization. The equity cure right may not be exercised more than twice in any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and may not be exercised more than five times during the term of the facility.
Senior Notes
On April 13, 2012, the Operating Subsidiaries issued $550.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.750% Senior Notes due 2020. A portion of the net proceeds of the senior notes was used to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes. The senior notes are unsecured and guaranteed by TMM and certain of TMMs domestic subsidiaries. On August 21, 2012, the Operating Subsidiaries issued an additional $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes under the same indenture.
The indenture governing the senior notes contains covenants that limit the ability of the Operating Subsidiaries, TMM and certain of their subsidiaries to, among other things, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions on capital stock or make payments in respect of subordinated indebtedness, make investments, incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock, create certain liens, enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from certain restricted subsidiaries, consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets, engage in transactions with affiliates and create additional, unrestricted subsidiaries. The senior notes are also subject to a requirement that we offer to purchase the senior notes at par with certain proceeds of asset sales (to the extent not applied in accordance with the senior notes indenture). We are also required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding senior notes at 101% of their aggregate principal amount upon the occurrence of specified change of control events. The senior notes do not have any registration rights.
106
The senior notes mature on April 15, 2020. Interest on the senior notes accrues at the rate of 7.750% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year.
We may redeem some or all of the senior notes at any time prior to April 15, 2015, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. On or after April 15, 2015, we may also redeem some or all of the notes at the redemption prices specified in the indenture relating to the senior notes.
At any time prior to April 15, 2015, we may also redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the senior notes with the net cash proceeds of this offering and other equity offerings, at a redemption price equal to 103.875% (if the redemption occurs prior to April 15, 2013) or 107.750% (if the redemption occurs on or after April 15, 2013) of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date.
Mortgage Company Loan Facilities
TMHF has entered into an agreement with Flagstar Bank (the Flagstar Facility), as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named in such agreement. The purpose of the Flagstar Facility is to finance the origination of up to $30 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits, with a temporary accordion feature subject to approval by Flagstar, which allows for borrowings in excess of the total availability under the facility. Borrowings under the facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing. The Flagstar Facility is terminable by either party with 30 days notice and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum, with a minimum floor of 3.95% per annum. Borrowings under this facility are paid back with proceeds received when mortgages are sold to Flagstar Bank, or to other approved lenders subject to certain sublimits. In 2011, loans originated by TMHF remained on the Flagstar Facility warehouse line for an average of 10 days, before being sold either to Flagstar Bank or other approved lenders. The Flagstar Facility does not have a scheduled maturity date but is subject to an annual renewal process, which was last completed in December 2012. As of September 30, 2012, there was $27.7 million in outstanding borrowings under the Flagstar Facility.
In December 2011, TMHF entered into a mortgage warehouse loan letter agreement with Comerica Bank (the Comerica Facility). The purpose of the Comerica Facility is to finance the origination of up to $30.0 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits. Borrowings under this facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC Topic 860. The Comerica Facility bears interest at a rate of daily adjusting LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum with a minimum floor of 3.75% per annum. Borrowings under the Comerica Facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to approved lenders participating in the Comerica Facility. As of September 30, 2012, there was $8.2 million in outstanding borrowings under the Comerica Facility. The Comerica Facility matures on October 29, 2013 (subject to an annual renewal process).
Letters of Credit, Surety Bonds and Financial Guarantees
We are often required to provide letters of credit and surety bonds to secure our performance under construction contracts, development agreements and other arrangements. The amount of such obligations outstanding at any time varies in accordance with our pending development activities. In the event any such bonds or letters of credit are drawn upon, we would be obligated to reimburse the issuer of such bonds or letters of credit. In addition, Monarch Corporation will typically provide guarantees of the financing debt of the joint ventures through which Monarch Corporation operates, which guarantees may be secured.
Under these letters of credit, surety bonds and financial guarantees, we are committed to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business.
107
Outstanding letters of credit, surety bonds and financial guarantees under these arrangements, including letters of credit issued under the TD Facility and HSBC Facility (as described below) and our share of responsibility for financial guarantee arrangements with our joint ventures, totaled $256.1 million as of September 30, 2012. Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site improvements, the letters of credit and surety bonds are not generally released until all development and construction activities are completed. We do not believe that it is probable that any outstanding letters of credit or surety bonds, letters of credit or financial guarantees as of September 30, 2012 will be drawn upon.
Monarch Corporation is party to a credit facility with The Toronto-Dominion Bank, which we refer to as the TD Facility. The TD Facility provides revolving operating facilities (including letters of credit) of up to CAD $100.0 million (or its U.S. dollar equivalent) to provide direct and letter of credit financing in support of Monarch Corporations projects. Under the terms of the TD Facility, the first $80.0 million drawn under the facility is secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corporation in certain Canadian real property. Amounts drawn above CAD $80.0 million are secured with cash. As of September 30, 2012, there were CAD $64.2 million letters of credit outstanding under the TD Facility.
Monarch Corporation is also party to a credit facility with HSBC Bank Canada, which we refer to as the HSBC Facility. The HSBC Facility provides a partially revolving letter of credit facility of up to CAD $24.2 million (reduced from $25.6 million as of September 30, 2012) in support of Monarch Corporations construction projects. Under the terms of the HSBC Facility, amounts drawn under this facility are secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corporation in certain Canadian real property or cash. As of September 30, 2012, there were CAD $25.6 million letters of credit outstanding under the HSBC Facility.
Each of the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013.
The TD Facility and HSBC Facility contain certain financial covenants. We are required to maintain a minimum net equity and a minimum debt-to-equity ratio as well as maintain an interest coverage ratio. As of September 30, 2012, our net equity, as defined in the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility, was $346.8 million (compared with the minimum requirement of $250 million), our debt-to-equity ratio was 91% (compared with the requirement not to exceed 125%) while our interest coverage ratio is only calculated annually (the requirement is not to fall below 2.50 to 1.0). As of September 30, 2012, our interest coverage ratio was 2.7 to 1.0. Violations of the financial covenants in the TD Facility and HSBC Facility, if not waived by the lenders or cured, could result in acceleration by the lenders. In the event these violations were not waived by the lenders or cured, the violations could also result in a default under the Companys other indebtedness. As of September 30, 2012, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the TD Facility and HSBC Facility.
For additional detail on all of the above facilities, see Description of Certain Indebtedness.
Other Loans Payable and Other Borrowings
Other loans payable and other borrowings as of September 30, 2012 consist of project-level debt due to various land sellers and municipalities, and is generally secured by the land that was acquired. Principal payments generally coincide with corresponding project lot sales or a principal reduction schedule. We estimate that approximately $30.0 million of the loans are scheduled to be repaid in the next 12 months, which we expect to repay from available cash. The weighted average interest rate on $50.5 million of the loans as of September 30, 2012 was 3.0% per annum, and $65.5 million of the loans were non-interest bearing. As of September 30, 2012, loans payable increased by an estimated $37.8 million compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to the closing of a transaction under a land purchase contract with seller financing.
Operating Cash Flow Activities
Our net cash used in operating activities amounted to $158.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $20.5 million provided by operating activities for the nine months ended
108
September 30, 2011. The primary cause of our increase in cash used in operating activities was our increased purchases of land inventory. These purchases were primarily funded with proceeds from the senior notes issuances.
Our net cash provided by (used in) operating activities amounted to $158.4 million in 2011, $(8.4) million in 2010 and $126.2 million in 2009. The primary cause of the increase in operating cash flows in 2011 versus 2010 was our decreased purchases of land inventory. Taylor Wimpey plc reduced funding for our land inventory purchases in the period leading up to the Acquisition on July 13, 2011, resulting in less spending in that year on land inventory and land deposits. Throughout 2011, Taylor Wimpey plc reduced spending on land as part of a comprehensive sale process to minimize its ongoing cash investments in its North American business. Operating cash flows decreased in 2010 versus 2009 primarily due to increased land inventory purchases in 2010. The purchases were funded through increased borrowings from Taylor Wimpey plc. In addition, we had somewhat higher receivable amounts in 2010 from Canadian joint venture partners due to the timing of the closing of certain high rise units, the timing of the receipt of payments related to certain domestic land infrastructure development projects and the timing of the receipt of reimbursement, related to Chinese drywall claims. These items were partially offset by the receipt in 2010 of certain income tax receivables from 2009 generated by carrying back U.S. operating losses to prior periods and receiving cash refunds. Receivables decreased in 2010 as our Canadian operations funded certain construction projects of their joint ventures by creating receivables to be settled with the consummation of the projects and those receivables were reversed in 2010. Customer deposits were larger during 2011 as we closed two wholly owned high-rise towers and were able to recognize the deposits relating to those towers as income. Accounts payable in 2009 were reduced in the United States as the number of home closings and related construction payables declined from 2008 in the deteriorating market. Subsequent year amounts reflect the stabilizing number of deliveries made by us and construction payables on similar year-over-year closings.
Investing Cash Flow Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $7.4 million and $5.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in cash used in 2012 was primarily the result of an increase in investments in unconsolidated entities as we continue to fund existing joint venture operations, primarily in our Canada region.
Net cash used in investing activities was $5.3 million in 2011, compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $51.0 million in 2010 and used in investing activities of $54.8 million in 2009. The net cash provided and used in 2010 and 2009, respectively, was primarily the result of changes in restricted cash from our Canadian operations.
Financing Cash Flow Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $293.5 million and used of $17.2 million for the nine months ending September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Net cash provided in 2012 was primarily due to the net increase in long-term debt in connection with the $550 million senior notes issuance in April 2012 and the subsequent offering of $125 million senior notes, which was offset by a repayment of $350 million of the Sponsor Loan. In 2011 we increased our borrowings from our Taylor Wimpey plc as part of their cash management program to support their investment in North American operations.
Net cash used in financing activities totaled $29.3 million, $72.4 million and $140.5 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Net cash used in all periods is primarily driven by the return of cash from our North American operations to our former parent company and to our Principal Equityholders after the Acquisition.
109
Contractual Cash Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Our primary contractual cash obligations are payments under our debt agreements and lease payments under our operating leases. Purchase obligations of our homebuilding operations represent specific performance requirements under purchase agreements for land in Canada and purchase agreements for land in the United States. We expect to fund our contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business through a combination of our existing cash resources, cash flows generated from operations, renewed or amended mortgage repurchase facilities and, if needed or believed advantageous, the issuance of new debt or equity securities through the public capital markets as market conditions may permit.
The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2012 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.
Payments Due by Period (in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Totals |
Less than
1 year |
1-3 years | 4-5 years |
More than
5 years |
||||||||||||||||
Operating lease obligations |
$ | 21,629 | $ | 1,696 | $ | 9,678 | $ | 7,662 | $ | 2,592 | ||||||||||
Topic 740 obligations incl. interest and penalties(1) |
113,316 | | 102,457 | 10,859 | | |||||||||||||||
Land purchase contracts(2) |
283,508 | 96,674 | 175,981 | | 10,853 | |||||||||||||||
Debt outstanding(3) |
827,175 | 65,863 | 49,469 | 28,439 | 683,404 | |||||||||||||||
Estimated interest expense(4) |
374,807 | 55,900 | 163,339 | 104,943 | 50,625 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Totals |
$ | 1,620,435 | $ | 220,233 | $ | 500,924 | $ | 151,903 | $ | 747,474 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | We are currently under examination by various taxing jurisdictions with respect to our carry back of net operating losses in our historical tax returns. Our former parent Taylor Wimpey plc has indemnified us for amounts payable in respect of these additional taxes. See Risk FactorsWe may not be able to use certain net operating loss carry backs, which may result in our having to pay substantial taxes . |
(2) | Represents remaining purchase price due under full-recourse land purchase contracts. |
(3) | In April 2012, we completed the offering of $550.0 million of our senior notes and used the proceeds of that offering to repay $350.0 million of the then outstanding Sponsor Loan. The affiliates of TPG and Oaktree who were lenders under the Sponsor Loan caused the then remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan to be contributed or transferred to TMM or its subsidiaries, and in return those affiliates received additional equity interests in TMM. In August 2012, we also issued a further $125.0 million of senior notes at an issue price of 105.5% plus accrued interest from and including April 13, 2012. As of September 30, 2012, we had a total of $791.3 million of long-term debt outstanding, consisting of $675.0 million of senior notes, which are due in 2020 and $116.4 million of other long-term indebtedness. Of the $116.4 million, $30.0 million matures in less than one year and $49.5 million matures in one to three years. Includes $35.9 million of debt of TMHF. Scheduled maturities of certain loans and other borrowings as of September 30, 2012 reflect estimates of anticipated lot take-downs associated with such loans. |
(4) | Estimated interest expense amounts for debt outstanding at the contractual interest rate. |
We do not engage in commodity trading or other similar activities. We had no derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2011 or September 30, 2012.
110
The following table summarizes our letters of credit, surety bonds and financial guarantees of joint ventures as of the dates indicated.
As of September 30, | As of December 31, | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||
Letters of credit |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. |
$ | 22,763 | $ | 23,986 | $ | 23,865 | $ | 24,799 | ||||||||
Canada |
91,426 | 123,919 | 101,422 | 85,102 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total outstanding letters of credit |
114,189 | 147,905 | 125,287 | 109,900 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Surety bonds |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. |
49,682 | 20,338 | 30,426 | 27,095 | ||||||||||||
Canada |
77,411 | 72,839 | 76,916 | 74,080 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total outstanding surety bonds |
127,093 | 93,177 | 107,342 | 101,175 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Financial guarantees of joint ventures |
||||||||||||||||
Letters of credit |
36,321 | 10,218 | 17,591 | 11,102 | ||||||||||||
Borrowings |
168,946 | 33,002 | 43,341 | 12,802 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total outstanding financial guarantees of joint ventures |
205,267 | 43,220 | 60,931 | 23,904 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total outstanding letters of credit, surety bonds and financial guarantees of joint ventures |
$ | 446,548 | $ | 284,303 | $ | 293,561 | $ | 234,978 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in Land Development and Homebuilding Joint Ventures or Unconsolidated Entities
We participate in a number of strategic land development and homebuilding joint ventures with unrelated third parties. These joint ventures operate primarily in our Canada region and relate mainly to our high-rise developments. The use of these entities, in some instances, enables us to acquire land to which we could not otherwise obtain access, or could not obtain access on terms that are as favorable. Our partners in these joint ventures historically have been land owners/developers, other homebuilders and financial or strategic partners. Joint ventures with land owners/developers have given us access to sites owned or controlled by our partners. Joint ventures with other homebuilders have provided us with the ability to bid jointly with our partners for large land parcels. Joint ventures with financial partners have allowed us to combine our homebuilding expertise with access to our partners capital. Joint ventures with strategic partners have allowed us to combine our homebuilding expertise with the specific expertise (e.g. commercial or infill experience) of our partner.
As of September 30, 2012, we had equity investments in 37 unconsolidated land development and homebuilding joint ventures, compared to 37 at September 30, 2011 and 38 at September 30, 2010. Not all of these joint ventures are actively engaged in operations and some may be maintained, despite no longer being operational.
Investment in unconsolidated land development and homebuilding joint ventures
As of September 30, | As of December 31, | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||
East |
$ | 783 | $ | 3,184 | $ | 2,789 | $ | 4,767 | ||||||||
West |
| | | 0 | ||||||||||||
Canada |
76,732 | 31,621 | 34,379 | 22,758 | ||||||||||||
Other |
472 | 346 | 472 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 77,987 | $ | 35,151 | $ | 37,640 | $ | 27,544 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111
These joint ventures often obtain acquisition, development and construction financing, designed to reduce our equity investment and improve our overall returns. This joint venture specific indebtedness is typically secured by all assets of the entity raising the debt. As of September 30, 2012, our unconsolidated joint ventures borrowings were $168.9 million compared to $90.0 million at December 31, 2011 and $25.9 million at December 31, 2010. Our proportional share of letters of credit issued and indebtedness was $15.5 million and $71.3 million at September 30, 2012, $17.6 million and $43.3 million at December 31, 2011 and $11.1 million and $12.8 million at December 31, 2010.
As added support to the third party lenders of these unconsolidated joint ventures related to our Canadian business, secured guarantees are typically provided by Monarch Corporation, typically in proportion to Monarch Corporations equity ownership in the joint ventures. As of September 30, 2012, our maximum recourse exposure related to outstanding indebtedness and letters of credit issued by our unconsolidated land development and homebuilding joint ventures totaled $205.3 million, an increase from $125.0 million as of December 31, 2011 and $136.4 million as of December 31, 2010. See Description of Certain IndebtednessGuarantees of Indebtedness of Unconsolidated Joint Ventures.
We also provide completion and performance guarantees for projects undertaken by our unconsolidated joint ventures.
The summarized balance sheets below of our unconsolidated land development and homebuilding joint ventures with recourse to us were as follows:
Summary balance sheet
As of September 30. | As of December 31, | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||
Assets |
$ | 282,101 | $ | 210,031 | $ | 440,300 | $ | 358,503 | ||||||||
Liabilities |
217,517 | 187,020 | 397,477 | 289,665 | ||||||||||||
Equity |
64,584 | 23,011 | 42,823 | 68,838 |
Land Purchase and Land Option Contracts
We enter into land purchase and option contracts to procure land or lots for the construction of homes in the ordinary course of business. Lot option contracts enable us to control significant lot positions with a minimal capital investment and substantially reduce the risks associated with land ownership and development. As of September 30, 2012, we had outstanding land purchase contracts of $283.5 million and lot options totaling $283.5 million. We are obligated to close the transaction under our land purchase contracts. However, our obligations with respect to the option contracts are generally limited to the forfeiture of the related non-refundable cash deposits and/or letters of credit provided to obtain the options. For additional detail, see Contractual Cash Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.
Seasonality
Our business is seasonal. We have historically experienced, and in the future expect to continue to experience, variability in our results on a quarterly basis. We generally have more homes under construction, close more homes and have greater revenues and operating income in the third and fourth quarters of the year. Therefore, although new home contracts are obtained throughout the year, a significant portion of our home closings occur during the third and fourth calendar quarter. Our revenue therefore may fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis and we must maintain sufficient liquidity to meet short-term operating requirements. Factors expected to contribute to these fluctuations include:
|
the timing of the introduction and start of construction of new projects; |
112
|
the timing of project sales; |
|
the timing of closings of homes, condominium units, lots and parcels; |
|
our ability to continue to acquire land and options on that land on acceptable terms; |
|
the timing of receipt of regulatory approvals for development and construction; |
|
the condition of the real estate market and general economic conditions in the areas in which we operate; |
|
mix of homes closed; |
|
construction timetables; |
|
the prevailing interest rates and the availability of financing, both for us and for the purchasers of our homes; and |
|
the cost and availability of materials and labor. |
As a result of seasonal activity, our quarterly results of operation and financial position at the end of a particular quarter are not necessarily representative of the results we expect at year end. We expect this seasonal pattern to continue, although it may be affected by the continuing downturn in the homebuilding industry.
In contrast to our typical seasonal results, the weakness in homebuilding market conditions in the United States during recent years has mitigated our historical seasonal variations. Also, in 2010 the expiration of the federal homebuyer tax credit impacted the timing of our construction activities, home sales and closing volumes. Although we may experience our typical historical seasonal pattern in the future, given the current market conditions, we can make no assurances as to when or whether this pattern will recur.
Inflation
We and the homebuilding industry in general may be adversely affected during periods of high inflation, primarily because of higher land, financing, labor and material construction costs. In addition, higher mortgage interest rates can significantly affect the affordability of permanent mortgage financing to prospective homebuyers. We attempt to pass through to our customers any increases in our costs through increased sales prices. However, during periods of soft housing market conditions, we may not be able to offset our cost increases with higher selling prices.
Critical Accounting Policies
General
A comprehensive enumeration of the significant accounting policies is presented in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Each of our accounting policies is based upon current authoritative literature that collectively comprises U.S. GAAP. In instances where alternative methods of accounting are permissible under U.S. GAAP, the method used is that which most appropriately reflects the nature of our business, the results of our operations and our financial condition, and we have consistently applied those methods over each of the periods presented in the financial statements.
113
Revenue Recognition
Home Sales
Home closings revenue is recorded using the completed-contract method of accounting at the time each home is delivered, title and possession are transferred to the buyer, we have no significant continuing involvement with the home, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property.
Revenues from the sale of high-rise condominiums are recognized when construction is beyond the preliminary stage, the buyer is committed to the extent of being unable to require a refund except for non-delivery of the unit, sufficient units in the project have been sold to ensure that the property will not be converted to a rental property, the sales proceeds are collectible and the aggregate sales proceeds and total cost of the project can be reasonably estimated.
Revenue for our Canadian high-rise condominiums is recognized, on an individual unit basis, when a certificate of occupancy has been received, all significant conditions of registration have been performed and the purchaser has the right to occupy the unit. At such time, the deposits that have been received from firm sales are applied to the sales price, and a receivable is set up for the balance due upon closing. Costs are recognized on the individual units proportionate share of budgeted project costs along with the budgeted specifically identifiable home costs.
Land Sales
Land closings revenue is recognized when title is transferred to the buyer, we have no significant continuing involvement, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property sold. If the buyer has not made an adequate initial or continuing investment in the property, the profit on such sales is deferred until these conditions are met.
Financial Services Revenue
Revenues from loan origination are recognized at the time the related real estate transactions are completed, usually upon the close of escrow. All of the loans TMHF originates are sold within a short period of time, generally 20 days, on a non-recourse basis as further described in Note 16 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. After the loans are sold, we retain potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that we breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreement. Gains or losses from the sale of mortgages are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and carrying value of the related loans upon sale.
Deposits
Forfeited buyer deposits related to home, condominium, and land sales are recognized in other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations in the period in which we determine that the buyer will not complete the purchase of the property and the deposit is determined to be nonrefundable to the buyer.
Sales Discounts and Incentives
We typically grant our homebuyers sales discounts and incentives, including cash discounts, discounts on options included in the home, option upgrades, and seller-paid financing or closing costs. Discounts are accounted for as a reduction in the sales price of the home.
114
Real Estate Inventory
Inventory consists of land, land under development, homes under construction, completed homes, and model homes, and is stated at cost, net of impairment charges. In addition to direct carrying costs, we also capitalize interest, real estate taxes, and related development costs that benefit the entire community, such as field construction supervision and related direct overhead. Home construction costs are accumulated and charged to cost of sales at home closing using the specific identification method. Land acquisition, development, interest, taxes, overhead, and condominium construction costs are allocated to homes and units using methods that approximate the relative sales value method. These costs are capitalized to inventory from the point development begins to the point construction is completed. For those communities that have been temporarily closed or development has been discontinued, we do not allocate interest or other costs to the communitys inventory until activity resumes. Changes in estimated costs to be incurred in a community are generally allocated to the remaining homes on a prospective basis.
We assess the recoverability of our land inventory in accordance with the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment . ASC 360 requires that companies evaluate long-lived assets that are expected to be held and used in operations, including inventories, for recoverability based on undiscounted future cash flows of the assets at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows. On a quarterly basis, each community is reviewed for actual sales pace, actual margin on closed homes and margin on homes in backlog. If a community is not in closeout (it would be in closeout if it had fewer than 15 remaining homes) and the actual or projected home margin is less than 10%, the community is tested for impairment by comparing the estimated undiscounted remaining cash flows to the current carrying value. At the end of each year, we prepare for each community an estimated remaining undiscounted cash flow and compare it to the communitys sales carrying value. The estimates and assumptions used are based on current community sales prices, paces, house costs and current development budgets. There are no assumptions of increases in either pace or price. For assets that are currently mothballed (i.e., strategic long-term land positions not currently under development or subject to an active selling effort), assumptions are based on current development plans and current price, pace and house costs of similar communities. Discount rates are determined using a base rate, which may be increased depending on the total remaining lots in a community, the development status of the land, the market in which it is located and if the product is higher-priced with potentially lower demand. A specific community can be sensitive to various components depending on the life phase of a community. For example, a community with 150 remaining lots would be more materially impacted by a pace change than a community with 20 remaining lots.
115
If the carrying value of the assets exceeds their estimated undiscounted cash flows, then the assets are deemed to be impaired and are recorded at fair value as of the assessment date. We evaluate cash flows on a community-by-community basis. These cash flows are significantly impacted by various estimates of sales prices, construction costs, sales pace, and other factors. In 2011 no impairment charges were recorded after testing 122 communities. In 2010 we recorded an impairment charge of $4.1 million after testing 162 communities. The following tables summarize the number of communities tested and the results of our impairment testing as of the end of the 2011, 2010 and 2009 fiscal years (dollars in thousands):
As of December 31, 2011 | As of December 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
number of communities tested |
Number of
impaired communities |
Carrying
value prior to impairment |
Fair
value |
Impairment |
Total
number of communities tested |
Number of
impaired communities |
Carrying
value prior to impairment |
Fair
value |
Impairment | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
East |
72 | | 86 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
West |
35 | | 58 | 3 | $ | 8,462 | $ | 5,933 | $ | 2,529 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
15 | | 18 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
122 | | $ | | $ | | $ | | 162 | 3 | $ | 8,462 | $ | 5,933 | $ | 2,529 | (1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total
number of communities tested |
Number of
impaired communities |
Carrying
value prior to impairment |
Fair
value |
Impairment | ||||||||||||||||
East |
118 | 18 | $ | 52,990 | $ | 34,002 | $ | 18,988 | ||||||||||||
West |
80 | 16 | $ | 161,507 | $ | 106,877 | $ | 54,630 | ||||||||||||
Canada |
14 | 1 | $ | 8,990 | $ | 7,169 | $ | 1,821 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
212 | 35 | $ | 223,487 | $ | 148,048 | $ | 75,439 | (1) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Includes impairments of owned real estate and excludes impairments of lot option contracts consisting largely of write-offs of deposits. |
We perform our impairment analysis based on total inventory at the community level using discount rates that in the past have generally ranged from 12.0% to 20.5%. When an impairment charge for a community is determined, the charge is then allocated to each lot in the community in the same manner as land and development costs are allocated to each lot. Inventory within each community is categorized as construction in progress and finished homes, residential land and lots developed and under development, or land held for development, based on the stage of production or plans for future development.
Our estimate of undiscounted cash flows from these communities may change with market conditions and could result in a future need to record impairment charges to adjust the carrying value of these assets to their estimated fair value. Several factors could lead to changes in the estimates of undiscounted future cash flows for a given community. The most significant of these include pricing and incentive levels actually realized by the community, the rate at which the homes are sold and changes in the costs incurred to develop lots and construct homes. Pricing and incentive levels are often interrelated with sales pace within a community, given that price reductions generally lead to an increase in sales pace. Further, both of these factors are heavily influenced by the competitive pressures facing a given community from both new homes and existing homes, some of which may result from foreclosures. If conditions worsen in the broader economy, homebuilding industry or specific markets in which we operate, and as we re-evaluate specific community pricing and incentives, construction and development plans and our overall land sale strategies, we may be required to evaluate additional communities or re-evaluate previously impaired communities for potential impairment. We do not forecast any adjusted market improvement in our analysis above the original model we used as of the date of the Acquisition. For assets that are currently mothballed (i.e., strategic long-term land positions not currently under development or subject to an active selling effort), assumptions are based on current development plans and current price pace and house costs of similar communities. These evaluations may result in additional impairment charges.
116
The life cycle of a community generally ranges from three to five years, commencing with the acquisition of unentitled or entitled land, continuing through the land development phase and concluding with the sale, construction and delivery of homes. Actual community lives will vary based on the size of the community, the sales absorption rate and whether we purchased the property as raw land or finished lots. In 2011 and 2010, we were actively selling in an average of 135 and 149 communities, respectively. For further details refer to Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Capitalized Interest
We capitalize certain interest costs to inventory during the development and construction periods. Capitalized interest is charged to cost of sales when the related inventory is delivered or when the related inventory is charged to cost of sales under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. For further details refer to Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Investments in Unconsolidated Entities and Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into land and lot option purchase contracts in order to procure land or lots for the construction of homes. Lot option contracts enable us to control significant lot positions with a minimal capital investment and substantially reduce the risks associated with land ownership and development. In June 2009, the FASB revised its guidance regarding the determination of a primary beneficiary of a VIE, ASC Topic 810-10, Consolidation.
We have concluded that when we enter into an option or purchase agreement to acquire land or lots and pay a nonrefundable deposit, a VIE may be created because we are deemed to have provided subordinated financial support that will absorb some or all of an entitys expected losses if they occur. For each VIE, we assess whether we are the primary beneficiary by first determining if we have the ability to control the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance. Such activities include, but are not limited to, the ability to determine the budget and scope of land development work, if any; the ability to control financing decisions for the VIE; the ability to acquire additional land into the VIE or dispose of land in the VIE not under contract with us; and the ability to change or amend the existing option contract with the VIE. If we are not able to control such activities, we are not considered the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If we do have the ability to control such activities, we will continue our analysis by determining if we are expected to absorb a potentially significant amount of the VIEs losses or, if no party absorbs the majority of such losses, if we will potentially benefit from a significant amount of the VIEs expected gains. If we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE, we will consolidate the VIE in our financial statements and reflect such assets and liabilities as consolidated real estate not owned within our inventory balance in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. For further details refer to Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We are also involved in several joint ventures with independent third parties for our homebuilding activities. We use the equity method of accounting for investments that qualify as VIEs where we are not the primary beneficiary and entities that we do not control or where we do not own a majority of the economic interest, but have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. For those unconsolidated entities in which we function as the managing member, we have evaluated the rights held by our joint venture partners and determined that they have substantive participating rights that preclude the presumption of control. For joint ventures accounted for using the equity method, our share of net earnings or losses is included in equity in net earnings (loss) of unconsolidated entities when earned and distributions are credited against our investment in the joint venture when received. See Note 3 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Noncontrolling Interests
We have consolidated joint ventures where we were determined to be the primary beneficiary. Therefore, those entities financial statements are consolidated in our consolidated financial statements and the other partners equity is recorded as noncontrolling interests.
117
Business Combinations
We account for businesses we acquire in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their estimated fair values. Any purchase price paid in excess of the net fair values of tangible and identified intangible assets less liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Our reported income from an acquired company includes the operations of the acquired company from the effective date of acquisition.
Purchase Accounting
The accounting following the Acquisition is one where net assets of the company are brought forth at fair market value. We completed a third party appraisal of our assets and liabilities to determine the fair value of all tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The value was recorded shortly after the sale, although there may be reasonable cause to adjust the value if new information is discovered that will prompt an adjustment to be made, which will be recorded in the current period earnings in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations.
The treatment of major components of the balance sheet is as follows:
|
Marketable securitiesCurrent net realizable values |
|
ReceivablesPresent value of net receivables using market interest rates |
|
InventoriesFinished homes at estimated net realizable value less a market profit allowance. Work-in-process at estimated net realizable value of finished goods less costs to complete and profit allowance. Raw land and finished lots at appraised value |
|
Identifiable intangiblesAt appraised value |
|
Other assetsAt appraised values |
|
PayablesAt carrying values which approximate present values |
|
Liabilities and accrualsAt carrying values which approximate present values |
|
Other liabilities and commitmentsAt estimated present value |
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on future tax consequences of both temporary differences between the amounts reported for financial reporting purposes and the amounts deductible for income tax purposes, and are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period when the changes are enacted.
In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, we periodically assess our deferred tax assets, including the benefit from net operating losses, to determine if a valuation allowance is required. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other matters, taxable income in prior years available for carryback, estimates of future income, tax planning strategies, and reversal of existing temporary differences. Given the downturn in the homebuilding industry over the past several years, the degree of the economic recession, the instability and deterioration of the financial markets, and the resulting uncertainty in projections of our future taxable income, we recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets during 2007. We continue to maintain a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, as we have determined that the weight of the negative evidence exceeds that of the positive evidence and it continues to be more likely than not that we will not be able to utilize all of our deferred tax assets and state net operating loss carryovers.
118
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-04, which amended ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements , providing a consistent definition and measurement of fair value, as well as similar disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles, clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement, and expands the disclosure requirements. ASU 2011-04 was effective for us beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income . ASU 2011-05 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in either (i) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (ii) two separate, but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 was effective for us beginning January 1, 2012. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2011-05, we added separate but consecutive statements of comprehensive income. The impact of the retrospective application of such standard, including on segment information, is included in the discussion above for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
Our operations are interest rate sensitive. We monitor our exposure to changes in interest rates and incur both fixed rate and variable rate debt. At September 30, 2012, 90% of our debt was fixed rate and 10% was variable rate. None of our market sensitive instruments were entered into for trading purposes. We did not utilize swaps, forward or option contracts on interest rates or other types of derivative financial instruments to manage our risk as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. For fixed rate debt, changes in interest rates generally affect the fair value of the debt instrument, but not our earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for variable rate debt, changes in interest rates generally do not impact the fair value of the debt instrument but may affect our future earnings and cash flows, and may also impact our variable rate borrowing costs, which principally relate to any borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and to any borrowings by TMHF under its various warehouse facilities. As of September 30, 2012, we did not have any outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2012, we had increased the total amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility from $125.0 million to $225.0 million and borrowed $50.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility to finance in part the acquisition of Darling, leaving $163.8 million of availability. See SummaryRecent Developments. Our fixed rate debt is subject to a requirement that we offer to purchase the senior notes at par with certain proceeds of asset sales (to the extent not applied in accordance with the indenture governing the senior notes). We are also required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding senior notes at 101% of their aggregate principal amount upon the occurrence of specified change of control events. Other than in those circumstances, we do not have an obligation to prepay fixed rate debt prior to maturity and, as a result, interest rate risk and changes in fair value would not have a significant impact on our cash flows related to our fixed rate debt until such time as we are required to refinance, repurchase or repay such debt.
We are not exposed to interest rate risk associated with TMHFs mortgage loan origination business, because at the time any loan is originated, TMHF has identified the investor who will agree to purchase the loan on the interest rate terms that are locked in with the borrower at the time the loan is originated.
119
The following table sets forth principal cash flows by scheduled maturity, effective weighted average interest rates and estimated fair value of our debt obligations as of September 30, 2012. The interest rate for our variable rate debt represents the interest rate on our mortgage warehouse facilities. Because the mortgage warehouse facilities are effectively secured by certain mortgage loans held for sale which are typically sold within 60 days, its outstanding balance is included as a variable rate maturity in the most current period presented.
Expected Maturity Date | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions except for percentage data) | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | Thereafter | Total |
Fair
Value |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed Rate Debt |
$ | 32.1 | $ | 30.9 | $ | 44.9 | | | | $ | 683.4 | $ | 791.3 | $ | 837.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Average Interest Rate(1) |
3.06 | % | 3.06 | % | 3.06 | % | | | | 7.69 | % | 7.06 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Variable Rate Debt (2)(3) |
$ | 35.9 | $ | 50.0 | | | | | | $ | 85.9 | $ | 85.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Average Interest Rate |
3.96 | % | 3.46 | % | | | | | | 3.67 | % |
(1) | Represents the coupon rate of interest on the full principal amount of the debt. |
(2) | Includes $50.0 million that we borrowed on December 31, 2012 under the Revolving Credit Facility to finance in part the acquisition of Darling, bearing interest at a variable rate, which equaled 3.46% as of such date. |
(3) | Based upon the amount of variable rate debt at September 30, 2102, and including the $50.0 million of variable rate debt issued on December 31, 2102, and holding the variable rate debt balance constant, each 1% increase in interest rates would increase the interest incurred by us by approximately $0.9 million per year. |
Currency Exchange Risk
The functional currency for our Canadian operations is the Canadian dollar. In the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, 26%, 45%, 44% and 31%, respectively, of our consolidated revenues were generated by our Canadian operations. As a result, our future earnings could be affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. and Canadian dollars. We do not utilize swaps, forward or option contracts on currency exchange rates or other types of derivative financial instruments to manage our risk as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Based upon the level of our Canadian operations during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, relative to our operations as a whole, a 10% increase in the value of the Canadian dollar as compared to the U.S. dollar would have reduced net income by approximately $1.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.
120
Housing Industry Conditions within the United States
The residential housing industry has historically been a significant contributor to economic activity in the United States. From 1970 to 2007, the residential housing sector represented an average of approximately 4.5% of annual U.S. GDP and then declined to an average of 2.5% of annual U.S. GDP from 2008 to 2011. Similarly, total new home starts averaged 1.55 million per year from 1960 to 2007 and then declined to an average of 663,000 per year from 2008 to 2011, a declined of over 57%. The following charts show total U.S. households, U.S. GDP, residential investment as a percentage of GDP and annual total new home starts.
Total Households (in millions) | U.S. Gross Domestic Product ($ in billions) | |
|
|
Residential Investment as a % of GDP |
Annual Total New Home Starts (in thousands) | |
|
|
The U.S. housing industry experienced substantial growth from the beginning of 2000 through the end of 2005. Single-family housing starts, closings, and new home sales increased at CAGRs of 6.9%, 5.6% and 7.9%, respectively, during this period. In addition, according to the U.S. Census Bureau, the median sales price for a new single-family home in the United States increased from $169,000 to $240,900 between 2000 and 2005, representing a 7.3% CAGR. During this period, growth momentum encouraged significant and ultimately unsustainable new home supply expansion. In 2005, peaks were realized in total new home starts, single-family new home starts and new home sales. With economic growth modestly decelerating and interest rates (higher on average) affecting affordability, housing starts and new home sales began to decline in 2006, while closings peaked.
Beginning in 2007, single-family starts and new home sales meaningfully decreased as unemployment increased, consumer confidence deteriorated and mortgage financing became increasingly difficult to obtain. High unemployment,
121
reaching 10.2% in October 2009, had a dampening effect on homebuyer demand and contributed to an increase in home mortgage defaults.
According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the downturn in the U.S. housing industry lasted approximately 73 months, with the market appearing to have reached a trough in December 2011. Since that time, a number of housing indicators have shown improvement. Inventories of existing and new homes have continued to fall, sales of new homes have increased, housing starts have increased, the national unemployment rate declined to 7.9% as of October 2012 and mortgage payments past due over 90 days decreased to approximately 3.0%, which is the lowest level since 2008. The following charts show new and existing home inventory as a percentage of total housing stock, housing affordability and payrolls.
New Inventory as a % of Housing Stock
|
Existing Inventory as a % of Housing Stock
|
|
National Affordability Index
|
Non-Farm Payrolls, Excluding Construction and Government (Year-Over-Year Change)
|
We believe that a strong fundamental U.S. housing recovery is underway on a national basis, driven by consumers who are increasingly optimistic about their economic prospects and supported by several positive economic and demographic factors including improving employment growth, an increase in consumer confidence bolstered by increasing home values and improving household finances, improving sentiment towards residential real estate ownership, accelerating household formation, significant declines in new and existing for-sale home inventory and record low interest rates supporting affordability and home ownership.
We believe that the improvement in the U.S. housing market is well illustrated by a number of key housing benchmarks and statistics. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, building permits for privately owned homes in October 2012 were estimated at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 866,000, representing an approximate 30% increase over the October 2011 estimate of 667,000. The increase in new building permits is consistent with an average
122
of 30% and 48% year-over-year growth in new orders and backlog reported by the 10 largest publicly traded homebuilders (ranking based on 2011 revenues per Hanley Wood), respectively, based on the most recently reported quarterly data as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, home prices in the United States are generally increasing. According to the National Association of Realtors, U.S. median home prices improved on a year-over-year basis in 120 out of 149 MSAs in the third quarter of 2012. Based on data from the U.S. Census Bureau, in October 2012, new home prices increased approximately 12% year-over-year.
Change in Home Prices, Year-Over-Year
Housing Industry Conditions within Ontario, Canada
The Canadian housing market has been more stable than the U.S. housing market over the last five years. The relative consistency of the Canadian housing market, particularly in Ontario where we operate, is principally a result of demand due to growth in employment and immigration. The Canadian housing market has also exhibited stable housing starts, a balanced sales-to-listings ratio and steady long-term growth in housing prices. In addition, Canadian home buying practices reflect a number of helpful structural, mortgage lending, legal and general market characteristics that have allowed the Canadian housing market to grow at a sustainable pace and to experience significantly lower mortgage default rates over the past decade, as compared to the United States.
The charts below show the number of starts and completions in Ontario and Canada from 2001 to 2011 and the nine month period ended September 30, 2012 with housing starts and completions in Ontario generally following a similar pattern to Canada.
Ontario Residential Building Activity
|
Canadian Residential Building Activity
|
123
Canada has historically experienced steady long term growth in new home prices over the last 25 years. Similarly, new home prices in Ontario have tracked the Canadian market, although the rate of increase has recently moderated, as illustrated below:
New House Prices in Canada and Ontario
(Indexed to January 1986)
Ontario represents approximately one-third of the total Canadian new home market, as measured by total housing starts, and benefits from positive demographic and economic growth trends. For example, the population and GDP of Ontario between 2008 and 2011 increased by approximately 4.5% and 9.5%, respectively. Ontario housing starts increased from 68,123 in 2007 to an estimated level of 77,600 in 2012, representing a CAGR of approximately 2.6%. Similarly, average home prices in Ontario increased from CAD$299,610 in 2007 to an estimated average price of CAD$386,000 in 2012, representing a CAGR of approximately 5.2%. With slowing job growth relative to the recent past, ongoing global economic uncertainty and increasing units under construction, it is anticipated that Ontario housing starts will moderate to approximately 65,000 and average home prices will remain flat at approximately CAD$386,400 in 2013.
Ontario, Canada Population (in thousands)
|
Ontario, Canada GDP (CAD$ in millions)
|
The GTA is the most important market in our Canadian business. The supply of land in the GTA is constrained due to governmental regulations. In 2005, the provincial government of Ontario established the Greenbelt plan protecting approximately 1.8 million acres of farmland and green space around the city of Toronto. This regulation limited urban expansion for homebuilders by constraining the supply of land available for development. Our high-rise development expertise has allowed us to adapt to this regulatory challenge.
124
Structural Characteristics of the Canadian Housing Market
The Canadian housing market has a number of stabilizing structural, mortgage financing and legal characteristics that have helped maintain a more sustainable pace over the past decade.
In Canada, almost all mortgages are full recourse loans, which means that the borrower remains responsible for the mortgage even in the case of foreclosure. The laws of most Canadian jurisdictions permit home mortgage lenders to seek to apply all other assets of the borrower against the mortgage and even to garnish future earnings of the borrower in the event of default. In contrast, many mortgages in the United States are limited recourse which provide for more limited remedies. As illustrated below, mortgage delinquencies in arrears for more than 90 days in Canada even at the peak of the global recession did not exceed 0.45%, as compared to 5.0% in the United States.
Mortgage Delinquency Rates
Notable characteristics of the Canadian housing market include:
|
conservative banking practices, including those resulting from the Canadian Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions imposing a maximum leverage multiple of 20 for federally regulated banks; |
|
housing supply constraints, particularly in Ontario; |
|
Canadas historical resistance to short-term swings in demand, especially in the high-rise markets; and |
|
increased population density in major Ontario urban centers resulting from steady and significant immigration flows. |
Notable characteristics of the Canadian mortgage market include:
|
mortgage interest is not tax deductible; |
|
the most common mortgage in Canada is a fixed rate loan that comes due in five years and requires principal payments prior to maturity based on a 25-year amortization schedule, whereas the most common mortgage in the United States comes due in 30 years and requires principal payments prior to maturity based on a 30-year amortization schedule; |
|
homebuyers with a downpayment of less than 20% of the purchase price are required to obtain mortgage loan insurance backed by CMHC; |
|
Canadian mortgage institutions do not offer subprime mortgages; and |
|
the Canadian Federal government continued to tighten mortgage lending rules during the first nine months of 2012, in line with prior actions to limit excessive borrowing in the Canadian residential mortgage market. |
125
Our Business Overview
Upon completion of this offering, we will be the sixth largest public homebuilder in North America based on 2011 revenues as reported by Hanley Wood. Headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, we build single-family detached and attached homes and develop land, which includes lifestyle and master planned communities. We are proud of our legacy of more than 75 years in the homebuilding industry, having originally commenced homebuilding operations in 1936. We operate under our Taylor Morrison and Darling Homes brands in the United States and under our Monarch brand in Canada.
Our business is organized into three geographic regions: East, West and Canada, which regions accounted for 46%, 36% and 18%, respectively, of our net sales orders (excluding unconsolidated joint ventures) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Our East region consists of our Houston, Austin, Dallas, North Florida and West Florida divisions. Our West region consists of our Phoenix, Northern California, Southern California and Denver divisions. Our Canada region consists of our operations within the province of Ontario, primarily in the GTA and also in Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo, and offers both single-family and high-rise communities.
In all of our markets, we build and sell a broad mix of homes across price points ranging from $120,000 to more than $1,000,000. Our emphasis is on designing, building and selling homes to first- and second-time move-up buyers. We are well-positioned in our markets with a top-10 market share (based on 2012 home closings through September 30, 2012 as reported by Hanley Wood and 2011 home sales as reported by Real Net Canada) in 15 of our 19 total markets.
As explained in greater detail below, our management believes our business is distinguished by our:
|
strong historical financial performance and industry-leading margins; |
|
solid balance sheet with sufficient liquidity with which to execute our growth plan; |
|
significant land inventory, representing approximately nine years of land supply based on our trailing twelve-month closings, carried at a low cost basis; |
|
top-10 market share in high-growth homebuilding markets; |
|
profitable Canadian business; |
|
expertise delivering lifestyle communities targeted at first- and second-time move-up buyers; and |
|
reputation for quality, based on customer surveys. |
During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we closed 2,586 homes, consisting of 1,880 homes in the United States and 706 in Canada, including 204 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an average sales price across North America of $347,000. During the same period, we generated $879.0 million in revenues, $81.8 million in net income and $125.1 million in Adjusted EBITDA (for a discussion of how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see footnote 5 in Prospectus SummarySummary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information). In the United States, for the nine months September 30, 2012, our sales orders increased approximately 47% as compared to the same period in 2011, and we averaged 3.0 sales per active selling community per month compared to an average of 1.7 sales per active selling community per month for the same period in 2011. As of September 30, 2012, we offered homes in 122 active selling communities and had a backlog of 4,205 homes sold but not closed, including 903 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $1.5 billion.
126
Our Competitive Strengths
Our business is characterized by the following competitive strengths:
Strong historical financial performance with industry-leading margins
We have a profitable and scalable operating platform, which we believe positions us well to take advantage of the continued recovery we expect in the U.S. housing industry. We are among a select few of our public homebuilding peers to be profitable in both 2010 and 2011. We generated net income of $90.6 million in 2010, $76.8 million in 2011 and $81.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Our pre-tax income margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was 9.3%, which was the highest among the top 10 publicly traded homebuilders for the last three completed fiscal quarters, based on data from the public filings of those homebuilders.
We believe that our management approach, which balances a decentralized local market expertise with our centralized executive management focus on maximizing efficiencies, will support our strong margins and further grow our profitability. Our operating platform is scalable, which we believe allows us to increase volume, while at the same time improving profitability and driving shareholder returns.
During the recent housing downturn, we improved our margins by aligning our headcount to reflect local and national industry conditions, standardizing systems and processes across business units and reducing construction and procurement costs through standardized national, regional and local contracts. As a result of our initiatives, we:
|
improved our adjusted home closings gross margin by approximately 440 basis points from 17.6% in 2008 to 22.0% in 2011, despite the decline in our home closings revenue from $1.7 billion in 2008 to $1.3 billion in 2011 (for a discussion of how we calculate adjusted home closings gross margin and a reconciliation of adjusted home closings gross margin to home closings revenue, see footnote 4 under the caption Prospectus SummarySummary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information); |
|
carefully managed our costs, as evidenced by reducing employee headcount by approximately 52% between December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2011, from 1,434 employees to 693. Our headcount at December 31, 2012 was 1,013 employees; |
|
generated revenue per employee of $2.0 million in 2011 (based on the number of full-time equivalent employees at year end), which we believe is among the highest of our public homebuilding peers, based on data from the public filings of those homebuilders, and reduced SG&A expense as a percentage of home closings revenue to 10.9%; and |
|
reduced average vertical house construction costs per square foot by 9.5% from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2011. |
Solid balance sheet with sufficient liquidity for growth
We are well-positioned with a solid balance sheet and sufficient liquidity with which to service our debt obligations, support our ongoing operations and take advantage of growth opportunities as the expected recovery in the U.S. housing market continues. At September 30, 2012, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $ million in outstanding indebtedness and a strong net debt-to-net book capitalization of % (or total debt-to-total book capitalization of %). Also at September 30, 2012, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $ million of unrestricted cash, approximately $120.0 million of availability under our Revolving Credit Facility. Less than 20% of our approximately $834.1 million of currently outstanding debt matures before 2020.
The balance sheet carrying value of our entire inventory base was adjusted to fair market value as of the date of the Acquisition in July 2011. The purchase accounting adjustments resulted in a comprehensive revaluation of our entire land inventory near the bottom of the recent U.S. housing downturn. In contrast, our competitors have
127
only been required, from time to time, to take impairment charges using the impairment accounting U.S. GAAP methodology applied to their land inventory. Giving effect to the Acquisition-related purchase accounting adjustments, the carrying value of our U.S. land inventory at the time of the Acquisition represented 52% of its original cost. We believe this reduced cost basis positions us to generate strong margins in the future.
As of September 30, 2012, we have a fully reserved deferred tax asset, a portion of which (approximately $200 million) may reduce cash taxes payable in the future, subject to various federal and state carryforward limitations.
Significant land inventory carried at a low cost basis
We continue to benefit from a sizeable and well-located existing land inventory. As of September 30, 2012, we owned or controlled 34,965 lots, including unconsolidated joint venture lots, which equated to approximately nine years of land supply based on our trailing twelve-month closings of 3,811 homes. Our land inventory reflects our balanced approach to investments, yielding a distribution of finished lots available for near-term homebuilding operations and strategic land positions to support future growth. Our significant land inventory allows us to be selective in identifying new land acquisition opportunities and positions us against potential land shortages in markets that exhibit land supply constraints. In addition, some of our holdings represent multi-phase, master planned communities, which provide us with the opportunity to utilize our development expertise to add value through re-entitlements, repositioning and/or opportunistic land sales to third parties.
Since January 1, 2009, we have spent approximately $915 million on new land purchases, acquiring 17,295 lots, of which 12,534 currently remain in our lot supply. We believe a substantial portion of our current land holdings was purchased at attractive prices at or near the low point of the market. We believe our local, well-established relationships with land sellers, brokers and investors and our knowledge of the local markets position us to be quick to market both to identify land and to gain access to such sellers, brokers and investors. We believe that our long-held reputation as a leading homebuilder and developer of land, combined with our balance sheet strength and our active opportunistic purchasing of land through the downturn, gives land brokers and sellers confidence that they can close transactions with us on a timely basis and with minimal execution risk. The following table sets forth our owned and controlled lot inventory by region as of September 30, 2012:
Lot Inventory by Region |
As of September 30, 2012 | |||||||
Owned | Controlled* | |||||||
East |
11,930 | 5,382 | ||||||
West |
8,768 | 1,593 | ||||||
Canada |
4,955 | 2,337 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
25,653 | 9,312 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
* | Controlled lots are those subject to a contract or option to purchase. |
128
Strong market position and local presence in high-growth homebuilding markets
Our focused geographic footprint positions us to participate in the expected recovery in the U.S. housing market. The U.S. housing market experienced a significant downturn from 2006 to 2011 but has recently has shown signs of recovery. We currently operate exclusively in states benefitting from positive momentum in housing demand drivers, including nationally leading population and employment growth trends, migration patterns, housing affordability and desirable lifestyle and weather characteristics. The five states in which we operate accounted for 30% of the total 2010 U.S. population of 309 million and 34% of the 483,500 building permits issued for privately owned homes in the twelve months ended September 30, 2012.
2000 2010 Annual Population Growth
|
Total Permits, Last Twelve Months
|
Our land inventory is concentrated in markets that have experienced significant improvement in home prices. We believe that our geographic footprint enables us to capture the benefits of expected increasing home volumes and home prices as the U.S. housing recovery continues and demand for new homes increases. The following table sets forth, for each of our U.S. markets, information relating to growth in median existing home price, projected growth in employment, projected growth in single-family permits, home affordability and our market ranking.
U.S. Market |
Median existing
home price 1-yr growth rate as of Sept. 30, 2012 |
Employment
growth 2012-2014 estimated CAGR |
Single-Family
permit growth 2012-2014 estimated CAGR |
Affordability
ratio (1) as of Sept. 30, 2012 |
2012 YTD
Taylor Morrison market share ranking (2) |
|||||||||||||||||
Austin |
8.1 | % | 3.9 | % | 32.3 | % | 69.6 | % | 9 | |||||||||||||
Dallas (3) |
7.1 | 3.2 | 39.3 | 79.7 | 17 | |||||||||||||||||
Denver |
6.6 | 2.8 | 65.5 | 67.0 | 9 | |||||||||||||||||
Fort Myers |
4.4 | 3.7 | 87.3 | 86.2 | 6 | |||||||||||||||||
Houston (3) |
7.1 | 3.0 | 22.0 | 75.2 | 8 | |||||||||||||||||
Jacksonville |
(2.5 | ) | 2.2 | 59.5 | 84.2 | 8 | ||||||||||||||||
Naples |
2.2 | 3.5 | 62.4 | 52.3 | 9 | |||||||||||||||||
Orange County |
1.5 | 2.4 | 56.8 | 47.2 | 5 | |||||||||||||||||
Orlando |
5.2 | 2.8 | 68.5 | 81.7 | 9 | |||||||||||||||||
Phoenix |
25.4 | 2.9 | 93.2 | 80.0 | 4 | |||||||||||||||||
Sacramento |
3.6 | 2.5 | 82.3 | 72.5 | 5 | |||||||||||||||||
San Diego |
1.0 | 2.5 | 79.9 | 48.4 | 16 | |||||||||||||||||
San Francisco |
4.8 | 2.6 | 57.6 | 33.6 | 12 | |||||||||||||||||
San Jose |
9.9 | 2.5 | 45.8 | 39.0 | 8 | |||||||||||||||||
Sarasota |
11.3 | 2.9 | 58.1 | 73.0 | 7 | |||||||||||||||||
Tampa |
8.8 | 2.2 | 48.2 | 76.4 | 5 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
TM market average |
6.5 | % | 2.9 | % | 59.9 | % | 66.6 | % | 9 | |||||||||||||
US average |
3.4 | 2.3 | 56.8 | 68.6 | N/A |
129
Source: Hanley Wood.
(1) | The affordability ratio is the percentage of households that can afford the median-priced existing home. The calculation assumes a 20% down payment and a 30-year fixed rate mortgage at the Freddie Mac mortgage rate published just prior to period end and assumes that total monthly payments (including mortgage, property taxes and insurance) cannot exceed 30% of gross household income. |
(2) | Market rankings based on number of home closings between January 1, 2012 and September 30, 2012. |
(3) | Includes the historical business of Darling Homes for periods prior to its acquisition by us on December 31, 2012. See Recent Developments. |
We are well-positioned within our markets. As set forth in the table above, we have a top-ten market share in 14 of our 16 U.S. markets. We believe that maintaining significant market share within our markets enables us to achieve economies of scale, differentiates us from most of our competitors and increases our access to land acquisition opportunities.
Profitable Monarch business in Ontario
We benefit from increased diversification through our presence in the Canadian housing market because of our Monarch business in Ontario. Monarch Corporation delivered its first home in 1936 and since that time has become a recognized brand in Canada. Monarch Corporation has generated stable income and cash flow and has been profitable every year since 1941. Since 2008, the first full year after our U.S. and Canadian operations were combined, our Canada region has generated between 27% and 46% of our annual revenues and has played an important role in delivering growth, profitability and cash flow, which helped us withstand the recent downturn in the U.S. housing industry. As of September 30, 2012, Monarch Corporation had $845.9 million in backlog of homes sold and to be delivered in 2012 through 2016, including $317.9 million of unconsolidated joint venture backlog.
Monarch Corporation has six wholly owned and joint venture high-rise developments in the GTA which are expected to close and recognize revenue in 2013 and 2014 and which have sold in excess of 95% of the aggregate number of the homes offered in those developments. These high-rise developments are expected to recognize in excess of $350 million in total revenues, a portion of which we will recognize as joint venture income on an equity method basis. The sales contracts for these homes are typically supported with a deposit of up to 20% of the purchase price and are full-recourse to the buyer, allowing Monarch Corporation to retain the deposit and pursue any shortfall from the remaining purchase price of a home in the event of a default by a homebuyer. Over the last five years, Monarch Corporations cancellation rate has not exceeded 1%. Furthermore, substantially all of our construction costs have been contracted, and each development has project-level finance in place to fund construction costs.
Expertise in delivering lifestyle communities targeted at first- and second-time move-up buyers
We focus on developing lifestyle communities, which have many distinguishing attributes, including proximity to job centers, strong school systems and a variety of amenities. Within our communities, we offer award-winning home designs through our single-family detached, single-family attached and high-rise condominium products. We engineer our homes for energy-efficiency, which is aimed at reducing the impact on the environment and lowering energy costs to our homebuyers.
During the economic downturn, we maintained our core business strategy of focusing on first- and second-time move-up buyers, whereas we observed many homebuilders refocus their businesses on lower-priced homes. We believe our experience in the move-up market allows us to significantly expand our new home offerings at higher price points. Our average selling price was $347,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, which ranked us among the top quartile for average selling price of public homebuilders. We believe homebuyers at these higher price points are more likely to value and pay for the quality of lifestyle, construction and amenities for which we are known.
130
While we primarily target move-up buyers, our portfolio also includes homes for entry-level, luxury and active adult buyers (55 years of age and over). We have the expertise and track record in designing and delivering lifestyle products and amenities that we believe appeal to active adult buyers. We believe that through our geographic footprint, we are well-positioned to capture greater share of the active adult market, with new active adult communities planned to open in Florida and Colorado in 2013.
Our captive mortgage company allows us to offer financing to our homebuyers and to more effectively convert backlog into closings
We directly originate, underwrite and fund mortgages for our homebuyers through our wholly owned mortgage lending company TMHF. TMHF maintains relationships with several correspondent lenders through which it utilizes its Principal Authorized Agent designation to mitigate the underwriting risk associated with its funding of mortgage loans. We believe TMHF provides a distinct competitive advantage relative to homebuilders without captive mortgage units, since many of our buyers seek an integrated home buying experience. While we believe many other homebuilders with a captive mortgage company use a single lender, our multi-lender platform provides us with the ability to leverage a broad range of products and underwriting and pricing options for the benefit of the homebuyers. Therefore, TMHF allows us to use mortgage finance as an additional sales tool, helps ensure and enhance the customer experience, prequalifies buyers earlier in the home buying process, provides us better visibility in converting our sales backlog into closings and is a source of incremental revenues and profitability. TMHF outperforms a number of builder-affiliated mortgage companies, as evidenced by our industry-leading capture rate of 84% in 2012 (compared to an industry average of 73%, based on the most recent fiscal year data). TMHF also had one of the lowest sales cancellation rates among our publicly traded peers with mortgage units, which was 15% in 2012, compared to an average of 19% among the top 13 public U.S. homebuilders, based on the most recent fiscal year data. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, TMHF closed 1,292 loans with an aggregate loan volume of approximately $330 million, representing a capture rate of 84%. TMHF is independently financed on a non-recourse basis and originates mortgages that have been subject to disciplined underwriting standards, illustrated by the fact that TMHFs average borrower FICO score was 738 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. TMHF also has the lowest rate of early defaults, based on delinquent Federal Housing Administration loans, compared with public builder-affiliated mortgage companies. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we reported net income from TMHF of $6.0 million.
Highly experienced management team
We benefit from an experienced management team that has demonstrated the ability to generate positive financial results and adapt to constantly changing market conditions. The ability to execute during highly
131
challenging conditions is exemplified by our performance and focus on efficiency and profitability over the past several years. In addition to our corporate management team, our division presidents bring substantial industry knowledge and local market expertise, with an average of approximately 18 years of experience in the homebuilding industry. Our success in land acquisition and development is due in large part to the caliber of our local management teams, which are responsible for the planning, design, entitlements and eventual execution of the entire community. Unlike some of our homebuilding peers, our management team chose to retain a core competency in land acquisition and development during the recent downturn, which positions us to more effectively identify and capitalize on land opportunities in the current market. We believe our managers local, regional and national industry knowledge enables us to quickly and effectively evaluate and capitalize on market opportunities in order to optimize our business.
Our Growth Strategy
We have performed well through the unprecedented challenges of the recent economic downturn. We believe we are well-positioned for growth and increased profitability in an improving housing market through disciplined execution of the following elements of our growth strategy:
Drive revenue by opening new communities from existing land supply
Over the last few years we have strategically invested in new land in our core markets. Our land supply provides us with the opportunity to increase our community count on a net basis by approximately 20% in each of 2013 and 2014. A significant portion of our land supply was purchased at low price points during the recent downturn in the housing cycle. Although future downturns may occur, these land purchases, coupled with the adjustment of our land cost basis to fair market value at the time of our Acquisition, are expected to result in continued revenue growth and strong gross margin performance from our U.S. communities.
Combine land acquisition and development expertise with homebuilding operations to maximize profitability
Our ability to identify, acquire and develop land in desirable locations and on favorable terms is critical to our success. We evaluate land opportunities based on how we expect they will contribute to overall corporate profitability and returns, rather than how they might drive volume on a regional or submarket basis. We continue to use our local relationships with land sellers, brokers and investors to seek to obtain the first look at quality land opportunities. We expect to continue to allocate capital to pursue creative deal structures and other opportunities with the goal of achieving superior returns by utilizing our development expertise, efficiency and opportunistic mindset.
We continue to combine our land development expertise with our homebuilding operations to increase the flexibility of our business, to enhance our margin performance and to control the timing of delivery of lots. Unlike many of our competitors, we believe we are able to increase the value of our land portfolio through the zoning and engineering process by creating attractive land use plans and optimizing our use of land, which ultimately translates into greater opportunities to generate profits. Many of our competitors focus on buying finished lots from land developers, an approach that often reduces their margins, especially when competition for finished lots is high. By contrast, we will continue to deploy our well-established land development capability in each of our markets, allowing us to generate margins both from land development and homebuilding.
Focus our offerings on targeted customer groups
Our goal is to identify the preferences of our target customer and demographic groups and offer them innovative, high-quality homes that are efficient and profitable to build. To achieve this goal, we conduct extensive market research to determine preferences of our customer groups. We do not employ off the shelf industry-standard customer groups (which tend to focus on classification by price point) in our marketing programs. Instead, through extensive and targeted market research, we have identified seven consumer groups by
132
focusing on particular lifestyle preferences, tastes and other attributes of our customer base. Our group classification includes four categories of couples or singles, such as our Fancy Nesters customers, and three categories of families, such as our Parks and Prestige customers.
Our approach to consumer group segmentation guides all of our operations from our initial land acquisition through our design, building, marketing and delivery of homes and our ongoing after-sales customer service. Among our peers, we believe we are at the forefront of directed-marketing strategies, as evidenced by our highly-trafficked website which provides innovative tools that are designed to enhance our customers homebuying experience.
Build aspirational homes for our customers and deliver superior customer service
We develop communities and build homes in which our target customers aspire to live. In order to deliver aspirational homes, we purchase well-located land and focus on developing attractive neighborhoods and committees with desirable lifestyle amenities. Our efforts culminate in the design and construction of thoughtfully detailed finished homes utilizing the highest construction standards.
Our success rests not only on our ability to deliver exceptional products, but also to provide extensive after-sales service to ensure buyer satisfaction and establish long-term customer relationships. We are committed to after-sales service that we believe can improve our brand recognition and encourage our customers to make referrals resulting in lower customer acquisition costs and increased home sales rates. Both the Taylor Morrison and Monarch brands have received numerous accolades and awards for quality, service and design by homebuilding industry trade groups and publications, such as the 2009 award for Best Customer Experience by a large homebuilder in the United States by AVID Awards and Builder magazines Builders Choice Hall of Fame award in 2009.
Selectively pursue acquisitions
Our company was formed through the combination of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes in the United States, forming Taylor Morrison, and Monarch Corporation in Canada. We have successfully acquired and integrated homebuilding businesses in the past and intend to utilize our experience in integrating businesses as opportunities for acquisitions arise.
We selectively evaluate expansion opportunities in our existing markets as well as in new markets that exhibit positive long-term fundamentals. For instance, in December 2012 we acquired the assets of Darling, a Texas-based home builder. Darling build homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in approximately 24 communities in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and 20 communities in the Greater Houston Area markets. We believe that our success in integrating operations across both a wide range of geographic markets and product types demonstrates the scalable nature of our business model and provides us with the structure to support disciplined growth in existing and new markets.
Adhere to our core operating principles to drive consistent long-term performance
We recognize that the housing market is cyclical and home price movement between the peak and trough of the cycle can be significant. We seek to maximize shareholder value over the long-term and therefore operate our business to mitigate risks from downturns in the market and to position ourselves to capitalize on upturns in the market: we seek to control costs, maintain a solid balance sheet and ensure an overall strategic focus that is informed by national, regional and local market trends. This management approach also includes the following elements:
|
attracting and retaining top talent through a culture in which team members are encouraged to contribute to our success and are given the opportunity to recognize their full potential; |
|
balancing decentralized local day-to-day decision-making responsibility with centralized corporate oversight; |
133
|
ensuring all team members understand the organizations strategy and the goals of the business and have the tools to contribute to our success; |
|
centralizing management approval of all land acquisitions and dispositions under stringent underwriting requirements; and |
|
maintaining a performance-based corporate culture committed to the highest standards of integrity, ethics and professionalism. |
While we have set forth our competitive strengths and our strategy above, the homebuilding industry is a competitive industry, and we face certain challenges. The homebuilding industry has historically been subject to significant volatility. We may be at a competitive disadvantage with regard to certain of our national competitors whose operations are more geographically diversified than ours, as these competitors may be better able to withstand any future regional downturn in the housing market. In addition, a number of our national competitors are larger than we are and may have greater financial and operational resources than we do. These factors may give our competitors an advantage in marketing their products, securing materials and labor at lower prices and allowing their homes to be delivered to customers more quickly and at more favorable prices. This competition could reduce our market share and limit our ability to expand our business as we have planned. See Risk FactorsRisks related to our industry and our business.
Our Markets and Products
Our business is organized into three geographic regions: East, West and Canada. Each of our regions is an operating segment and is comprised of multiple divisions. Each of our divisions is primarily run as a standalone business by local management teams under the supervision of a division President. The division Presidents in turn report to a regional President, with the three regional Presidents reporting directly to our President and Chief Executive Officer.
East Region
Our East region consists of our Houston, Austin, Dallas, North Florida and West Florida divisions. The Houston, Austin and West Florida divisions have historically operated as both merchant builders and community developers, while the North Florida division has historically operated as a merchant builder. Community development includes the acquisition and development of large-scale communities that may include significant planning and entitlement approvals and construction of off-site and on-site utilities and infrastructure. In contrast, merchant builders generally acquire fully planned and entitled lots and may construct on-site improvements but normally do not construct significant off-site utility or infrastructure improvements.
134
West Region
Our West region consists of our Phoenix, Northern California, Southern California and Denver divisions. The Denver, Northern California and Southern California divisions have historically operated as merchant builders, while the Phoenix division has historically operated as both a merchant builder and a community developer.
Canada
Our Canada region consists of our operations within the province of Ontario, primarily in the GTA and also in Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo, and offers both single-family and high-rise communities. Our high-rise products are exclusively offered in the GTA, where demand for high-rise living is greatest.
135
The GTA, Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo are the top three housing markets in Ontario (based on number of permits), and Ontario represents over one-third of the total Canadian housing market (based on number of permits), in each case as reported by CMHC. Monarch Corporations signature single-family residential communities include golf courses, locations adjacent to conservation areas or centrally located communities near the heart of each city and that are close to amenities. Monarch Corporations GTA high-rise condominiums are typically located near employment centers, subway stations and shopping malls.
The following table summarizes the historical mix in closings, including unconsolidated joint venture closings, for the years ended December 31, 2009 through 2011.
Historical Closings
Our Homes
We offer a wide range of high-quality homes to consumers in our markets, ranging from entry-level to luxury homes. We strive to maintain appropriate consumer product and price level diversification. We target the largest and most profitable consumer groups while ensuring the division portfolios are not overly concentrated in any one group. Our ability to build at multiple price points enables us to adjust readily to changing consumer preferences and affordability. We also use measures of market-specific supply and demand to determine which consumer groups are ultimately targeted and will be the most profitable in a specific land position.
We market single-family homes with many amenities to entry-level through move-up homebuyers. We believe that our reputation as a builder of homes for the first- and second-time move-up markets enhances our competitive position with respect to the sale of our smaller, more moderately priced single-family detached and attached homes enabling us to capture more margin.
136
We have developed a number of home designs with features such as one-story living and first floor master bedroom suites to appeal to universal design needs, as well as communities with recreational amenities such as golf courses, pool complexes, country clubs and recreation centers. We have integrated these designs and features in many of our homes and communities.
We offer some of the same basic home designs in similar communities and engage unaffiliated architectural firms to develop new designs to replace or augment existing ones in order to ensure that our homes reflect current and local consumer tastes. During the past year, we introduced 220 floor plans.
Geographic buyer profiles for our different lines of homes at September 30, 2012, was as follows (including unconsolidated joint ventures):
Phoenix |
Northern
California |
Southern
California |
Denver |
North
Florida (1) |
West
Florida |
Houston | Austin |
Canada
Single- Family |
Canada
High- Rise |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Closings: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Entry-level |
152 | 133 | 30 | 29 | 161 | 196 | 125 | 55 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 st Move-up |
177 | 93 | 89 | 76 | 63 | 29 | 166 | 58 | 591 | 195 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 nd Move-up |
139 | 87 | 43 | 36 | 101 | 32 | 140 | 108 | 346 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Active Adult |
| | 6 | | 9 | 181 | 14 | 54 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Urban |
| | | | 56 | 41 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
468 | 313 | 168 | 141 | 390 | 479 | 445 | 275 | 937 | 195 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Closings as a % of Total: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Entry-level |
32 | % | 42 | % | 18 | % | 21 | % | 41 | % | 41 | % | 28 | % | 20 | % | 0 | % | 0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
1 st Move-up |
38 | 30 | 53 | 54 | 16 | 6 | 37 | 21 | 63 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 nd Move-up |
30 | 28 | 26 | 25 | 26 | 6 | 32 | 39 | 37 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Active Adult |
0 | 0 | 3 | 0 | 2 | 38 | 3 | 20 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Urban |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 15 | 9 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Product Mix |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Detached |
100 | % | 55 | % | 51 | % | 100 | % | 72 | % | 86 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Attached |
0 | 45 | 49 | 0 | 28 | 14 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 100 |
(1) | Includes Mirasol Country Club closings in Southeast Florida. |
In most of our single-family detached home communities, we offer at least four different floor plans, each consistent with local market design expectations. In addition, the exterior of each basic floor plan may be varied further by the use of stone, stucco, brick or siding. Our traditional attached home communities generally offer several different floor plans that consist of two, three or four bedrooms.
In most of our communities, a wide selection of options and upgrades are available to homebuyers for additional charges. The number and complexity of options varies by community and are based on the specific demands of each particular consumer group. Our architectural options could include additional garages, guest suites, finished lofts and extra fireplaces. These options usually add significant additional revenues without significant costs, further improving the margin on the home.
137
Market Position
We are disciplined in our selection of markets in which to operate, considering the underlying supply and demand, competitiveness, employment base and profitability specific to each location. Our markets have historically had strong population growth rates and a level of population density conducive to rising sales volumes. We operate in 10 of the 35 largest homebuilding markets in the United States (based on 2011 new single-family permits reported by the U.S Census Bureau).
Market |
Single-family permits |
|||
1 |
Houston-Baytown-Sugarland,TX | 22,738 | ||
4 |
Phoenix-Mesa-Scottsdale, AZ | 7,389 | ||
5 |
Austin-Round Rock, TX | 6,242 | ||
12 |
Orlando, FL | 4,554 | ||
13 |
Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL | 4,514 | ||
17 |
Los Angeles-Long Beach-Santa Ana, CA | 4,154 | ||
22 |
Denver-Aurora, CO | 3,595 | ||
23 |
Riverside-San Bernardino-Ontario, CA | 3,453 | ||
27 |
Jacksonville, FL | 3,245 | ||
33 |
San Francisco-Bay Area, CA | 2,900 |
(1) | Measured by single-family residential permits based on U.S. Census data. |
Monarch Corporations three active Canadian markets of the GTA, Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo make up the top three homebuilding markets in Ontario and all are ranked in the top 10 Canadian homebuilding markets (based on 2011 new housing starts as reported by CMHC).
2011 Canadian
|
Market |
Total housing starts |
||
1 |
Toronto, Ontario | 39,745 | ||
6 |
Ottawa, Ontario | 8,214 | ||
10-tie |
Kitchener, Ontario | 2,954 |
(1) | Measured by total housing starts based on data from the CMHC. |
Warranty Program
In the United States, we offer express written limited warranties on our homes that generally provide for one year of coverage for various defects in workmanship or materials. These warranties are in addition to certain legal warranties (including implied warranties) that may apply in the markets where we operate. In Canada, in accordance with regulatory requirements administered by the Tarion Warranty Corporation, we offer a limited warranty that generally provides for seven years of structural coverage, two years of coverage for water penetration, electrical, plumbing, heating, and exterior cladding defects, and one year of coverage for workmanship and materials.
We are responsible for performing all of the work during the warranty period. As a result, warranty reserves are established as homes close in an amount estimated to be adequate to cover expected costs of materials and labor during warranty periods.
Community Development
We aim to establish a complete concept for each community we develop, beginning with an overall community design and then determining the size, style and price range of the homes and the layout of the streets and individual home sites. In the case of developed communities, after necessary governmental subdivision and
138
other approvals have been obtained, we improve the land by clearing and grading it, installing roads, installing underground utility lines and recreational amenities, erecting distinctive entrance structures and staking out individual home sites.
Each community is staffed with a superintendent, customer service and sales personnel, in conjunction with a local management team managing the general project. Major development strategy decisions regarding community positioning are included in the underwriting process and are made in consultation with senior members of our management team.
Our construction managers and land managers coordinate subcontracting activities and supervise all aspects of construction work and quality control.
We are a general contractor for substantially all of our homebuilding projects in the United States and all of our projects in Canada. Subcontractors perform all home construction and land development work, generally under fixed-price contracts. Based on local market practices, we either purchase the materials used to build our homes and infrastructure directly from the manufacturers or producers, or we contract with trades that include all materials and workmanship in their pricing. We generally have multiple sources for the materials we purchase and have not experienced significant delays due to unavailability of necessary materials.
Customer Mortgage Financing
TMHF provides a number of mortgage-related services to our homebuilding customers through its mortgage lending operations. TMHF operated as a table-funded lender through December 21, 2010 with the primary responsibility of origination, processing and documentation of mortgage loans exclusively for our U.S. homebuilding customers. TMHF had the ability to use wholesale lender funds in its transactions, rather than a warehouse line facility. The wholesale lending sources carried all decision making authority and all principal risk associated with underwriting loans. This historical profile has led to limited put-back risk for TMHF. TMHFs multi-lender platform included Flagstar Bank, US Bank, SunTrust Bank, Wells Fargo Mortgage and Metlife Home Loans. Revenue was derived from yield spread premiums, broker points and processing fees. The main strategic purpose of TMHF in our business is:
|
to utilize finance as a sales tool as part of the purchase process to ensure a consistent customer experience and assist in maintaining production efficiency; and |
|
to influence and assist in determining our backlog quality and to better manage projected closing and delivery dates for our customers. |
As of January 1, 2011, in response to U.S. federal regulatory changes, TMHF transitioned to operating as a full lender and conducting its business as a Federal Housing Authority Full Eagle lender. TMHF funds mortgage loans utilizing a warehouse line facility. TMHF maintains a relationship with its correspondent lenders through which it utilizes its Principal Authorized Agent designation to mitigate the underwriting risk associated with its funding of mortgage loans. Revenue is earned through origination and processing fees combined with service release premiums earned in the secondary market once the loans are sold to investors. We seek to hold loans on our books for approximately 20 days before selling them to the secondary market. TMHF maintains long-standing relationships with several of the lenders stated above.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, TMHF closed 1,292 loans with an aggregate loan volume of approximately $330 million, representing a capture rate of 84%. In 2011, TMHF closed 1,512 loans with an aggregate loan volume of approximately $378.1 million, representing a capture rate of 83%. In 2010, TMHF closed 1,701 loans with an aggregate loan volume of approximately $397.5 million, representing a capture rate of 84%. Our mortgage capture rate represents the percentage of our U.S. homes sold to a purchaser that utilized a mortgage, for which the borrower obtained such mortgage from TMHF or one of our preferred third party lenders.
139
Land Acquisition Policies and Development
Locating and vetting attractive land positions is a critical challenge for any homebuilder or developer. In order to maximize our expected risk-adjusted return, the allocation of capital for land investment is performed at the corporate level with a disciplined approach to portfolio management. Our Investment Committee meets twice monthly and consists of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and General Counsel, Vice President, Land Investments and Vice President, Sales and Marketing. Annually, the divisions prepare a strategic plan for their specific geographies. Macro and micro indices, such as employment, housing starts, new home sales, resales and foreclosures along with market related shifts in competition, land availability and consumer preferences, are carefully analyzed to determine the land and business strategy for the following one to five years. Supply and demand are analyzed on a consumer segment and submarket basis to ensure land investment is targeted appropriately. The long-term plan is compared on an ongoing basis to realities in the marketplace as they evolve and is adjusted to the extent necessary. Our existing land portfolio as of September 30, 2012 is detailed below:
East Region (lots owned or controlled)
140
North America (lots owned or controlled)
Owned September 30, 2012 | Controlled September 30, 2012 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Raw |
Partially
Developed |
Finished | Total | Raw |
Partially
Developed |
Finished | Total |
Total
Owned and Controlled |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
11,593 | 5,598 | 8,462 | 25,653 | 8,514 | 42 | 756 | 9,312 | 34,965 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: Single-family JV and high-rise JV controlled lots are comprised of our proportionate share of lots within consolidated joint ventures.
Lot Inventory by Geography
As of September 30, 2012 |
Last twelve months
ended September 30, 2012 |
|||||||||||
|
Owned
Lots |
Inventory book
value (Owned Only) (in thousands)(1) |
Consolidated
closings |
|||||||||
Florida |
7,978 | $ | 194,391 | 869 | ||||||||
Texas |
3,952 | 217,629 | 720 | |||||||||
Arizona |
5,726 | 181,964 | 468 | |||||||||
California |
2,257 | 367,774 | 481 | |||||||||
Colorado |
785 | 46,721 | 141 | |||||||||
Canada Single-family |
3,142 | 179,953 | 937 | |||||||||
Canada High-rise |
1,813 | 87,331 | 195 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
25,653 | $ | 1,275,763 | 3,811 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: 4,629 and 2,699 lots in Florida and Arizona, respectively, are lots held for long-term development.
Beginning in 2007, we strategically sold land holdings in the outer metropolitan areas of our markets. Since January 1, 2009, we have opportunistically acquired 16,733 lots, of which 12,534 remain in our lot supply. In addition, 60% of our U.S. lots were acquired after January 1, 2008, with such lots representing 82% of our U.S. inventory book value of land.
Lot Development Status
As of September 30, 2012 | ||||||||
(in thousands, except for lots) | ||||||||
Development Status | Owned Lots | Book Value of Land and Development | ||||||
Long-term |
6,750 | $ | 51,566 | |||||
Raw |
8,938 | 236,108 | ||||||
Under development |
2,851 | 149,401 | ||||||
Finished |
7,114 | 442,385 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
25,653 | $ | 879,460 | |||||
|
|
|
|
In North America, many of our competitors buy finished lots from a land developer. This approach often reduces the margins of such builders, especially where competition for finished lots is high. We are less dependent on this approach, having a well-established land development capability in all of our markets, which we believe allows us to generate higher margins.
141
Lot Vintage
As of September 30, 2012 | ||||||||
(in thousands, except for lots) |
||||||||
Year acquired |
Owned Lots | Book Value of Land and Development | ||||||
Pre-2008 |
12,321 | $ | 208,647 | |||||
2008 |
797 | 13,459 | ||||||
2009 |
2,732 | 76,166 | ||||||
2010 |
3,211 | 116,715 | ||||||
2011 |
3,673 | 214,372 | ||||||
2012 (through September 30, 2012) |
2,919 | 250,101 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
25,653 | $ | 879,460 | |||||
|
|
|
|
In the land purchasing process, specific projects of interest are detailed by the local division team, including proposed ownership structure, environmental concerns, anticipated product segmentation, competitive environment and financial returns. We also determine whether further spending on currently owned and controlled land is a well-timed and appropriate use of capital. As market circumstances change, we evaluate whether communities that have been put on hold will be resumed. In all circumstances, our investment strategy emphasizes expected profitability to reflect the risk and timing of returns, rather than the establishment or maintenance of sales volumes in new or existing markets.
One benefit of recent market conditions has been improvement in the entitlement and development process. Entitlements generally give the developer the right to obtain building permits upon compliance with conditions usually within the developers control. For the duration of the term of the entitlements, the developer enjoys the right to develop a specific number of residential lots without the need for further public hearings or discretionary local government approvals. Certain regulatory agencies in the United States have recently shown some flexibility and willingness to provide cost saving concessions to builders and developers. The development process has also seen certain benefits. The primary land development tasks include grading land, installing utilities, constructing concrete curbs and other structures, paving roads and landscaping. As the market demand for these tasks has decreased, in certain cases our development timelines and costs have been reduced. In certain of our U.S. markets, we anticipate that the cost and time advantages that exist today will continue in the near term as many builders continue to push for finished lot inventory.
Homes in Inventory
We manage our inventory of homes under construction by selectively starting construction on unsold homes to capture new home demand, while monitoring the number and aging of unsold homes. As of September 30, 2012, we had a total of 3,226 homes in inventory, which included 2,536 homes under contract but not yet closed.
The following is a summary of our homes in inventory by region as of September 30, 2012:
Homes in
Backlog |
Models |
Inventory
to be Sold |
Total |
Inventory
Value without Land (in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
West |
623 | 84 | 182 | 889 | $ | 95,989 | ||||||||||||||
East |
690 | 73 | 259 | 1,022 | 113,257 | |||||||||||||||
Canada(1) |
1,223 | 23 | 69 | 1,315 | 118,910 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
2,536 | 180 | 510 | 3,226 | $ | 328,156 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Does not include unconsolidated joint ventures. |
142
A significant portion of our Canada homes in inventory relates to our high-rise products. The following table summarizes the size and status of our active high-rise projects, as of September 30, 2012:
Nautilus | Couture | Ultra |
Water-
scapes |
Encore | Yorkland | Lago(1) |
Garden
Court |
Picasso(1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ownership by Monarch Corporation |
50.0 | % | 50.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 50.0 | % | 50.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 50.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 50.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Units in the project |
389 | 476 | 423 | 344 | 403 | 402 | 444 | 186 | 402 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total firm sales as of Sept. 30, 2012 |
386 | 474 | 422 | 319 | 374 | 394 | 257 | 162 | 323 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Percentage sold |
99.2 | % | 99.6 | % | 99.8 | % | 92.7 | % | 92.8 | % | 98.0 | % | 57.9 | % | 87.1 | % | 80.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Launch date |
Aug. 07 | Oct. 07 | May 08 | Sept. 08 | Feb. 10 | Apr. 10 | Jun. 11 | Oct. 11 | Nov. 11 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Occupancy (expected for periods from 2013 onward) |
Aug. 12 | Mar. 13 | May 13 | May 14 | Jun. 13 | Jun. 14 | Dec. 16 | Aug. 14 | Jan. 16 |
(1) | Sales are not included in our September 30, 2012 backlog because, as of such time, construction had not yet been approved by our Investment Committee. |
Procurement and Construction
We employ a comprehensive procurement program that leverages our size and national presence to achieve attractive cost savings. Our objective in procurement is to maximize efficiencies on local, regional and national levels and to ensure consistent utilization of established contractual arrangements.
The program currently involves over 30 vendors and includes highly reputable and well-established companies who supply us with lumber, appliances, HVAC systems, insulation, shingles, paint and lighting, among other supplies. Through these relationships, we are able to realize discounts on the costs of essential materials. Contracts are typically structured to include a blend of attractive upfront pricing and rebates and, in some cases, advantageous retroactive pricing in instances of contract renewals. The program arrangements are typically not designed to be completely exclusive in nature; for example, divisions may choose to use local or alternate suppliers if they find cost savings by doing so. However, our divisions have historically made use of over 80% of our national procurement contracts, largely as a result of the advantageous pricing available under such contracts.
In addition to cost advantages, these arrangements also help minimize the risk of construction delays during supply shortages, as we are often able to leverage our size to obtain our full allocation of required materials. Furthermore, these arrangements sometimes include provisions for cooperative marketing, which allow us to extend the reach and effectiveness of our advertising efforts.
As the U.S. housing market continues to recover, we expect to be able to further leverage our size to ensure continued competitive pricing on required supplies. We have extensive experience managing all phases of the construction process. Although we do not employ our own skilled tradesmen, such as plumbers, electricians and carpenters, we actively participate in the entire construction process to ensure that our homes meet our high standard of quality. Each of our new home projects is staffed by an on-site construction manager, or superintendent. Our homes are constructed by subcontractors who are overseen by the on-site superintendent. As a result of not employing our own construction base, it is not necessary to purchase and maintain high capital construction equipment. On-site personnel are also responsible for making any adjustments to a home before delivery to a purchaser and for after-sales service pursuant to our warranty.
143
Joint Ventures
We participate in property development and homebuilding joint ventures to purchase and/or develop land where we have less than full ownership, as a means of controlling lot positions, expanding our market opportunities, establishing strategic alliances, reducing our risk profile, leveraging our capital base, and enhancing our returns on capital. The purpose of our homebuilding joint ventures is to develop land and construct homes that are sold directly to homebuyers. Our land development joint ventures include those with developers and other homebuilders, as well as financial investors to develop finished lots for sale to the joint ventures members or other third parties. We evaluate joint venture opportunities in all of our existing homebuilding markets as a means to acquire attractive land positions, expand our presence in markets, manage our risk profile and leverage our capital base.
In Canada, Monarch Corporation enters into joint ventures as a means of acquiring land in partnership with a landowner that wants to participate in its development. In some instances, joint ventures allow Monarch Corporation to keep land under control without a significant cash outlay until the land is ready for future development or delivered to end users. Joint ventures also allow Monarch Corporation to mitigate risk on large projects and in some instances provide a market for finished lots to us and to our joint venture partners on single-family projects. We have used joint ventures for both our single-family and high-rise product development.
Monarch Corporations joint ventures are generally structured so that the owner holds title to the land until construction or land development commences. Monarch Corporation contributes capital on an as-needed basis to the joint venture in the form of equity contributions, which in the aggregate is generally equal to its joint venture partners net land equity. Typically, our joint ventures operate as 50/50 co-ownerships managed by a management committee with equal voting rights for each co-owner. Monarch Corporation is appointed development manager of the joint venture and manages the day-to-day operating decisions under the direction of the management committee. Additional financing beyond each co-owners equity contribution is arranged through a third party lender, and Monarch Corporations liability under such financing is typically limited to a guarantee of a portion of the financing in proportion to its ownership in the joint venture. This financing is undertaken for the life of the project and is negotiated on the basis of market interest rates and covenants. In all high-rise joint ventures, we are paid a fee to manage the project.
We also participate in joint ventures related to title services in Canada.
Unconsolidated Joint Ventures
We use the equity method of accounting for our investments in unconsolidated joint ventures that are not VIEs and over which we do not exercise control and have ownership interests of 50% or less. As of September 30, 2012, we had equity investments in six unconsolidated active land development and homebuilding entities. Of our five active unconsolidated joint ventures in Canada, three were related to our single-family business and two were related to our high-rise business.
Our unconsolidated joint ventures obtain secured acquisition, development and construction financing primarily from third party lenders. As of September 30, 2012, outstanding debt of our unconsolidated joint ventures to third party lenders was $166.2 million, of which our subsidiaries have issued secured guarantees of $166.2 million.
The investment in these unconsolidated entities recorded on our consolidated balance sheet was $78.0 million as of September 30, 2012.
Consolidated Joint Ventures
We consolidate joint ventures where we exercise control and influence over the investee and/or we own a majority economic interest. As of September 30, 2012, we conducted land development and homebuilding activities in one consolidated joint venture. Our Steiner Ranch project in Austin, Texas has been deemed a VIE,
144
which qualifies for consolidation in our financial statements. The project is a long-lived residential and commercial venture where, subject to the terms of our joint venture arrangements, we exercise control over the operations and strategic direction of the joint venture.
Sales and Marketing
Our marketing program calls for a balanced approach of corporate support and local expertise to attract potential homebuyers in a focused, efficient and cost-effective manner. Our sales and marketing team provides a generalized marketing framework across our regional operations as well as sales training to our local teams. Our divisional sales and marketing teams utilize local media and marketing streams to deliver a unique message that is relevant to our targeted consumer groups in each market.
Our goal is to identify the preferences of our target customer and demographic groups and offer them innovative, high-quality products that are efficient and profitable to build. To achieve this goal, we conduct extensive market research to determine preferences of our customer groups. We do not use off the shelf industry-standard customer groups (which tend to focus on classification by price point) in our marketing programs. Instead, through extensive and targeted market research, we have identified seven consumer groups by focusing on particular lifestyle preferences, tastes and other attributes of our customer base. Our group classification, includes four categories of couples or singles, such as our Fancy Nesters customers, and three categories of families, such as our Parks and Prestige customers.
We have gathered data regarding the specific preferences of our seven consumer groups. Our approach to customer group identification guides all of our operations from our initial land acquisition through to our design, building, marketing and delivery of homes and our ongoing after-sales customer service. Among our peers, we believe we are at the forefront of directed marketing strategies, as evidenced by our highly trafficked internet site.
The central element of our marketing platform is our customer websites. The main purpose of these websites is to direct potential customers to one of our sales teams. Customers are also able to use the websites to make inquiries and to receive a prompt response from one of our Internet Home Consultants. The websites are fully integrated with our customer relationship management system. By analyzing the content of our customer relationship management system, we are able to focus our lead generation programs to deliver high-quality sales leads. With these leads we are better able to increase sale conversion rates and lower marketing costs.
Competition
The U.S. and Canadian homebuilding industries are highly competitive. We compete in each of our markets with numerous other national, regional and local homebuilders for homebuyers, desirable properties, raw materials, skilled labor and financing. We also compete with sales of existing homes and with the rental housing market. Our homes compete on the basis of quality, price, design, mortgage financing terms and location. We have begun to see some consolidation among national homebuilders in the United States and expect that this trend will continue. The homebuilding industry has historically been subject to significant volatility. We may be at a competitive disadvantage with regard to certain of our national competitors whose operations are more geographically diversified than ours, as these competitors may be better able to withstand any future regional downturn in the housing market. In addition, a number of our national competitors such as D. R. Horton Inc., Pulte Group, Inc. and Lennar Corporation are larger than we are and may have greater financial and operational resources than we do. This may give our competitors an advantage in marketing their products, securing materials and labor at lower prices and allowing their homes to be delivered to customers more quickly and at more favorable prices. This competition could reduce our market share and limit our ability to expand our business as we have planned. See Risk FactorsRisks related to our industry and our business.
In order to maximize our sales volumes, profitability and product strategy, we strive to understand our competition and their pricing, product and sales volume strategies and results. Market conditions in the United
145
States have also led to a large number of foreclosed homes being offered for sale, which has increased competition for homebuyers and has affected pricing. However, we have generally taken a proactive approach to distancing ourselves from overly affected submarkets, which we believe has enabled us to drive sales in our markets without competing as directly with foreclosures.
In addition, across our U.S. markets, we have seen reduced competition from small and mid-sized private builders who had been competitors in the new home market. We believe that access to and cost of capital for these private builders has been significantly constrained; however, private builders in the Canadian markets are well capitalized.
TMHF competes with other mortgage lenders, including national, regional and local mortgage bankers and other financial institutions. While many large homebuilders are affiliated with a single lender, TMHF utilizes a multi-lender correspondent platform which gives us increased flexibility when placing loans with investors. During the downturn, during which time this structure had limited correspondent lenders, TMHF continued to strengthen its relationships with its existing lender sources. This created stability and consistency in our processes and delivery of funding. Although we do not benefit from the secondary market segment of our mortgage transactions, we have the benefits of utilizing our lenders underwriting and funding platforms. Along with reduced underwriting risk of the legacy pipeline, this advantage has made us stronger and more resilient than many of our peers in uncertain economic conditions. Due to the historically low interest rate environment, many banks are focused on existing home refinance business and government modification/refinance programs, while our focus and expertise remains dedicated to the financing of new home construction. While many builder-owned mortgage companies sustained significant losses from repurchase demands, TMHF did not suffer losses comparable to those of many of its peers, due to the unique multi-lender platform and mitigated exposure to repurchases and buy-backs. To date, TMHF has not incurred a financial loss from the repurchase of mortgages from legacy business.
Regulatory, Environmental, Health and Safety Matters
We are subject to various local, state, provincial and federal statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations concerning zoning, building design, construction and similar matters, including local regulations which impose restrictive zoning and density requirements in order to limit the number of homes that can eventually be built within the boundaries of a particular property or locality. In a number of our markets, there has been an increase in state, provincial and local legislation authorizing the acquisition of land as dedicated open space, mainly by governmental, quasi-public and non-profit entities. In addition, we are subject to various licensing, registration and filing requirements in connection with the construction, advertisement and sale of homes in our communities. The impact of these laws may increase our overall costs, and may delay the opening of communities or cause us to conclude that development of particular communities is not economically feasible, even if any or all governmental approvals were obtained. We also may be subject to periodic delays or may be precluded entirely from developing communities due to building moratoriums in one or more of the areas in which we operate. Generally, such moratoriums relate to insufficient water or sewage facilities or inadequate road capacity.
In order to secure certain approvals in some areas, we may be required to provide affordable housing at below market rental or sales prices. The impact on our business depends on how the various state and local governments in such areas implement their programs for affordable housing. To date, these restrictions have not had a material impact on us and have existed generally only in California.
Our mortgage subsidiary is subject to various state and federal statutes, rules and regulations, including those that relate to licensing, lending operations and other areas of mortgage origination and financing. The impact of those statutes, rules and regulations may increase our homebuyers cost of financing, increase our cost of doing business, as well as restrict our homebuyers access to some types of loans.
146
Environmental
We are required to comply with existing federal, state, provincial and local environmental statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations concerning protection of public health and the environment, including those which require a current or previous owner or operator of real property to bear the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in property. These laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of hazardous or toxic substances. In addition, the presence of hazardous or toxic substances, or the failure to properly remediate property, may adversely affect the owners ability to borrow by using the real property as collateral. Persons who arrange for the disposal or treatment of hazardous or toxic substances may also be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of any substance at a disposal or treatment facility, whether or not the facility is or ever was owned or operated by the person. Environmental laws and common law principles could be used to impose liability for releases of hazardous materials, including asbestos-containing materials, into the environment, and third parties may seek recovery for personal injuries caused by hazardous materials from owners of real property that contain hazardous materials. Complying with these environmental laws may result in delays, may cause us to incur substantial compliance and other costs, and/or may prohibit or severely restrict development in certain environmentally sensitive regions or areas.
We are subject to certain litigation related to environmental matters. See Insurance and Legal ProceedingsChinese Drywall.
As part of the land acquisition due diligence process, we utilize environmental assessments to identify environmental conditions that may exist on potential acquisition properties. Environmental site assessments conducted at our properties have not revealed any environmental liability or compliance concerns that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity or results of operations, nor are we aware of any material environmental liability or concerns.
We manage compliance with federal, state, provincial and local environmental requirements at the division level with assistance from the corporate and regional legal departments, including environmental regulations related to U.S. Storm Water Pollution Prevention, U.S. Endangered Species Act, U.S. Wetlands Permitting, NPDES Permitting, Cultural Resources, dust control measures and state, provincial and local preservation ordinances.
Health and Safety
We are committed to maintaining high standards in health and safety at all of our sites, to ensure the safety of our team members, our trade partners, our customers and prospects and the general public. That commitment is tested through our health and safety audit system that includes comprehensive twice-yearly independent third-party inspections of our sites covering all aspects of health and safety. A key area of focus is ensuring that site conditions meet exacting health and safety standards and that subcontractor performance throughout our operating areas meet or exceed expectations. All of our team members must complete an assigned curriculum of online health and safety courses each year. These courses vary according to job responsibility. In addition, groups such as construction and field personnel are required to attend additional training programs such as the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 10-hour course, First-Aid and CPR.
Employee Matters
As of January 31, 2013, we employed approximately 1,028 full-time equivalent persons. Of these, approximately 280 were engaged in sales and marketing activities (of which 205 are onsite sales representatives), 260 in construction (of which 201 are field superintendents), 49 warranty and 77.5 purchasing team members, 203.5 in operations (inclusive of TMHF, title services and corporate services in Canada and the United States), 77.5 in finance activities, 24.5 in our design centers and 56 in land activities. As of January 31, 2013, we were subject to no collective bargaining agreements. We consider our employee relations to be good.
147
Properties
We lease office space in Scottsdale, Arizona, which serves as our corporate headquarters, and office space in other locations throughout California, Colorado, Arizona, Texas and Florida, which serves our Taylor Morrison divisional homebuilding operations and as branch office space for our related real estate services, including our title and mortgage services. We also lease office space in Toronto, Canada, which serves as the headquarters of our Monarch operations.
Information Technology
We have a centralized information technology organization with its core team located at our corporate headquarters in Scottsdale, augmented with field support technicians in key locations across the United States and Canada. Our approach to information technology is to continuously simplify our information technology platform and consolidate and standardize applications. We believe a common application platform enables the sharing of ideas and rapid implementation of process improvements and best practices across the entire company. All back-office operations in the United States and Canada use a fully integrated, industry recognized enterprise resource planning package. Marketing and field sales utilize a leading customer relationship management solution that tracks leads and prospects from all sources and manages the customer communication process from lead creation through the buying process and beyond the post-warranty period. Field operations teams collaborate with the supply chain to schedule and manage development and construction projects with a set of standard and widely used homebuilding industry solutions.
Intellectual Property
We own certain logos and trademarks that are important to our overall branding and sales strategy. Our consumer logos are designed to draw on a recognized homebuilding heritage while emphasizing a customer-centric focus.
Insurance and Legal Proceedings
Insurance and Risk Management
We maintain insurance through a captive insurance company and through third-party commercial insurers, subject to deductibles and self-insured amounts, to protect us against various risks associated with our activities, including, among others, general liability, all-risk property, workers compensation, automobile and employee fidelity. We accrue for our expected costs associated with the deductibles and self-insured amounts. Litigation is managed by our legal department, with assistance from our risk management team on insurance coverage matters and from other division personnel as required. We are focused on claim prevention through training, standardized documentation and centralized processes.
Legal Proceedings
Chinese Drywall . Between 2008 and 2012, we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in several of our communities in Florida, primarily in West Florida homes, which were generally delivered between May 2006 and November 2007. The estimated cost of repair for affected homes that we have inspected is included in our warranty reserve. We are continuing our investigation of homes to determine whether there are additional homes, not yet inspected, with defective, Chinese-made drywall. If our inspection identifies more homes with defective Chinese-made drywall than we have currently identified, it may require an increase in our warranty reserve in the future. We are seeking reimbursement from our subcontractors, suppliers, insurers and manufacturers for costs that we have incurred to investigate and repair homes with defective Chinese-made drywall. We believe that adequate provision for costs associated with the repair of homes currently known to have defective Chinese-made drywall has been made and that these costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
148
Executive Officers and Directors
The names and ages of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus are set out below:
Name |
Age |
Position |
||
Sheryl Palmer |
51 | President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Director | ||
C. David Cone |
41 | Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. | ||
Stephen Wethor |
46 | President, West Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc. | ||
Louis Steffens |
45 | President, East Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc. | ||
Brad Carr |
40 | President, Monarch Corporation | ||
Darrell Sherman |
48 | Vice President and General Counsel of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. | ||
Erik Heuser |
40 | Vice President, Land Investments of Taylor Morrison, Inc. | ||
Robert Witte |
47 | Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. | ||
Kathleen Owen |
48 | Vice President, Human Resources of Taylor Morrison, Inc. | ||
Graham Hughes |
53 | Vice President, Sales and Marketing of Taylor Morrison, Inc. | ||
Tawn Kelley |
49 | President, TMHF and Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures | ||
Timothy R. Eller |
64 | Chairman, Director | ||
John Brady |
49 | Director | ||
Kelvin Davis |
49 | Director | ||
Joe S. Houssian |
64 | Director | ||
Jason Keller |
43 | Director | ||
Greg Kranias |
36 | Director | ||
Peter Lane |
48 | Director | ||
R. Michael Miller |
56 | Director | ||
Rajath Shourie |
39 | Director |
Sheryl Palmer , President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc., Director
Ms. Palmer became the President and Chief Executive Officer of Taylor Morrison in August 2007 after previously serving as Executive Vice President for the West Region of Morrison Homes. Ms. Palmer became the President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC in November 2012. Her previous experience includes 10 years with Pulte Homes/Del Webb, a homebuilder and developer of retirement communities, where she last held the title of Nevada Area President, and eight years as Division President for Blackhawk Corp, a homebuilder. Ms. Palmer brings more than 25 years of experience to her position, including leadership in land acquisition, sales and marketing, development and operations management. For these reasons, we believe she is well qualified also to serve on our Board of Directors.
C. David Cone , Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.
Mr. Cone joined Taylor Morrison as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in October 2012. Mr. Cone became the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC in November 2012. In the nine years prior to joining Taylor Morrison, Mr. Cone held various positions at PetSmart, Inc., a pet supply and service company, serving as Vice President of Financial Planning and Analysis in 2012, Vice President of Investor Relations and Treasury from 2008 to 2011, and Vice President of Finance from 2007 to 2008. Prior to his tenure at PetSmart, Mr. Cone worked at AdvancePCS, a prescription benefit plan administrator, and PricewaterhouseCoopers, an accounting firm. Mr. Cone holds a degree in business economics from the University of California at Santa Barbara.
149
Stephen Wethor , President, West Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc .
Mr. Wethor joined Taylor Morrison as Division President for Phoenix in March 2007 and was named President of the West Region in August 2007. As President, he is responsible for the development and execution of strategic, operational and financial business plans for the West region (which includes the Phoenix, Southern California, Northern California and Denver divisions). He temporarily assumed the responsibilities of Chief Financial Officer from July 2010 until February 2012. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he spent 12 years with Pulte/Del Webb and seven years at Deloitte & Touche, an accounting firm. Mr. Wethor holds a bachelors degree in Accounting from the University of South Dakota.
Louis Steffens , President, East Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc.
Mr. Steffens joined Taylor Morrison as President of the East Region in January 2007. His responsibilities include development and execution of strategic, operational and financial business plans for the East region which includes the North Florida, West Florida, Houston, Dallas and Austin markets. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he spent four years at Beazer Homes, a publicly traded homebuilding company, and 10 years at Pulte Homes. He holds a bachelors degree in Accounting from Michigan State University.
Brad Carr , President, Monarch Corporation
Mr. Carr joined Monarch Corporation in 2001 as Manager of Land Acquisitions and was named Senior Vice President of single-family operations in 2004, a position he held until becoming Regional President in May 2012. Prior to joining Monarch Corporation, he worked as a Vice President in The Heinrichs Group, a land developer. Mr. Carr holds a bachelors degree in architectural and building science from Ryerson University.
Darrell Sherman , Vice President and General Counsel of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.
Mr. Sherman joined Taylor Morrison as Vice President and General Counsel in June 2009 and has over 17 years of experience in the homebuilding industry. Mr. Sherman became the Vice President and General Counsel of TMHC in November 2012 and serves as the board secretary. He is responsible for the companys legal affairs, including finance and real estate transactions, corporate governance, regulatory compliance and litigation matters. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, Mr. Sherman was a Managing Member and General Counsel of Patriot American Development, a real estate acquisition and development company from 2005-2009; General Counsel of the Southwest and Mountain States Regions of Centex Homes from 2000 to 2005; and Associate General Counsel of Pulte Homes/Del Webb Corporation from 1996 to 2000. Prior to joining the homebuilding industry Mr. Sherman was a finance and real estate lawyer at Snell & Wilmer, a law firm headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona. He holds a B.A. in Economics with university honors and a J.D., both from Brigham Young University where he was a member of the BYU Law Review. He is a member of the State Bar of Arizona and the American Bar Association.
Erik Heuser , Vice President, Land Investments of Taylor Morrison, Inc.
Mr. Heuser joined Taylor Morrison as Director of Business Development in 2004 and was named Vice President of Land Investments in 2007. His responsibilities include business development initiatives and evaluation of all of our contemplated investments and divestitures. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he was Regional Director for Hanley Wood Market Intelligence, a provider of residential real estate research and analysis; Vice President of Acquisitions for PNC Financial Services Group/Washington Mutual Bank, a national bank; Metropolitan Life Insurance, a national insurance company; and A.G. Edwards & Sons, a financial services holding company. He holds a bachelors degree in Finance from Illinois State University and an M.B.A. from the Keller Graduate School of Management.
Robert Witte , Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc.
Mr. Witte joined Taylor Morrison as Vice President and Chief Information Officer in June 2004. His responsibilities include oversight of all enterprise-wide information technology activities, including infrastructure
150
and architecture, applications development, re-engineering business processes, networks, outsourcing, computer and auxiliary operations and support. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he spent 17 years at General Electric, a multinational manufacturing conglomerate, where he held the position of Chief Information Officer for GE Nuclear Energy for three years and GE Wind Energy for two years. He holds a bachelors degree in Management Information Systems and Operations Management from Syracuse University and an M.B.A. from Purdue University.
Kathleen Owen , Vice President, Human Resources of Taylor Morrison, Inc.
Ms. Owen joined Taylor Morrison as Vice President of Human Resources in June 2005. Her responsibilities include oversight of all employee benefit programs and providing expertise in the areas of leadership, organization design, building capability and human capital processes. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, she held the title of Vice President of Human Resources at McKesson Corp., a pharmaceutical distributor and healthcare provider, and CheckFree Corp., a global provider of financial electronic commerce. Ms. Owen holds a bachelors degree in Psychology from Georgia State University.
Graham Hughes , Vice President, Sales & Marketing of Taylor Morrison, Inc.
Mr. Hughes was named Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Taylor Morrison in July 2007. His responsibilities include promoting and maintaining the overall Taylor Morrison brand, developing strategies and marketing campaigns on a national level and creating a culture of best practice consistency in Sales and Marketing. Mr. Hughes transferred to the United States from the then parent company, George Wimpey, in January 2007 as Vice President of Sales and Marketing for the West region of Morrison Homes. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he worked for 20 years with George Wimpey in the United Kingdom where he was the Director of Customer Services and Sales and Marketing, as part of the executive team, for seven years.
Tawn Kelley , President, TMHF
Ms. Kelley joined Taylor Morrison as President of TMHF and Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures in April 2009 when Taylor Morrison acquired Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures, a mortgage provider owned by Ms. Kelley. From January 2001 until the acquisition of Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures, she held the position of Managing Member and President of both Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures and TMHF. Prior to owning Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures, Ms. Kelley worked with CTX Mortgage Ventures, NVR Mortgage and Wells Fargo Mortgage (formerly Norwest Mortgage), each a mortgage provider.
Timothy Eller , Director and Chairman
Mr. Eller is a principal of Cordalla Capital, LLC, a private equity firm, where he directs major investments in real estate and related businesses. He is also Chief Executive Officer of TegrityHomes, Cordallas homebuilding subsidiary. Prior to founding Cordalla Capital in 2009, Mr. Eller served in various industry roles including President and CEO of Centex Homes, a public homebuilder; Chairman, President and CEO of Centex Corporation from 2002-2009; and board Vice Chairman of Pulte Group, Inc. from 2009 to 2011. Mr. Eller currently sits on the board of BuildLinks, a private company engaged in the development and sale of software to the homebuilding industry, and is a member of the Advisory Board of the Encore Housing Opportunity Fund, a private equity fund. We believe Mr. Ellers extensive experience in leadership, real estate investment and corporate governance make him well qualified to serve as Chairman of our Board of Directors.
John Brady , Director
Mr. Brady joined Oaktree Capital Management in 2007 as Managing Director and Head of Oaktree Capital Managements global real estate group. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Brady was Principal and Head of the North American acquisitions business (excluding gaming) at Colony Capital, LLC, a private international real estate-related investment firm in Los Angeles. In 2000, he co-founded The Destination Group, LLC, a private
151
equity investment firm in Los Angeles targeting opportunities in travel and leisure. From 1991 to 2000, Mr. Brady focused on distressed investments for Colony Capital and led Colonys expansion into Asia in 1998. He holds a B.A. in English from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. with concentrations in corporate finance and real estate from the University of California at Los Angeles. Mr. Brady has extensive experience across a range of real estate investments and property types, including distressed loan portfolio acquisitions and asset management, loan restructurings and workouts, and direct real estate and real estate related acquisitions and financings. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.
Kelvin Davis , Director
Mr. Davis is a TPG Senior Partner and co-heads TPGs Real Estate Group. Prior to 2012, he was also head of TPGs North American Buyouts Group, incorporating investments in all non-technology industry sectors. Prior to joining TPG in 2000, Mr. Davis was President Chief Operating Officer of Colony Capital, Inc., which he co-founded in 1991. Prior to the formation of Colony, Mr. Davis was a principal of RMB Realty, Inc., the real estate investment vehicle of Robert M. Bass. Prior to his affiliation with RMB Realty, he worked at Goldman, Sachs & Co., an investment bank, in New York City and with Trammell Crow Company, a real estate developer, in Dallas and Los Angeles. Mr. Davis is a Director of Caesars Entertainment, Inc., a casino and resort developer, Northwest Investments, LLC (which is an affiliate of ST Residential, a private homebuilder), Univision Communications, Inc., (a Spanish language media provider), Catellus Development Corporation, and Parkway Properties, Inc. He is also a long-time Director (and one-time Chairman) of Los Angeles Team Mentoring, Inc. (a charitable mentoring organization), is a Director of the Los Angeles Philharmonic Association, is a member of the Board of Trustees of the Los Angeles County Museum of Art, and is on the Board of Overseers of the Huntington Library, Art Collections, and Botanical Gardens. Mr. Davis holds a B.A. in Economics from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. Mr. Davis brings extensive experience in real estate, finance and corporate governance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.
Joe S. Houssian , Director
Mr. Houssian founded JH Investments, his personal investment and holding company, in 2007 and has served as its Chairman since. Mr. Houssian began his career in 1973 at Xerox, a multinational document management corporation, before founding Intrawest in 1976. Intrawest grew from an urban residential real estate business into an internationally renowned resort and real estate development company responsible for the success of such pre-eminent ski resorts as Whistler Blackcomb as well as dozens of award winning golf courses, resort villages and developments around the world. Mr. Houssian served as Chairman of Intrawest until his departure in 2006 when the firm was sold to Fortress Investments Group, a private equity firm. Mr. Houssian is also the cofounder of Intracorpa North American urban real estate developerand the cofounder of Versacold Cold Storage, a Canadian refrigeration services provider. More recently, Mr. Houssian cofounded Replay Resorts, an integrated hospitality company, as well as Elemental Energy, an alternative energy development company with operations in the United States and Canada. Mr. Houssian holds an M.B.A. from the University of British Columbia. He brings extensive experience in leadership, corporate governance and finance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.
Jason Keller , Director
Mr. Keller is a Managing Director of Oaktree Capital Management and previously served as Senior Vice President since he joined the firm in July 2007. Mr. Keller oversees the Oaktree Capital Management real estate groups land, residential and homebuilding investments. Mr. Keller previously worked as a Vice President in the Real Estate Private Equity division of DLJ/Credit Suisse, an investment bank. Prior to joining DLJ, Mr. Keller worked in real estate finance at Salomon Brothers and CIBC Oppenheimer, financial services providers, advising numerous public and private companies, REITs, and financial institutions with respect to the acquisition, disposition and recapitalization of their real estate portfolios. He also worked as a real estate manager and developer for D-Street Investments, a boutique private equity firm. Mr. Keller holds a B.A. in Finance from Utah
152
State University and an M.B.A. in Finance and Real Estate from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Kellers extensive background in real estate, corporate strategy and corporate finance make him well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.
Greg Kranias , Director
Mr. Kranias joined TPG in 2005 and has served as a Principal in TPGs Private Equity Group since 2010. From 2005 to 2009 Mr. Kranias served as a TPG Vice President. While at TPG, Mr. Kranias has been involved with the firms investments in Taylor Morrison, Catellus Corporation, Caesars Entertainment and Iasis Healthcare and a number of real estate non-performing loans. He currently sits on the board of directors of Catellus Corporation and Iasis Healthcare. Prior to joining TPG in 2005, Mr. Kranias worked at Forstmann Little & Company, a private equity firm, and Goldman, Sachs & Co, an investment bank. Mr. Kranias holds an A.B. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Kranias brings extensive experience in real estate, corporate strategy and corporate finance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.
Peter Lane , Director
Mr. Lane has served since 2010 as Chief Executive Officer of Valerus, an oilfield services company headquartered in Houston, Texas. Prior to joining Valerus, Mr. Lane was an Operating Partner with TPG from 2009 to 2011. Before TPG, Mr. Lane spent 12 years at Bain & Company, a global consulting firm, where he led the Dallas and Mexico City Offices as well as the oil and gas practice. He became a Partner at Bain in 2003. Mr. Lane currently serves on the boards of Valerus and Petro Harvester, an oil and gas company. Mr. Lane holds a B.S. in physics from the University of Birmingham in the United Kingdom and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School. Mr. Lane brings extensive experience in business operations, finance and corporate governance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.
R. Michael Miller , Director
Mr. Miller is a co-founder and since 1992, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Intracorp USA, an urban real estate developer. As Chairman, Mr. Miller provides leadership in setting corporate goals, strategy and direction for Intracorp USA. Mr. Miller has extensive operating and financial management experience through his twenty years with the company. Mr. Miller is also the Chairman of Intracorp Capital, a private equity firm that invests in non-real estate businesses throughout the northwest US and Alaska. He is also a board member of Turtle Bay Resorts, a luxury hotel and development company in Hawaii. Mr. Miller is the former President and Chief Financial Officer of Intrawest USA, a diversified resort, leisure and real estate company, and cofounded Replay Resorts, an integrated hospitality development company. Before his roles at Intrawest USA, Mr. Miller was a Certified Public Accountant at Touche Ross & Co., a predecessor of Deloitte & Touche, an accounting firm. Mr. Miller is a graduate of the University of Montana. We believe Mr. Millers extensive background in leadership, real estate operations, accounting and financial management make him well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.
Rajath Shourie , Director
Mr. Shourie joined Oaktree Capital Management in 2002 and has served as a Managing Director in the firms Opportunities Group since 2007. His prior experience includes two years at Goldman, Sachs & Co., in the Principal Investment Area and three years as a consultant at McKinsey & Co, a consulting firm. At Oaktree Capital Management, Mr. Shourie has been responsible for distressed debt and private equity investments in a wide range of industries including financial services, automotive, energy, aviation and real estate. His current board memberships include Jackson Square Aviation LLC and Store Capital LLC. Mr. Shourie holds a B.A. in Economics from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Shourie brings extensive experience in real estate, finance and corporate governance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.
153
In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a new stockholders agreement with the Principal Equityholders. Under this stockholders agreement, our Principal Equityholders will have the right, subject to certain terms and conditions, to nominate representatives to our Board of Directors and committees of our Board of Directors. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, certain of our actions and certain of our significant business decisions will require the approval of directors nominated by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsStockholders Agreement.
Controlled Company
We have applied to list the shares offered in this offering on the New York Stock Exchange. Acting as a group, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will control more than 50% of the combined voting power of our common stock following completion of this offering, so under current listing standards, we would qualify as a controlled company and accordingly, will be exempt from requirements to have a majority of independent directors, a fully independent nominating and corporate governance committee and a fully independent compensation committee.
Director Independence
The Board of Directors of TMHC has determined that Timothy R. Eller is an independent director as such term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.
Board Structure
Composition
The Board of Directors of TMHC currently consists of ten members. Prior to this offering we intend to appoint an additional board member such that our board of directors will consist of 11 members. In accordance with our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, the number of directors on the Board of Directors of TMHC will be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of TMHC, and only a majority of the Board of Directors of TMHC may fix the number of directors, provided that Requisite Investor Approval (as defined in the stockholders agreement) shall be required to increase the size of the Board above the minimum number of directors required for TMHC to comply with applicable law and the regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. For purposes of the stockholders agreement, Requisite Investor Approval will mean, in addition to the approval of a majority vote of TMHCs Board of Directors, the approval of a director nominated by the TPG holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHCs Class B common stock held by it at the closing of this offering and the approval of a director nominated by the Oaktree holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHCs Class B common stock held by it at the closing of this offering.
Each director is to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Vacancies and newly created directorships on the Board of Directors of TMHC may be filled by the remaining directors, and until the Triggering Event (or the point in time at which the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles no longer beneficially own shares representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our common stock), vacancies on the Board of Directors of TMHC may also be filled by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock. Until the Triggering Event, any director may be removed with or without cause by holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock. Thereafter, directors may only be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least three-fourths of our outstanding shares of common stock. At any meeting of the Board of Directors of TMHC, except as otherwise required by law, a majority of the total number of directors then in office will constitute a quorum for all purposes, provided that, until the Triggering Event, a quorum will require the attendance of one director nominated by each holding vehicle that has the right to designate at least one director for election to the Board.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Board of Directors of TMHC will be divided into three classes of directors, with staggered three-year terms, with the classes to be as nearly
154
equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of the Board of Directors of TMHC will be elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the Board of Directors of TMHC. In connection with this offering, will be designated as Class I directors, will be designated as Class II directors and will be designated as Class III directors.
Pursuant to the stockholders agreement that we will enter into with the Principal Equityholders, each of the Principal Equityholders will have certain nomination rights. For so long as the TPG or Oaktree holding vehicles owns at least 50% of the shares of Class B common stock held by it as of the closing of this offering, such holding vehicle will be entitled to nominate three directors to serve on the Board of Directors of TMHC. When such holding vehicle owns less than 50% but at least 10% of the shares of Class B common stock held by it as of the closing of the offering, such holding vehicle will be entitled to nominate two directors. Thereafter, such holding vehicle will be entitled to nominate one director so long as it owns at least 5% of the shares of Class B common stock held by it as of the closing of this offering. To the extent permitted under applicable regulations of the New York Stock Exchange, for so long as a holding vehicle has the right to nominate one director, such holding vehicle shall be entitled to have one of its nominees serve on each committee of the Board of Directors of TMHC. In addition, for so long as JH owns 50% of its interest in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and such holding vehicles own 50% of the shares of Class B common stock owned by such holding vehicles as of the closing of this offering, JH will be entitled to nominate one director to the Board of Directors of TMHC. The TPG holding vehicle has nominated Kelvin Davis, Greg Kranias and Peter Lane to serve on the Board of Directors of TMHC, the Oaktree holding vehicle has nominated John Brady, Jason Keller and Rajath Shourie to serve on the Board of Directors of TMHC and JH has nominated Joe S. Houssian to serve on the Board of Directors of TMHC.
The composition of the Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings, the parent company of our U.S. business, and Monarch Communities, the parent company of our Canadian business, is identical to the current composition of the Board of Directors of TMHC. Upon consummation of this offering, pursuant to governance agreements that we expect to enter into, we will contractually control the composition of the Boards of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities and their respective committees. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsGovernance Agreements.
The Board of Directors of TMHC and its committees will have supervisory authority over TMHC, which will, through its indirect control of New TMM and TMM, exercise stewardship over the business and affairs of Taylor Morrison Holdings and its subsidiaries and Monarch Communities and its subsidiaries. TMHC, New TMM and TMM will not conduct any activities other than direct or indirect ownership and stewardship over Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities and their respective subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and its committees will have supervisory authority over Taylor Morrison Holdings and its subsidiaries and will exercise control over the operations and businesses of Taylor Morrison Holdings and its subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of Monarch Communities and its committees will have supervisory authority over Monarch Communities and its subsidiaries and will exercise control over the operations and businesses of Monarch Corporation and its subsidiaries.
Committees of the Board
Upon consummation of this offering, the Board of Directors of TMHC will have three standing committees. TMHC will be required to have an audit committee consisting entirely of independent directors, subject to applicable phase-in periods. As a controlled company, we are not required to have a fully independent nominating and governance or compensation committee.
Pursuant to the stockholders agreement described above, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will each have the right to appoint a member to each committee of the Board of Directors of TMHC, subject to applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.
155
Audit
Upon completion of this offering, TMHC will have an audit committee consisting of . The Board of Directors of TMHC has determined that qualifies as an audit committee financial expert as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and that each of are independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. The Board of Directors of TMHC has determined that the composition of its audit committee satisfies the independence requirements of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.
|
compliance by our personnel with the TMHC code of ethics and TMHC related-party transactions policies; |
|
the performance of our internal audit function; and |
|
compliance by TMHC with legal and regulatory requirements. |
Compensation
Upon completion of this offering, the compensation committee of TMHC will consist of . Because we will be a controlled company under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, our compensation committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the compensation committees accordingly in order to comply with such rules.
The compensation committee will have the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant to assist in the evaluation of employee compensation and to approve the consultants fees and the other terms and conditions of the consultants retention.
Nominating and Governance
Upon completion of this offering, the nominating and governance committee of TMHC will consist of . Because we will be a controlled company under the New York Stock Exchange rules, our nominating and governance committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of our nominating and governance committees accordingly in order to comply with such rules.
Risk Oversight
TMHCs Board of Directors has an oversight role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing management of its risks. The Board of Directors of TMHC regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. The compensation committee of the Board of Directors of TMHC is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to its employee compensation plans and arrangements and the audit committee of the Board of Directors of TMHC oversees the management of financial risks. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire Board of Directors of TMHC is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks.
Risk and Compensation Policies
TMHCs management, at the direction of its Boards of Directors, has reviewed its employee compensation policies, plans and practices to determine if they create incentives or encourage behavior that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on TMHC. In conducting this evaluation, management has reviewed our various compensation plans, including our incentive and bonus plans, equity award plans and severance compensation plans, to evaluate risks and the internal controls we have implemented to manage those risks. In completing this
156
evaluation, TMHCs Boards of Directors and management believe that there are no unmitigated risks created by TMHCs compensation policies, plans and practices that create incentives or encourage behavior that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers will serve as a member of TMHCs compensation committee, and none of them have served, or will be permitted to serve, on TMHCs compensation committee (or any other committee serving a similar function) of any other entity.
Codes of Conduct
We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, senior financial officers and controllers at the corporate and division levels (the Senior Officers Code). The Senior Officers Code was designed to be read and applied in conjunction with our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all employees. Both the Senior Officers Code and the Code of Business Conduct are available at . Any future changes or amendments to the Senior Officers Code or the Code of Business Conduct, and any waiver of the Senior Officers Code or the Code of Business Conduct that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Principal Accounting Officer will be posted to our website at the above location.
Related Person Transactions
We have adopted a Related Person Transaction Policy, which sets forth our policy with respect to the review, approval, ratification and disclosure of all related person transactions by TMHCs audit committee. In accordance with our Related Person Transaction Policy, TMHCs audit committee has overall responsibility for the implementation and compliance with this policy.
For the purposes of our Related Person Transaction Policy, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and in which any related person (as defined in our Related Person Transaction Policy) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, in excess of $120,000. A related person transaction does not include any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship which has been reviewed and approved by TMHCs Board of Directors or compensation committee.
Our Related Person Transaction Policy requires that notice of a proposed related person transaction be provided to our legal department prior to entering into such transaction. If our legal department determines that such transaction is a related person transaction, the proposed transaction will be submitted to TMHCs audit committee for consideration at its next meeting. Under our Related Person Transaction Policy, only TMHCs audit committee will be permitted to approve those related person transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests. In the event we become aware of a related person transaction that has not been previously reviewed, approved or ratified under our Related Person Transaction Policy and that is ongoing or is completed, the transaction will be submitted to TMHCs audit committee so that it may determine whether to ratify, rescind or terminate the related person transaction.
Our Related Person Transaction Policy also provides that TMHCs audit committee will review certain previously approved or ratified related person transactions that are ongoing to determine whether the related person transaction remains in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders.
157
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Executive Summary
This compensation discussion and analysis discusses our executive compensation programs for our named executive officers in respect of our 2012 fiscal year and includes a discussion of our compensation objectives and philosophy and the material elements of compensation earned by, or awarded or paid to, our named executive officers in the year. This section also describes processes we use in reaching compensation decisions and is intended to amplify and provide context for understanding the amounts in the tabular disclosure that follows. In addition, we highlight certain attributes of our program and describe some of our preliminary thinking as to our intended compensation approach when we are a public company.
Our named executive officers for 2012 were as follows:
President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Director of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities |
Sheryl Palmer | |
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. |
C. David Cone | |
President, West Region and Interim Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. (former) |
Stephen Wethor | |
Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. (former) |
Ed Barnes | |
President, East Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc. |
Louis Steffens | |
President, TMHF and Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures |
Tawn Kelley | |
President, Monarch Corporation |
Brad Carr |
TMM generally does not have executive officers, so our named executive officers are generally officers of subsidiaries of TMM.
During 2011, notwithstanding the economic challenges facing our business and our change in ownership in 2011, we retained our highly experienced management team by balancing our goal of minimizing changes and disruptions to compensation structures with our need to incentivize the team to create value in the business.
Economic Challenges . Consistent with the general downturn of the economy and decline in demand for housing over the past few years, our business faced challenges during our 2012 fiscal year. In the United States, there continued to be an overall decline in home sales from the prior decade, and the housing recovery has been restrained due to only modest recoveries in consumer confidence and employment rates, among other issues. In Ontario, recently we have seen modest contraction in single family housing starts and closings largely due to the lack of supply, but the market has maintained a more sustainable pace of growth over the past decade and generally has been stable in contrast to the housing downturn in the United States. Due to the relative historic success of our operations in Ontario, our disciplined operating platform and our strategic locations in the United States, we were profitable in 2012 and performed well notwithstanding the unprecedented challenges of the economic downturn. We believe that our pursuit of efficiency and profitability and our attractive land supply coupled with disciplined land acquisition policies have been significant contributors to our profitability and position us to capitalize on a recovery in the U.S. housing market.
Change in Compensation Structure PostChange in Ownership. Our company has a history of more than 75 years of North American homebuilding operations, originally commencing homebuilding operations in both the United States and Canada in 1936. From July 2007 until the closing of the Acquisition in July 2011, we were owned by and operated as a subsidiary of Taylor Wimpey plc, a U.K. publicly-listed homebuilding company.
158
Since the Acquisition in 2011, we have been owned and controlled by the Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof). To that end, 2011 marked a significant change in our operations towards private ownership and operation as a stand-alone business.
After the Acquisition, and following a review of our compensation structure, our Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof) approved a new structure for our management team, taking into account our existing compensation levels, the economic challenges facing our business and the need for new incentive and retention devices suitable for a privately-owned company. At the time the new structure was approved, the decision to take the company public had not been made (the decision was based on a number of developments in 2012), and consequently becoming a public company was not a driver in setting the 2012 compensation structure. The compensation structure for 2012 was established in 2011 following the Acquisition and before a decision was made in 2012 to take the company public. For a discussion of changes to our compensation structure in light of our anticipated public offering, please see Looking Ahead: Post-IPO Compensation. The primary goals of the changes to our executive compensation structure were to align the interests of our management team with those of our Principal Equityholders and retain our talent, as we view the continuity of management as vital to the success of our business. To this end, long-term equity compensation was integrated into our compensation structure in 2011, and total target compensation relative to compensation paid by our homebuilding peers was closely scrutinized by our Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof). During 2011, we developed certain additional changes to our compensation structure, which were designed to create a balanced mix between annual cash compensation and the new long-term equity program for our management team and to be more consistent with pay packages being offered by our industry peers. Such changes began to take effect on December 15, 2011 and continue to apply to our compensation arrangements in place for 2012. In addition, effective as of January 1, 2012, we implemented a long-term cash-based incentive program to further motivate our management team towards contributing to our long-term goals as well as to function as a retention device.
Retention of Management . In 2012, we engaged David Cone, as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. to succeed Ed Barnes, who served in such position from January 30, 2012 until June 19, 2012.
In addition, following the departure of our former President of Monarch Corporation, Brian Johnston, whose employment with us terminated in May 2012, Brad Carr, who had served our business in other capacities since 2001, became our new President of Monarch.
Consistent with our compensation objectives and philosophy, which are discussed in detail in this compensation discussion and analysis, our compensation programs for 2012 have the following attributes:
|
A balanced mix of short-term cash compensation and long-term compensation (both equity- and cash-based); |
|
Forfeiture of equity awards upon violation of certain post-employment restrictive covenants; |
|
An appropriate level of severance protection to ensure continuity of service; |
|
No single-trigger change in control parachute payment features in any of our programs; |
|
No gross-ups for any excise or other penalty taxes related to compensation paid; and |
|
A modest use of perquisites, which do not make up a material portion of the compensation and benefits provided to our named executive officers. |
Overview of Contents
In this compensation discussion and analysis, the following topics will be discussed:
|
Compensation Objectives and Philosophy |
|
Establishing and Evaluating Executive Compensation |
|
Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program |
159
|
Other Program Attributes |
|
Looking Ahead: Post-IPO Compensation |
Compensation Objectives and Philosophy
Our compensation program reflects our philosophy to pay all of our executives, including our named executive officers, in ways that support our primary objectives of:
|
Encouraging a results-driven culture through a pay-for-performance structure; |
|
Balancing long-term and short-term compensation and cash and equity-based compensation to ensure our executives are focused on the appropriate short-term financial budget goals and long-term strategic objectives; |
|
Aligning executives interests with equityholder interests in creating long-term value for our owners; |
|
Attracting, retaining and motivating key talent; and |
|
Aligning total compensation levels with those paid by our direct competitors in the homebuilding sector as well as companies of comparable size and scope in other industries. |
Our compensation structure is centered on a pay-for-performance philosophy, and such pay-for-performance focus is designed to align the interests of our executives and our Principal Equityholders, motivate our executives to achieve our targeted financial and other performance objectives, and reward them for their achievements when those objectives are met. To help achieve these objectives, a significant portion of our executive officers compensation is at-risk and provided in the form of variable or performance-based compensation with significant upside potential for strong performance, as well as downside exposure for underperformance. We believe this is appropriate given our executive officers ability to influence our overall performance.
We recognize the need for long-term incentives to retain talent in todays challenging economic environment where short-term goals may be more difficult to achieve. To that end, we seek to provide a balance between short-term and long-term incentives as well as between cash compensation and equity-based compensation to encourage the focus on long-term strategic objectives. Having a long-term compensation component is also consistent with the long time horizon inherent in the homebuilding industry for the realization of revenue from any specific development project. In light of such objectives, our Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof) determined that a significant portion of total compensation would be delivered in the form of long-term equity-based compensation, a portion of which vests based on continued service over five years and another portion of which vests upon a multi-tiered return that is ultimately achieved by our Principal Equityholders upon a qualifying future sale of the business.
The overall level of total compensation for our executive officers is intended to be reasonable in relation to and competitive with the compensation paid by similarly situated peer leaders in the homebuilding industry, subject to variation for factors such as the individuals experience, performance, duties, scope of responsibility, prior contributions and future potential contributions to our business. With these principles in mind, we structure our compensation program as a competitive total pay package which we believe allows us to attract, retain and motivate executives with the skill and knowledge we require and ensure the stability of our management team which is vital to the success of our business. However, in setting named executive officer compensation levels, we do not formally benchmark to any peers.
Establishing and Evaluating Executive Compensation
Process Role of Officers and Compensation Committee
In 2012, our executive compensation program was managed at the level of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities, and the respective compensation committee of each of the boards of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities (referred to collectively in this compensation discussion and
160
analysis as the Compensation Committee) was responsible for all compensation decisions for the executive officers of the applicable company and its subsidiaries. Taylor Morrison, Inc.s Vice President of Human Resources works with Ms. Palmer to establish Compensation Committee meeting agendas and provide various types of information, including interim progress against performance targets, information about other homebuilding companies or other topics requested by the Compensation Committee to assist the Compensation Committee in making its decisions.
The Compensation Committee, after consultation with Ms. Palmer as to officers other than herself, reviewed and determined base salary, annual cash incentive bonuses and long-term incentive compensation levels for each executive officer. Ms. Palmer recommended to the Compensation Committee annual cash incentive bonus performance targets and evaluates actual performance relative to those targets, excluding as would be applicable to her own compensation. The Compensation Committee, after taking into account Ms. Palmers recommendations, reviewed and approved annual bonus performance targets and the amount of annual bonuses payable to each named executive officer based on achievement of annual performance targets. Ms. Palmers compensation levels are established by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. While Ms. Palmer may discuss her compensation with the Compensation Committee, she does not have any formal role or authority in the determination of her compensation.
Process Factors Considered in Setting Compensation
The Compensation Committee believes that compensation decisions for our named executive officers are complex and require consideration of many factors, including the Companys performance, the overall competitive market environment, industry compensation levels, the officers individual performance and the Companys performance.
Market Data ( Competitors and General Industry ). The Compensation Committee does not benchmark compensation for our executives based on compensation paid by our competitors or companies in other industries and only reviews such information to better assess the range of compensation needed to attract, retain and motivate executive talent in our highly competitive industry. Nevertheless, in establishing compensation packages for our named executive officers in the United States, the Compensation Committee reviews and considers the compensation levels of executives at public homebuilding companies as a factor, amongst other factors, in establishing targeted compensation. This review covers compensation data for a group of our competitors within the homebuilding industry (as available in such companies public filings) and the most directly-relevant published survey sources available with respect to all direct pay elements, including salary, cash incentives and equity.
Specifically, in 2012 the Compensation Committee reviewed compensation data at the following 13 publicly-traded homebuilding companies in connection with setting compensation for Ms. Palmer and Messrs. Barnes and Cone:
Pultegroup Inc. |
Toll Brothers Inc. |
Ryland Group Inc. |
||
D.R. Horton Inc. |
KB Home |
Meritage Homes Corp. |
||
Lennar Corporation, |
Hovnanian Enterprises Inc. |
MDC Holdings Inc. |
||
NVR Inc. |
Standard Pacific Corp. |
Beazer Homes Usa Inc. |
||
M/I Homes Inc. |
In connection with setting compensation for Mr. Steffens, Mr. Wethor and Ms. Kelley, the Compensation Committee reviewed a variety of compensation surveys, including Mercers Executive Remuneration Survey for the Real Estate and Construction Sector and FMI Compensations Homebuilders Executive Survey. In addition, for certain officer positions or to further inform its compensation decisions, from time to time the Compensation Committee will review compensation levels and trends across companies outside the homebuilding sector. In
161
setting compensation levels for our executive officers serving Monarch in Canada, including Mr. Carr, the Compensation Committee does not review formal market data on compensation levels due to the fact that information about compensation paid by our competitors in Canada is not as readily available. All of our competitors in Canada are privately owned, and the Canadian homebuilding sector does not publish general compensation surveys and reports. So, in setting compensation levels for these executives, we rely on our extensive experience in the industry in Canada as well as informal data obtained about our Canadian competitors. We also look at our United States competitors for data on pay for executives serving in similar capacities and use such information to guide our decisions, taking into account the different legal regime applicable to employees in Canada.
Individual Performance . As mentioned above, in addition to considering market data, the Compensation Committee considers each executive officers individual performance in determining executive compensation levels, including the nature and scope of the executives responsibilities and the executives prior performance and expected future contributions. The Compensation Committees review of individual performance is general and subjective in nature specific individual performance goals (such as goals tied to an officers job function, role or personal performance) are not systematically established or measured.
Company Performance . The Compensation Committee also considers our performance, financial plans and budget in setting officer compensation levels for any given year taking into account general economic challenges as well as any specific challenges facing our business.
Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program
The primary elements of our compensation structure are base salary, annual cash incentive bonuses, long-term incentives (including equity-based awards that provide value to our executives as the equity value of TMM increases and long-term cash awards), investment opportunities and certain employee benefits and perquisites. A brief description of, objectives of, and any changes in 2012 to, each principal element of our executive compensation programs for fiscal 2012 are summarized in the following table and described in more detail below.
Key Compensation Program Elements Overview
Compensation Element |
Brief Description |
Objectives |
Changes in 2012 (from 2011) |
|||
Base Salary |
Fixed compensation | Provide a competitive, fixed level of cash compensation to attract and retain talented and skilled executives | Base salary increases from 2011 were provided to our named executive officers as follows: Sheryl Palmer 11%, Stephen Wethor 12.5%, Louis Steffens 7%, Tawn Kelley 17%, and Brad Carr 37% (these are discussed in more detail below) | |||
Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses |
Variable, performance-based cash compensation earned based on achieving pre-established annual goals |
Motivate executives to achieve or exceed our current-year financial goals and reward them for their achievements
Aid in retention of key executives in a highly competitive market for talent |
Bonuses were based on performance over the full year and the weighting of the performance metrics were adjusted in order to continue to drive important business results |
162
Compensation Element |
Brief Description |
Objectives |
Changes in 2012 (from 2011) |
|||
Long-Term Incentives Equity Based |
Variable equity-based compensation to promote achievement of longer-term goals |
Align executives and Principal Equityholders interests by linking rewards with achievement of return to our Principal Equityholders based on our long-term growth plan
Aid in retention of key executives and ensure continuity of management in a highly competitive market for talent |
Long-term equity incentive awards (and phantom incentive awards for our executives serving Monarch, including Mr. Carr) were granted to each of our named executive officers based on decisions made by the Compensation Committee | |||
Long-Term Incentives Cash Based |
Variable cash-based compensation to promote achievement of longer-term goals |
Motivate and reward executives to achieve or exceed multi-year performance goals and reward them for their achievements
Aid in retention of key executives and ensure continuity of management in a highly competitive market for talent |
This program was implemented in 2012 for a performance period from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2014 | |||
Investment Opportunity |
Opportunity to make a direct investment in TMM alongside our Principal Equityholders with a minimum investment of $50,000 | Align executives and our Principal Equityholders interests and encourage executives to have skin in the game by direct ownership | Messrs. Carr & Wethor and Ms. Palmer made additional investments of their own capital in TMM | |||
Employee Benefits and Perquisites |
Participation in all broad-based employee health and welfare programs and retirement plans | Aid in retention of key executives in a highly competitive market for talent by providing overall benefits package competitive with industry peers | Employee benefits vary based on individual elections; auto allowance and certain commuting expense reimbursements are the only perquisites provided to our named executive officers |
Our executive compensation program also provides for commissions where appropriate, cash severance payments and benefits and accelerated vesting of equity awards in the event of certain terminations of employment following a change in ownership of our business.
163
Base Salary
The base salary component of executive officer compensation is intended to provide a stable level of minimum compensation to each officer commensurate with the executives role, experience and duties. The Compensation Committee annually reviews and approves base salaries for our executive officers based on several factors, including the individuals experience, responsibilities, performance, expected future contribution, our expected financial performance and salaries of similarly situated executives of our public peers in the homebuilding industry and in the general industry.
Following its review of existing salary levels as set by our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, available market data and individual performance factors, and in order to partially mitigate the decrease in annual cash compensation resulting from the changes to compensation mix (discussed under Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses , below), the Compensation Committee, in consultation with Ms. Palmer (except as to her own compensation), determined that named executive officer base salaries would increase as of January 1, 2012, as follows:
Name and Title |
2011 Base Salary | 2012 Base Salary | ||||||
Sheryl Palmer |
$ | 630,375 | $ | 700,000 | ||||
David Cone* |
N/A | $ | 400,000 | |||||
Stephen Wethor |
$ | 400,000 | $ | 450,000 | ||||
Ed Barnes* |
N/A | $ | 450,000 | |||||
Louis Steffens |
$ | 443,375 | $ | 475,000 | ||||
Tawn Kelley |
$ | 364,500 | $ | 425,000 | ||||
Brad Carr** |
$ | 293,908 | $ | 401,240 |
* | These executives commenced employment with us during 2012. |
** | Mr. Carr received an increase in base salary to $310,961 on January 1, 2012 and received an additional increase to $401,240 on May 25, 2012 in connection with his promotion to President of Monarch. |
Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses
The second component of executive officer compensation is annual cash incentive bonuses based on company performance. Tying a portion of total compensation to annual company performance permits us to adjust the performance measures each year to reflect changing objectives and those that may be of special importance for a particular year. Through this program, we seek to provide an appropriate amount of short-term cash compensation that is at-risk and tied to the achievement of certain short-term performance goals.
Target Amounts. Target annual cash incentive bonuses in respect of 2012 were significantly reduced for each of our named executive officers, from the 2011 levels set by our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc. The Compensation Committee reduced the bonus targets after its review of the existing compensation package for our executives, taking into account the competitive salary levels previously established and the level of equity-based compensation set by our Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof), and its determination that, effective as of January 1, 2012, a smaller portion of total compensation would be delivered through annual cash bonuses, with a greater emphasis on equity-based compensation. The target annual cash incentive bonuses for 2012 set by the Compensation Committee for each of our named executive officers as decreased from the prior year are as follows:
Name |
2012 Target Annual
Bonus as a Percentage of Base Salary |
Percentage Decrease in Target
Bonus from Prior Year |
||||||
Sheryl Palmer |
150 | % | -350 | % | ||||
C. David Cone* |
100 | % | N/A | |||||
Stephen Wethor |
135 | % | -215 | % | ||||
Ed Barnes* |
100 | % | N/A | |||||
Louis Steffens |
135 | % | -315 | % | ||||
Tawn Kelley |
135 | % | -215 | % | ||||
Brad Carr** |
125 | % | -100 | % |
164
* | These executives commenced employment with us during 2012. Mr. Cones annual bonus for 2012 will be prorated based on his commencement of employment with us on October 15, 2012. |
** | Mr. Carrs bonus opportunity was decreased as of January 1, 2012 to 185% of base salary (at the same time that bonus opportunities for other executives were decreased) and further decreased to 125% of base salary on May 25, 2012 in order to rebalance his total target compensation upon the issuance to him of a new equity compensation opportunity in connection with his promotion to President of Monarch. |
The actual 2012 annual cash incentive bonus amounts will be calculated based on a combination of objective performance measures and using the following formula:
Annual Salary |
x |
Target
Bonus Percentage |
x |
Business
Unit Multiplier |
= |
Bonus
Payout |
Business Unit Multiplier . Our Business Unit Multiplier is an aggregated measure of the attainment of specific financial and operational performance goals for the relevant business unit, or, for some officers, for the company as a whole, expressed in our tables below as a percentage. These performance goals are based on corporate and business objectives and are not tied to individual performance. Nevertheless, the goal itself varies among the officers, as described below. To determine the Business Unit Multiplier, specific criteria and corresponding goals are set for each officer. Each goal (1) has an associated entry, threshold, and maximum percentage attainment level (typically, 20%, 50-60% and 100%, respectively), with straight-line interpolation for attainment between levels, and (2) is weighted to reflect the Compensation Committees assessment of the goals importance in relation to our overall business objectives. Specifically, the percentage attainment of each goal is applied to the weighting factor (itself a percentage), and these numbers are totaled to set the Business Unit Multiplier.
Establishing Performance Goals for 2012 Annual Bonus Plan . Bonus plan goals for 2012 were established by the Compensation Committee in consultation with Ms. Palmer. The bonus plan goals included financial performance metrics consistent with those established for the post-Acquisition period of 2011 and operational goals focused on customer satisfaction and the North American Scorecard. The term North American Scorecard is used to describe a combination of key financial and operational metrics that are critical to the successful performance of our business and which are tracked monthly and measured in the aggregate. These metrics include budgets or expectations, as well as measures of forecasting accuracy, construction performance and customer satisfaction. The threshold payout level was designed to be achievable with strong management performance and the maximum level was designed to encourage and reward our named executive officers for outstanding performance.
The approach to goal setting for 2012 bonuses involved a process of reviewing, among other things, our prior years financial performance, the economic constraints facing the homebuilding industry and the economy and our short-term and long-term strategic objectives. We also took into account the need for setting goals that are challenging yet reasonably achievable so as to provide a competitive pay package necessary for the retention of our talent.
In the tables below, the Actual Attainment column is blank because, as of the date of this filing, such attainment has not been finally measured and confirmed, and actual bonus payout amounts have not yet been determined.
165
Achievement of Corporate Performance Goals . The 2012 bonus program performance goals applicable to Ms. Palmer and Mr. Cone are subject to overall company not business unit specific results. The goals were as follows:
Corporate Performance ($ in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
Performance Goals |
Weight |
Entry
(20%) |
Threshold
(60%) |
Maximum
(100%) |
Actual
Attainment |
|||||||||||
Earnings before interest and taxes |
40% | $ | 145,000 | $ | 165,000 | $ | 180,000 | |||||||||
Operating cash flow before all land investment |
30% | $ | 275,000 | $ | 300,000 | $ | 325,000 | |||||||||
Actual Closings plus year-end order book |
20% | 6,800 | 6,950 | 7,100 | ||||||||||||
Customer Satisfaction 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction |
10% | 82 | % | 86 | % | 90 | % |
Achievement of Business Unit Performance Goals . The 2012 bonus program performance goals applicable to Messrs. Steffens, Wethor, and Carr and Ms. Kelley are based on overall company results and/or the results of the specific business unit they lead. Performance criteria for 2012 for the East, West and Canada regions were the same as the metrics used for the overall company (earnings before interest and taxes, cash flow, order book/closings and customer satisfaction).
|
Mr. Steffens 2012 bonus will be based 100% on the results of the East region. The goals for the East region for 2012 were as follows: |
East Region Performance ($ in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||
Performance Goals |
Weight |
Entry
(20%) |
Threshold
(60%) |
Maximum
(100%) |
Actual
Attainment |
|||||||||||||
Earnings before interest and taxes |
30 | % | $ | 57,000 | $ | 65,000 | $ | 71,000 | ||||||||||
Operating cash flow before all land investment |
30 | % | $ | 100,000 | $ | 106,000 | $ | 112,000 | ||||||||||
Actual Closings plus year-end order book |
20 | % | 2,040 | 2,067 | 2,165 | |||||||||||||
Customer Satisfaction 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction |
10 | % | 82 | % | 86 | % | 90 | % | ||||||||||
North American Scorecard |
10 | % | 3rd | 2nd | 1st |
|
Mr. Wethors 2012 bonus will be based 100% on the results of the West region unless the overall company results are better than the results for the West region for the first quarter (when he served as acting Chief Financial Officer), in which case 25% of his bonus will tie to overall company results based on the Corporate Performance goals described above. The goals for the West region for 2012 were as follows: |
West Region Performance ($ in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||
Performance Goals |
Weight |
Entry
(20%) |
Threshold
(60%) |
Maximum
(100%) |
Actual
Attainment |
|||||||||||||
Earnings before interest and taxes |
30 | % | $ | 30,000 | $ | 35,000 | $ | 38,000 | ||||||||||
Operating cash flow before all land investment |
30 | % | $ | 115,000 | $ | 124,000 | $ | 134,000 | ||||||||||
Actual Closings plus year-end order book |
20 | % | 1,290 | 1,308 | 1,370 | |||||||||||||
Customer Satisfaction 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction |
10 | % |
|
82% |
|
86% | 90% | |||||||||||
North American Scorecard |
10 | % | 3rd | 2nd | 1st |
166
|
Mr. Carrs 2012 bonus will be based either 100% on the results of the Canada region (calculated with his current bonus target of 125% of his current base salary of $401,240) or 100% on the performance of the low-rise division of Monarch (calculated based on his bonus target and base salary in effect prior to his promotion to President of Monarch at 185% of a base salary of $310,961), whichever formula results in a higher amount being due him. The goals for the Canada region for 2012 were as follows: |
Canada Monarch Region Performance ($ in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||
Performance Goals |
Weight |
Entry
(20%) |
Threshold
(60%) |
Maximum
(100%) |
Actual
Attainment |
|||||||||||||
Earnings before interest and taxes |
30 | % | $ | 83,000 | $ | 90,000 | $ | 97,000 | ||||||||||
Operating cash flow before all land investment |
30 | % | $ | 87,000 | $ | 97,000 | $ | 107,000 | ||||||||||
Actual Closings plus year-end order book* |
20 | % | 3,470 | 3,575 | 3,610 | |||||||||||||
Customer Satisfaction 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction* |
10 | % | 81% | 85% | 89% | |||||||||||||
North American Scorecard* |
10 | % | 3rd | 2nd | 1st |
* | The performance metrics and targets for the Low Rise Division of Monarch are the same as for Monarch except for lower targets as follows: |
Performance Goals |
Weight |
Entry
(20%) |
Threshold
(60%) |
Maximum
(100%) |
Actual
Attainment |
|||||||||||||
Actual Closings plus year-end order book |
20% | 1,400 | 1,460 | 1,483 | ||||||||||||||
Customer Satisfaction - 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction |
10% | 82% | 86% | 90% | ||||||||||||||
Scorecard |
10% | 9 | 5 | 1 |
|
Ms. Kelleys bonus is based 50% on overall company results based on the goals described above and 50% on TMHF results and is designed to incentivize Ms. Kelley to integrate TMHF into our core homebuilding business. The goals for TMHF for 2012 were as follows: |
TMHF Performance ($ in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||
Performance Goals |
Weight |
Entry
(20%) |
Threshold
(60%) |
Maximum
(100%) |
Actual
Attainment |
|||||||||||||
Profit per Unit |
40% | $4,400 | $4,550 | $4,700 | ||||||||||||||
Revenue |
40% | 2.80% | 2.90% | 3.00% | ||||||||||||||
Mortgage Capture |
20% | 80% | 82.5% | 85% |
|
In connection with Mr. Barnes departure in June 2012 and entry into a separation and general release agreement with us, we agreed to provide him with a prorated bonus opportunity for 2012 based 100% on overall company results based on the goals described above or a prorated amount of his guaranteed minimum bonus of $300,000, whichever results in a higher bonus being due him. |
As of the date hereof, audited financials have not been completed, so actual cash incentive bonuses payable to each of our named executive officers in respect of 2012 have not yet been determined.
Long-Term Incentives Equity-Based
Class M Unit Plan for U.S. Executives . Following the Acquisition, each of our named executive officers (other than Mr. Carr, whose phantom arrangement is described below) were granted equity-based interests in TMM, which allow them to share in the future appreciation of TMM, subject to certain vesting conditions including both time-based vesting (based on continued employment) and performance-based vesting (based on the return achieved by our Principal Equityholders), as described in more detail below. These equity-based interests are designed to foster a long-term commitment to us by our named executive officers, provide a balance to the short-term cash components of our compensation program, align a portion of our executives compensation to the interests of our Principal Equityholders, promote retention and reinforce our pay-for-performance structure (as discussed in more detail below).
167
The equity interests were granted pursuant to the TMM Holdings Limited Partnership 2011 Management Incentive Plan (the MIP) in the form of profits interests, called Class M Units. Class M Units represent an ownership interest in TMM providing the holder with the opportunity to receive, upon a liquidity event, a return based on the appreciation of TMMs equity value from the date of grant. These Class M Units were issued as an upfront grant designed to provide a long-term incentive for the next five years. The awards were structured so that if TMMs equity value were to appreciate, the executive would share in the growth in value from the date of grant solely with respect to the vested portion of the executives Class M Units. If TMMs equity were not to appreciate in value or decrease in value in the future, then the Class M Units would have no value.
These equity awards also function as a retention device because a portion of the awards are scheduled to vest ratably over a five-year period (20% per year), subject to the named executive officers continued employment on each annual vesting date. To reinforce the pay-for-performance structure and alignment with interests of our equity holders, a portion of each award is scheduled to vest only upon satisfaction of certain performance thresholds (50% of the performance-based Class M Units are scheduled to vest only if the return on investment to our Principal Equityholders is 2.0x and the remaining 50% are scheduled to vest only if the return on investment to our Principal Equityholders is 2.5x; however, if the liquidity event occurs within 24 months following the Acquisition, the thresholds for vesting are reduced from 2.0x and 2.5x to 1.75x and 2.25x, respectively). See the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table for more information regarding the Class M Units held by our named executive officers.
Phantom Plan for Executives in Canada . In May 2012, in connection with his promotion to serve as regional President of Monarch, Mr. Carr was issued phantom interests (Phantom Units) pursuant to the TMM Holdings Limited Partnership 2011 Phantom Appreciation Rights Plan. Phantom Units are designed to provide equivalent payments and benefits to the equity awards issued under the MIP and are generally subject to the same terms and conditions as the MIP awards. Phantom Units do not entitle the holder to any equity interest in TMM and will be settled in cash. To that end, the payments and benefits under the phantom arrangement provide an opportunity to receive additional compensation based on the future appreciation of TMM, subject to certain vesting conditions including both time-based vesting (based on continued employment) and performance-based vesting (based on the return achieved by our Principal Equityholders) on the same basis as in the MIP awards, in a manner consistent with Canadian tax rules.
Equity-based and Phantom Unit Awards Issued in 2012 . On May 25, 2012, Mr. Carr received a grant of 1,300,000 Phantom Units in connection with his promotion to President of Monarch, an amount which the Compensation Committee determined was at the low range of what would be an appropriate grant level for someone serving in a similar position but was selected because of Mr. Carrs new promotion to the position. After its review of his performance in the new position during the six months after his promotion, the Compensation Committee issued to Mr. Carr, effective as of December 7, 2012, an additional grant of 400,000 Phantom Units to bring his incentive compensation and total target compensation up to what it determined were more competitive levels. On October 15, 2012, Mr. Cone received an initial new hire grant of 1,500,000 Class M Units, an amount which the Compensation Committee determined was at the low range of what would be an appropriate grant level for someone serving in such position but was selected because Mr. Cone was a new hire. After its review of his performance in his role, the Compensation Committee issued to Mr. Cone, effective as of December 7, 2012, an additional grant of 400,000 Class M Units to bring his equity compensation and total target compensation up to what it determined were more competitive levels. On June 29, 2012, our Compensation Committee determined in its sole discretion to issue each of our other named executive officers a one-time special equity-based grant of Class M Units in order to maintain the value of the equity compensation held by our named executive officers in light of, and in connection with, the additional equity contribution associated with the offering of senior notes and Sponsor Loan Contribution in April 2012. The size of each grant was determined based on the executives then outstanding equity awards, with larger awards being issued to those individuals with a higher level of existing equity and were as follows: Ms. Palmer1,000,000 Class M Units; Mr. Wethor425,000 Class M Units; Mr. Steffens425,000 Class M Units; and Ms. Kelley200,000 Class M Units.
168
Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan.
Consistent with our pay-for-performance compensation structure, the Compensation Committee approved the adoption of a new long-term cash incentive plan (the Cash LTIP) for the benefit of our executive officers, including our named executive officers. The Cash LTIP is designed to motivate and reward management for the achievement of multi-year performance goals by offering participants an opportunity to receive cash payments based on the achievement of such goals. The Cash LTIP has a three-year performance period commencing January 1, 2012 and continuing through December 31, 2014. Payouts under the Cash LTIP are based on achievement of targeted return on net assets (50%) for the year ending December 31, 2014 and cumulative earnings before interest and taxes (50%) over the three-year period. This bonus is paid at the end of the three-year performance period, if applicable performance goals are achieved. The amount of each individuals target payout is set at a multiple of target annual cash incentive bonus opportunities for fiscal year 2012, which is 100% for our executives, as follows:
Executive |
Base |
2012 Bonus
Opportunity |
LTIP
Opportunity |
|||||||||
Sheryl Palmer |
$ | 700,000 | 150 | % | $ | 1,050,000 | ||||||
C. David Cone* |
$ | 400,000 | 100 | % | $ | 300,000 | ||||||
Louis Steffens |
$ | 475,000 | 135 | % | $ | 641,250 | ||||||
Stephen Wethor |
$ | 450,000 | 135 | % | $ | 607,500 | ||||||
Brad Carr |
$ | 401,240 | 125 | % | $ | 501,550 | ||||||
Tawn Kelley |
$ | 425,000 | 135 | % | $ | 573,750 |
* | Mr. Cones LTIP opportunity has been prorated based on his commencement of employment with us in October 15, 2012. |
Investment Opportunity
The Compensation Committee believes it is important for key members of our senior management team and directors to build and maintain a long-term ownership position in our company, to further align their financial interests with those of our Principal Equityholders and to encourage the creation of long-term value. In order to achieve such goals and to assure that management owns a meaningful level of equity in TMM, each of our named executive officers was offered an opportunity to make a direct investment in TMM alongside our Principal Equityholders through the purchase of Class A Units, with a minimum investment amount of $50,000. We encouraged our executive officers to invest more than the minimum and rather invest an amount that is equal to one times their base salary, and each of our named executive officers (other than Mr. Cone) made an investment in TMM that is greater than the minimum amount. We believe that this investment opportunity has resulted in our management team having a desirable level of direct ownership in the business and a sufficient level of capital at risk thereby reinforcing our goal of aligning the interests of management with our owners.
Employee Benefits and Perquisites
We provide a number of benefit plans to all eligible employees, including our named executive officers. These benefits include programs such as medical, dental, life insurance, business travel accident insurance, short-and long-term disability coverage, a 401(k) defined contribution plan for employees in the United States, a registered retirement savings plans for employees in Canada and home purchase rebate program providing employees with a 5% rebate on purchases of homes built by our business. Employees in the United States who have been with us on or before December 31, 2010, including certain of our named executive officers, were eligible to accrue pension benefits under a cash balance pension plan which was frozen to new accruals and participants as of January 1, 2011. Under this plan, prior to 2011, our predecessor contributed a specified percentage of each employees salary each quarter (generally based on the participants age) to the participants account balance, and employees vested in their accounts after five years of service. For further information on pension benefits for our named executive officers, see the Pension Benefits table.
169
Perquisites for our named executive officers are limited to monthly auto allowances and, solely for Ms. Palmer, commuting expenses for her travel from her residence in Las Vegas to our offices in Scottsdale, Arizona. Auto allowances may be available to our other employees either in an executive role or those employees whose positions require regular driving for business as an essential job function. While perquisites help to provide competitive total compensation packages to the named executive officers in a cost-efficient manner by providing a benefit with a high perceived value at a relatively low cost, we do not generally view perquisites as a material component of our executive compensation program. In the future, we may provide additional or different perquisites or other personal benefits in limited circumstances, such as where we believe doing so is appropriate to assist an individual in the performance of his or her duties, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective and for recruitment, motivation and/or retention purposes.
During 2012, Ms. Kelley received certain commission payments totaling approximately $177,154, consistent with the terms of Ms. Kelleys employment agreement originally established in 2009 at the time her company was acquired by our predecessor. Such commissions are based on certain percentage of net profit dollars earned on each joint venture/spot retail closing in a given year and are generally payable within 30 days of the end of each calendar month. In the event Ms. Kelleys employment were to terminate, she would be entitled to outstanding commissions only for joint venture/spot retail closings that occur prior to her departure date.
Employment Agreements, Severance Protection and Restrictive Covenant Agreements
Each of our named executive officers (other than Messrs. Carr and Barnes) is party to an employment agreement with us, which specifies the terms of the individuals employment including certain compensation levels and are intended to assure us of the executives continued employment and provide stability in our senior management team.
Each of Messrs. Wethor, Steffens and Ms. Kelleys employment agreements with us were entered into prior to the Acquisition, and the employment of each such named executive officer under these agreements will continue in effect until terminated by us or by the named executive officer. Mr. Cones employment agreement with us was entered into shortly following his commencement of employment, and the term of his employment under such agreement will continue in effect until terminated by us or him. The term of Ms. Palmers employment agreement (dated July 13, 2011, and amended as of May 17, 2012), which was entered into in connection with the Acquisition in replacement of her then existing employment agreement, continues for three years through July 13, 2014, subject to automatic successive one-year extensions thereafter unless either party gives at least 90 days prior notice that the term will not be extended.
Ms. Palmer and Messrs. Wethor, Cone, Steffens and Carr are each party to a restrictive covenant agreement, which includes an 18-month post-employment non-compete and non-solicit of customers and employees in connection with certain terminations of employment; however, if termination is without cause by us or the executive resigns for good reason, the covenants apply only through the duration of the period in which the executive is receiving severance. Ms. Kelly is party to a similar restrictive covenant agreement, but hers will apply only during a post-employment period in which she is also receiving severance.
Pursuant to the employment agreements, we provide salary continuation and other benefits in the event of certain terminations of employment. A portion of the Class M Units (only those subject to time-based vesting conditions) held by our named executive officers (Phantom Units with respect to Mr. Carr) are also subject to accelerated vesting upon certain terminations of employment following a sale of TMM (generally, a transaction where (1) more than 80% of the Class A units are acquired by a third party that is unrelated to the Principal Equityholders, (2) the buyer acquires the right to replace the general partner of TMM, or (3) all or substantially all of the assets are sold (including due to the sale of more than 80% of the equity of the subsidiaries holding such assets)). These payments and benefits are designed to provide financial security in the event of certain corporate transactions and/or termination of employment, as well as consideration for the executives compliance
170
with certain post-employment restrictive covenants. We believe these provisions help retain our executives who are critical to the success and operation of our business while also protecting important business objectives through restrictive covenants. See Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control for a discussion of severance and change of control payments payable to our named executive officers pursuant to their employment agreements.
In May 2012, we amended Ms. Palmers employment agreement to provide her with an opportunity to receive a special retirement bonus of $1,000,000 if she voluntarily terminates her employment with us after May 15, 2013 and does not resume employment in the homebuilding industry in any capacity for five years. If Ms. Palmer resumes employment in the homebuilding industry within five years, she will be required to repay the bonus to us. The purpose of providing this bonus was twofold: to retain Ms. Palmers services through at least May 15, 2013 and incentivize her not to directly compete with us, which could cause significant harm to our business.
As mentioned above, we did not enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Carr. This is primarily because we expect he would be entitled to certain severance benefits depending on the circumstances of his dismissal pursuant to and in accordance with Canadian law, as described in more detail below under Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control. We did not enter into any employment agreement with Mr. Barnes due to the short term of his service with our business. We entered into a separation agreement and general release agreement with him in connection with his departure, which is described under Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.
Other Program Attributes
Equity Ownership
Our compensation structure for management provides for a significant percentage of compensation to be equity-based, which places a substantial portion of compensation at risk over a long-term period. At this time, we do not have specific equity ownership guidelines for named executive officers or our non-employee directors as our equity-based compensation programs and previously offered investment opportunities have, in our view, resulted in management having a desirable level of direct ownership in our business.
Adjustment or Recovery of Awards
Our equity-based awards provide that all vested equity-based awards will be forfeited by our executives automatically upon a breach by them of any of the post-employment restrictive covenants (e.g. non-competes) to which they are subject. The executive would also be responsible for damages suffered by us in connection with any such breach. We view this recovery of awards feature as a necessary element of our equity-based program as it deters competitive activities that would likely cause significant harm to our business.
Looking Ahead: Post-IPO Compensation
Retention of a Compensation Consultant
In November 2012, the Compensation Committee retained Pearl Meyer, the compensation consulting firm, to evaluate our compensation programs and to provide guidance with respect to developing and implementing our compensation philosophy and programs as a public company.
Clawback Policy
In connection with or following this offering, we intend to adopt a clawback policy that would require an individual to repay to us any incentive compensation paid to such individual based on the individuals misconduct that results in the restatement of our financials. In addition, we reserve the right to adopt any additional clawback policies as may be necessary to protect our compensation policies and objectives and as may be required by law, including mandates required by the Dodd-Frank Act.
171
2013 Equity Plan
In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt an omnibus equity incentive plan, the 2013 Plan, designed to align the interests of our management team with our new public investors. Pursuant to such plan, the compensation committee of TMHC (or subcommittee of delegated directors or officers) will have authority to grant awards under the plan, determine the types of awards to be granted, the recipients of awards, and the terms and conditions of awards (including the number of shares of Class A common stock (or dollar value) subject thereto, the vesting schedule and term, and to what extent and when awards may be settled in cash, shares of common stock, restricted shares or other property) and to establish rules relating to the plan and interpret the plan and awards.
The TMHC compensation committee may grant awards of stock options, share appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock-based awards, cash-based awards or any combination of the foregoing to our non-employee directors and current or prospective employees, consultants or advisors selected by the TMHC compensation committee. Subject to adjustment in connection with changes in capitalization and other corporate or non-recurring events, the 2013 Plan will provide for an aggregate of shares of our Class A common stock, including authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or shares purchased in the open market or otherwise, to be authorized for grants.
172
Summary Compensation Table
The following table summarizes the compensation earned by, or awarded or paid to, each of our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
Name and Principal Position |
Year |
Salary
($) |
Bonus
($)(1) |
TMM
Class M Units or Phantom Units ($)(2) |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(3) |
Change in
Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)(4) |
All Other
Compensation ($)(6) |
Total
($) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sheryl Palmer |
2012 | 700,000 | | 620,000 | 8,526 | 71,230 | 1,399,756 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Director of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities |
2011 | 626,827 | | 2,222,000 | 2,764,050 | 14,437 | 1,539,225 | 7,166,539 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
C. David Cone, |
2012 | 84,615 | | 1,332,143 | | 2,782 | 1,419,540 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stephen Wethor |
2012 | 450,000 | | 263,500 | 7,604 | 22,326 | 743,430 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
President, West Region and Interim Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. (former) |
2011 | 395,385 | 237,500 | 851,250 | 1,260,288 | 12,725 | 20,719 | 2,777,867 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ed Barnes, |
2012 | 176,538 | | 833,250 | | 290,694 | 1,300,482 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Financial Officer (former) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Louis Steffens |
2012 | 475,000 | | 263,500 | 9,358 | 20,236 | 768,094 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
President, East Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc. |
2011 | 423,553 | 212,500 | 833,250 | 1,765,723 | 15,602 | 17,601 | 3,268,229 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tawn Kelley |
2012 | 425,000 | | 124,000 | 3,318 | 199,480 | 751,798 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
President, TMHF and Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures |
2011 | 362,365 | 175,000 | 404,000 | 1,160,278 | 5,588 | 78,084 | 2,185,315 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Brad Carr, |
2012 | 363,624 | | 1,043,143 | | 24,656 | 1,431,423 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
President of Monarch(5) |
(1) | The amounts reported in this column for 2011 reflect the second half of the transaction and success bonuses earned in fiscal 2011 contingent upon the executive remaining employed for the six-month period following the Acquisition, which were payable pursuant to special transaction and success bonus arrangements entered into in 2009, as approved by our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc. These bonuses were designed to reward such executive officers for their efforts and contributions towards the consummation of a sale of Taylor Wimpey plc North American business and to provide an incentive to such executives to remain employed with us through and following the sale. The amount of each executives transaction and success bonus was set at a number of months of such individuals 2009 base salary (generally 12 months) as determined by our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc. |
(2) | The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification topic 718, Stock Compensation, as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 19 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Additional information regarding the awards is set forth in the tables and notes under Grants of Plan-Based Awards and Outstanding Equity and Equity-Based Awards at Fiscal Year End. The grant date fair value for Mr. Barnes award on January 31, 2012 has been estimated based on the grant date fair value as of December 15, 2011 because Mr. Barnes forfeited his Class M Unit award on June 19, 2012 in connection with his departure. |
(3) | The amounts reported in this column were paid under our annual cash incentive bonus program for the applicable year, which is described above, see Compensation Discussion and Analysis Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses. Bonuses for 2012 have not yet been determined, as audited financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2012 have yet to be produced. 2012 bonuses will be disclosed upon being finalized. |
(4) | These amounts do not represent realized compensation; rather, they represent an actuarial adjustment to the present value of accumulated benefits under our Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan, from the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for the applicable fiscal year, to the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for the applicable fiscal year. See below under the heading Pension Benefits for additional details. |
173
(5) | Figures in this table for Mr. Carr are in U.S. dollars, even though amounts were paid to Mr. Carr in Canadian dollars. To derive the figures in the table, the actual Canadian dollar amounts paid were converted to U.S. dollars at a rate of 1.0031 Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars, the Canadian to U.S dollar exchange rate in effect on December 31, 2012. |
(6) | For each of our named executive officers, All Other Compensation consists of the payments for fiscal 2012 that are shown in the table below: |
Name |
401(k)
Company Match ($) |
Company
Paid Life Insurance Premiums ($) |
Auto
Allowance ($) |
Commuting
Expenses ($)(a) |
Other
($) |
Total ($) | ||||||||||||||||||
Sheryl Palmer |
8,575 | 2,951 | 14,400 | 25,554 | 19,750 | (b) | 71,230 | |||||||||||||||||
C. David Cone |
923 | 336 | 1,523 | | | 2,782 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stephen Wethor |
8,575 | 2,951 | 10,800 | | | 22,326 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ed Barnes |
3,894 | 790 | 2,825 | | 283,186 | (c) | 290,694 | |||||||||||||||||
Louis Steffens |
6,125 | 2,951 | 10,800 | | 360 | (d) | 20,236 | |||||||||||||||||
Tawn Kelley |
8,575 | 2,951 | 10,800 | | 177,154 | (e) | 199,480 | |||||||||||||||||
Brad Carr |
6,019 | (f) | 1,184 | 17,454 | | | 24,656 |
(a) | We pay the commuting expense of Ms. Palmers flights from her residence in Las Vegas, Nevada to our corporate headquarters in Scottsdale, Arizona. |
(b) | This amount represents the value of the rebate Ms. Palmer received in connection with her home purchase pursuant to the Taylor Morrison Home Purchase Rebate Program. |
(c) | This value represents the amount of severance paid to Mr. Barnes following his departure from employment on June 19, 2012, pursuant to his separation and release agreement ($258,462) and the value of relocation benefits he received ($24,724). |
(d) | This value represents a service award paid to Mr. Steffens in recognition of his five-year anniversary with us. We recognize all team members achieving milestone anniversaries for their commitment and loyalty to us beginning at five years of service and again every addition five-year milestone thereafter. |
(e) | For 2012, Ms. Kelly received commissions for joint venture/spot retail closings. |
(f) | For Mr. Carr, this amount reflects contributions to a registered retirement savings plan in Canada. |
174
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table summarizes awards under our annual cash incentive bonus program and the equity-based awards to each of our named executive officers in the year ended December 31, 2012.
Name |
Grant
Date |
Type of Award |
Estimated
Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan Awards(1) |
Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2) |
Estimated Possible Payouts Of
Class M Unit Awards or Phantom Units(3) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Target
($) |
Entry
($) |
Threshold
($) |
Maximum
($) |
Number of
Class M Units or Phantom Units(#) |
Grant Date Fair
Value of Class M Units or Phantom Units ($/Unit)(4) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sheryl Palmer |
6/29/12 | Class M Units | 1,000,000 | 620,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Bonus Program | 210,000 | 630,000 | 1,050,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Cash LTIP | 1,050,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
C. David Cone(5) |
12/7/12 | Class M Units | 400,000 | 237,143 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10/15/12 | Class M Units | 1,500,000 | 1,095,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Bonus Program | 20,000 | 60,000 | 100,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Cash LTIP | 300,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stephen Wethor |
6/29/12 | Class M Units | 425,000 | 263,500 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Bonus Program | 121,500 | 364,500 | 607,500 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Cash LTIP | 607,500 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ed Barnes |
Class M Units | 2,887,500 | 833,250 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Bonus Program | 300,000 | | 450,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Louis Steffens |
6/29/12 | Class M Units | 425,000 | 263,500 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Bonus Program | 128,250 | 384,750 | 641,250 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Cash LTIP | 641,250 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tawn Kelley |
6/29/12 | Class M Units | 200,000 | 124,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Bonus Program | 114,750 | 344,250 | 573,750 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Cash LTIP | 573,750 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Brad Carr |
12/7/12 | Phantom Units | 400,000 | 273,143 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5/25/12 | Phantom Units | 1,300,000 | 806,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Bonus Program | 115,056 | 345,167 | 575,278 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 Cash LTIP | 501,550 |
(1) | Under our Cash LTIP, each named executive officer is eligible to receive a cash payment for the achievement of certain performance goals over a three-year performance period commencing on January 1, 2012 and continuing through December 31, 2014. For a detailed description of the Cash LTIP, see Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program Long-Term Incentives Equity-Based Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan. This column shows the potential amount of the bonus if the performance metrics are attained. |
(2) | Under our annual cash incentive bonus program, each named executive officer is eligible to receive an annual cash incentive bonus for the fiscal year, the amount of which will vary depending on the degree of attainment of certain performance metrics, as described in Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses. This column shows the potential amount of the bonus if performance metrics were attained at certain entry, threshold or maximum levels. For performance between entry and threshold, or threshold and maximum, the bonus amount is set using straight line interpolation. |
(3) | For a description of the material terms of these awards, see Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program Long-Term incentives Equity-Based Class M Unit Plan for U.S. Executives or Phantom Plan for Executives in Canada. |
(4) | The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification topic 718 Stock Compensation, as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 19 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
(5) | Mr. Cones annual bonus opportunity for 2012 and his Cash LTIP opportunity were pro-rated to reflect his commencement of employment with us on October 15, 2012. |
175
Outstanding Equity and Equity-Based Awards at Fiscal Year-End
Equity and Equity-Based Awards | ||||||||||||
Name |
Grant Date |
Number of Class M Units
and Phantom Units That Have Not Vested (#)(1) |
Market Value of Class M Units
and Phantom Units That Have Not Vested ($)(2) |
|||||||||
Sheryl Palmer |
6/29/2012 | 1,000,000 | 250,000 | |||||||||
12/15/2011 | 6,600,000 | 1,980,000 | ||||||||||
C. David Cone |
12/7/2012 | 400,000 | 0 | |||||||||
10/15/2012 | 1,500,000 | 214,286 | ||||||||||
Stephen Wethor |
6/29/2012 | 425,000 | 106,250 | |||||||||
12/15/2011 | 2,475,000 | 742,500 | ||||||||||
Louis Steffens |
6/29/2012 | 425,000 | 106,250 | |||||||||
12/15/2011 | 2,475,000 | 742,500 | ||||||||||
Tawn Kelley |
6/29/2012 | 200,000 | 50,000 | |||||||||
12/15/2011 | 1,200,000 | 360,000 | ||||||||||
Brad Carr |
12/7/2012 | 400,000 | 0 | |||||||||
5/25/2012 | 1,300,000 | 325,000 | ||||||||||
12/15/2011 | 375,000 | 112,500 |
(1) | All awards granted in 2011 reported in this column were approved and granted by the board of directors of TMM Holdings (G.P.) Inc. in its capacity as the general partner of TMM, (i) on December 15, 2011 Ms. Palmer, Messrs. Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley each received a grant of Class M Units and, Mr.Carr received a grant of 437,500 Phantom Units, of which 20% of the portion of the award subject to time-based vesting vested in fiscal 2012, (ii) Mr. Carr who received a grant of 1,300,000 Phantom Units on May 25, 2012 in connection with his promotion to President of Monarch, (iii) on June 29, 2012 Ms. Palmer, Messrs. Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley each received a grant of Class M Units, (iv) Mr. Cone received an initial grant of 1,500,000 Class M Units on October 15, 2012 in connection with his hiring, and (v) Mr. Cone received a grant of 400,000 Class M Units, and Mr. Carr received a grant of 400,000 Phantom Units on December 7, 2012. See Executive Compensation-Long-Term Incentives Equity Based for a description of the vesting terms of these awards. |
(2) | There was no public market for the Class M Units or Phantom Units as of December 31, 2012 and thus the market value is based on the Compensation Committees valuation of $1.45 per unit as of such date, and the amount reflected in the table represents the value of the unvested time-based Class M Units. Based on a per unit value of $1.45 the return to our Principal Equityholders as of December 31, 2012 would have been less than the relevant vesting thresholds and accordingly, the performance-based Class M Units would have had no value. |
Class M Units and Phantom Units Vested
TMM Class M Units/Phantom Units | ||||||||
Name |
Number of Class M
Units/Phantom Units Vested (#) |
Value Realized
on
Vesting ($)(1) |
||||||
Sheryl Palmer |
1,100,000 | 275,000 | ||||||
Stephen Wethor |
472,500 | 118,125 | ||||||
Louis Steffens |
412,500 | 103,125 | ||||||
Tawn Kelley |
200,000 | 50,000 | ||||||
Brad Carr |
62,500 | 15,625 |
(1) | There was no public market for the Class M Units as of the vesting date of July 13, 2012 and thus the market value is based on the Compensation Committees valuation of $1.25 per unit as of such date. |
176
Pension Benefits
Name |
Plan Name |
Number of Years
Credited Service (#)(1) |
Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit ($) |
Payments During
Last Fiscal Year ($) |
||||||||||
Sheryl Palmer |
Taylor Morrison Cash
Balance Pension Plan |
7.0 | 81,619 | (2) | 0 | |||||||||
Stephen Wethor |
Taylor Morrison Cash
Balance Pension Plan |
6.0 | 60,472 | (2) | 0 | |||||||||
Louis Steffens |
Taylor Morrison Cash
Balance Pension Plan |
6.0 | 72,013 | (2) | 0 | |||||||||
Tawn Kelley |
Taylor Morrison Cash
Balance Pension Plan |
4.0 | 28,291 | (2) | 0 |
(1) | As of December 31, 2012, each participating named executive officer is fully vested in his or her respective retirement plan benefit. Pursuant to the terms of the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan, a year of service is credited once a participant has worked 1,000 hours in that year. |
(2) | These amounts represent the actuarial present value of the total retirement benefit that would be payable to each respective named executive officer under the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan as of December 31, 2012. The following key actuarial assumptions and methodologies were used to calculate the present value of accumulated benefits under the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan: a discount rate of 3.81% and 2012 Static Mortality Table for Annuitants. |
Overview of Pension Benefits
Pension benefits are provided to our named executive officers under the following plan, The Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan (the Pension Plan) (for our officers in the U.S.). Effective January 1, 2011, the Pension Plan was frozen as to new participants and future accruals. Ms. Palmer was the only named executive officer eligible for early retirement under the Pension Plan for fiscal 2012.
The following table is an overview of the current terms and provisions of the frozen Pension Plan and the Supplemental Pension Plan.
Pension Plan |
||
Purpose |
To provide a retirement benefit for eligible employees in recognition of their contributions to the overall success of our business | |
Eligibility |
U.S. salaried and hourly employees, including the named executive officers. The Pension Plan was frozen effective January 1, 2011. Employees hired January 1, 2011 or later are not eligible to participate in the Pension Plan. | |
Retirement Date & Early Retirement Date | Normal Retirement: The first day of the month coinciding with or next following the participants 65 th birthday, or if later the participants 5 th anniversary of joining the Pension Plan. | |
Early Retirement: The first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date that participant attains age 50, and has completed at least five years of service with us. |
177
Pension Plan |
||
Pension Formula |
Normal Retirement: Quarterly credits based on the employees age and eligible compensation (including regular compensation for services, commissions, bonuses, leave cash-outs, deferred compensation, but excluding separation payments), with the size of our contributions increasing based on the participants age. Our contributions range from 2% to 4% of eligible compensation, plus 1% of eligible compensation over the social security wage base. As of January 1, 2011, the Pension Plan was frozen with regard to pay credits.
Early Retirement: Same as normal retirement, however, if the participant elects to receive payments as of the early retirement date, the benefit will be equal to the actuarial equivalent of the normal retirement benefit. |
|
Form of Benefit |
Normal Retirement: Paid as a monthly pension commencing on the participants retirement date and continuing for the participants life, with survivor benefits following the participants death continuing to the participants spouse during the spouses life at a rate equal to 50% of the rate at which such benefits were payable to the participant (i.e., a joint and 50% survivor annuity). A participant who is unmarried at the time benefits become payable under the Pension Plan shall be entitled to a monthly pension continuing for the participants life. However, the form of distribution of such benefit shall be determined pursuant to the provisions of the pension plan (i.e., one lump-sum cash payment, monthly pension payable over the life of the participant, etc.)
Early Retirement: Same as normal retirement. |
Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control
The following summaries and tables describe and quantify the potential payments and benefits that we would provide to our named executive officers in connection with termination of employment and/or change in control. In determining amounts payable, we have assumed in all cases that the termination of employment and/or change in control occurred on December 31, 2012. The amounts that would actually be paid to our executive officers upon a termination of employment will depend on the circumstances and timing of termination or change in control.
Severance Benefits
Sheryl Palmer . If Ms. Palmer resigns for good reason or if we terminate her employment without cause (including our election not to renew her employment agreement), Ms. Palmer will be entitled to receive the following payments and benefits, subject to a release of claims against us and her continued compliance with her post-employment restrictive covenants:
|
cash severance equal to two and a half times her base salary, payable in equal installments over a thirty month period in accordance with our standard payroll practices, provided that if Ms. Palmers date of termination is on or prior to July 13, 2013, her cash severance payment shall be no less than $2,000,000; |
|
a prorated annual bonus for the fiscal year in which her employment terminates, payable in a lump sum and based on actual performance for the year (determined by the board of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings following completion of the performance year and paid at the same time as other executives participating in the applicable plan); and |
178
|
we will pay the employers portion of Ms. Palmers COBRA premiums for up to thirty months following her date of termination of employment or such shorter period if she becomes eligible to receive comparable coverage under another employer plan. |
|
Solely in the event that a qualifying termination occurred within the twenty four month period following a change in control, in addition to the severance payments and benefits described above, Ms. Palmer will be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to two and a half times her target bonus for the then current fiscal year payable in equal installments over the thirty month. |
|
In 2012, we also amended Ms. Palmers employment agreement to provide her with an opportunity to receive a special retirement bonus in the amount of $1,000,000, if, after May 15, 2013, she voluntarily terminates her employment from the homebuilding industry and does not resume employment in the industry in any capacity for a period of five years following such departure. In the event that Ms. Palmer resumes employment in the home building industry within such five-year period, she will be required to repay the special retirement bonus to us. The purpose of providing Ms. Palmer this retirement bonus is twofold: retention of her services through at least May 15, 2013 and to deter her from directly competing with us for a period of five years following any such departure which could cause significant harm our business. |
Termination of Ms. Palmer for cause generally means (i) a material breach by Ms. Palmer of her employment agreement, any equity agreement or any of our policies; (ii) Ms. Palmers gross negligence or willful misconduct, which is injurious to us; or (iii) Ms. Palmers commission of a felony or other crime involving dishonesty, fraud, breach of any fiduciary obligation to the board of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings or any equity holder, or unethical business conduct, in the case of clause (i) subject to up to a fifteen day period to cure such breach or failure if reasonably susceptible to cure.
Resignation by Ms. Palmer for good reason generally means (i) any material diminution in the nature or status of Ms. Palmers duties and responsibilities, (ii) any material diminution in Ms. Palmers base salary or bonus opportunity, other than a decrease in base salary or bonus opportunity that applies to a similarly situated class of employees, or (iii) a change of the Ms. Palmers principal place of business to a location more than 50 miles from its then present location; provided, that Ms. Palmer provides us with written notice of any fact or circumstance believed by her to constitute good reason within 90 days of the occurrence of such fact or circumstance, and subject to a 30 day period to cure such fact or circumstance.
A change in control generally includes: an acquisition in excess of 80% of the stock of our predecessor (which includes a merger and sale or transfer of equity interests), an acquisition in excess of 80% of the equity interests in our subsidiaries, the acquisition of the power to replace a majority of the members of the board of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings or the sale of all or substantially all of our and our subsidiaries assets.
Messrs. Cone, Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley . The employment of Messrs. Cone, Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley may be terminated by us or by the executive at any time, with or without cause. Pursuant to each such executives employment agreement, the executive is entitled to receive severance benefits upon termination by us without cause or upon resignation for good reason that is in connection with a change in control. Upon an eligible termination, the terminated executive will be entitled to continued payment of base salary for 12 months, a prorated annual bonus for the year of termination, and company-paid COBRA premiums for continued participation in our welfare plans for up to one year or such shorter period if the executive becomes eligible for coverage under another group program. The executives entitlement to these severance payments and benefits is generally conditioned on continued compliance with obligations not to solicit our employees, customers or suppliers and a general release of all claims against us.
Resignation for good reason generally includes: (i) a material change in the executives level, scope of duties and responsibilities or total compensation; or (ii) a relocation of more than 50 miles of the executives principal place of employment; provided that, in each case, notice of resignation is delivered to us within 30 days of such occurrence.
179
Termination for cause generally includes any of the following actions by the executive: (i) conviction, guilty plea or confession to any felony, act of fraud, theft or embezzlement; (ii) malfeasance, negligence or intentional failure to perform duties that is not cured after 5 days of receipt of notice from us; or (iii) failure to comply with our employment policies a failure to comply with executives agreement or deviation from any of our employee policies or directives of the board of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings.
Change in control generally includes: the sale of all of the assets of the employer entity; sale of 50% or more of any parent entity that controls the employer; or merger of the employer entity or its controlling parent entity.
Each executive (including Mr. Carr and Mr. Cone) is also subject to a restrictive covenants agreement in which he or she has agreed, among other things, not to compete with us for 18 months following termination of employment by us (other than for cause) or by the executive for good reason, provided that we are paying the executive severance and, except with respect to Ms. Kelley, upon voluntary termination of employment.
Mr. Carr . As an employee in Canada without a written employment agreement upon a termination by us without cause, Mr. Carr will be entitled to reasonable notice of termination, or pay in lieu thereof, under Canadian common law (whether or not following a change in control). The amount of such compensation will be determined at the time of dismissal and will be subject to negotiation. We did not enter into any agreement with Mr. Carr that provided him with single trigger benefits in the event of a change in control.
Mr. Barnes . In connection with his departure on June 19, 2012, we entered into a separation and release agreement with Mr. Barnes which provides him with the right to receive severance payments equal to $480,000 in the aggregate, payable in equal installments in accordance with our regular payroll practices, a prorated bonus for 2012 payable at the same time as other executives receive their bonuses, and company-paid COBRA premiums for up to one year or until he obtains coverage from another employer. In exchange for such severance payments, Mr. Barnes released us from any claims he may have had and agreed to certain restrictions on his activities, including a restriction from soliciting our customers and suppliers for a two-year period following his date of termination.
Change in Control Benefits
We do not provide our named executive officers with any single-trigger change in control payments or benefits. If a change in control were to have occurred on December 31, 2012, and none of our named executive officers were terminated, there would have been no payments due to our named executive officers under any of our plans. Each named executive officers Class M Units (Phantom Units with respect to Mr. Carr) that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions will only become vested upon receipt by our Principal Equityholders of the relevant returns described above, whether or not in connection with a change in control.
Each named executive officers Class M Units or Phantom Units that are subject only to time-based vesting conditions will become 100% vested in connection with any termination by us without cause or by the executive for good reason (each as defined in the relevant award agreement) that occurs within 24 months following a change in control. A change in control is generally defined as: (i) a sale of 80% or more of the equity of TMM or a subsidiary if such subsidiary holds substantially all of the assets of TMM and its subsidiaries; (ii) a sale of substantially all of the assets of TMM and its subsidiaries; or (iii) a transfer pursuant to which the acquirer has power to replace TMMs general partner.
No named executive officer has any right to receive a gross up for any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or any other U.S. federal, state and local income tax.
180
Calculations of Benefits to Which Executives Would be Entitled
Assuming no change in control had occurred and termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2012, the dollar value of the payments and other benefits to be provided to each of the named executive officers are estimated to be as follows:
Estimated Payments and Benefits upon Termination without Cause or
Resignation for Good Reason Assuming No Change in Control had Occurred
Name |
Salary
Continuation |
Prorated
Bonus |
Continued
Benefits |
Other
Compensation |
TOTAL | |||||||||||||||
Sheryl Palmer |
$ | 2,000,000 | (1) | $ | 1,050,000 | (2) | $ | 54,065 | (3) | | $ | 3,104,065 | ||||||||
C. David Cone |
$ | 400,000 | (4) | $ | 100,000 | (2) | $ | 21,626 | (3) | | $ | 521,626 | ||||||||
Stephen Wethor |
$ | 450,000 | (4) | $ | 607,500 | (2) | $ | 21,626 | (3) | | $ | 1,079,126 | ||||||||
Ed Barnes(5) |
$ | 480,000 | $ | 175,070 | $ | 21,626 | | $ | 676,696 | |||||||||||
Louis Steffens |
$ | 475,000 | (4) | $ | 641,250 | (2) | $ | 21,626 | (3) | | $ | 1,137,876 | ||||||||
Tawn Kelley |
$ | 425,000 | (4) | $ | 573,750 | (2) | $ | 21,626 | (3) | $ | 19,263 | (6) | $ | 1,039,639 | ||||||
Brad Carr(7) |
$ | 416,672 | $ | 405,098 | $ | 9,537 | | $ | 831,307 |
(1) | Ms. Palmers base severance amount is two and a half times her base salary ($1,750,000); however, in the event that she was terminated on or prior to July 13, 2013, her base severance payment would have been no less than $2,000,000. |
(2) | Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, each of our named executive officers (other than Messrs. Carr and Barnes) is entitled to a prorated annual bonus for the fiscal year in which employment terminates. For purposes of this table, we have calculated the bonuses assuming that each named executive officer would have received his or her respective target bonus amount, except that Mr. Cones bonus for 2012 would be prorated based on his commencement of employment with us on October 15, 2012. The annual target bonus percentage for fiscal year 2012 for the named executive officers were as follows: Ms. Palmer 150%, Mr. Cone 100%, Mr. Wethor 135%, Mr. Barnes 100%, Mr. Steffens 135%, Ms. Kelley 135%. |
(3) | These amounts reflect the estimated COBRA premiums for the executives and their respective eligible dependents enrolled (if any) in any then existing group health plans for one year (or in the case of Ms. Palmer, 30 months) as required by their respective employment agreements and assumes that the executive does not become eligible for other health coverage. |
(4) | Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, Messrs. Cone, Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley are entitled to an amount equal to one times the named executive officers base salary. |
(5) | As described above, Mr. Barnes employment with us was terminated on June 19, 2012 and this table reflects the actual amounts of severance payable to him in connection with his departure, except that the prorated bonus amount has been calculated assuming that he will receive a prorated bonus based on his target bonus amount of 100%. |
(6) | The amount reflected in this table represents the outstanding commissions owed to Ms. Kelley based on 25% of net profit dollars earned on each joint venture/spot retail closing in 2012. |
(7) | As an employee in Canada without a written employment agreement, Mr. Carr will be entitled to compensation in the event of his dismissal without cause (whether or not following a change in control) in accordance with Canadian law. Such compensation will be determined at the time of dismissal and will be subject to negotiation. The amount reflected is an estimate of his potential severance package, including salary continuation, prorated bonus and continued benefits, and the actual amount that could be due cannot be determined with certainty. |
181
Assuming a change in control and termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2012, the dollar value of the payments and other benefits to be provided to each of the named executive officers are estimated to be as follows:
Estimated Payments and Benefits upon Termination in Connection with a Change in Control
Name |
Salary
Continuation |
Prorated
Bonus |
Continued
Benefits |
Other
Compensation |
Equity
or
Equity-Based Value(1) |
TOTAL | ||||||||||||||||||
Sheryl Palmer |
$ | 2,000,000 | (2) | $ | 1,050,000 | (3) | $ | 54,065 | (4) | $ | 2,625,000 | (5) | $ | 2,230,000 | $ | 7,959,065 | ||||||||
C. David Cone |
$ | 400,000 | (6) | $ | 100,000 | $ | 21,626 | (4) | | $ | 214,286 | $ | 735,912 | |||||||||||
Stephen Wethor |
$ | 450,000 | (6) | $ | 607,500 | (3) | $ | 21,626 | (4) | | $ | 864,179 | $ | 1,943,305 | ||||||||||
Ed Barnes(9) |
$ | 480,000 | $ | 175,500 | $ | 21,626 | | $ | 0 | $ | 677,126 | |||||||||||||
Louis Steffens |
$ | 475,000 | (6) | $ | 573,750 | (3) | $ | 21,626 | (4) | | $ | 848,750 | $ | 1,919,126 | ||||||||||
Tawn Kelley |
$ | 425,000 | (6) | $ | 641,250 | (3) | $ | 21,626 | (4) | $ | 75,070 | (7) | $ | 410,000 | $ | 1,572,946 | ||||||||
Brad Carr(8) |
$ | 416,672 | $ | 405,098 | $ | 9,537 | | $ | 437,500 | $ | 1,268,807 |
(1) | In accordance with the terms of the equity-based awards, the vesting of all of the individuals Class M Units or Phantom Units subject only to time-based vesting conditions would have accelerated and become vested as of the date of termination of employment and change in control. There was no public market for the Class M Units as of December 31, 2012 and thus the market value is based on the Compensation Committees valuation of $1.45 per unit as of such date, and the amount reflected in the tables represents the value of the accelerated vesting of unvested time-based Class M Units or Phantom Units. We have assumed for purposes of this disclosure that return to our Principal Equityholders in connection with any such change in control would have been, based on a per unit value of $1.45, insufficient to trigger any vesting of the performance-based Class M Units or Phantom Units which would have been forfeited without any consideration payable. |
(2) | Ms. Palmers base severance amount is two and a half times her base salary ($1,750,000); however, in the event that she was terminated on or prior to July 13, 2013, her base severance payment would have been no less than $2,000,000. |
(3) | Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, each of our named executive officers (other than Messrs. Carr and Barnes) is entitled to a prorated annual bonus for the fiscal year in which employment terminates. For purposes of this table, we have calculated the bonuses assuming that each named executive officer would have received their respective target bonus amount, except Mr. Cones bonus for 2012 would be prorated based on his commencement of employment with us on October 15, 2012. The annual target bonus percentage for fiscal year 2012 for the name executive officers were as follows: Ms. Palmer 150%, Mr. Cone 100%, Mr. Wethor 135%, Mr. Barnes 100%, Mr. Steffens 135%, and Ms. Kelley 135%. |
(4) | These amounts reflect the estimated COBRA premiums for the executives and their respective eligible dependents enrolled (if any) in any then existing group health plans for one year (or in the case of Ms. Palmer, 30 months) as required by their respective employment agreements. |
(5) | This amount reflects two and a half times an amount equal to 150% of Ms. Palmers base salary, as payable pursuant to her employment agreement, to the extent she is terminated either by us without cause or she resigns for good reason during the 24 month period following a change in control. This amount would be payable in installments over a 30-month period. |
(6) | Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, Messrs. Cone, Wethor, and Steffens and Ms. Kelley are entitled to an amount equal to one times the named executive officers base salary. |
(7) | The amount reflected in this table represents the outstanding commissions owed to Ms. Kelley based on 25% of net profit dollars earned on each joint venture/spot retail closing in 2012. |
(8) | As an employee in Canada without a written employment agreement, Mr. Carr will be entitled to compensation in the event of his dismissal without cause (whether or not following a change in control) in accordance with Canadian law. Such compensation will be determined at the time of dismissal and will be subject to negotiation. The amount reflected is an estimate of his potential severance package, including salary continuation, prorated bonus and continued benefits, and the actual amount that could be due cannot be determined with certainty. |
(9) | As described above, Mr. Barnes employment with us was terminated on June 19, 2012 and this table reflects the actual amounts of severance payable to him in connection with his departure except that the prorated bonus amount has been calculated assuming that he will receive a pro-rated bonus based on his target bonus amount of 100%. All of Mr. Barnes Class M Unit awards were forfeited as of June 19, 2012, therefore no dollar amount is reported in the column titled Equity Value. |
182
Director Compensation
The following table summarizes the compensation earned by, or awarded or paid to, those of our directors who for the year ended December 31, 2012 received compensation for their services as directors.
Name and Principal Position |
Fees
Earned or Paid |
TMM
Class M Units (1) |
Total | |||||||||
Timothy Eller, Chairman |
$ | 46,667 | $ | 512,000 | $ | 558,667 | ||||||
Peter Lane |
$ | 23,333 | $ | 256,000 | $ | 279,333 |
(1) | On June 29, 2012, Mr. Lane received a one-time equity grant in the amount of 400,000 Class M Units, and Mr. Eller who as Chairman received a one-time equity grant in the amount of 800,000 Class M Units. The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification topic 718, Stock Compensation, as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 19 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
None of our directors is party to any service contract with us, and, except as otherwise described below, none receive any compensation from us except, in both cases, for Sheryl Palmer who received compensation for her services as our President and Chief Executive Officer, as described in the preceding tables.
Effective as of July 1, 2012, the Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities approved annual compensation to be provided to two of our directors who do not otherwise receive compensation for the services provided to us by any of the Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof). Ms. Palmer, in her role as an executive officer, does not receive compensation as a director. Such directors are entitled to annual retainers and a one-time appointment equity-based grant of Class M Units. We expect that any additional directors who are retained to provide services to us and who do not otherwise receive compensation for such services from the Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof) will generally receive similar compensation, depending on the individuals specific role and whether such individual will also serve as a chair on one of our committees of the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors and Compensation Committee believe it is important for key members of our senior management team and our directors who receive compensation from us to build and maintain a long-term ownership position in our business, to further align their financial interests with those of our stockholders and to encourage the creation of long-term value.
The compensation levels for Mr. Lane and Mr. Eller are as follows:
|
annual retainer fee for Mr. Lane equal to $40,000; |
|
annual retainer fee for Mr. Eller equal to $80,000; |
|
for Mr. Lane, a one-time appointment grant of 400,000 Class M Units under the MIP, with an ultimate target value ranging from $600,000 to $1,000,000, depending on the return achieved by our Principal Equityholders, vesting over five years in equal annual installments; |
|
for Mr. Eller, a one-time appointment grant of 800,000 Class M Units under the MIP, with an ultimate target value ranging from $1,360,000 to $2,160,000, depending on the return achieved by our Principal Equityholders, vesting over five years in equal annual installments; and |
|
for both Messrs. Lane and Eller, an opportunity to invest in Class A units with a minimum investment amount of $100,000 and Messrs. Lane and Eller both invested more than the minimum amount. |
The annual cash retainer is paid to such directors in quarterly installments in arrears. We also reimburse our directors for reasonable travel and other related expenses to attend Board of Directors and Committee meetings.
183
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
Senior Notes
On April 13, 2012, the Operating Subsidiaries issued $550.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.750% Senior Notes due 2020. A portion of the net proceeds of the senior notes was used to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes. The senior notes are unsecured and guaranteed by TMM and certain of TMMs domestic subsidiaries. On August 21, 2012, the Operating Subsidiaries issued an additional $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes under the same indenture.
The indenture governing the senior notes contains covenants that limit the ability of the Operating Subsidiaries, TMM and certain of their subsidiaries to, among other things, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions on capital stock or make payments in respect of subordinated indebtedness, make investments, incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock, create certain liens, enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from certain restricted subsidiaries, consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets, engage in transactions with affiliates and create additional, unrestricted subsidiaries. The senior notes are also subject to a requirement that we offer to purchase the senior notes at par with certain proceeds of asset sales (to the extent not applied in accordance with the senior notes indenture). We are also required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding senior notes at 101% of their aggregate principal amount upon the occurrence of specified change of control events. The senior notes do not have any registration rights.
The senior notes mature on April 15, 2020. Interest on the senior notes accrues at the rate of 7.750% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year.
We may redeem some or all of the senior notes at any time prior to April 15, 2015, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. On or after April 15, 2015, we may also redeem some or all of the notes at the redemption prices specified in the indenture relating to the senior notes.
At any time prior to April 15, 2015, we may also redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the senior notes with the net cash proceeds of this offering and other equity offerings, at a redemption price equal to 103.875% (if the redemption occurs prior to April 15, 2013) or 107.750% (if the redemption occurs on or after April 15, 2013) of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date.
Revolving Credit Facility
Concurrently with the Acquisition, TMC and Monarch Corporation (together, the Revolver Co-Borrowers), entered into the Revolving Credit Facility, in an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million, the proceeds of which may be used by the Revolver Co-Borrowers for working capital and general corporate purposes. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on July 13, 2016. The aggregate amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility was increased to $125.0 million in August 2012 and $225.0 million in December 2012.
The obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed, jointly and severally, by TMM, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Monarch Communities, Monarch Parent Inc. and each material current and future wholly owned domestic subsidiary of TMC (other than certain excluded subsidiaries and any unrestricted subsidiaries) (the Revolver Subsidiary Guarantors, and together with TMM, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Monarch Communities and Monarch Parent Inc., the Revolver Guarantors) and are secured by (a) a pledge of the equity interests of Monarch Parent Inc., Monarch Corporation and TMC and (b) substantially all of the assets of TMC and the Revolver Subsidiary Guarantors.
184
On April 13, 2012, TMC, Monarch Corporation, the lenders and the other parties thereto amended and restated the Revolving Credit Facility in order to, among other things, (a) permit us to measure borrowing availability under the facility by reference to a formula based on the amount of real estate collateral pledged to the secured parties under the Revolving Credit Facility (but not exceeding the aggregate principal amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility) (such calculated amount being referred to hereinafter as the Availability Amount), (b) permit Monarch Corporation and its subsidiaries to incur certain indebtedness and liens without limitation (but subject to certain conditions) so long as the total utilization of the Revolving Credit Facility does not exceed the Availability Amount and (c) permit us to make up to $150.0 million, in the aggregate, of restricted payments, investments and/or asset sales consisting of certain property or assets of Monarch Corporation or its restricted subsidiaries that may be designated by Monarch Corporation from time to time, subject to certain conditions. At any time our total utilization of the Revolving Credit Facility exceeds the Availability Amount, we are required to either repay loans (without reducing commitments) under the Revolving Credit Facility or deliver additional mortgages that, in each case, would be sufficient to eliminate any such over-utilization. On August 15, 2012, the Revolver Co-Borrowers increased the aggregate principal amount of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility to $125.0 million through the exercise of a $50.0 million incremental facility provision.
On December 27, 2012, the Revolver Co-Borrowers amended the Revolving Credit Facility to increase to $225.0 million the aggregate revolving commitments under the facility, to permit the Revolver Co-Borrowers to take out base rate loans on a same-day basis and to join Citibank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Goldman Sachs Bank USA as lenders. As of December 31, 2012, we had borrowed $50.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility to finance in part the acquisition of Darling. See SummaryRecent Developments.
Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility may be made in Canadian dollars (subject to a $15.0 million sublimit) and in U.S. dollars. Amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility bear a variable interest rate based upon either a LIBOR or CDOR interest rate option, as applicable, or a base rate or Canadian prime rate option, as applicable, as selected by the Revolver Co-Borrowers, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin for (a) any Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan, is 3.25% per annum, payable on the last date of each applicable interest period or at the end of each three-month period if the applicable interest period is longer than 3 months and (b) any Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, is 2.25% per annum, payable quarterly. There is a fee of 0.75% per annum on the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility (whether drawn or undrawn), payable quarterly in arrears, subject to a 0.25% step-down based upon a capitalization ratio. The Revolver Co-Borrowers have the right to make amend and extend offers to lenders of a particular class.
The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain springing financial covenants based on (a) consolidated total debt and consolidated adjusted tangible net worth, requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to comply with a certain maximum capitalization ratio and (b) consolidated adjusted EBITDA and consolidated cash interest expense, requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to comply with a certain minimum interest coverage ratio. As of September 30, 2012, our capitalization ratio was 49% (compared with the requirement not to exceed 60%) while our interest coverage ratio for the twelve-month period then ended was 2.7 to 1.0 (compared with the requirement not to fall below 1.75 to 1.0).
The financial covenants will be in effect for any fiscal quarter during which any (a) loans under the Revolving Credit Facility are outstanding during the last day of such fiscal quarter or on more than five separate days during such fiscal quarter or (b) unpaid drawings in respect of letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility are outstanding on the last day of such fiscal quarter or for more than five consecutive days during such fiscal quarter. For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants for any fiscal quarter, TMM may exercise an equity cure by issuing certain permitted securities for cash or otherwise recording cash contributions to its capital that will, upon the contribution of such cash to TMC and/or Monarch Corporation, be included in the calculation of consolidated adjusted EBITDA and consolidated total capitalization. The equity cure right may not be exercised more than twice in any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and may not be exercised more than five times.
185
The Revolving Credit Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness, incurrence of liens, dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions, investments, sale and leasebacks, passive holding entities (with respect to TMM, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Monarch Communities and Monarch Parent Inc.) and limitation on debt payments and amendments.
The Revolving Credit Facility contains customary events of default, subject to applicable grace periods, including for nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts, violation of covenants (including financial covenants, subject to the exercise of an equity cure), incorrectness of representations and warranties in any material respect, cross default and cross acceleration, bankruptcy, material monetary judgments, ERISA events with material adverse effect, actual or asserted invalidity of material guarantees, material security or intercreditor agreements or subordination provisions, and change of control.
As of September 30, 2012, we were in compliance with all of the applicable covenants under the Revolving Credit Facility.
Letters of Credit and Surety Bonds
We are committed, under various letters of credit and surety bonds, to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business. Outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds under these arrangements, including our share of responsibility for arrangements with our joint ventures, totaled $256.8 million as of September 30, 2012. Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site improvements, the letters of credit and surety bonds are reduced as development and construction work is completed, but not fully released until warranty periods have expired. We do not believe that it is probable that any outstanding surety bonds as of September 30, 2012 will be drawn upon.
Monarch Corporation is party to a credit facility with The Toronto-Dominion Bank, which we refer to as the TD Facility. The TD Facility provides revolving operating facilities (including letters of credit) of up to CAD $100.0 million (or its U.S. dollar equivalent) to provide direct and letter of credit financing in support of Monarch Corporations projects. Under the terms of the TD Facility, the first $80.0 million drawn under the facility is secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corporation in certain Canadian real property. Amounts drawn above CAD $80.0 million are secured with cash. As of September 30, 2012, there were CAD $64.2 million letters of credit outstanding under the TD Facility.
Monarch Corporation is also party to a credit facility with HSBC Bank Canada, which we refer to as the HSBC Facility. The HSBC Facility provides a partially revolving letter of credit facility of up to CAD $24.2 million (reduced from $25.6 million as of September 30, 2012) in support of Monarch Corporations construction projects. Under the terms of the HSBC Facility, amounts drawn under this facility are secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corporation in certain Canadian real property or cash. As of September 30, 2012, there were CAD $25.6 million letters of credit outstanding under the HSBC Facility.
Each of the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013.
The TD Facility and HSBC Facility contain certain financial covenants. We are required to maintain a minimum net equity and a minimum debt-to-equity ratio as well as maintain an interest coverage ratio. As of September 30, 2012, our net equity, as defined in the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility, was CAD $346.8 million (compared with the minimum requirement of CAD $250 million) and our debt-to-equity ratio was 91% (compared with the requirement not to exceed 125%) while our interest coverage ratio is only calculated annually (the requirement is not to fall below 2.50 to 1.0). As of September 30, 2012, our interest coverage ratio was 2.7 to 1.0. Violations of the financial covenants in the TD Facility and HSBC Facility, if not waived by the lenders or cured, could result in acceleration by the lenders. In the event these violations were not waived by the lenders or cured, the violations could also result in a default under our other indebtedness. As of September 30, 2012, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the TD Facility and HSBC Facility.
186
Mortgage Company Loan Facilities
In December 2010, TMHF, our wholly owned mortgage subsidiary, entered into the Flagstar Facility, as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named in such agreement. The purpose of the Flagstar Facility is to finance the origination of up to $30.0 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits, with a temporary accordion feature subject to approval by Flagstar, which allows for borrowings in excess of the total availability under the facility. Borrowings under the facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC Topic 860. The Flagstar Facility is terminable by either party with 30 days notice and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum, with a minimum floor of 3.95% per annum. Borrowings under this facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to participating lenders in the Flagstar Facility, or to other buyers subject to certain sublimits. The time period from borrowing to repayment is typically 10 business days.
As of September 30, 2012, there was $27.7 million in outstanding borrowings under the Flagstar Facility, and $8.2 million under the Comerica Facility which comprise the balance of mortgage borrowings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Flagstar Facility does not have a scheduled maturity date but is subject to an annual renewal process, which was last completed in December 2012.
In December 2011, TMHF entered into the Comerica Facility. The purpose of the Comerica Facility is to finance the origination of up to $30.1 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits. The Comerica Facility matures on October 29, 2013 (subject to an annual renewal process). We expect the annual renewal process to proceed in a manner similar to that in previous years. The Comerica Facility bears interest at a rate of daily adjusting LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum with a minimum floor of 3.75% per annum. Borrowings under the Comerica Facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to participating lenders in the Comerica Facility, or to other buyers subject to certain sublimits.
Other Loans Payable and Other Borrowings
Other loans payable and other borrowings as of September 30, 2012 consist of project-level debt due to various land sellers and municipalities, and is generally secured by the land that was acquired. Principal payments generally coincide with corresponding project lot sales or a principal reduction schedule. As of September 30, 2012, we estimate that approximately $30.1 million of the loans are scheduled to be repaid during 2012, which we expect to repay from available cash. The weighted average interest rate on $50.5 million of the loans, as of September 30, 2012 was 3% per annum, and $65.5 million of the loans were noninterest bearing. As of September 30, 2012, loans payable increased by $37.6 million compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to the closing of transactions under land purchase contracts with seller financing.
Guarantees of Indebtedness of Unconsolidated Joint Ventures
In certain instances, Monarch Corporation and the other partners in a joint venture provide guarantees and indemnities to lenders with respect to the debt of the unconsolidated joint ventures related to our Canadian business, which may be triggered under certain conditions when the joint venture fails to fulfill its obligations under its loan agreements. As of September 30, 2012, Monarch Corporations total recourse exposure under its guarantees of joint venture debt was $168.9 million. To the extent any or all of our joint ventures default on obligations secured by the assets of such joint venture or guaranteed by Monarch Corporation, the assets of our joint ventures could be forfeited to our joint ventures third party lenders, and Monarch Corporation could be liable to such third party lenders to the full extent of its guarantees and, in the case of secured guarantees, to the extent of the assets of Monarch Corporation that secure the applicable guarantee. Any such default by our joint ventures could cause significant losses, with a resulting adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Recent market conditions have required us to provide a greater number of such guarantees and we expect this trend to continue.
187
The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock for:
|
each person whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of any class of our shares; |
|
each of the directors and named executive officers individually; and |
|
all directors and executive officers as a group. |
The number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding and the percentage of beneficial ownership before this offering are based on the number of shares of Class B common stock and New TMM Units to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to this offering and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions (based on the midpoint of the public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). The number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding and the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering are based on the number of shares of Class A common stock issued in this offering and the number of shares of Class B common stock and New TMM Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions (based on the midpoint of the initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, New TMM Units may be exchanged at any time (along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsExchange Agreement.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to such securities. Except as otherwise indicated, all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is: c/o Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, 4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000, Scottsdale, Arizona, 85251.
Class A Common Stock
Owned After Giving Effect to the Reorganization Transactions and Before this Offering |
Class A Common Stock
Owned After Giving Effect to the Reorganization Transactions and this Offering |
Class A Common
Stock
Owned After Giving Effect to the Reorganization Transactions and this Offering(1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Name and Address of Beneficial
|
Number | Percent | Number | Percent | Number | Percent | ||||||||||||||||||
Oaktree holding vehicle(2)(3) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
TPG holding vehicle(2)(4) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Directors and Executive Officers |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sheryl Palmer(5) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Stephen Wethor(5) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Louis Steffens(5) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
C. David Cone (5) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Brad Carr (5) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Tawn Kelley(5) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Timothy R. Eller(5) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
John Brady(6) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Kelvin Davis(7) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Joe S. Houssian |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Jason Keller(8) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Greg Kranias(9) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Peter Lane(5) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
R. Michael Miller |
| | | | | |
188
Class A Common Stock
Owned After Giving Effect to the Reorganization Transactions and Before this Offering |
Class A Common Stock
Owned After Giving Effect to the Reorganization Transactions and this Offering |
Class A Common
Stock
Owned After Giving Effect to the Reorganization Transactions and this Offering(1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner |
Number | Percent | Number | Percent | Number | Percent | ||||||||||||||||||
Rajath Shourie(10) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
All Directors and executive officers as a group (20 persons) |
| | | | | |
* | Less than 1% |
(1) | Assumes exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option in full. See Underwriting. |
(2) | In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with the Principal Equityholders whereby, among other things, the Oaktree and TPG holding vehicles will have the right to nominate a majority of our board of directors and will agree to vote for each others nominees. See ManagementBoard Structure and Certain Relationships and Related TransactionsStockholders Agreement. |
(3) | Includes New TMM Units and shares of Class B Common Stock held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. The general partner of the holding vehicle will be an entity affiliated with Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC. The members of Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC are Kevin Clayton, John Frank, Stephen Kaplan, Bruce Karsh, Larry Keele, David Kirchheimer, Howard Marks and Sheldon Stone, who, by virtue of their membership interests in Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the Class B shares held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. Each of the general partners, managing members, unit holders and members described above disclaims beneficial ownership of any New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock owned beneficially or of record by the Oaktree holding vehicle, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for all of the entities and individuals identified above is 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071. |
(4) | Includes New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle. The general partner of the TPG holding vehicle is TPG GenPar VI AIV TM, L.P., a Cayman limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG GenPar VI AIV TM Advisors, Inc., a Cayman corporation, whose sole shareholder is TPG Holdings III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Holdings III-A, L.P., a Cayman limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Holdings III-A, Inc., a Cayman corporation, whose sole shareholder is TPG Group Holdings (SBS), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Group Advisors). David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are directors, officers and sole shareholders of Group Advisors and may therefore be deemed to beneficially own the New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle. Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter disclaim beneficial ownership of the New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of Group Advisors and Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. |
(5) | Sheryl Palmer, Stephen Wethor, Louis Steffens, C. David Cone, Brad Carr and Tawn Kelley, our named executive officers, and Timothy R. Eller and Peter Lane, two of our directors, each hold limited partnership interests in each of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. Such officers and directors have no voting or investment power over and disclaim beneficial ownership of the New TMM Units and the shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. |
(6) | Mr. Brady, who is one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Oaktree Capital Management. Mr. Brady has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Brady is c/o Oaktree Capital Management at 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071. |
(7) | Mr. Davis, who is one of our directors, is a TPG Partner. Mr. Davis has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Davis is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. |
189
(8) | Mr. Keller, who is one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Oaktree Capital Management. Mr. Keller has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Keller is c/o Oaktree Capital Management at 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071. |
(9) | Mr. Kranias, who is one of our directors, is a TPG Principal. Mr. Kranias has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Kranias is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. |
(10) | Mr. Shourie, who is one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Oaktree Capital Management. Mr. Shourie has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Shourie is c/o Oaktree Capital Management at 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071. |
190
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Reorganization Agreement
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we entered into a reorganization agreement with New TMM and other subsidiaries of ours, the Principal Equityholders, other existing limited partners of TMM and the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, which governs the Reorganization Transactions. In addition, under the reorganization agreement, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles subscribed for a number of shares of our Class B common stock equal to the number of New TMM Units they own, at price equal to the par value per share of Class B common stock.
New TMM Limited Partnership Agreement
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, the partners of New TMM will enter into the limited partnership agreement of New TMM (New TMM Limited Partnership Agreement). As a result of the Reorganization Transactions and in accordance with the terms of the New TMM Limited Partnership Agreement, we will, through New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries, operate our business. TMHC will directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries.
Exchange Agreement
At the closing of this offering, we and the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will enter into the Exchange Agreement under which, from time to time, they (or certain transferees thereof) will have the right to exchange their New TMM Units (along with a corresponding number of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications.
Stockholders Agreement
At the closing of this offering, we intend to terminate the existing stockholders agreement among the general partner of TMM, TMM and certain of TMMs limited partners and enter into a new stockholders agreement with the Principal Equityholders. The stockholders agreement will contain provisions related to the composition of the Board of Directors of TMHC and the committees of the Board of Directors. See ManagementBoard Structure. The Principal Equityholders will also agree in the stockholders agreement to vote for each others board nominees. In addition, the stockholders agreement will provide that Requisite Investor Approval (as defined below) must be obtained before we are permitted to take the any of the following actions:
|
any change of control of TMHC; |
|
acquisitions or dispositions by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of assets (including land) valued at more than $ ; |
|
incurrence by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of any indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of $ or the making of any loan in excess of $ ; |
|
issuance of any equity securities of TMHC, subject to limited exceptions; |
|
termination of our Chief Executive Officer, designation of a new Chief Executive Officer or amendment of the terms of our Chief Executive Officers employment; and |
|
certain changes to the size of our Board of Directors. |
For purposes of the stockholders agreement, Requisite Investor Approval will mean, in addition to the approval of a majority vote of TMHCs Board of Directors, the approval of a director nominated by the TPG holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHCs Class B common stock held by it at the closing of this offering and the approval of a director nominated by the Oaktree holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHCs Class B common stock held by it at the closing of this offering.
191
Registration Rights Agreement
At the closing of the offering, we intend to terminate the existing registration rights agreement among TMM and certain of its limited partners and enter into a new registration rights agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. The registration rights agreement will provide the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles with certain demand registration rights in respect of any shares of our Class A common stock held by them. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of Class A common stock for sale to the public following the completion of this offering, we will be required to give notice of such registration to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles of our intention to effect such a registration, and, subject to certain limitations, include shares of Class A common stock held by them in such registration. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of shares pursuant to the agreement. The agreement will include customary indemnification provisions in favor of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, any person who is or might be deemed a control person (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) and related parties against certain losses and liabilities (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) arising out of or based upon any filing or other disclosure made by us under the securities laws relating to any such registration.
Governance Agreements
At the closing of the offering, we expect to enter into governance agreements setting forth certain matters with respect to the management of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities. TMHC will enter into one such agreement with the Principal Equityholders, TMM and Taylor Morrison Holdings and one such agreement with the Principal Equityholders, TMM and Monarch Communities. Each governance agreement will provide that the composition of the board of directors of the applicable company shall each be identical to that of the TMHC Board of Directors and that the Principal Equityholders will have the right to nominate representatives to the committees of such board of directors on the same basis as set forth in the stockholders agreement described above. Each governance agreement will also provide affiliates of the Principal Equityholders with approval rights over certain actions on the same basis as set forth in the stockholders agreement.
The Sponsor Loan
In connection with the Acquisition, we borrowed $625.0 million under the Sponsor Loan from affiliates of Oaktree and TPG, of which $500.0 million was priced at a 2.5% discount to par and $125.0 million was priced at par, yielding total proceeds to us of $612.5 million. The Sponsor Loan bore interest at a rate of 13.0% per annum. In August 2011, we repaid the $125.0 million balance of the Sponsor Loan that had been borrowed at par. In April 2012, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the senior notes to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan. The affiliates of TPG and Oaktree who were lenders under the Sponsor Loan caused the then remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan to be acquired by subsidiaries of TMM, and affiliates of TPG and Oaktree acquired an additional $150.0 million of limited partnership interests in TMM. After the completion of these transactions, the Sponsor Loan is no longer outstanding.
Management Services Agreements
In connection with the Acquisition, affiliates of the Principal Equityholders entered into management services agreements with TMM, Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities relating to the provision of certain management, advisory and consulting services. In consideration of financial and structural advice and analysis made in connection with the Acquisition, Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities paid a one-time transaction fee of $13.7 million to the Principal Equityholders, and also reimbursed the Principal Equityholders for third-party, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Acquisition, including fees, expenses and disbursements of lawyers, accountants, consultants and other advisors. In addition, as compensation for ongoing services provided by affiliates of the Principal Equityholders under the management services agreements, Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities agreed to pay to affiliates of the Principal Equityholders an annual aggregate management fee of $5.0 million.
192
In addition, in conjunction with the formation of TMM and in connection with the Acquisition, an affiliate of JH entered into a partnership services agreement with TMM relating to the provision of certain services to TMM. In consideration of these services, TMM granted to the JH affiliate an amount of partnership interests, subject to certain terms, conditions and restrictions contained in a unit award agreement and the TMM limited partnership agreement. In connection with this offering, the partnership services agreement among JH and TMM will be terminated.
In connection with this offering, the management services agreements will be terminated in exchange for an aggregate payment of $ .
Purchase of New TMM Units from the Principal Equityholders
TMHC intends to use approximately $ million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase New TMM Units (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) held by the TPG holding vehicle and New TMM Units (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) held by the Oaktree holding vehicle, resulting in proceeds to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles of $ and $ , respectively. TMHC and the Principal Equityholders will enter into a purchase and sale agreement with customary conditions to TMHCs obligation to close the acquisition, including the absence of a material adverse change in the business and affairs of New TMM and its subsidiaries. We expect that the purchase of the New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will be consummated on or about , 2013. If the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full, TMHC will acquire additional New TMM Units from the TPG holding vehicle and New TMM Units from the Oaktree holding vehicle.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide, in general, that we will provide them with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.
Real Estate Acquisitions
From time to time, we may engage in transactions with entities that are affiliated with one or more of the Principal Equityholders through either lending or equity ownership arrangements. Transactions with related parties are executed in the normal course of operations and at arms length. Real estate acquisitions from affiliates of Oaktree amounted to approximately $30.0 million in the period from July 13, 2011 (the date of the Acquisition) through September 30, 2012.
Related Person Transactions Policy
We have adopted a Related Person Transaction Policy, which sets forth our policy with respect to the review, approval, ratification and disclosure of all related person transactions by TMHCs audit committee. In accordance with our Related Person Transaction Policy, TMHCs audit committee has overall responsibility for the implementation and compliance with this policy.
For the purposes of our Related Person Transaction Policy, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and in which any related person (as defined in our Related Person Transaction Policy) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, in excess of $120,000. A related person transaction does not include any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship which has been reviewed and approved by TMHCs Board of Directors or compensation committee.
193
Our Related Person Transaction Policy requires that notice of a proposed related person transaction be provided to our legal department prior to entering into such transaction. If our legal department determines that such transaction is a related person transaction, the proposed transaction will be submitted to TMHCs audit committee for consideration at its next meeting. Under our Related Person Transaction Policy, only TMHCs audit committee will be permitted to approve those related person transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests. In the event we become aware of a related person transaction that has not been previously reviewed, approved or ratified under our Related Person Transaction Policy and that is ongoing or is completed, the transaction will be submitted to TMHCs audit committee so that it may determine whether to ratify, rescind or terminate the related person transaction.
Our Related Person Transaction Policy also provides that TMHCs audit committee will review certain previously approved or ratified related person transactions that are ongoing to determine whether the related person transaction remains in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders.
194
Capital Stock
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we intend to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation so that our authorized capital stock will consist of million shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, million shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, and one million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share.
Immediately following the Reorganization Transactions, we will have approximately holders of record of our Class B common stock. Of the authorized shares of our capital stock, shares of our Class B common stock will be issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.
After consummation of this offering, we expect to have shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.
Common Stock
Voting . Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to stockholders for their vote or approval. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders for their vote or approval, except with respect to the amendment of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class B common stock so as to affect them adversely, which amendments must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class, or as otherwise required by applicable law. The voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock (expressed as a percentage of the total voting power of all common stock) will be equal to the percentage of partnership interests not held directly or indirectly by TMHC.
Upon completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will control approximately % of the combined voting power of our common stock. Accordingly, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will be able to control our business policies and affairs and any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the approval of mergers or sales of substantially all of our assets. The TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will also have the power to nominate members to our Board of Directors under our new stockholders agreement and the new stockholders agreement will provide that each of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will agree to vote for the others nominees. The concentration of ownership and voting power of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles may also delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or other change of control of our company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, even if such events are in the best interests of minority stockholders.
For instance, the stockholders agreement will provide that Requisite Investor Approval (as defined below) must be obtained before we are permitted to take any of the following actions:
|
any change of control of TMHC; |
|
acquisitions or dispositions by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of assets (including land) valued at more than $ ; |
|
incurrence by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of any indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of $ or the making of any loan in excess of $ ; |
|
issuance of any equity securities of TMHC, subject to limited exceptions; |
195
|
termination of our Chief Executive Officer, designation of a new Chief Executive Officer or amendment of the terms of our Chief Executive Officers employment; and |
|
certain changes to the size of our Board of Directors. |
For purposes of the stockholders agreement, Requisite Investor Approval will mean, in addition to the approval of a majority vote of TMHCs Board of Directors, the approval of a director nominated by the TPG holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHCs Class B common stock held by it at the closing of this offering and the approval of a director nominated by the Oaktree holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHCs Class B common stock owned held by it at the closing of this offering.
Dividends . The holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds. The holders of our Class B common stock will not have any right to receive dividends other than dividends consisting of shares of our Class B common stock paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of our Class B common stock.
Liquidation or Dissolution . Upon our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our Class A common stock will be entitled to share ratably in those of our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. Other than their par value, the holders of our Class B common stock will not have any right to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or dissolution of our company.
Transferability and Exchange . Subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles may exchange their New TMM Units (along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock. Each such exchange will be on a one-for-one equivalent basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Shares of Class B common stock may not be transferred except in connection with an exchange or transfer of New TMM Units.
Upon exchange, each share of our Class B common stock will be cancelled.
Preferred Stock
After the consummation of this offering, we will be authorized to issue up to million shares of preferred stock. Our Board of Directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to determine the terms and conditions of the preferred stock, including whether the shares of preferred stock will be issued in one or more series, the number of shares to be included in each series and the powers, designations, preferences and rights of the shares. Our Board of Directors will also be authorized to designate any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, which could have an adverse impact on the market price of our Class A common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock following the consummation of this offering.
Corporate Opportunities
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of the Principal Equityholders and of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries and each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities unless presented to one of our directors or officers in his or her capacity as a director or officer. See Risk FactorsThe Principal Equityholders have a great deal of influence over our business and their interests may differ from our interests or those of our other stockholders.
196
Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors.
These provisions include:
Classified Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board of Directors (after the initial number is set by such amended and restated certificate of incorporation). Our Board of Directors will initially have 11 members.
Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, following the Triggering Event (or the point in time at which the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles no longer beneficially own shares representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our common stock), stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors or, until the Triggering Event, outstanding shares, or at the request of holders of 50% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock. Except as described above, stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.
Advance Notice Procedures . Our bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholders intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.
Super Majority Approval Requirements . The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporations certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless either a corporations certificate of incorporation or bylaws require a greater percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that, following the Triggering Event, the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the total votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal specified provisions, including those relating to the classified board, actions by written consent of stockholders, calling of special meetings of stockholders and the provisions relating to business combinations. This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.
197
Authorized but Unissued Shares . Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. We intend to elect in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporations voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. Nevertheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that our Principal Equityholders and their respective affiliates and successors will not be deemed to be interested stockholders, regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.
Directors Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that we will provide them with customary indemnification. We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.
Transfer Agent and Register
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be .
Securities Exchange
We have applied to list the shares of Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol TMHC.
198
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
All of the shares of Class A common stock (or shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) outstanding following this offering will have been issued in this offering and will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
In addition, upon consummation of the offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will beneficially own an aggregate of % of the New TMM Units and shares of our Class B common stock (or % of the New TMM Units and shares of our Class B common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles could from time to time exchange their New TMM Units (and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Shares of our Class A common stock issuable to the existing holders of New TMM Units upon an exchange of New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) would be considered restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 at the time of this offering, unless the exchange is registered under the Securities Act.
Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which is summarized below, or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act, or pursuant to a registration statement that is effective under the Securities Act. Immediately following the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately shares of our Class A common stock (on an assumed as-exchanged basis) will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day underwriter lock-up period pursuant to the holding period, volume and other restrictions of Rule 144. The representatives of the underwriters are entitled to waive these lock-up provisions at their discretion prior to the expiration dates of such lock-up agreements.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days, an affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:
|
1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal shares immediately after this offering; and |
|
the average weekly reported volume of trading of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale. |
However, the six month holding period increases to one year in the event we have not been a reporting company for at least 90 days. In addition, any sales by affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
The volume limitation, manner of sale and notice provisions described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale
199
and has not been our affiliate during the preceding three months. Once we have been a reporting company for 90 days, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class A common stock for six months may rely on Rule 144 provided that certain public information regarding us is available. The six month holding period increases to one year in the event we have not been a reporting company for at least 90 days. However, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted shares proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to any restrictions under Rule 144 regardless of how long we have been a reporting company.
We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our Class A common stock, the personal circumstances of the stockholder and other factors.
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with this offering we intend to enter into a new registration rights agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles to provide them with certain customary demand, piggyback and shelf registration rights. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsRegistration Rights Agreement.
Stock Options and Other Equity Compensation Awards
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to our 2013 Plan. Shares registered under this registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described below.
Lock-up Agreements
Our executive officers, directors and the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will agree that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock, including the New TMM Units and the Class B common stock, subject to certain exceptions.
Immediately following the consummation of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, stockholders subject to lock-up agreements will hold shares of our Class A common stock (on an assumed as-exchanged basis), representing approximately % of then outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, or approximately % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full (on an assumed as-exchanged basis).
We will agree not to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock, including the New TMM Units and the Class B common stock, during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. We may, however, grant awards under the 2013 Plan and we may issue or sell Class A common stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination as long as the acquirer of such Class A common stock agrees in writing to be bound by the obligations and restrictions of our lock-up agreement.
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be automatically extended if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.
200
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock applicable to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative rulings and court decisions in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. No opinion of counsel has been obtained, and we do not intend to seek a ruling from the IRS as to any of the tax considerations described below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax considerations described below.
This discussion only addresses beneficial owners of our Class A common stock, and it is assumed for purposes of this discussion that Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) hold shares of our Class A common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of such Non-U.S. Holders particular circumstances or that may be applicable to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (including, for example, financial institutions, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, Non-U.S. Holders who acquire our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein), Non-U.S. Holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, companies that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States, and Non-U.S. Holders who hold our Class A common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction). In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax (such as U.S. federal estate tax or the Medicare contribution tax on certain net investment income), nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. Non-U.S. Holder should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these taxes.
For the purposes of this discussion, the term Non-U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is an individual, corporation, estate or trust, other than:
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes; |
|
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
|
an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or |
|
a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust. |
If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are treated as a partner in a partnership holding shares of our Class A common stock should consult their own tax advisors.
201
THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM (INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS) OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK.
Dividends
Distributions of cash or property that we pay in respect of our Class A common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Except as described below under Effectively Connected Income , a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of our Class A common stock. If the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holders tax basis in our Class A common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. However, except to the extent that we elect (or the paying agent or other intermediary through which a Non-U.S. Holder holds our Class A common stock elects) otherwise, we (or the intermediary) must generally withhold on the entire distribution, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder would be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the withholding tax on the portion of the distribution that exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits. In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying such stockholders entitlement to benefits under the treaty. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding possible entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.
Gain on Disposition of our Class A Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below under Information Reporting and Backup Withholding and FATCA , a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:
|
the gain is effectively connected with the conduct, by such Non-U.S. Holder, of a trade or business in the United States, and if an applicable income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, in which case the gain will be subject to tax in the manner described below under Effectively Connected Income ; |
|
the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met, in which case the gain (reduced by any U.S.-source capital losses) will be subject to 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) tax; or |
|
we are, or have been, a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition and the Non-U.S. Holders holding period in our Class A common stock; provided, that so long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a Non-U.S. Holder generally would be subject to taxation with respect to a taxable disposition of our Class A common stock, only if at any time during that five-year or shorter period it owned more than 5% directly or by attribution, of our Class A common stock. |
202
Under U.S. federal income tax laws, we will be a U.S. real property holding corporation if at least 50% of the fair market value of our assets consists of United States real property interests. We believe that we are currently a U.S. real property holding corporation based upon the composition of our assets. Accordingly, any taxable gains recognized by a Non-U.S. Holder that meets the ownership requirements described in the third bullet point above on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock will be subject to tax as if the gain were effectively connected with the conduct of the Non-U.S. Holders trade or business in the United States (except the branch profits tax would not apply) so long as we remain a U.S. real property holding corporation or were a U.S. real property holding corporation at any time during the period described in such bullet. See Effectively Connected Income . In addition, if our Class A common stock ceases to be regularly traded on an established securities market, the transferee of our common stock would generally be required to withhold tax, under U.S. federal income tax laws, in an amount equal to 10% of the amount realized by the Non-U.S. Holder on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock. The rules regarding U.S. real property interests are complex, and Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors on the application of these rules based on their particular circumstances.
Effectively Connected Income
If a dividend received on our Class A common stock, or gain from a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock, is treated as effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holders conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to such Non-U.S. Holders U.S. permanent establishment), such Non-U.S. Holder will generally be exempt from withholding tax on any such dividend and any gain realized on such a disposition, provided such Non-U.S. Holder complies with certain certification requirements (generally on IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead such Non-U.S. Holder will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis on any such gains or dividends in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty) on such holders earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with such holders conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to such holders U.S. permanent establishment), subject to adjustments.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Generally, we must report to our Non-U.S. Holders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year, if any, and the amount of any tax withheld. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding is required (e.g., because the distributions are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holders conduct of a United States trade or business, or withholding is eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty). This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.
Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions payable to a Non-U.S. Holder of shares of our Class A common stock provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the Non-U.S. Holder is a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) that is not an exempt recipient.
Payments on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock made to or through a foreign office of a foreign broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting. However, if such broker is for U.S. federal income tax purposes: a U.S. person, a controlled foreign corporation, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period, or a foreign partnership with certain connections to the United States, then information
203
reporting will be required unless the broker has in its records documentary evidence that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) and certain other conditions are met or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding may apply to any payment that such broker is required to report if the broker has actual knowledge or reason to know that the payee is a U.S. person. Payments to or through the U.S. office of a broker will be subject to backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be credited against a Non-U.S. Holders U.S. federal income tax liability or refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied by the Non-U.S. Holder to the IRS.
FATCA
Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, foreign financial institutions (which include most foreign hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and any other investment vehicles) and certain other foreign entities must comply with new information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or confront a new withholding tax on U.S. source payments made to them (whether received as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary for another party). More specifically, a foreign financial institution or other foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting requirements will generally be subject to a new 30% withholding tax with respect to any withholdable payments. For this purpose, withholdable payments include generally U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax (e.g., U.S.-source dividends) and also include the entire gross proceeds from the sale of any equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers. The new FATCA withholding tax will apply even if the payment would otherwise not be subject to U.S. nonresident withholding tax (e.g., because it is capital gain). Final Treasury regulations defer this withholding obligation until January 1, 2014 for payments of dividends on U.S. common stock and until January 1, 2017 for gross proceeds from dispositions of U.S. common stock. FATCA withholding will not apply to withholdable payments made directly to foreign governments, international organizations, foreign central banks of issue and individuals, and Treasury is authorized to provide additional exceptions.
Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA provisions to them based on their particular circumstances.
204
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated as of the date of this prospectus each underwriter named below has agreed, on a several and not joint basis, to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares of our Class A common stock set forth opposite the underwriters name:
Underwriter |
Number
of Shares |
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC |
||
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. |
||
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. |
||
Goldman, Sachs & Co. |
||
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC |
||
Zelman Partners LLC |
||
|
||
Total |
||
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of Class A common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.
If the underwriters sell more shares of Class A common stock than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase on a pro rata basis up to additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments of Class A common stock, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriters initial purchase commitment. Any shares issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other shares that are the subject of this offering.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at the public offering price less a selling concession of up to $ per share. After the initial public offering, the representatives may change the public offering price and selling concession.
The following table summarizes the compensation we will pay:
Per Share | Total | |||||||||||||||
Without
Over-allotment |
With
Over-allotment |
Without
Over-allotment |
With
Over-allotment |
|||||||||||||
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us |
$ | $ | $ | $ |
We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering, excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth above, will be $ .
The representatives have informed us that the underwriters do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of our Class A common stock being offered by them.
205
We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the representatives, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, then in either case the expiration of the lock-up will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension. The representatives in their sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.
Our directors and officers and the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock (including New TMM Units and Class B common stock), enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, then in either case the expiration of the lock-up will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension. The representatives in their sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.
We have applied to list the shares of Class A common stock on the NewYork Stock Exchange under the symbol TMHC.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives and will not necessarily reflect the market price of the Class A common stock following this offering. The principal factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:
|
the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters; |
|
the history of, the economic conditions in and the prospects for, the industry in which we will compete; |
|
the ability of our management; |
|
the prospects for our future earnings; |
|
the present state of our development, our results of operations and our current financial condition; |
|
our markets; |
|
the prevailing general condition of the equity securities markets at the time of this offering; and |
|
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies. |
206
We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our Class A common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for the Class A common stock will develop and continue after this offering.
In connection with this offering, the representatives, on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. |
|
Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market. |
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our Class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. |
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. These transactions may be effected on a national securities exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
Other Relationships
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have performed, and may in the future perform, various investment banking, financial advisory and other services for us, our affiliates and our officers in the ordinary course of business, for which they received and may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In particular, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC acted as representative of the initial purchasers of the senior notes. In addition, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is a lender and the administrative agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement.
207
In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of shares described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:
|
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive; |
|
to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or |
|
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, |
provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For purposes of this provision, the expression an offer of securities to the public in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the relevant member state) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the relevant member state. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.
The sellers of the shares have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a relevant person). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
208
Notice to Prospective Investors in France
Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:
|
released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or |
|
used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France. |
Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:
|
to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) and/or to a restricted circle of investors ( cercle restreint dinvestisseurs ), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier ; |
|
to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or |
|
in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations ( Règlement Général ) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers , does not constitute a public offer ( appel public à lépargne ). |
The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier .
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to professional investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan
The shares offered in this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan (including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.
209
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
|
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or |
|
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, |
shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
|
to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; |
|
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or |
|
where the transfer is by operation of law. |
210
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York, will pass on the validity of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for us. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.
The financial statements as of December 31, 2011 (Successor) and 2010 (Predecessor), and for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (Predecessor), included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein which includes an explanatory paragraph indicating that the financial information of the predecessor and successor periods is not comparable. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The balance sheet of Taylor Morison Home Corporation as of November 30, 2011 included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such balance sheet is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as any other documents that we have filed with the SEC, can be inspected and copied at the SECs public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1004. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains the registration statement and other reports, proxy and information statements and information that we file will electronically with the SEC.
After we have completed this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We intend to make these filings available on our website once the offering is completed. You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information on file at the public reference rooms. You can also request copies of these documents, for a copying fee, by writing to the SEC, or you can review these documents on the SECs website, as described above. In addition, we will provide electronic or paper copies of our filings free of charge upon request.
211
I NDEX TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page | ||||
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation |
||||
F-2 | ||||
F-3 | ||||
F-4 | ||||
TMM Holdings Limited Partnership |
||||
Audited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
||||
F-5 | ||||
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 (Successor) and 2010 (Predecessor) |
F-6 | |||
F-7 | ||||
F-8 | ||||
F-9 | ||||
F-10 | ||||
F-12 | ||||
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
||||
F-54 | ||||
F-55 | ||||
F-56 | ||||
F-57 | ||||
F-58 | ||||
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
F-60 |
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
Scottsdale, Arizona
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation (the Company) as of November 30, 2012. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion . An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of November 30, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
December 4, 2012
F-2
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
Balance Sheet
(Amounts in whole dollars except share data)
November 30,
2012 |
||||
Assets |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,000 | ||
|
|
|||
Total assets |
$ | 1,000 | ||
|
|
|||
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
||||
Liabilities |
||||
Accounts payable |
$ | | ||
|
|
|||
Total liabilities |
| |||
Stockholders Equity |
||||
Common stock, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding |
$ | 10 | ||
Additional paid in capital |
990 | |||
|
|
|||
Total stockholders equity |
1,000 | |||
|
|
|||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
$ | 1,000 | ||
|
|
See accompanying notes to balance sheet
F-3
TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE BALANCE SHEET
NOVEMBER 30, 2012
1. ORGANIZATION
Organization and Description of the Business Taylor Morrison Home Corporation (the Company), a Delaware Corporation was incorporated on November 15 th , 2012 as a holding company for the purposes of facilitating an initial public offering of common stock. The Company has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. It is expected that following an internal reorganization of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (TMM Holdings) and the initial public offering of the Company, the Company will be or will control the sole general partner of TMM Holdings. The Companys only business following the initial public offering of the Company will be to control the business and affairs of TMM Holdings and its subsidiaries. The Company will consolidate the financial results of TMM Holdings and its subsidiaries into the Companys consolidated financial statements. TMM Holdings is the parent of Taylor Morrison Inc. (Taylor Morrison) and Monarch Corporation (Monarch). Taylor Morrisons principal business is residential homebuilding and the development of lifestyle communities throughout the United States, with operations focused in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida and Texas. Taylor Morrisons product lines feature entry-level, move-up, and luxury homes. Monarch was founded in the province of Ontario in 1957 and is one of the oldest names in Canadian homebuilding. Its businesses concentrate on high-rise and low-rise residential construction in Ontario, Canada. Taylor Morrison and Monarch are the general contractors for all of their projects and retain subcontractors for home construction and site development. In addition to homebuilding, Taylor Morrison offers financial services to its customers in the U.S. through its mortgage brokerage subsidiary, Taylor Morrison Home Funding, LLC, and title examination services in some locations through various joint ventures.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation The accompanying balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Separate statements of income and changes in stockholders equity have not been presented because there have been no operating activities or equity transactions of this entity. A separate statement of cash flows has not been presented, as the only transactions impacting such statement are fully described below.
3. STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
The company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share. At November 15, 2012, 1,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value of $.01 per share, were issued for a subscription price $1,000.00.
4. UNAUDITED SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Management has evaluated subsequent events through December 4, 2012, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. No subsequent events were identified that would require recognition in the financial statement or disclosure in the notes to the balance sheet.
F-4
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Partners of
TMM Holdings Limited Partnership:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheets of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 (Successor) and 2010 (Predecessor), and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash flows for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (Predecessor). These consolidated and combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated and combined financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated and combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated and combined financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2011 (Successor) and 2010 (Predecessor), and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As described in Note 1 to the consolidated and combined financial statements, the Company acquired all outstanding shares of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. and Monarch Corporation on July 13, 2011, at which date all assets and liabilities of the acquired companies were recorded at fair value. The financial information for the Predecessor periods, which combines the operations of the two acquired entities, is not comparable with that for the Successor period.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
December 4, 2012
F-5
TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)
December 31, 2011
(Successor) |
December 31, 2010
(Predecessor) |
|||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 279,322 | $ | 165,415 | ||||
Restricted cash |
5,000 | 3,447 | ||||||
Real estate inventory |
1,003,482 | 1,073,953 | ||||||
Land deposits |
13,565 | 6,006 | ||||||
Loans receivable, net |
55,895 | 54,237 | ||||||
Mortgage receivables |
33,961 | 4,854 | ||||||
Tax indemnification receivable |
122,871 | | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets, net |
50,253 | 51,774 | ||||||
Other receivables, net |
53,109 | 118,720 | ||||||
Investment in unconsolidated entities |
37,640 | 27,544 | ||||||
Income taxes receivable |
| 4,734 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets, net |
| 5,844 | ||||||
Property and equipment, net |
6,236 | 7,001 | ||||||
Goodwill and intangible assets, net |
9,733 | 3,792 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 1,671,067 | $ | 1,527,321 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 64,843 | $ | 46,680 | ||||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
194,652 | 200,980 | ||||||
Income taxes payable |
119,032 | 132,198 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
4,032 | | ||||||
Customer deposits |
60,193 | 76,164 | ||||||
Mortgage borrowings |
32,730 | 4,642 | ||||||
Loans payable and other borrowings |
78,623 | 101,191 | ||||||
Long-term debt (Due to related party) |
488,397 | | ||||||
Net payable to the Predecessor Parent Company |
| 499,935 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
1,042,502 | 1,061,790 | ||||||
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 17) |
||||||||
Equity |
||||||||
Net owners equity |
649,209 | 463,211 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(30,065 | ) | (2,503 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total owners equity |
619,144 | 460,708 | ||||||
Noncontrolling interests |
9,421 | 4,823 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total equity |
628,565 | 465,531 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
$ | 1,671,067 | $ | 1,527,321 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.
F-6
TMM Holdings Limited Partnership
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations
(Amounts in thousands, except per unit data)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13, 2011
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1, 2011
Through July 12, 2011 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2010 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||
Home closing revenue |
$ | 731,216 | $ | 600,069 | $ | 1,273,160 | $ | 1,224,082 | ||||||||
Land closing revenue |
10,657 | 13,639 | 12,116 | 24,967 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage operations revenue |
8,579 | 6,027 | 12,591 | 13,415 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total revenues |
750,452 | 619,735 | 1,297,867 | 1,262,464 | ||||||||||||
Cost of home closings |
591,891 | 474,534 | 1,003,172 | 1,003,694 | ||||||||||||
Cost of land closings |
8,583 | 7,133 | 6,028 | 17,001 | ||||||||||||
Inventory Impairments |
| 4,054 | 78,241 | |||||||||||||
Mortgage operations expenses |
4,495 | 3,818 | 7,246 | 6,269 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
604,969 | 485,485 | 1,020,500 | 1,105,205 | ||||||||||||
Operating gross margin |
145,483 | 134,250 | 277,367 | 157,259 | ||||||||||||
Sales, commissions and other marketing costs |
36,316 | 40,126 | 85,141 | 100,534 | ||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
32,883 | 35,743 | 66,232 | 71,300 | ||||||||||||
Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities |
(5,247 | ) | (2,803 | ) | (5,319 | ) | (347 | ) | ||||||||
Interest (income) expense net |
(3,867 | ) | 941 | 40,238 | 20,732 | |||||||||||
Transaction expense |
39,442 | | | | ||||||||||||
Indemnification expense |
12,850 | | | | ||||||||||||
Other (income) expense, net |
2,308 | (10,658 | ) | 2,351 | 1,260 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
30,798 | 70,901 | 88,724 | (36,220 | ) | |||||||||||
Income tax provision (benefit) |
4,031 | 20,881 | (1,878 | ) | (35,396 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) |
26,767 | 50,020 | 90,602 | (824 | ) | |||||||||||
Loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests |
(1,178 | ) | (4,122 | ) | (3,235 | ) | (5,138 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to Owners |
$ | 25,589 | $ | 45,898 | $ | 87,367 | $ | (5,962 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income per Class A unit: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.04 | ||||||||||||||
Diluted |
$ | 0.04 | ||||||||||||||
Weighted Average Number of Class A units: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
620,646 | |||||||||||||||
Diluted |
620,646 |
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements
F-7
TMM Holdings Limited Partnership
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(Amounts in thousands)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13, 2011
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1, 2011
Through July 12, 2011 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2010 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 26,767 | $ | 50,020 | $ | 90,602 | $ | (824 | ) | |||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of zero tax: |
||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
(22,320 | ) | 8,866 | 18,708 | 53,876 | |||||||||||
Post-retirement benefits adjustments |
(7,745 | ) | 214 | (1,032 | ) | 5,529 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) |
(3,298 | ) | 59,100 | 108,278 | 58,581 | |||||||||||
Income attributable to noncontrolling interests |
(1,178 | ) | (4,122 | ) | (3,235 | ) | (5,138 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to owners |
$ | (4,476 | ) | $ | 54,978 | $ | 105,043 | $ | 53,443 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements
F-8
TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(Amounts in thousands)
Net Owners
Equity |
Accumulated
other Comprehensive (Loss) Income |
Total
Owners Equity |
Non-Controlling
Interest |
Total Equity | ||||||||||||||||
BALANCE January 1, 2009 (Predecessor) |
$ | 117,910 | $ | (79,584 | ) | $ | 38,326 | $ | 18,928 | $ | 57,254 | |||||||||
Net (loss) income |
(5,962 | ) | | (5,962 | ) | 5,138 | (824 | ) | ||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
| 59,405 | 59,405 | | 59,405 | |||||||||||||||
Receivable from Predecessor Parent Company net |
(3,843 | ) | | (3,843 | ) | | (3,843 | ) | ||||||||||||
Distributions to Predecessor Parent Company |
(7,601 | ) | | (7,601 | ) | | (7,601 | ) | ||||||||||||
Distributions to noncontrolling interests |
| | | (618 | ) | (618 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
BALANCE December 31, 2009 (Predecessor) |
100,504 | (20,179 | ) | 80,325 | 23,448 | 103,773 | ||||||||||||||
Net income |
87,367 | | 87,367 | 3,235 | 90,602 | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
| 17,676 | 17,676 | | 17,676 | |||||||||||||||
Contributions from Predecessor Parent Company |
406,440 | | 406,440 | | 406,440 | |||||||||||||||
Receivable from Predecessor Parent Company net |
(127,761 | ) | | (127,761 | ) | | (127,761 | ) | ||||||||||||
Distributions to Predecessor Parent Company |
(3,339 | ) | | (3,339 | ) | | (3,339 | ) | ||||||||||||
Distributions to noncontrolling interests |
| | | (21,860 | ) | (21,860 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
BALANCE December 31, 2010 (Predecessor) |
463,211 | (2,503 | ) | 460,708 | 4,823 | 465,531 | ||||||||||||||
Net income |
45,898 | | 45,898 | 4,122 | 50,020 | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
| 9,080 | 9,080 | | 9,080 | |||||||||||||||
Receivable from Predecessor Parent Company net |
11,359 | | 11,359 | | 11,359 | |||||||||||||||
Distributions to noncontrolling interests |
| | | (5,326 | ) | (5,326 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
BALANCE July 12, 2011 (Predecessor) |
520,468 | 6,577 | 527,045 | 3,619 | 530,664 | |||||||||||||||
Initial capital contribution and purchase price allocation adjustments |
99,852 | (6,577 | ) | 93,275 | 9,574 | 102,849 | ||||||||||||||
Net income |
25,589 | 25,589 | 1,178 | 26,767 | ||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
| (30,065 | ) | (30,065 | ) | | (30,065 | ) | ||||||||||||
Issuance of partnership units |
3,300 | | 3,300 | | 3,300 | |||||||||||||||
Distributions to noncontrolling interests |
| | | (4,950 | ) | (4,950 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
BALANCE December 31, 2011 (Successor) |
$ | 649,209 | $ | (30,065 | ) | $ | 619,144 | $ | 9,421 | $ | 628,565 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements
F-9
TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
(Continued)
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements
F-10
TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements. |
(Concluded) |
F-11
TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 (SUCCESSOR) AND 2010 (PREDECESSOR), FOR THE PERIOD FROM JULY 13, 2011 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2011 (SUCCESSOR), FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2011 THROUGH JULY 12, 2011 (PREDECESSOR), AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009 (PREDECESSOR)
1. BUSINESS
Organization and Description of the Business TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (TMM Holdings or the Company) is a British Columbia limited partnership formed in 2011 by a consortium comprised of affiliates of TPG Global, LLC (the TPG Entities), investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. or their respective subsidiaries, and affiliates of JH Investments (the Sponsors). On July 13, 2011, TMM Holdings, through various wholly owned acquisition subsidiaries, acquired all of the outstanding shares of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. (Taylor Morrison) and Monarch Corporation (Monarch) from Taylor Wimpey plc (Predecessor Parent Company), through a combination of equity and debt (the Acquisition). In conjunction with the Acquisition, a series of holding companies and partnerships were established to hold TMM Holdings investments in the acquired businesses. Taylor Morrisons principal business is residential homebuilding and the development of life style communities throughout the United States, with operations focused in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, and Texas. Taylor Morrisons product lines feature entry-level, move-up, and luxury homes. Monarch was founded in the province of Ontario in 1957 and is one of the oldest names in Canadian homebuilding. Its businesses focus on high-rise and low-rise residential construction in Ontario, Canada. Taylor Morrison and Monarch are the general contractors for all of their projects and retain subcontractors for home construction and site development. In addition to homebuilding, Taylor Morrison offers financial services to its customers in the U.S. through its mortgage brokerage subsidiary and title examination services in some locations through various joint ventures.
Taylor Morrison and Monarch represented the North American subsidiaries of the Predecessor Parent Company, a United Kingdom publicly held homebuilder incorporated under the Company Act of 2006.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TMM Holdings, Taylor Morrison, Monarch, their consolidated subsidiaries, partnerships, and other entities in which the companies have a controlling financial interest (collectively, we, us, our, TMM Holdings, and the Company). The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), and all intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805, Business Combinations , the acquisition was accounted for on July 13, 2011, under the acquisition method of accounting and all acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at fair value. In connection with the Acquisition, the Company is sometimes referred to as the Successor for the period on or after July 13, 2011, and the Predecessor for periods prior to July 13, 2011. The Predecessors financial statements include the accounts of Taylor Morrison and Monarch, their consolidated subsidiaries and other entities in which the companies have controlling financial interests, and have been combined given the common ownership and control by the Predecessor Parent Company.
On July 13, 2011, TMM Holdings and its subsidiaries acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Taylor Morrison and Monarch for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. The Acquisition has been accounted for under ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . As a result of the change in ownership, the Companys historical financial data for periods prior to the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the predecessor periods) are derived from the historical financial statements of the predecessor, the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc., which financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition. The Companys financial statements for periods from and after the July 13, 2011
F-12
Acquisition (the successor period) are derived from the financial statements of TMM Holdings, which reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. Therefore, the financial information for the predecessor periods is not comparable with that for the successor period.
Unless otherwise stated, amounts are shown in U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities recorded in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are recorded to net owners equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and statements of equity.
Purchase Price Allocation and Related Acquisition Accounting TMM Holdings acquired the Taylor Morrison and Monarch businesses for total consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. In accordance with ASC 805, the effects of the acquisition are reflected on the date of the transaction in the financial statements of the acquired businesses by recording the assets and liabilities at their fair values in order to reflect the purchase price paid in the acquisition.
Cash and cash equivalents, other assets, accounts payable, and accrued and other liabilities were generally stated at historical carrying values given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Income tax receivables and liabilities were recorded at historical carrying values in accordance with ASC 805. The Predecessor Parent Company is indemnifying the Company for specific uncertain tax positions for which tax liabilities are included in income taxes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. A receivable due from the Predecessor Parent Company for the indemnification is valued at the same amount as the estimated income tax liability.
The Company determined the fair value of inventory on a community-by-community basis primarily using the sales comparison and income approaches. The income approach derives a value indication for income-producing property by converting anticipated benefits, i.e. cash flow, into property value. This approach was used exclusively for finished lots. The sales comparison approach uses recent land sales to provide a lot value for finished lots or an average value for raw land. In markets where there were no recent land sales, the third party appraiser conducts interviews with local market participants, including brokers and appraisers, to gain an understanding of local land and lot values. In instances where both the income and sales approaches were used, equal weightings where typically given to each approach. These estimated cash flows are significantly affected by estimates related to expected average selling prices and sales incentives, expected sales paces and cancellation rates, expected land development and construction timelines, and anticipated land development, construction, and overhead costs. Such estimates must be made for each individual community and may vary significantly between communities.
The fair value of acquired intangible assets was determined based on valuations performed by independent valuation specialists. The intangibles were valued at $10.2 million and relate to trade names of Taylor Morrison and Monarch and are being amortized over 10 years. For the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, amortization of $0.5 million was recorded and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
F-13
The Company has completed its business combination accounting as of December 31, 2011. A summary of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of July 13, 2011, is as follows (in thousands):
Financial Statement Caption | Total | |||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 295,426 | ||
Restricted cash |
6,705 | |||
Inventory |
1,036,068 | |||
Land deposits |
9,667 | |||
Loan receivables |
76,386 | |||
Mortgage receivables |
32,531 | |||
Other receivables |
64,481 | |||
Tax indemnity receivable |
129,686 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other assets net |
48,781 | |||
Investments in unconsolidated entities |
38,488 | |||
Property and equipment net |
6,591 | |||
Intangible assets |
10,200 | |||
Net deferred tax liabilities |
(16,240 | ) | ||
Accounts payable |
(44,763 | ) | ||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
(199,235 | ) | ||
Income taxes payable |
(120,878 | ) | ||
Customer deposits |
(71,155 | ) | ||
Mortgage borrowings |
(32,134 | ) | ||
Loans payable and other borrowings |
(80,092 | ) | ||
Noncontrolling interests |
(13,193 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net assets acquired at fair value |
1,177,320 | |||
Less amounts financed through debt |
(612,500 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Equity infusion paid to seller |
564,820 | |||
Cash contributed by the Sponsors |
55,500 | |||
|
|
|||
Net Sponsors equity |
620,320 | |||
Less carrying basis of Predecessors equity |
(527,045 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Initial capital contribution and purchase price allocation adjustments |
$ | 93,275 | ||
|
|
Transaction and Integration Costs Transaction and integration costs directly related to the acquisition, excluding the impact of restructuring costs and acquisition accounting adjustments, totaled $39.4 million, which were incurred by TMM Holdings and the Sponsors and are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as transaction expenses.
F-14
Unaudited supplemental pro-forma information The unaudited supplemental pro forma information presented below includes the effects of the acquisition of the Taylor Morrison and Monarch businesses as if it had been completed as of January 1, 2010. The pro forma results include (i) the impact of certain estimated fair value adjustments and (ii) interest expense associated with debt used to fund the acquisition. The pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 include adjustments for the financial impact of certain acquisition related items incurred during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011. Accordingly, the following unaudited pro forma financial information should not be considered indicative of either future results or results that might have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of January 1, 2010 (in thousands):
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
For the
Period from January 1 through July 12, 2011 |
|||||||
Total revenues |
$ | 1,297,867 | $ | 619,735 | ||||
Net income |
148,284 | 57,603 |
Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates include the purchase price allocation, valuation of certain real estate, deferred tax assets valuation allowance and reserves for warranty and self-insured risks. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, demand deposits with financial institutions, and short-term, highly liquid investments. We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less, such as certificates of deposit, money market funds, and commercial paper to be cash equivalents. Non-interest-bearing cash accounts are temporarily guaranteed for an unlimited amount, through December 31, 2012, and all other cash accounts are insured for up to $250,000. The Companys cash is, in some cases, in excess of the federally insured limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) of up to $250,000. No losses have been experienced to date.
Restricted Cash Restricted cash consists of $3 million pledged to collateralize mortgage credit lines through certificates of deposit known as Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) (see Note 16) and $2 million pledged for bonding capacity lines through certificates of deposit.
Concentration of Credit Risk Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include amounts on deposit with financial institutions in excess of the FDIC federally insured limits. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has a $122.9 million receivable from the Predecessor Parent Company, which represents the indemnification of certain covered tax matters as agreed to in connection with the Acquisition. The Company has $15.0 million in standby letters of credit from the Predecessor Parent Company for a portion of this receivable. In addition, the Company is exposed to credit risk to the extent that mortgage and loan borrowers may fail to meet their contractual obligations. This risk is mitigated by collateralizing the mortgaged property or land that was sold to the buyer.
Loans Receivable Loans receivable consist of amounts due from land buyers and certain of our joint ventures, are generally secured by underlying land, bear interest at average interest rates of 5% and 0% as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and mature at various dates through 2013. The Company imputes interest based on relevant market data for loans with no stated interest rate.
Mortgage Receivables Mortgage receivables consist of mortgages due from buyers of Taylor Morrison homes that are financed through Taylor Morrisons mortgage brokerage subsidiary. Mortgages receivable are held for sale and are carried at fair value, which is calculated using observable market information, including pricing from actual market transactions, investor commitment prices, or broker quotations.
F-15
Tax Indemnification Receivable The Predecessor Parent Company has indemnified TMM Holdings for specific uncertain tax positions existing as of the date of the transaction. An indemnification receivable was recorded at $129.7 million at Acquisition. The indemnification receivable also includes a periodic increase for accrued interest, penalties, and additional identified tax issues covered by the indemnity, offset by periodic decreases as uncertain tax matters and related tax obligations are resolved. The receivable due from the Predecessor Parent Company for the indemnification is valued at the same amount as the estimated income tax liability.
Other Receivables Our other accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from buyers of condominiums, as well as other amounts expected to be recovered from various community development districts and utility deposits. Allowances of $4 million and $3.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are maintained for potential credit losses based on historical experience, present economic conditions, and other factors considered relevant by management.
Real Estate Inventory Inventory consists of land, land under development, homes under construction, completed homes, and model homes. Inventory is carried at cost, net of impairment charges. In addition to direct carrying costs, we also capitalize interest, real estate taxes, and related development costs that benefit the entire community, such as field construction supervision and related direct overhead. Home construction costs are accumulated and charged to cost of sales at home closing using the specific identification method. Land acquisition, development, interest, taxes, overhead, and condominium construction costs are allocated to homes and units using methods that approximate the relative sales value method. These costs are capitalized to inventory from the point development begins to the point construction is completed. For those communities that have been temporarily closed or development has been discontinued, we do not allocate interest or other costs to the communitys inventory until activity begins again. Changes in estimated costs to be incurred in a community are generally allocated to the remaining homes on a prospective basis.
In accordance with the provisions of ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , we review our real estate inventory for indicators of impairment by evaluating each community during each reporting period. In conducting our review for indicators of impairment on a community level, we evaluate, among other things, the margins on homes that have been delivered, margins on homes under sales contracts in backlog, projected margins with regard to future home sales over the life of the community, projected margins with regard to future land sales and the estimated fair value of the land itself. The Company pays particular attention to communities in which inventory is moving at a slower than anticipated absorption pace and communities whose average sales price and/or margins are trending downward and are anticipated to continue to trend downward. From this review, the Company identifies communities with indicators of impairment, and then performs additional analysis to determine if the carrying value exceeds the communities undiscounted cash flows. ASC 360 requires that companies evaluate long-lived assets that are expected to be held and used in operations, including inventories, for recoverability based on undiscounted future cash flows of the assets at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds their estimated undiscounted cash flows, then the assets are deemed to be impaired and are recorded at fair value as of the assessment date. The Company estimates the fair value of its communities using a discounted cash flow model. The projected cash flows for each community are significantly impacted by estimates related to market supply and demand, product type by community, homesite sizes, sales pace, sales prices, sales incentives, construction costs, sales and marketing expenses, the local economy, competitive conditions, labor costs, costs of materials and other factors for that particular community. Every division evaluates the historical performance of each of its communities as well as current trends in the market and economy impacting the community and its surrounding areas. These trends are analyzed for each of the estimates listed above.
The Companys projected cash flows are impacted by many assumptions. Some of the most critical assumptions in the Companys cash flow model are projected absorption pace for home sales, sales prices and costs to build and deliver homes on a community by community basis.
F-16
In order to arrive at the assumed absorption pace for home sales included in the Companys cash flow model, the Company analyzes its historical absorption pace in the community as well as other comparable communities in the geographical area. In addition, the Company considers internal and external market studies and trends, which generally include, but are not limited to, statistics on population demographics, unemployment rates and availability of competing product in the geographic area where the community is located. When analyzing the Companys historical absorption pace for home sales and corresponding internal and external market studies, the Company places greater emphasis on more current metrics and trends such as the absorption pace realized in its most recent quarters as well as forecasted population demographics, unemployment rates and availability of competing product.
In order to determine the assumed sales prices included in its cash flow models, the Company analyzes the historical sales prices realized on homes it delivered in the community and other comparable communities in the geographical area as well as the sales prices included in its current backlog for such communities. In addition, the Company considers internal and external market studies and trends, which generally include, but are not limited to, statistics on sales prices in neighboring communities and sales prices on similar products in non-neighboring communities in the geographic area where the community is located. When analyzing its historical sales prices and corresponding market studies, the Company also places greater emphasis on more current metrics and trends such as future forecasted sales prices in neighboring communities as well as future forecasted sales prices for similar products in non-neighboring communities.
In order to arrive at the Companys assumed costs to build and deliver homes, the Company generally assumes a cost structure reflecting contracts currently in place with its vendors adjusted for any anticipated cost reduction initiatives or increases in cost structure. Costs assumed in the cash flow model for the Companys communities are generally based on the rates the Company is currently obligated to pay under existing contracts with its vendors adjusted for any anticipated cost reduction initiatives or increases in cost structure.
Since the estimates and assumptions included in the Companys cash flow models are based upon historical results and projected trends, they do not anticipate unexpected changes in market conditions or strategies that may lead the Company to incur additional impairment charges in the future. Using all available information, the Company calculates its best estimate of projected cash flows for each community. While many of the estimates are calculated based on historical and projected trends, all estimates are subjective and change from market to market and community to community as market and economic conditions change. The determination of fair value also requires discounting the estimated cash flows at a rate the Company believes a market participant would determine to be commensurate with the inherent risks associated with the assets and related estimated cash flow streams. The discount rate used in determining each assets fair value depends on the communitys projected life and development stage. For the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, and the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, no impairment charges were identified and recorded. We recorded inventory impairment charges, inclusive of land deposits write-offs, of $4.1 million, $78.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, discount rates used in the discounted cash flows averaged 16.2% and 14.8%, respectively, with ranges from 14.0% to 19.5% in 2010, and 13.0% to 20.5% in 2009. Management believes these rates are commensurate with the risk associated with the related communities.
In certain cases, we may elect to stop development and/or marketing of an existing community if we believe the economic performance of the community would be maximized by deferring development for a period of time to allow market conditions to improve. The decision may be based on financial and/or operational metrics. If we decide to stop developing a project, we will impair such project if necessary to its fair value as discussed above and then cease future development and/or marketing activity until such a time when management believes that market conditions have improved and economic performance can be maximized. Quarterly, we review all communities, for potential impairments.
When we elect to stop development of a community, it is managements belief that the community is affected by local market conditions that are expected to improve within the next 3 to 5 years. Therefore, a temporary
F-17
postponement of construction and development is expected to yield better returns. For these communities, as well as our real estate held for development or sale, our assessment of the carrying value of these assets typically includes subjective estimates of future performance, including the timing of when development will recommence, the type of product to be offered, and the margin to be realized. In the future some of these inactive communities may be re-opened while others may be sold. As of December 31, 2011, we had 34 inactive communities with a carrying value of $55.1 million of which $25.0 and $30.1 million is in our West and East Region, respectively. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, we placed 14 communities into inactive status and moved 10 into active status.
The life cycle of a community generally ranges from three to five years, commencing with the acquisition of unentitled or entitled land, continuing through the land development phase, and concluding with the sale, construction, and delivery of homes. Actual community lives will vary based on the size of the community, the sales absorption rate, and whether we purchased the property as raw land or finished lots. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we were actively selling in 135 and 150 communities, respectively.
Inventory as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, consists of the following (in thousands):
Successor
2011 |
Predecessor
2010 |
|||||||
Operating communities |
$ | 830,573 | $ | 938,860 | ||||
Real estate held for development or sale |
172,909 | 129,997 | ||||||
Consolidated real estate not owned |
| 5,096 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 1,003,482 | $ | 1,073,953 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Inventory impairment charges are recognized against all inventory costs of a community, such as land, land improvements, cost of home construction, and capitalized interest. Impairment charges of $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, represented $2.1 million, $0.5 million, and $1.5 million of write downs for operating communities, land owned and controlled, and terminated land options, respectively. Impairment charges of $78.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, represented $71.6 million, $3.8 million, and $2.8 million or write downs for operating communities, land owned and controlled, and terminated land options, respectively.
Capitalized Interest We capitalize certain interest costs to inventory during the development and construction periods. Capitalized interest is charged to cost of sales when the related inventory is delivered or when the related inventory is charged to cost of sales under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Interest capitalized, incurred, and expensed as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and during the related periods is as follows (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
Through July 12, 2011 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||
Interest capitalized beginning of period |
$ | 0 | $ | 68,202 | $ | 68,185 | $ | 64,903 | ||||||||
Interest capitalized |
37,605 | 23,091 | 37,282 | 53,230 | ||||||||||||
Interest amortized to cost of sales and impairments |
(10,114 | ) | (19,422 | ) | (37,370 | ) | (50,354 | ) | ||||||||
Foreign currency adjustment |
| 51 | 105 | 406 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Interest capitalized end of period |
$ | 27,491 | $ | 71,922 | $ | 68,202 | $ | 68,185 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest incurred was $37.6 million during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, $23.1 million during the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, $85.7 million and $87.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
F-18
Land Deposits Deposits we pay related to land options and land purchase contracts are capitalized when paid and classified as land deposits until the associated property is purchased. Deposits are recorded as a component of inventory at the time the deposit is applied to the acquisition price of the land based on the terms of the underlying agreements. To the extent the deposits are nonrefundable, deposits are charged to expense if the land acquisition process is terminated or no longer determined probable. We review the likelihood of the acquisition of contracted lots in conjunction with our periodic real estate impairment analysis.
We are subject to the usual obligations associated with entering into contracts (including option contracts) for the purchase, development, and sale of real estate in the routine conduct of our business. We have a number of land purchase option contracts, generally through cash deposits or letters of credit, for the right to purchase land or lots at a future point in time with predetermined terms. We do not have title to the property and the creditors generally have no recourse against us, except in Canada where sellers have full recourse under statutory regulations. Our obligations with respect to the option contracts are generally limited to the forfeiture of the related nonrefundable cash deposits and/or letters of credit. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had the right to purchase approximately 4,523 and 3,472 lots under land option and land purchase contracts, respectively, which represents purchase commitments of $239.5 million and $124.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, we had $13.6 million in land deposits and $43.6 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase contracts. As of December 31, 2010, we had $6 million in land deposits and $11.1 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase contracts.
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we incurred pretax charges of $1.5 million and $2.8 million, respectively, related to the impairment of option deposits and capitalized preacquisition costs for abandoned projects, which is included in inventory impairments in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We continue to evaluate the terms of open land option and purchase contracts in light of housing market conditions and may impair additional option deposits and capitalized preacquisition costs in the future, particularly in those instances where land sellers or third-party financial entities are unwilling to renegotiate significant contract terms.
Investments in Unconsolidated Entities and Variable Interest Entities (VIEs) In the ordinary course of business, we enter into land and lot option purchase contracts in order to procure land or lots for the construction of homes. Lot option contracts enable us to control significant lot positions with a minimal capital investment and substantially reduce the risks associated with land ownership and development. In June 2009, the FASB revised its guidance regarding the determination of a primary beneficiary of a VIE.
In accordance with ASC 810, Consolidation , we have concluded that when we enter into an option or purchase agreement to acquire land or lots and pay a nonrefundable deposit, a VIE may be created because we are deemed to have provided subordinated financial support that will absorb some or all of an entitys expected losses if they occur. For each VIE, we assess whether we are the primary beneficiary by first determining if we have the ability to control the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect its economic performance. Such activities include, but are not limited to, the ability to determine the budget and scope of land development work, if any; the ability to control financing decisions for the VIE; the ability to acquire additional land into the VIE or dispose of land in the VIE not under contract with the Company; and the ability to change or amend the existing option contract with the VIE. If we are not able to control such activities, we are not considered the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If we do have the ability to control such activities, we will continue our analysis by determining if we are expected to absorb a potentially significant amount of the VIEs losses or, if no party absorbs the majority of such losses, if we will potentially benefit from a significant amount of the VIEs expected gains. If we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE, we will consolidate the VIE in our consolidated financial statements and reflect such assets and liabilities as consolidated real estate not owned within our inventory balance in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We currently have no VIEs that we consolidate. Our exposure to loss related to our option contracts with third parties and unconsolidated entities consisted of our nonrefundable option deposits totaling $13.6 million and $6 million, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Additionally, we posted $43.6 million and $11.1 million of letters of credit in lieu of cash deposits under certain
F-19
option contracts as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Creditors of these VIEs, if any, have no recourse against us.
We are also involved in several joint ventures with independent third parties for our homebuilding activities. We use the equity method of accounting for investments that qualify as VIEs where we are not the primary beneficiary and entities that we do not control or where we do not own a majority of the economic interest, but have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. For those unconsolidated entities in which we function as the managing member, we have evaluated the rights held by our joint venture partners and determined that they have substantive participating rights that preclude the presumption of control. For joint ventures accounted for using the equity method, our share of net earnings or losses is included in equity in net income of unconsolidated entities when earned and distributions are credited against our investment in the joint venture when received. See Note 3 for financial statement information related to unconsolidated entities.
We evaluate our investments in unconsolidated entities for indicators of impairment during each reporting period. A series of operating losses of an investee or other factors may indicate that a decrease in value of the Companys investment in the unconsolidated entity has occurred which is other-than-temporary. The amount of impairment recognized is the excess of the investments carrying amount over its estimated fair value.
The evaluation of the Companys investment in unconsolidated entities includes certain critical assumptions made by management: (1) projected future distributions from the unconsolidated entities, (2) discount rates applied to the future distributions and (3) various other factors. The Companys assumptions on the projected future distributions from the unconsolidated entities are dependent on market conditions. Specifically, distributions are dependent on cash to be generated from the sale of inventory by the unconsolidated entities. Such inventory is also reviewed for potential impairment by the unconsolidated entities. The unconsolidated entities generally use a discount rate of approximately 12-18% in their reviews for impairment, subject to the perceived risks associated with the communitys cash flow streams relative to its inventory. If a valuation adjustment is recorded by an unconsolidated entity related to its assets, the Companys proportionate share is reflected in the equity in loss from unconsolidated entities with a corresponding decrease to its investment in unconsolidated entities.
Additionally, the Company considers various qualitative factors to determine if a decrease in the value of the investment is other-than-temporary. These factors include age of the venture, stage in its life cycle, intent and ability for the Company to recover its investment in the entity, financial condition and long-term prospects of the entity, short-term liquidity needs of the unconsolidated entity, trends in the general economic environment of the land, entitlement status of the land held by the unconsolidated entity, overall projected returns on investment, defaults under contracts with third parties (including bank debt), recoverability of the investment through future cash flows and relationships with the other partners. If the Company believes that the decline in the fair value of the investment is temporary, then no impairment is recorded.
Merger and Restructuring Costs As a result of the July 2007 combination of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc., and Morrison Homes, Inc., the Company incurred total merger and restructuring charges of $34.9 million. Although a significant portion of the merger and restructuring charges were recorded in 2007, the Company incurred restructuring related costs of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, which was included in other expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The liability for restructuring costs of $3 million and $3.8 million which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, relate to lease termination costs that will be paid through March of 2016.
Noncontrolling Interests We consolidate joint ventures when we are the primary beneficiary. Therefore, those entities financial statements are consolidated in the Companys consolidated financial statements and the other partners equity is recorded as noncontrolling interests.
F-20
Goodwill The excess of the purchase price of a business acquisition over the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is capitalized as goodwill in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other . ASC 350 requires that goodwill and intangible assets that do not have finite lives not be amortized, but instead be assessed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if certain impairment indicators are present. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded in 2010 and 2009 and for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011. There was no goodwill recorded in connection with the Acquisition on July 13, 2011 (see Note 4).
Property and Equipment Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Gross property and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010, consist of $7.9 million and $18.2 million, respectively. Accumulated depreciation related to these assets was $1.7 million and $11.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Depreciation expense was $1.7 million for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, $1.6 million for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, $3.3 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively and is recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations. Depreciation is generally computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from 3 to 40 years. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.
Income Taxes We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes . Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on future tax consequences of both temporary differences between the amounts reported for financial reporting purposes and the amounts deductible for income tax purposes, and are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period when the changes are enacted.
In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, we periodically assess our deferred tax assets, including the benefit from net operating losses (NOLs), to determine if a valuation allowance is required. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other matters, taxable income in prior years available for carryback, estimates of future income, tax planning strategies, and reversal of existing temporary differences. Given the downturn in the homebuilding industry over the past several years, the degree of the economic recession, the instability and deterioration of the financial markets, and the resulting uncertainty in projections of our future taxable income, we recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets during 2007. Taylor Morrison continues to maintain a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, as we have determined that the weight of the negative evidence exceeds that of the positive evidence and it continues to be more likely than not that we will not be able to utilize all of our deferred tax assets.
Insurance Costs and Self-Insurance Reserves We have certain deductible limits under our workers compensation, automobile, and general liability insurance policies, and we record expense and liabilities for the estimated costs of potential claims for construction defects. The excess liability limits are $50 million per occurrence in the annual aggregate and apply in excess of automobile liability, employers liability under workers compensation and general liability primary policies. We also generally require our subcontractors and design professionals to indemnify us for liabilities arising from their work, subject to certain limitations. We are the parent of Beneva Indemnity Company (Beneva), which provides insurance coverage for construction defects discovered during a period of time up to 10 years following the sale of a home, coverage for premise operations risk, and property coverage. We accrue for the expected costs associated with the deductibles and self-insured amounts under our various insurance policies based on historical claims, estimates for claims incurred but not reported, and potential for recovery of costs from insurance and other sources. The estimates are subject to significant variability due to factors, such as claim settlement patterns, litigation trends, and the extended period of time in which a construction defect claim might be made after the closing of a home.
F-21
Warranty Reserves:
U.S. Operations We offer warranties on our homes that generally provide for one-year warranties to cover various defects in workmanship or materials and 10 years to cover structural construction defects. Warranty reserves are established as homes close in an amount estimated to be adequate to cover expected costs of materials and outside labor during warranty periods. Our warranty reserves are based on factors that include an actuarial study (for structural warranty), historical and anticipated warranty claims, trends related to similar product types, number of home closings, and geographical areas. The structural warranty is carried by Beneva, a wholly owned subsidiary of Taylor Morrison. We also provide third-party warranty coverage on homes where required by Federal Housing Administration or Veterans Administration lenders.
Canadian Operations We offer a limited warranty that generally provides for seven years of structural coverage; two years of coverage for water penetration, electrical, plumbing, heating, and exterior cladding defects; and one year of coverage for workmanship and materials. We are responsible for performing all of the work during the warranty period. As a result, warranty reserves are established as homes close in an amount estimated to be adequate to cover expected costs of materials and labor during warranty periods. The warranty reserves are determined using historical experience and trends related to similar product types, and number of home closings.
We regularly review the reasonableness and adequacy of our recorded warranty reserves and make adjustments to the balance of the preexisting reserves to reflect changes in trends and historical data as information becomes available. Warranty reserves are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheets. A summary of changes in our self-insurance and warranty reserves at and during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, are as follows (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
Through July 12, 2011 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||
Reserve beginning of period |
$ | 45,929 | $ | 50,069 | $ | 52,222 | $ | 52,578 | ||||||||
Purchase price allocation adjustments |
(2,731 | ) | | | | |||||||||||
Additions to reserves |
2,950 | 9,634 | 10,753 | 19,161 | ||||||||||||
Costs and claims incurred |
(15,428 | ) | (16,267 | ) | (22,051 | ) | (20,238 | ) | ||||||||
Change in estimates to preexisting reserves |
13,036 | 2,346 | 8,866 | (80 | ) | |||||||||||
Foreign currency adjustment |
(598 | ) | 147 | 279 | 801 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Reserve end of period |
$ | 43,158 | $ | 45,929 | $ | 50,069 | $ | 52,222 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue Recognition:
Home Sales Revenues from home sales are recorded using the completed contract method of accounting at the time each home is delivered, title and possession are transferred to the buyer, there is no significant continuing involvement with the home, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property.
Condominium Sales Revenues from the sale of condominium units is recognized when construction is beyond the preliminary stage, the buyer is committed to the extent of being unable to require a refund except for non-delivery of the unit, sufficient units in the project have been sold to ensure that the property will not be converted to a rental property, the sales proceeds are collectible, and the aggregate sales proceeds and the total cost of the project can be reasonably estimated. For our Canadian high rise condominiums, these conditions are met when a certificate of occupancy has been received, all significant conditions of registration have been performed and the purchaser has the right to occupy the unit.
F-22
Land Sales Revenues from land sales are recognized when title is transferred to the buyer, there is no significant continuing involvement, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property sold. If the buyer has not made an adequate initial or continuing investment in the property, the profit on such sales is deferred until these conditions are met.
Financial Services Revenues Revenues from loan origination are recognized at the time the related real estate transactions are completed, usually upon the close of escrow. All of the loans Taylor Morrison Home Funding, LLC (TMHF) originates are sold within a short period of time, generally 10 days, on a nonrecourse basis as further described in Note 16. After the loans are sold, the Company retains potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that it breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreement. Gains or losses from the sale of mortgages are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and carrying value of the related loans upon sale.
Deposits Forfeited buyer deposits related to home, condominium, and land sales are recognized in other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations in the period in which we determine that the buyer will not complete the purchase of the property and the deposit is determined to be nonrefundable to the buyer.
Sales Discounts and Incentives We grant our home buyers sales discounts and incentives from time to time, including cash discounts, discounts on options included in the home, option upgrades, and seller-paid financing or closing costs. Discounts are accounted for as a reduction in the sales price of the home.
Advertising Costs We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs were $6.1 million for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, $7 million for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and $14.9 million and $18.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Earnings per Unit Basic earnings per unit is computed by dividing net earnings attributable to Owners by the weighted average number of common units outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per unit reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue partnership units were exercised or converted into partnership units that then shared in earnings of the Company.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-04, which amended ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements , providing a consistent definition and measurement of fair value, as well as similar disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles, clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement, and expands the disclosure requirements. ASU 2011-04 will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income . ASU 2011-05 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in either (i) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (ii) two separate, but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders equity. The amendments in this ASU do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-05 should be applied retrospectively and is effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2011-05 the Company added separate, but consecutive statements of comprehensive income.
F-23
3. INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED ENTITIES
We participate in a number of joint ventures with unrelated third parties. These entities are generally involved in real estate development or mortgage lending and title services. We use the equity method of accounting for our investments in unconsolidated entities, which are not VIEs and which we do not control, but normally have ownership interests up to 50%.
Summarized condensed financial information of unconsolidated entities that are accounted for by the equity method as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, is as follows (in thousands):
Balance Sheets |
Successor
2011 |
Predecessor
2010 |
||||||
Assets: |
||||||||
Inventories |
$ | 354,243 | $ | 232,399 | ||||
Other assets |
86,057 | 126,104 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 440,300 | $ | 358,503 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities and owners equity: |
||||||||
Debt |
$ | 135,065 | $ | 43,649 | ||||
Other liabilities |
262,412 | 246,016 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
397,477 | 289,665 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Owners equity: |
||||||||
TMM Holdings |
18,596 | 27,544 | ||||||
Others |
24,227 | 41,294 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total owners equity |
42,823 | 68,838 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and owners equity |
$ | 440,300 | $ | 358,503 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
Statements of Operations |
July 13
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
Through July 12, 2011 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
||||||||||||
Revenues |
$ | 77,426 | $ | 22,374 | $ | 113,476 | $ | 146,715 | ||||||||
Costs and expenses |
(61,860 | ) | (17,027 | ) | (89,516 | ) | (146,149 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net earnings of unconsolidated entities |
$ | 15,566 | $ | 5,347 | $ | 23,960 | $ | 566 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Companys share in net earnings of unconsolidated entities |
$ | 5,247 | $ | 2,803 | $ | 5,319 | $ | 347 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have investments in, and advances to, a number of joint ventures with unrelated parties to develop land and to develop condominium projects, including for-sale residential units and commercial space. Some of these joint ventures develop land for the sole use of the venture participants, including us, and others develop land for sale to the joint venture participants and to unrelated builders. Our share of the joint venture profit relating to lots we purchase from the joint ventures is deferred until homes are delivered by us and title passes to a homebuyer.
The investment in unconsolidated entities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the fair value adjustments as a result of purchase accounting, while the amounts in this note represent the original equity amounts. Fair value adjustments for the Companys investment in unconsolidated entities are recorded at the Company level and are amortized against the Companys share of earnings of the underlying joint ventures as the underlying joint venture assets are sold.
F-24
4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
In April 2009, Taylor Morrison purchased the remaining 35% membership interest in TMHF, a subsidiary of Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures, LLC (MFDV), along with the remaining 35% of the voting shares of common stock in MHF, Inc. The purchase price for the interest and shares totaled $4.1 million, which resulted in $3.8 million in goodwill. Prior to this transaction, we held a 65% ownership interest in TMHF and MHF, Inc., and had been consolidating these entities with our operations. In June 2009, we purchased the total interest in MFDV from one of our corporate officers for a nominal amount. In conjunction with the July 13, 2011 Acquisition, the goodwill balance was written down to $0 as of July 13, 2011.
In October 2009, Taylor Morrison acquired from the Predecessor Parent Company certain U.S. intellectual property rights (IPR), which include trademarks, logos, and domain names, that are integral to its U.S. operations. Prior to our acquisition, royalty fees paid to the Predecessor Parent Company in 2009 for the use of the IPR were $3.2 million. In September 2010, Monarch acquired from the Predecessor Parent Company certain Canadian IPR similar to those acquired by Taylor Morrison. Prior to our acquisition, Monarch paid the Predecessor Parent Company $0.2 million and $1 million in royalty fees during 2010 and 2009, respectively. These rights are recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements at the Predecessor Parent Companys carrying value of $0 in accordance with U.S. GAAP for transfers of assets between entities under common control. The amounts paid of $3.3 million and $7.6 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively, are reflected as distributions to Predecessor Parent Company.
In conjunction with the Acquisition, the Company performed an analysis on the fair value of the trade names using the income approach, and concluded that the fair value of the Taylor Morrison trade name was $4.1 million and the fair value of the Monarch trade name was $6.1 million. These amounts are being amortized over a 10-year period, and the amortization expense recorded during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, was $0.5 million. Annual amortization expense is estimated to be $1.1 million in each of the next five years.
5. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER ASSETS
Prepaid expenses and other assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, consist of the following (in thousands):
Successor
2011 |
Predecessor
2010 |
|||||||
Prepaid expenses |
$ | 37,832 | $ | 43,940 | ||||
Other assets |
12,421 | 7,834 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total prepaid expenses and other assets |
$ | 50,253 | $ | 51,774 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Our prepaid expenses consist primarily of prepaid sales commissions, sales presentation centers, and model home costs, such as design fees and furniture. The prepaid sales commissions are recorded on preclosing sales activities, which are recognized on the ultimate closing of the units to which they relate. The model home and sales presentation centers costs are paid in advance and amortized over the life of the project on a per-unit basis, or a maximum of three years. Other assets consist primarily of various operating and escrow deposits, golf club membership inventory, preacquisition costs, and other deferred costs.
F-25
6. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES
Accrued expenses and other liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, consist of the following (in thousands):
Successor
2011 |
Predecessor
2010 |
|||||||
Real estate development costs to complete |
$ | 45,670 | $ | 46,393 | ||||
Compensation and employee benefits |
33,518 | 35,059 | ||||||
Insurance, litigation reserves, and other professional fees |
19,917 | 19,534 | ||||||
Self-insurance and warranty reserves |
43,158 | 50,069 | ||||||
Interest payable |
17,322 | 11,698 | ||||||
Merger and restructuring reserves |
2,803 | 3,760 | ||||||
Property and sales taxes payable |
9,616 | 14,566 | ||||||
Other accruals |
22,648 | 19,901 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total accrued expenses and other liabilities |
$ | 194,652 | $ | 200,980 | ||||
|
|
|
|
7. NET PAYABLE TO THE PREDECESSOR PARENT COMPANY
Amounts payable to the Predecessor Parent Company as of December 31, 2010, consist of the following (in thousands):
Loan payable George Wimpey, plc (GW Loan) |
$ | | ||
Note payable George Wimpey, plc Revolving Line (GW Revolving Line) |
||||
Loan payable Taylor Woodrow, plc (TWPLC Loan) |
529,997 | |||
Funds on deposit with Predecessor Parent Company |
(30,062 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Total net payable to the Predecessor Parent Company |
$ | 499,935 | ||
|
|
During 2010 and until July 12, 2011, Taylor Morrisons funds on deposit with the Predecessor Parent Company were offset against the amount of term and revolving debt in accordance with the conditions set by the Predecessor Parent Company regarding cash retention. The Predecessor Parent Company, in its discretion, was able to offset any outstanding debt with cash collected from the respective subsidiaries.
In December 2010, the Predecessor Parent Company recapitalized Taylor Morrison by contributing capital and settling certain of the loans and notes payable with funds that were on deposit with and due from the Predecessor Parent Company (the Recapitalization).
a. | The GW Loan, GW Revolving Line, and TWPLC Loan debt facilities payable to the Predecessor Parent Company had the following terms: |
GW Loan 6.44% interest per annum, compounded annually, and paid annually on December 20 of each year. This note was settled in December 2010, as part of the recapitalization of Taylor Morrison by the Predecessor Parent Company.
GW Revolving Line Interest accrued at a rate of London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus 2.05%. This note was settled in December 2010, as part of the recapitalization of Taylor Morrison by the Predecessor Parent Company.
TWPLC Loan 7.02% interest per annum, compounded annually, and paid semiannually. Principal balance and unpaid interest payable were due on December 20, 2010; however, the Predecessor Parent Company had extended the maturity of this loan to July 15, 2011, and subsequently converted the loan into
F-26
equity prior to the 2011 Acquisition. Accrued interest payable as of December 31, 2010, was $0.5 million and was included as a reduction of funds on deposit with the Predecessor Parent Company in the table above. The balance of the TWPLC Loan on the date of the 2010 Recapitalization was $755.1 million and was reduced by $225.2 million recorded as capital contributed by the Predecessor Parent Company.
During the year ended December 31, 2010, through the date of Recapitalization, various other intercompany accounts were settled for an additional $17.2 million that was contributed to the Company by the Predecessor Parent Company.
b. | The Predecessor Parent Company paid interest monthly on funds it held on deposit at rates that are based upon LIBOR and are adjusted periodically. Interest rates were 0.26% and 0.23% as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Interest earned from the Predecessor Parent Company from funds held on deposit was $9,000 during the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, $1.2 million and $1.2 million during 2010 and 2009, respectively. |
For the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, interest expense incurred related to the above debt was $19.2 million, $80.5 million and $78.6 million, respectively, and, after deducting capitalized interest, is included in interest (income) expense net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Of the interest expense incurred related to the above debt, $19.2 million, $36.6 million and $52.8 million was capitalized to inventory during the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
8. LOANS PAYABLE AND OTHER BORROWINGS
Loans payable and other borrowings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, consist of the amounts due to land sellers. Loans payable bear interest at rates that ranged from 0% to 7% at both December 31, 2011 and 2010, and generally are secured by the land that was acquired with the loans. The Company imputes interest for loans with no stated interest rates. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we were in compliance with all loan terms and covenants.
Principal maturities of loans payable and other borrowings for each of the next five years ending December 31 are as follows (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31 |
||||
2012 |
$ | 72,653 | ||
2013 |
4,504 | |||
2014 |
553 | |||
2015 |
415 | |||
2016 |
498 | |||
|
|
|||
Total loans payable and other borrowings |
$ | 78,623 | ||
|
|
9. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt at December 31, 2011, consists of related-party borrowings obtained from affiliates of TPG and investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management as part of the Acquisition of the Company on July 13, 2011 (the Notes).
a. |
The loan agreement dated July 13, 2011, consisted of a $625 million senior unsecured term loan and was made between the Company and related parties of the Sponsors. The Notes have a maturity date of July 13, 2018, at which time all loan amounts become due. The Notes were issued at a discount of 2.5% for $500 million of the balance and at par for the remaining $125 million balance. The outstanding balance of the Notes, net of unamortized original issue discount as of December 31, 2011, was $488.4 million. |
F-27
Amortization expense of the discount was $0.9 million for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. |
b. | The Notes bear a 13% annual interest rates calculated on a 360-day year. Interest amounts are paid quarterly on the final day of the period. No interest was unpaid and accrued as of December 31, 2011. |
c. | In August 2011, $125 million of the Notes were repaid by Monarch from operating cash in accordance with the planned capitalization structure of the Sponsors. |
For the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, interest expense incurred related to the above debt was $31 million, and after deducting capitalized interest, is included in interest expense net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Of the interest expense incurred related to the above debt, $31 million was capitalized to inventory during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011.
In conjunction with the July 13, 2011, transaction, the Company finalized a $75 million revolving line of credit with Credit Suisse, HSBC, and Deutsche Bank, secured by the underlying assets of the U.S. operations. Borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility (the Credit Facility) may be made in U.S. dollars and in Canadian dollars (subject to a U.S. $15.0 million sublimit) and bear interest based upon either a LIBOR or CDOR interest rate option, as applicable, or a base rate or Canada prime rate option, as applicable, as selected by the borrowers plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The Credit Facility matures on July 13, 2016. The applicable margin for (a) any Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan is 3.25% per annum, payable on the last date of each applicable interest period or at the end of each three-month period if the applicable interest period is longer than three months and (b) any Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, 2.25% per annum, payable quarterly. There is a fee of 0.75% per annum on the commitment (whether drawn or undrawn), payable quarterly in arrears, and subject to a 25 basis point reduction upon the completion of the second full quarter after the closing date based upon the achievement of a specified capitalization ratio. The borrowers have the right to make amend and extend offers to lenders of a particular class. No draws have been made under the Credit Facility and there was no outstanding balance at December 31, 2011.
In connection with the acquisition of the credit line, the Company capitalized $3.8 million of financing fees and incurred amortization of $0.4 million for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011. Capitalized finance fees are included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
The Credit Facility contains certain springing financial covenants. In the event that, either there are (a) any loans outstanding thereunder on the last day of any fiscal quarter or on more than five separate days of such fiscal quarter or (b) any unreimbursed letters of credit thereunder on the last day of such fiscal quarter or for more than five consecutive days of such fiscal quarter, we will be required to, in respect of such fiscal quarter, comply with a maximum capitalization ratio test as well as a minimum interest coverage ratio test.
The Credit Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness, incurrence of liens, dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions, investments, sale and leasebacks, passive holding entities (with respect to TMM Holdings, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Monarch Communities Inc. and Monarch Parent Inc.) and limitation on debt payments and amendments.
The Credit Facility contains customary events of default, subject to applicable grace periods, including for nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts, violation of covenants (including financial covenants, subject to the exercise of an equity cure), incorrectness of representations and warranties in any material respect, cross default and cross acceleration, bankruptcy, material monetary judgments, ERISA events with material adverse effect, actual or asserted invalidity of material guarantees, material security or intercreditor agreements or subordination provisions, and change of control. As of December 31, 2011 we were in compliance with our covenants.
F-28
10. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES
We have adopted ASC 820 for fair value measurements of our financial instruments. ASC 820 provides a framework for measuring fair value under U.S. GAAP, expands disclosures about fair value measurements, and establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are summarized as follows:
Level 1 Fair value is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Fair value is determined using significant observable inputs, generally either quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, or quoted prices in markets that are not active.
Level 3 Fair value is determined using one or more significant input that is unobservable in active markets at the measurement date, such as a pricing model, discounted cash flow, or similar technique.
As described in Note 2 and in conjunction with the Acquisition, all assets and liabilities of the Company were adjusted to fair value using significant Level 3 unobservable assumptions and valuation inputs. Our nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, are as follows (in thousands):
Predecessor
Fair Value Measurements, Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Description |
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets (Level 1) |
Significant
(Level 2) |
Significant
(Level 3) |
Total | ||||||||||||
Housing projects and land under development |
$ | | $ | | $ | 5,933 | $ | 5,933 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | | $ | | $ | 5,933 | $ | 5,933 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Predecessor
Fair Value Measurements, Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
||||||||||||||||
Description |
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets (Level 1) |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
Total | ||||||||||||
Housing projects and land under development |
$ | | $ | | $ | 148,048 | $ | 148,048 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | | $ | | $ | 148,048 | $ | 148,048 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2010, in accordance with ASC 360, certain housing projects and land under development were written down to a fair value of $5.9 million, resulting in an inventory impairment charge of $2.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2009, in accordance with ASC 360, certain housing projects and land under development were written down to a fair value of $148 million, resulting in an inventory impairment charge of $75.4 million. Fair values for housing projects and land under development using Level 3 inputs were primarily based on the estimated future cash flows discounted for inherent risk associated with each asset. In 2010, discount rates used in our fair value estimates ranged from 14% to 19.5%. In 2009, discount rates used in our fair value estimates ranged from 13.0% to 20.5%. These discounted cash flows are impacted by the expected risk based on estimated land development, construction, and delivery timelines; market risk from potential future price erosion; cost uncertainty due to development or construction cost increases; and other risks specific to the asset or conditions in the market in which the asset is located at the time the assessment is made. These factors are specific to each community and may vary among communities.
F-29
Mortgage receivables and mortgage borrowings attributable to Taylor Morrison are recorded at fair value which are considered a level 2 valuation in the hierarchy of fair value calculated using observable market information, including pricing from actual market transactions, investor commitment prices, or broker quotations. Loans receivable are recorded at fair value, which is considered a level 2 valuation in the hierarchy of fair value calculated using observable market information, which exceeds the face value by approximately $0.7 million and $2.4 million as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
At December 31, 2011, the carrying value of our loans payable and other borrowings had a fair value of approximately $79 million. At December 31, 2010, the carrying value of our loans payable and other borrowings had a fair value of approximately $100 million. The estimated fair values of our loans payable are considered a level 2 valuation in the hierarchy for fair value measurement and are based on a cash flow model discounted at market interest rates that considers the underlying risks of unsecured debt.
The carrying value of external debt from the Sponsors cannot be readily determinable based on the related party nature of the debt and the absence of market equivalents.
The fair values of advances to and from the Predecessor Parent Company and affiliated companies are not determinable given their related-party nature and the absence of market equivalents. We consider the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, notes receivable, and accounts payable to approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.
11. INCOME TAXES
The effective tax rate for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, of the Company was composed of the statutory tax rates in the United States and Canada and was affected primarily by the change in valuation allowance against the net deferred tax asset, state income taxes, the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits, and interest relating to uncertain tax positions.
The (benefit) provision for income taxes for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, consists of the following (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
Through July 12, 2011 |
For
the
Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
For
the
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||
Federal |
$ | (11,893 | ) | $ | 4,228 | $ | (40,240 | ) | $ | (65,008 | ) | |||||
Foreign |
15,924 | 16,653 | 38,362 | 29,612 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total income tax provision (benefit) |
$ | 4,031 | $ | 20,881 | $ | (1,878 | ) | $ | (35,396 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Current |
$ | 15,462 | $ | 20,418 | $ | (2,192 | ) | $ | (37,502 | ) | ||||||
Deferred |
(11,431 | ) | 463 | 314 | 2,106 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total income tax provision (benefit) |
$ | 4,031 | $ | 20,881 | $ | (1,878 | ) | $ | (35,396 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
The components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
Through July 12, 2011 |
For
the
Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
For
the
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||
Domestic |
$ | (19,486 | ) | $ | 11,065 | $ | (32,471 | ) | $ | (122,712 | ) | |||||
Foreign |
50,284 | 59,836 | 121,195 | 86,492 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
$ | 30,798 | $ | 70,901 | $ | 88,724 | $ | (36,220 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had a valuation allowance of $397.4 million and $518.7 million, respectively, against net deferred tax assets, which include the tax benefit from federal and state net operating loss (NOL) carryovers. Federal net operating loss carryforwards may be used to offset future taxable income for 20 years and begin to expire in 2028. State net operating loss carryforwards may be used to offset future taxable income for a period of time ranging from 5 to 20 years, depending on the state, and begin to expire in 2013. NOL carryovers in Canada expire in 20 years. The change in the valuation allowance from 2010 to 2011, from 2009 to 2010, and from 2008 to 2009, was a decrease of $121.2 million, $20.3 million, and $20.8 million, respectively. Our future deferred tax asset realization depends on sufficient taxable income in the carryforward periods under existing tax laws, which currently would allow us to offset future federal taxable income generated through 2029. State deferred tax assets included approximately $24.5 million and $22.9 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, of tax benefits related to state NOL carryovers, which began to expire in 2011. On an ongoing basis, we will continue to review all available evidence to determine if and when we expect to realize our deferred tax assets and federal and state NOL carryovers.
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13
through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
through July 12, 2011 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||
Tax at federal statutory rate |
35.0 | % | 35.0 | % | 35.0 | % | 35.0 | % | ||||||||
State income taxes (net of federal benefit) |
0.3 | 0.1 | 0.0 | 0.0 | ||||||||||||
Foreign income taxed below US Rate |
(14.7 | ) | (5.7 | ) | (5.5 | ) | 4.8 | |||||||||
Valuation allowance |
(11.8 | ) | (3.4 | ) | 14.4 | 109.4 | ||||||||||
Tax Indemnity |
15.4 | | | | ||||||||||||
Uncertain tax positions |
(39.1 | ) | 3.3 | (42.3 | ) | (51.9 | ) | |||||||||
Transaction costs |
35.3 | | | | ||||||||||||
Non-controlling interest |
(1.3 | ) | (2.0 | ) | (1.6 | ) | 5.0 | |||||||||
Other |
(6.0 | ) | 2.3 | (2.2 | ) | (4.5 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Effective Rate |
13.1 | % | 29.6 | % | (2.2 | )% | (97.8 | )% | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On November 6, 2009, the Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 was enacted into law and amended Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) to extend the permitted carryback period for offsetting certain NOLs against earnings to up to five years. Due to this recently enacted federal tax legislation, Taylor Morrison was able to carry back and offset its 2009 NOL against earnings it generated in 2005 and 2004. As a result, the Company filed an application for a federal tax refund of $78.7 million and received the cash proceeds from the refund in March 2010. The Company also filed for an additional refund of $4.7 million in December 2010, which is included in income taxes receivable as of December 31, 2010, and was received in March 2011.
In 2009, the Company filed an application for a federal refund of $148.8 million for the carryback of its 2008 losses to taxable income generated in 2006. Such refunds were received in full in 2009.
F-31
The components of net deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, consisted of timing differences related to inventory impairment, expense accruals, provisions for liabilities, and NOL carryforwards. The Company has approximately $138.5 million in available federal NOL carryforwards, which will begin to expire in 2028. The Company has approximately $6.7 million in available NOL carryforwards related to the Canadian operations. A partial valuation allowance was placed on the net deferred tax asset. A summary of these components at December 31, 2011 and 2010, is as follows (in thousands):
As
of
December 31, 2011 |
As
of
December 31, 2010 |
|||||||
Deferred tax assets |
||||||||
Inventory |
$ | 277,289 | $ | 320,418 | ||||
Accruals and reserves |
38,530 | 53,434 | ||||||
Other |
22,414 | 8,024 | ||||||
Net operating losses |
80,354 | 153,899 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred tax assets |
418,587 | 535,775 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
||||||||
Inventory, intangibles, other |
(25,184 | ) | (11,255 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Valuation allowance |
(397,435 | ) | (518,676 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total net deferred tax asset (liability) |
$ | (4,032 | ) | $ | 5,844 | |||
|
|
|
|
The table of the net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011, has been restated to properly reflect the gross deferred tax liabilities and valuation allowance. Subsequent to the issuance of the 2011 financial statements, the Companys management determined that there was an error in the disclosure of the gross deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2011, which had been overstated by $44.1 million and the valuation allowance as of December 31, 2011, which had been understated by $44.1 million. The correction had no impact on the total net deferred tax liability. The Company has determined that the correction of this error is not material to the consolidated financial statements
We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740. This guidance clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. ASC 740 requires a company to recognize the financial statement effect of a tax position when it is more likely than not (defined as a substantiated likelihood of more than 50%) based on the technical merits of the position that the position will be sustained upon examination. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements based upon the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Our inability to determine that a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold does not mean that the IRS or any other taxing authority will disagree with the position that we have taken.
If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold despite our belief that our filing position is supportable, the benefit of that tax position is not recognized in the consolidated financial statements and we are required to accrue potential interest and penalties until the uncertainty is resolved. Potential interest and penalties are recognized as components of the provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Differences between amounts taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements are considered unrecognized tax benefits. We believe that we have a reasonable basis for each of our filing positions and intend to defend those positions if challenged by the IRS or other taxing jurisdictions. If the IRS or other taxing authorities do not disagree with our position and after the statute of limitations expires, we will recognize the unrecognized tax benefit in the period that the uncertainty of the tax position is eliminated.
F-32
The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13
through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
through July 12, 2011 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||
Beginning of the period |
$ | 120,033 | $ | 119,901 | $ | 158,815 | $ | 147,797 | ||||||||
Increases of current year items |
5,211 | | | | ||||||||||||
Increases of prior year items |
| | 1,687 | 10,526 | ||||||||||||
Settlement with tax authorities |
| | (5,137 | ) | | |||||||||||
Decreased for tax positions of prior years |
(35,690 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Decreased due to statute of limitations |
(16,049 | ) | | | | |||||||||||
Foreign exchange differences |
(240 | ) | 132 | 226 | 491 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
End of the period |
$ | 108,955 | $ | 120,033 | $ | 119,901 | $ | 158,815 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we recognized potential interest expense on our uncertain tax positions of $4.1 million, $2.3 million, $2.1 million, and $5.3 million, respectively, which is included in income tax benefit in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest of $18.4 million and $10.8 million is recorded at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Accrued penalties of $2.1 million is recorded at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and is included in the income taxes payable account in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Penalties of $6 million were released in the year ended December 31, 2010. No penalties were recognized in the year ended December 31, 2009.
We are currently under examination by various taxing jurisdictions and anticipate finalizing the examinations with certain jurisdictions within 12 months from the consolidated balance sheet date of December 31, 2011. For the filing period of 2004 to 2007, we have effectively settled with the IRS Office of Appeals (IRS Appeals) for returns filed under the legacy Taylor Woodrow, plc operations. In April 2010, the Company received a favorable ruling in an IRS Appeals hearing regarding their carryback of losses. The agreement of the 2004 to 2007 legacy Taylor Woodrow, plc position was forwarded to the Joint Committee on Taxation of the U.S. Congress for review, and the Company received a consent agreement regarding those carrybacks. As a result, $18.6 million of our previously unrecognized tax positions were recognized in 2010. For the periods 2005 to 2007, we have entered appeals with the IRS for the legacy Morrison Homes operations and are fully reserved for $13.5 million of liabilities related to the appeal of this issue. The Company has agreed a tentative settlement on the issue and is awaiting consent from the Joint Committee on Taxation. In addition, income tax payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011, includes reserves of $8.7 million and $74.8 million related to this issue for the tax years 2009 and 2008, respectively. An IRS exam is ongoing at the field level for the 2009 and 2008 Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. and subsidiaries tax return. We are also currently under examination on our 2006 and 2007 California worldwide legacy Taylor Woodrow, plc returns. The outcomes of the remaining examinations are not yet determinable. The statute of limitations for these examinations remains open with various expiration dates, the latest of which is September 15, 2013.
We currently are under exams and appeals for various periods beginning in 2000 for our Canadian operations with the Canada Revenue Authority, the outcome of which are not readily determinable at this time.
The Company has received an indemnity from the Predecessor Parent Company for certain tax matters where a liability is related to periods ending prior to December 31, 2010.
F-33
We currently operate in five states and are subject to various state tax jurisdictions. We estimate our state tax liability based upon the individual taxing authorities regulations, estimates of income by taxing jurisdiction, and our ability to utilize certain tax-saving strategies. Primarily due to a change in our estimate of the allocation of income or loss, as the case may be, among the various taxing jurisdictions and changes in tax regulations and their impact on our tax strategies, our estimated rate for state income taxes was 3.2% and 3.8% for 2011 and 2010, respectively, before consideration of any applicable valuation allowance.
During the next 12 months, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits could decrease as a result of the completion of tax audits where certain of the filing positions are ultimately accepted by the IRS and/or other tax jurisdictions and/or expiration of tax statutes and successfully settled to the benefit of the Company. As a result of the lapse of the statute of limitations for the federal and Arizona jurisdictions, unrecognized tax benefits of $16.1 million were recognized in income tax expense in the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, our cumulative gross unrecognized tax benefits were $98.3 million in the U.S. and $10.6 million in Canada and all unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2010, our cumulative gross unrecognized tax benefits were $114.4 million in the U.S. and $5.5 million in Canada. These amounts are included in income taxes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Total unrecognized tax benefits expected to reverse in the next 12 months is $16.9 million.
As a result of the Acquisition on July 13, 2011, the Company had a change in control as defined by IRC Section 382. IRC Section 382 imposes certain limitations on the Companys ability to utilize certain tax attributes and net unrealized built-in losses that existed as of July 13, 2011. The gross deferred tax asset represents amounts that may be considered to be net unrealized built-in losses. To the extent these net unrealized losses are realized during the five-year period after July 13, 2011, they may not be deductible for federal income tax reporting purposes to the extent they exceed the Companys overall IRC Section 382 limitation.
12. NET PREDECESSOR PARENT COMPANY INVESTMENT
Net Predecessor Parent Company investment as of December 31, 2010, consisted of the following (in thousands, except for share data) Taylor Wimpey Holdings of Canada Corp. as presented in the table below was amalgamated into Monarch Corporation as of the acquisition date:
Predecessor | ||||||||||||
Taylor
Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. |
Taylor
Wimpey
|
Total | ||||||||||
Common stock shares authorized |
2,500 | Unlimited | ||||||||||
Common stock shares issued |
757 | 5,000,000 | ||||||||||
Owners equity |
$ | 91,538 | $ | 874,429 | $ | 965,967 | ||||||
Receivable from Predecessor Parent Company |
(502,756 | ) | (502,756 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net owners equity |
$ | 91,538 | $ | 371,673 | $ | 463,211 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsequent to the issuance of the Companys 2011 financial statements, management identified errors in the Predecessor Parent Companys accounting for foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from translating Monarchs financial statements into the U.S. Dollar for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (Predecessor). Monarchs functional currency was the Canadian Dollar. The Company determined that it had reported translation adjustments from translating Monarchs financial statements as a direct adjustment to Net Owners Equity rather than in Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income as required by ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters . The error had no impact on the reported Net income (loss) or Net owners equity for the periods effected. The Company has restated the Combined Statements of Equity for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12,
F-34
2011 (Predecessor), and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (Predecessor), to reflect the correction of the following errors, which management has concluded is not material to its previously issued Predecessor combined financial statements:
Balance Sheet at December 31, 2010: |
As
Previously Reported |
As
Corrected |
||||||
Net owners equity |
$ | 470,133 | $ | 463,211 | ||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
(9,425 | ) | (2,503 | ) | ||||
Statements of Equity |
||||||||
Net owners equity at January 1, 2009 |
52,032 | 117,910 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at January 1, 2009 |
(13,706 | ) | (79,584 | ) | ||||
Net owners equity at December 31, 2009 |
88,643 | 100,504 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2009 |
(8,318 | ) | (20,179 | ) | ||||
Net owners equity at December 31, 2010 |
470,133 | 463,211 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2010 |
(9,425 | ) | (2,503 | ) | ||||
Net owners equity at July 12, 2011 |
536,303 | 520,468 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at July 12, 2011 |
(9,258 | ) | 6,577 |
13. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
From time to time, the Company may engage in transactions with entities that are affiliated with one or more of the Sponsors through either lending or equity ownership arrangements. Transactions with related parties are in the normal course of operations and are executed at arms length as they are entered into at terms comparable to those with unrelated third parties. Real estate acquisition from such affiliates amounted to approximately $8.6 million during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, the Company is under contract to acquire real estate in the amount of $30 million from entities affiliated with one of the Sponsors.
Management and Advisory Fees In connection with the Acquisition, affiliates of the Sponsors entered into services agreements with Taylor Morrison and Monarch relating to the provision of financial and strategic advisory services and consulting services. We paid affiliates of the Sponsors a one-time transaction fee of $13.7 million for structuring the Acquisition. This amount was included in the overall purchase price of the Acquisition and is included in transaction expenses in the accompanying statements of operations. In addition, we pay a monitoring fee for management services and advice. Fees for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, were $2.3 million and are included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
In addition, in conjunction with the formation of TMM Holdings and in connection with the Acquisition, an affiliate of JHI entered into a partnership services agreement with TMM Holdings relating to the provision of certain services to TMM Holdings. In consideration of these services, TMM Holdings granted to the JH Investments affiliate an amount of partnership interests, subject to certain terms, conditions and restrictions contained in a unit award agreement and the TMM Holdings limited partnership agreement.
Expense for management services provided by the Predecessor Parent Company to the Company was zero for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and $2.5 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
F-35
U.S. Operations For the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, interest expense incurred related to fixed and revolving debt due to the Predecessor Parent Company was $19.2 million, $80.5 million, and $78.6 million, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, net of amounts capitalized.
In October 2009, Taylor Morrison acquired from the Predecessor Parent Company certain U.S. intellectual property rights (IPR), which includes trademarks, logos, and domain names. Prior to the acquisition, expense in 2009 for use of these rights was $3.2 million, which is included in other expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. These rights were recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements at the Predecessor Parent Companys carrying value of $0 in accordance with U.S. GAAP for transfers of assets between entities under common control and the amount paid of $7.6 million is reflected in distributions to the Predecessor Parent Company.
In June 2009, we purchased from one of our officers the entire interest in MFDV for a nominal amount. This entity was the former venture partner of TMHF, which was wholly acquired in April 2009.
Canadian Operations Accounts receivable due from joint ventures and partners in the joint ventures was $24 million and $29.1 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Loans receivable due from joint ventures and partners in the joint ventures was $42.1 million and $17.9 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Receivable from Predecessor Parent Company, which is included as an offset to the Predecessor Parent Company net owners equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are amounts due from a subsidiary of the Predecessor Parent Company, which is a company under common control, of $502.8 million at December 31, 2010. The amounts bear interest at varying rates based on Canadian LIBOR, are guaranteed by the Predecessor Parent Company, and are due on demand. Included in these amounts is $0.1 million at December 31, 2010, which is noninterest bearing, unsecured, and due on demand. Interest expense net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, includes $6.8 million, $7.3 million, and $6.0 million, respectively, of interest income earned from the Predecessor Parent Company.
Interest income of $1.5 million was earned on additional amounts receivable from Predecessor Parent Company in 2009 and is included in interest expense net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for additional receivables
In September 2010, Monarch acquired from the Predecessor Parent Company certain Canadian intellectual property rights, which include trademarks, logos, and domain names that are integral to its Canadian operations. Prior to the acquisition, expense in 2010 and 2009 for use of these rights was $0.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively, and is included in other expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. These rights were recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements at the Predecessor Parent Companys carrying value of $0 in accordance with U.S. GAAP for transfers of assets between entities under common control and the amount paid of $3.3 million is reflected in distributions to the Predecessor Parent Company in the year ended December 31, 2010.
14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, RETIREMENT, AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS
U.S. Operations We maintain a defined contribution plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the IRC (401(k) Plan). Each eligible employee may elect to make before-tax contributions up to the current tax limits. We match 100% of employees voluntary contributions up to a maximum of 3.5% of eligible compensation. We contributed $0.6 million, $0.5 million, $0.9 million, and $1.5 million to the 401(k) Plan for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
F-36
The Taylor Morrison NonQualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the NQDC Plan) is an unfunded plan that permits select key employees to defer a portion of their compensation to future periods. All contributions to this plan on behalf of the participant are fully vested and placed into a grantor trust, commonly referred to as a rabbi trust. We may contribute an amount equal to the amount the employee does not receive as matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan as a result of certain limitations. The NQDC Plan invests the contributions in diversified securities from a selection of investments identical to that of our 401(k) Plan. The participants choose their investments and may periodically reallocate the assets in their respective accounts. Title and beneficial ownership of the assets are at all times subject to the creditors of Taylor Morrison and the participants have no property rights in those assets. Participants are entitled to receive the benefits in their accounts upon separation of service from Taylor Morrison for any reason or disability or upon their deaths. The NQDC Plan assets are included in prepaid expenses and other assets net, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2010, we had accrued $1.1 million for our obligations under the plan. We did not contribute deferred compensation to the NQDC Plan on behalf of employees in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The NQDC Plan contained a change of control provision that was triggered in July 2011 as a result of the Acquisition and all amounts were paid to the participants prior to December 2011.
The Taylor Woodrow (USA) UK Supplementary Pension Plan is an unfunded, nonqualified pension plan for several individuals who transferred from our UK-related companies to the employment of Taylor Woodrow on or before October 1, 1995. The payments represent benefits accrued by these individuals for service with Taylor Woodrow prior to the employees participation in the U.S. pension plan minus any benefit accrued in any other pension-type benefit plans sponsored by or contributed to by a Taylor Woodrow Group-related company for the period of service prior to participation in the U.S. plan. In accordance with the plan document, the participants are entitled to a fixed monthly pension and a fixed survivor benefit after the age of 65. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had accrued $1.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively, for our obligations under this plan.
We have a long-term incentive plan (LTIP), which was awarded to select key employees based on their compensation packages. This is an unfunded, compulsory nonqualified deferred compensation plan in which the deferred compensation is credited with earnings in the form of interest compounded annually from the date of deposit to the date of payment at a rate equal to 6% per annum. Payment of deferred compensation and interest earned is paid to the participant over three years beginning the second calendar year after the performance period in which the bonus award was earned. The last year the LTIP goals were attained and, therefore, payouts earned was the 2005 plan. The 2006 and 2007 plans did not perform and the LTIP was not carried forward to following years. Accruals remaining for our obligations under the LTIP were $2.1 million at December 31, 2009. The remaining obligations under the LTIP were paid in full in January 2010.
We also maintain the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan (the U.S. Cash Balance Plan). This is a consolidated defined benefit plan arising from the 2007 merger of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes, Inc. All full-time employees are eligible to participate in this plan. The percent of our contribution is based on the participants age and ranges from 2% to 4% of eligible compensation, plus 1% of eligible compensation over the social security wage base. We contributed to the plan $0.5 million, $0.5 million, $4.3 million, and $2.0 million for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the unfunded status of the plan was $12.1 million and $5.7 million, respectively.
Effective December 31, 2010, the U.S. Cash Balance Plan was amended to freeze participation so that no new or reemployed employees may become participants and to freeze all future benefit accruals to existing participants.
F-37
The changes in the total benefit obligation and in the fair value of assets and the funded status of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, are as follows (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
July 13
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
Through July 12, 2011 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||
Change in benefit obligations: |
||||||||||||
Benefit obligation beginning of period |
$ | 25,036 | $ | 25,192 | $ | 22,861 | ||||||
Service cost |
831 | |||||||||||
Interest on liabilities |
691 | 688 | 1,366 | |||||||||
Benefits paid |
(672 | ) | (844 | ) | (1,336 | ) | ||||||
Actuarial loss |
6,407 | 2,419 | ||||||||||
Curtailment |
(949 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Benefit obligation end of period |
31,462 | 25,036 | 25,192 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Change in fair value of plan assets: |
||||||||||||
Fair value of plan assets beginning of period |
19,631 | 19,517 | 14,922 | |||||||||
Return on plan assets |
(75 | ) | 508 | 1,617 | ||||||||
Employer contributions |
510 | 450 | 4,314 | |||||||||
Benefits paid |
(672 | ) | (844 | ) | (1,336 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Fair value of plan assets end of period |
19,394 | 19,631 | 19,517 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Unfunded status end of period |
$ | 10,068 | $ | 5,405 | $ | 5,675 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of net periodic pension cost of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, are as follows (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
Through July 12, 2011 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2010 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||
Service cost |
$ | | $ | | $ | 831 | $ | 1,036 | ||||||||
Interest cost |
691 | 688 | 1,366 | 1,356 | ||||||||||||
Amortization of net actuarial loss |
75 | 725 | 1,334 | |||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(692 | ) | (686 | ) | (1,108 | ) | (1,083 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net periodic pension cost |
$ | (1 | ) | $ | 77 | $ | 1,814 | $ | 2,643 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $7.5 million as of December 31, 2010, consisted of net actuarial loss that had not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. On July 13, 2011, in connection with the accounting for the Acquisition, the accumulated other comprehensive loss was adjusted to zero. Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $6.4 million as of December 31, 2011, consists of net actuarial loss that arose during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, and has not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. In the year ending December 31, 2012, $0.1 million of amortization of net actuarial loss is expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost.
F-38
The estimated future benefit payments in the next five years and the five years thereafter in aggregate are as follows (in thousands):
Years Ending | ||||
December 31 | ||||
2012 |
$ | 1,027 | ||
2013 |
749 | |||
2014 |
888 | |||
2015 |
1,242 | |||
2016 |
1,027 | |||
20172021 |
6,914 |
We expect to contribute $1.1 million to the U.S. Cash Balance Plan in the year ending December 31, 2012.
The significant weighted-average assumptions adopted in measuring the benefit obligations and net periodic pension cost as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, are as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
Through July 12, 2011 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2010 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||
Discount rate: |
||||||||||||||||
Net periodic pension cost |
5.56 | % | 5.47 | % | 5.08 | % | 5.80 | % | ||||||||
Pension obligation |
4.31 | 5.56 | 5.47 | 5.94 | ||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
7.00 | 7.00 | 8.00 | 8.00 | ||||||||||||
Rate of compensation increase |
N/A | N/A | 3.00 | 3.00 |
The overall expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption is determined based on the plans targeted allocation among asset classes and the weighted-average expected return of each class. The expected return of each class is determined based on the current yields on inflation-indexed bonds, current forecasts of inflation, and long-term historical real returns.
The fair value of the U.S. Cash Balance Plans assets by asset categories as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, is as follows (in thousands):
Successor | ||||||||||||||||
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||
Asset Category |
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets (Level 1) |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
Total | ||||||||||||
U.S. equity securities |
$ | 7,910 | $ | | $ | | $ | 7,910 | ||||||||
International equity securities |
2,427 | 2,427 | ||||||||||||||
Fixed-income securities |
7,872 | 7,872 | ||||||||||||||
Cash |
792 | 792 | ||||||||||||||
Other |
393 | 393 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 19,394 | $ | | $ | | $ | 19,394 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||
Asset Category |
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets (Level 1) |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
Total | ||||||||||||
U.S. equity securities |
$ | 7,360 | $ | | $ | | $ | 7,360 | ||||||||
International equity securities |
2,316 | 2,316 | ||||||||||||||
Fixed-income securities |
5,637 | 5,637 | ||||||||||||||
Cash |
3,868 | 3,868 | ||||||||||||||
Other |
336 | 336 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 19,517 | $ | | $ | | $ | 19,517 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The U.S. Cash Balance Plans assets are invested in a manner consistent with generally accepted standards of fiduciary responsibility. Taylor Morrisons primary investment objective is to build and maintain the plans assets through employer contributions and investment returns to satisfy legal requirements and benefit payment requirements when due. Because of the long-term nature of the plans obligations, Taylor Morrison has the following goals in managing the plan: long-term (i.e., five years and more) performance objectives, maintenance of cash reserves sufficient to pay benefits, and achievement of the highest long-term rate of return practicable without taking excessive risk that could jeopardize the plans funding policy or subject the Company to undue funding volatility. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity, fixed-income securities, and cash, though allocation will favor equity investments in order to reach the U.S. Cash Balance Plans stated objectives. One of the U.S. Cash Balance Plans investment criteria is that over a complete market cycle, each of the investment funds should typically rank in the upper half of the universe of all active investment funds in the same asset class with similar investment objectives. Investments in commodities, private placements, or letter stock are not permitted. The equity securities are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks, as well as growth and value. Investment performance is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly portfolio reviews and annual reviews relative to the objectives and guidelines of the plan.
The range of target allocation percentages of plan assets of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan for the year ended December 31, 2011, is as follows:
Minimum | Maximum | Target | ||||||||||
U.S. equity securities |
37 | % | 47 | % | 42 | % | ||||||
International equity securities |
8 | 18 | 13 | |||||||||
Fixed-income securities |
35 | 45 | 40 | |||||||||
Other |
10 | 5 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
100 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
Canadian Operations Effective January 31, 2006, Monarch elected to convert the defined benefit provisions of the plan to defined contribution provisions for service beyond January 31, 2006. As part of this conversion, the plan members were given the option to convert their defined benefits accrued prior to February 1, 2006, to the defined contribution plan. As a result, Monarch maintains both a defined benefit plan (the Monarch Plan) and a defined contribution plan. Total expense for the defined contribution plan was $0.1 million, $0.1 million, $0.8 million, and $0.7 million for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Our funding policy in regard to the Monarch Plan is to make contributions to our pension funds based on various actuarial cost methods as permitted by pension regulatory bodies, and Monarch is responsible to adequately fund the plan. Contributions reflect actuarial assumptions concerning future investment returns and future service benefits. Plan assets are represented primarily by Canadian and foreign equities, government and corporate bonds, debentures, and secured mortgages.
F-40
We use a December 31 measurement date for our employee benefit plan. Actuaries provide an annual estimate for the plan and perform a full valuation at least every three years to determine the actuarial present value of the accrued pension benefits. The latest actuarial valuation prepared for the Monarch Plan was as of December 31, 2011.
The changes in the total benefit obligation and in the fair value of assets and the funded status of the Monarch Plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, are as follows (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
July 13
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
Through July 12, 2011 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||
Change in benefit obligations: |
||||||||||||
Benefit obligation beginning of period |
$ | 10,956 | $ | 10,846 | $ | 9,503 | ||||||
Interest on liabilities |
253 | 310 | 562 | |||||||||
Benefits paid |
(294 | ) | (458 | ) | (673 | ) | ||||||
Actuarial loss |
665 | 963 | ||||||||||
Currency translation adjustment |
(488 | ) | 258 | 491 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Benefit obligation end of period |
11,092 | 10,956 | 10,846 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Change in fair value of plan assets: |
||||||||||||
Fair value of plan assets beginning of period |
11,556 | 11,460 | 10,603 | |||||||||
Return on plan assets |
(225 | ) | 203 | 856 | ||||||||
Employer contributions |
74 | 76 | 144 | |||||||||
Benefits paid |
(294 | ) | (458 | ) | (673 | ) | ||||||
Currency translation adjustment |
(481 | ) | 275 | 530 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Fair value of plan assets end of period |
10,630 | 11,556 | 11,460 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Funded status deficit (surplus) end of period |
$ | 462 | $ | (600 | ) | $ | (614 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, are as follows (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
Through July 12, 2011 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||
Interest cost |
$ | 253 | $ | 310 | $ | 562 | $ | 542 | ||||||||
Amortization of net actuarial gain |
(856 | ) | 67 | |||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(333 | ) | (408 | ) | 1,342 | (583 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net periodic pension cost |
$ | (80 | ) | $ | (98 | ) | $ | 1,048 | $ | 26 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $2 million as of December 31, 2010, consisted of net actuarial loss and transition obligation that had not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. On July 13, 2011, in connection with the accounting for the Acquisition, the accumulated other comprehensive loss was adjusted to zero. Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $0.7 million as of December 31, 2011, consists of net actuarial loss that has not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. During the year ending December 31, 2012, the amount of amortization of net actuarial loss is not expected to be significant.
F-41
The estimated future benefit payments in the next five years and the five years thereafter in aggregate are as follows (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31 | ||||
2012 |
$ | 736 | ||
2013 |
768 | |||
2014 |
776 | |||
2015 |
783 | |||
2016 |
787 | |||
20172021 |
3,950 |
We expect to contribute $0.1 million to the Monarch Plan in the year ending December 31, 2012.
The significant weighted-average assumptions adopted in measuring the benefit obligations and net periodic pension cost as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, are as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1
Through July 12, 2011 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2010 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||
Discount rate: |
||||||||||||||||
Net periodic pension cost |
4.875 | % | 5.25 | % | 5.25 | % | 6.00 | % | ||||||||
Pension obligation |
4.75 | 4.875 | 5.25 | 5.25 | ||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
6.50 | 6.50 | 6.50 | 6.50 |
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption was determined by reviewing the current investment policy as compared to current expected rates of return for all asset categories.
The fair value of the Monarch Plans assets by asset categories as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, is as follows (in thousands):
Successor | ||||||||||||||||
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||
Asset Category |
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets (Level 1) |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
(Level 3) |
Total | ||||||||||||
Canadian equity securities |
$ | | $ | 3,482 | $ | | $ | 3,482 | ||||||||
U.S. equity securities |
656 | 656 | ||||||||||||||
International equity securities |
652 | 652 | ||||||||||||||
Fixed-income securities |
4,762 | 4,762 | ||||||||||||||
Balanced income securities |
1,078 | 1,078 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | | $ | 10,630 | $ | | $ | 10,630 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-42
Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||
Asset Category |
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets (Level 1) |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
Total | ||||||||||||
Canadian equity securities |
$ | | $ | 4,584 | $ | | $ | 4,584 | ||||||||
U.S. equity securities |
802 | 802 | ||||||||||||||
International equity securities |
917 | 917 | ||||||||||||||
Fixed-income securities |
5,157 | 5,157 | ||||||||||||||
Balanced income securities |
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | | $ | 11,460 | $ | | $ | 11,460 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table of fair value measurements at December 31, 2010, has been restated to correctly classify the Monarch Plan investments as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Subsequent to the issuance of the Predecessor Parent Companys 2010 combined financial statements, the Companys management determined that there was an error in the table of fair value measurements of the Monarch Plan investments as of December 31, 2010, which had been classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company has determined that the correction of this error is not material to the consolidated financial statements.
Monarch employs a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed-income securities is used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for an appropriate level of risk. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed-income securities. One of the Monarch Plans investment criteria is that the plan will achieve a rate of return that exceeds the rate of wage inflation, as measured by the Wage Price Index provided by Statistics Canada, by 1% per annum over the long term. The equity securities are diversified across Canadian and non-Canadian stocks, as well as growth and value. Investment performance is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly portfolio reviews and annual reviews relative to the objectives and guidelines of the Monarch Plan.
The range of target allocation percentages of plan assets of the Monarch Plan for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, is as follows:
Minimum | Maximum | |||||||
Canadian equity securities |
25 | % | 60 | % | ||||
Foreign equity securities (including U.S. and global equities) |
20 | |||||||
Fixed-income securities |
30 | 60 | ||||||
Real estate |
15 | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
40 | |||||||
Resource properties |
5 |
F-43
15. OPERATING AND REPORTING SEGMENTS
In accordance with ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, we have ten homebuilding operating divisions which we aggregate into three reporting regions. These segments are engaged in the business of acquiring and developing land, constructing homes, marketing and selling those homes, and providing warranty and customer service. We aggregate our operating segments into a reporting segment based on similar long-term economic characteristics and geographical proximity. The company has no inter-segment sales, as all sales are to external customers. In addition we include financial services as a separate segment. Our reporting segments are as follows:
West (Domestic) |
Arizona, California, and Colorado | |
East (Domestic) |
Florida and Texas | |
Canada: (Foreign) |
Ontario | |
Financial Services (Domestic) |
Mortgage and Title Services |
Managements evaluation of segment performance is based on segment operating income/(loss), which we define as homebuilding and land revenue less cost of home construction, commissions and other sales costs, land development and other land sales costs and other costs incurred by or allocated to each segment, including impairments. Each reportable segment follows the same accounting policies described in Note 2. Operating results for each segment may not be indicative of the results for such segment had it been an independent, stand-alone entity. The following is our segment information (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
July 13, 2011
Through December 31, 2011 |
January 1,
2011 Through July 12, 2011 |
For the
year ended December 31, 2010 |
For the
year
ended December 31 2009 |
|||||||||||||
West |
$ | 153,997 | $ | 142,578 | $ | 319,641 | $ | 402,107 | ||||||||
East |
246,866 | 192,847 | 390,508 | 459,262 | ||||||||||||
Canada |
341,010 | 278,283 | 575,127 | 387,680 | ||||||||||||
Financial services |
8,579 | 6,027 | 12,591 | 13,415 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total revenues |
750,452 | 619,735 | 1,297,867 | 1,262,464 | ||||||||||||
Operating gross margin: |
||||||||||||||||
West |
22,976 | 20,071 | 45,859 | (1,520 | ) | |||||||||||
East |
49,173 | 42,194 | 80,805 | 40,871 | ||||||||||||
Canada |
69,250 | 70,326 | 145,358 | 110,762 | ||||||||||||
Financial services |
4,084 | 1,659 | 5,345 | 7,146 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total operating margin |
145,483 | 134,250 | 277,367 | 157,259 | ||||||||||||
Corporate and unallocated expenses (1) |
(69,199 | ) | (75,869 | ) | (151,373 | ) | (171,834 | ) | ||||||||
Earnings from unconsolidated entities, net |
5,247 | 2,803 | 5,319 | 347 | ||||||||||||
Transaction expense |
(39,442 | ) | | | | |||||||||||
Indemnification income (expense) |
(12,850 | ) | | | | |||||||||||
Interest and other (expense) income |
1,559 | 9,717 | (42,589 | ) | (21,992 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income before income taxes |
$ | 30,798 | $ | 70,901 | $ | 88,724 | $ | (36,220 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Represents selling and general administrative expenses which do not have a readily determinable metric to allocate to the segments |
F-44
December 31, 2011
West | East | Canada |
Corporate
and Unallocated |
Financial
Services |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
Inventory and land deposits |
$ | 414,046 | $ | 378,070 | $ | 224,931 | $ | | | $ | 1,017,047 | |||||||||||||
Investments in unconsolidated entities |
| 2,789 | 34,379 | 0 | 472 | 37,640 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
22,683 | 46,148 | 288,670 | 215,241 | 43,638 | 616,380 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 436,729 | $ | 427,007 | $ | 547,980 | $ | 215,241 | 44,110 | $ | 1,671,067 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
West | East | Canada |
Corporate
and Unallocated |
Financial
Services |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
Inventory and land deposits |
$ | 469,207 | $ | 329,803 | $ | 279,889 | $ | 1,060 | | $ | 1,079,959 | |||||||||||||
Investments in unconsolidated entities |
| 4,686 | 22,758 | 0 | 100 | 27,544 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
20,114 | 44,892 | 288,633 | 52,505 | 13,674 | 419,818 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 489,321 | $ | 379,381 | $ | 591,280 | $ | 53,565 | 13,774 | $ | 1,527,321 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recorded in the other assets of the financial services segment for December 31, 2010 is $3.8 million of goodwill related to the Companys acquisition of Taylor Morrison Home Funding.
16. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
Quarterly results for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 follow (in thousands, except unit and per unit data)
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||||||||
First
Quarter |
Second
Quarter |
July 1, 2011
to July 12, 2011 |
July 13, 2011
to September 30, 2011 |
Fourth
Quarter |
||||||||||||||||
Total closing revenue |
$ | 219,399 | $ | 379,473 | $ | 14,836 | $ | 305,340 | $ | 436,533 | ||||||||||
Gross profit |
52,138 | 76,170 | 3,733 | 60,123 | 81,276 | |||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
26,603 | 45,606 | (1,308 | ) | (4,909 | ) | 35,707 | |||||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to owners |
14,237 | 33,578 | (1,917 | ) | (14,275 | ) | 39,864 | |||||||||||||
Basic and diluted earnings per unit |
(.03 | ) | .07 | |||||||||||||||||
Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||||||
First
Quarter |
Second
Quarter |
Third
Quarter |
Fourth
Quarter |
|||||||||||||||||
Total closing revenue |
$ | 206,189 | $ | 353,283 | $ | 272,411 | $ | 453,393 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit |
44,533 | 69,245 | 55,264 | 102,980 | ||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(2,008 | ) | 18,856 | 22,808 | 49,068 | |||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to owners |
(7,096 | ) | 6,921 | 46,411 | 41,131 |
17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Letters of Credit and Surety Bonds We are committed, under various letters of credit and surety bonds, to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business. Outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds under these arrangements, including our share of responsibility for arrangements with our joint ventures, totaled $206.3 million and $200.5 million as of
F-45
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site improvements, the bonds are generally not released until all development and construction activities are completed. We do not believe that it is probable that any outstanding bonds as of December 31, 2011, will be drawn upon.
Monarch is party to a credit facility with The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as lender, dated September 27, 2011, as modified by a consent letter dated July 12, 2011 and as amended from time to time (the TD Facility). The TD facility provides partially revolving operating facilities (including letters of credit) of up to CAD $163.5 million as of December 31, 2011 (or its U.S. dollar equivalent) to provide direct and letter of credit financing requirements in support of Monarchs projects. Amounts drawn under the TD facility are secured by liens over all present and after-acquired personal property of Monarch and are secured or will be secured by liens over the interests of Monarch in certain Canadian real property assets or cash.
Monarch is also party to a credit facility pursuant to a Facility Letter from HSBC Bank Canada, as lender, dated July 11, 2011 and as amended from time to time (the HSBC Facility). The HSBC Facility provides a letter of credit facility of up to CAD $29.3 million in support of Monarchs construction projects, servicing works and/or other obligations. Amounts drawn under the HSBC Facility are secured by liens over all present and after-acquired personal property of Monarch Corp. and are secured or will be secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corp. in certain Canadian real property assets or cash.
Under the terms of the TD Facility, all reductions or cancellations of letters of credit are permanent reductions to the facility down to a floor amount of credit availability of CAD $15.0 million. As of December 31, 2011, there were CAD $116.8 million in letters of credit outstanding under the TD Facility and CAD $29.3 million in letters of credit under the HSBC facility. Under the terms of the HSBC Facility, borrowing availability is permanently reduced as letters of credit outstanding reduce.
Prior to the Acquisition, the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility were revolving. Pursuant to modifications made in connection with the Acquisition, the TD Facility and the HSBC facility are now non-revolving, such that to the extent any letters of credit are cancelled, or have been cancelled, the size of each facility will be reduced by the amount of such cancellation. The TD Facility and HSBC Facility are each secured by a pari passu CAD $150.0 million first continuing collateral mortgage on certain lands owned by Monarch, subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement between the Toronto-Dominion Bank and HSBC Bank Canada. Each of the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility have been renewed with an expiration date of June 30, 2013.
Land Deposits We are subject to the usual obligations associated with entering into contracts (including option contracts) for the purchase, development, and sale of real estate in the routine conduct of our business. We have a number of land purchase option contracts, generally through cash deposits or letters of credit, for the right to purchase land or lots at a future point in time with predetermined terms. We do not have title to the property and the creditors generally have no recourse against us except in Canada where sellers have full recourse under statutory regulations. Our obligations with respect to the option contracts are generally limited to the forfeiture of the related nonrefundable cash deposits and/or letters of credit. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had the right to purchase approximately 4,523 and 3,472 lots under land option and land purchase contracts, respectively, which represents purchase commitments of $239.5 million and $124.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2011, we had $13.6 million in land deposits and $43.6 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase contracts, respectively. At December 31, 2010, we had $6 million in land deposits and $11.1 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase contracts.
Legal Proceedings Between 2008 and 2010, we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in several of our communities, primarily in west Florida homes, which were generally delivered between May 2006 and November 2007. The estimated cost of repair for affected homes that we have inspected is included in our warranty reserve. The Company is continuing its investigation of homes to determine whether there are additional homes, not yet inspected, with defective Chinese-made drywall. If the outcome of the Companys
F-46
inspection identifies more homes with defective Chinese-made drywall than we have currently estimated, it may require an increase in the Companys warranty reserve in the future. However, the number of requests for inspections decreased over the last two quarters of 2011. The Company continues to seek and has been successful in obtaining partial reimbursements from its subcontractors, suppliers, insurers, and manufacturers for costs the Company has incurred to investigate and repair homes with defective Chinese-made drywall. We believe that adequate provision for costs associated with the repair of homes currently known to have defective Chinese-made drywall has been made and that these costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. It is reasonably possible that additional affected homes could be identified in the future but the number of homes is not readily determinable and, therefore, the range of loss is not estimable.
Between 2000 and 2007, we acquired lots and constructed homes on 316 lots in a master planned community known as Vista Lakes near Orlando, Florida. Of the 316 lots, 55 are adjacent to a formerly used defense site, which was used as a World War II bombing range. Upon the purchase of the 316 finished lots from a nonrelated master plan developer, the Company was unaware of the use of the adjacent property as a formerly used defense site. In 2007 and 2008, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers conducted an investigation in portions of the Vista Lakes master plan to determine the existence of munitions within the master plan. Two inert World War II practice bombs were found on lots owned by another unrelated party, but near the 55 lots sold by the Company. No munitions were found on any of the 55 lots inspected by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, although the methodology for the investigation did not include analysis of potential munitions beneath the slabs of existing homes. In 2007 and 2008, homeowners filed two lawsuits against the Company for failure to disclose the former use of the adjacent property, seeking rescission of the purchase of their homes, diminution in value, and other damages. One suit is a consolidated action with 97 homeowners. The other lawsuit by two homeowners seeks class action certification and was amended in 2009 to also name TMHF as a defendant. The Company has several defenses to the claims and is aggressively defending the lawsuits. Even though exposure to loss in excess of the liability already accrued is reasonably possible, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss. We believe that the disposition of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on our business or on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Additionally, we are involved in various other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, some of which are covered by insurance. We have accrued for losses that we believe are probable of being incurred with respect to legal claims, and at December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had legal accruals of $17.8 million and $17.4 million, respectively. We believe that the disposition of these matters will not have a material effect on our business or on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Operating Leases We lease office facilities and certain equipment under operating lease agreements. In most cases, we expect that, in the normal course of business, leases that expire will be renewed or replaced by other leases. Approximate future minimum payments under the noncancelable leases in effect at December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31 |
Lease
Payments |
|||
2012 |
$ | 5,739 | ||
2013 |
5,160 | |||
2014 |
4,370 | |||
2015 |
4,045 | |||
2016 |
2,637 | |||
Thereafter |
2,810 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 24,761 | ||
|
|
Rent expense under noncancelable operating leases for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and
F-47
2009, was $1.6 million, $2.0 million, $5.3 million, and $6.0 million, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expenses or sales commissions and other marketing costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Sublease income under noncancelable operating leases for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, was $0.5 million, $0.5 million, $0.7 million, and $1.2 million, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expenses or sales commissions and other marketing costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Total sublease income to be received in years subsequent to December 31, 2011, is $1.5 million.
18. MORTGAGE COMPANY LOAN FACILITIES
In December 2010, TMHF, the Companys wholly owned mortgage subsidiary, entered into an agreement with Flagstar Bank (the Flagstar agreement), as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named therein. The purpose of the Flagstar agreement is to finance the origination of up to $30 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits and with a temporary accordion feature subject to approval by Flagstar, which allows for borrowings in excess of the total availability under the facility. Borrowings under the facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing . The Flagstar agreement is terminable by either party with 30 days notice and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.5%, with a minimum floor of 4%. Borrowings under this facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to participating lenders in the Flagstar agreement, or to other buyers subject to certain sublimits. The time period from borrowing to repayment is typically less than 10 business days.
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were $32.7 million and $4.6 million, respectively, in outstanding borrowings under the Flagstar agreement, which comprise the balance of mortgage borrowings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, are collateralized by $34 million and $4.9 million, respectively, of mortgage loans held for sale, which comprise the balance of mortgage receivables in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and $3 million of restricted short-term investments in certificate of deposits known as CDARS, which are included in restricted cash in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
In December of 2011, TMHF entered into an agreement with Comerica Bank, as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named within. The line will have the capacity to finance up to $15 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF. The line will become available for use in 2012.
19. CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The capital structure described below is reflective of TMMs capital structure as it existed as of December 31, 2011.
(a) General
On July 13, 2011, affiliates of the TPG Entities, investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management or their respective subsidiaries (Oaktree and collectively with the TPG Entities, the Principal Sponsors), and affiliates of JH Investments (JHI) acquired Taylor Morrison and Monarch from Taylor Wimpey plc. The transaction was funded by an approximately $500.0 million senior unsecured term loan (Sponsor Loan) and $620.3 million in equity. Certain members of management contributed approximately $3.3 million in equity. Following the transaction, there were 623,619,973 Class A Units outstanding held by the limited partners. Also as part of the transaction and in addition to Class A Units, JHI received 30,265,998 Class J1 Units, 15,133,000 Class J2 Units, and 15,133,000 Class J3 Units (Class J Units). The Company did not realize any proceeds relating to the issuance of the Class J Units, which were issued in consideration for services to be provided by the holders of such units. TMM Holdings GP, Inc., (General Partner) a British Columbia Corporation formed in 2011, is the general partner of the Partnership.
F-48
On April 13, 2012, the certain subsidiaries of the Company issued $550.0 million of 7.75 percent Senior Notes due 2020 (the Senior Notes) at an initial offering price of 100 percent of the principal amount. The
net proceeds from the sale of the Senior Notes were $537.4 million, net of debt issuance costs of $12.6 million, were used, in part, to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan. The remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan was acquired by a subsidiary of the Company, and the Principal Sponsors acquired an additional 136,363,636 Class A Units for $150.0 million. As part of the new equity issuance, certain members of management were given the opportunity to purchase additional Class A Units. Accordingly, an additional 2,189,415 Class A Units were issued for proceeds of approximately $2.4 million.
From time to time the Company has also issued Class M Units to certain members of management as equity compensation, subject to time and performance vesting conditions, as discussed below.
(b) Voting
Holders of Class A Units are entitled to one vote per unit in respect of any matter that requires the action, consent or approval of the limited partners. Class J Units and Class M Units are not entitled to vote. The Company requires the approval of both Principal Sponsors (one Principal Sponsor if the other Principal Sponsors position is no longer 50.0 percent of its original position, or a majority of all Class A Units outstanding if neither Principal Sponsor holds 50.0 percent of its original position) to perform certain actions including: any transactions or series of transactions involving the merger or consolidation of the Partnership; any transaction or series of transactions involving the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposal by the Partnership of any assets for consideration in excess of $5.0 million and 25.0 percent of the fair value of the total assets in the Partnership; any transaction or series of transactions involving the purchase, rent, license, exchange or other acquisition by the Partnership of any assets for consideration in excess of the greater of $5.0 million and 25.0 percent of the fair value of total asset of the Partnership; any authorization or issuance of equity securities of the Partnership other than pursuant to any equity incentive plans or arrangements of the Partnership approved by the board of directors; any redemption with respect to the equity securities of the Partnership; the IPO of the Partnership; and the exercise of any registration rights in respect to any securities owned by the Partnership.
(c) Priority on Distributions
Distributions are made at such times as determined by the General Partner, which is owned by affiliates of TPG, Oaktree and JH Investments. Class A Units rank senior to Class J Units and Class M Units. Class J Units and Class M Units are not entitled to distributions until Class A Unit holders have received distributions equal to their original aggregate capital contributions. Class J Units and Class M Units would then participate in any distributions dependent on certain aggregate returns and internal rate of return (IRR) thresholds being met on the Principal Sponsors aggregate capital contributions, as further described in the Unit Award Agreements.
Any distributions to any holder of Class M Units or Class J Units that have not yet become vested pursuant to the agreement to which such Units were issued will be held back and distributed to the holder if and when such Units vest. Class M Units are eligible to participate in distributions only to the extent that the aggregate value of the distributions exceeds the Class M Return Threshold applicable to that Unit. Class J Units are eligible to participate in the distributions only to the extent that the aggregate value of the distributions exceed the Class J Return Threshold applicable to that Unit.
(d) Tax Distributions
The Partnership is required to distribute to each Limited Partner on an annual basis or more frequently, to the extent the Partnership has available cash and is not subject to any provisions prohibiting it from doing so, tax distributions in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the Limited Partners U.S. federal, state and local income taxes or (ii) the amount of the Limited Partners Canadian income taxes, with respect to the Limited Partners allocable share of any Partnership net taxable income and gain for such fiscal period, determined by
F-49
assuming that such income or gain, as applicable, is taxable to the Limited partner, at the greater of (x) the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate then in effect, and a state and local income tax rate equal to the highest marginal rate then in effect for an individual or corporation that is a resident of New York, New York or (y) the highest combined provincial and federal income tax rate applicable to an individual or corporation that is a resident of Canada and is subject to tax in the province of Canada that has the highest income tax rate.
Class A Units
The following is the activity for the Class A Units during the period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011:
As of July 13, 2011 |
| $ | | |||||
Issuance of Class A Units |
623,619,973 | 623,619,973 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
As of December 31, 2011 |
623,619,973 | $ | 623,619,973 | |||||
|
|
|
|
Equity-Based Compensation Class M
The Partnership has one class of Units (Class M) that have been issued as long-term incentive compensation to management and independent member of the board of directors. In addition, the Partnership has issued phantom M Units to certain employees resident in Canada, which are treated as Class M Units for purposes of this description and the financial statements. The Class M Units are subject to the participation preferences and other rights of the Class A capital as described in this note.
In conjunction with the Partnerships 2011 Management Incentive Plan, the Partnership issued 23,717,500 Class M Units in December, 2011. The Class M Units have certain time vesting and performance based vesting provisions, as more precisely defined in the grant agreements. Generally, 5/7 or 71.4% of the Class M Units designated as Time Vesting Units vest at the rate of twenty percent (20%) on each of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date. For the purposes of calculating periodic equity-based compensation expense, a five-year requisite service period has been assumed for the Time Vesting Units and expense is recognized using the straight-line allocation method. In addition, upon termination of a participant for any reason other than Cause or upon resignation for good reason within the twenty four (24) month period following a change in control, all the then outstanding unvested Time Vesting Units shall immediately become vested upon such termination. The remaining 2/7 or 28.6% of the M Units that are designated as Performance Vesting Units vest 50% upon a 2.0x cash return on sponsor contributed capital and the remaining 50% upon a 2.5x cash return on sponsor contributed capital. The performance conditions for 2011 have not been met. At each future reporting period, the Partnership will assess the probability of the likelihood that the Performance Vesting Units will become eligible to vest.
As of December 31, 2011, there is a pool of additional 9,278,929 Time Vesting Units and 3,711,571 Performance Vesting Units that have been authorized for issuance. As of December 31, 2011 there were 180,000 units vested.
F-50
The following is the activity for the Class M Units during the period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011:
Class M Units (Time Vesting Units) |
Number of
Awards |
Grant Date Fair
Value per Unit (Weighted Average) |
||||||
As of July 13, 2011 |
| $ | | |||||
Granted |
16,992,500 | 0.30 | ||||||
Forfeited |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
As of December 31, 2011 |
16,992,500 | $ | 0.30 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Class M Units (Performance Vesting Units) |
Number of
Awards |
Fair
Value |
||||||
As of July 13, 2011 |
| $ | | |||||
Granted |
6,725,000 | 0.26 | ||||||
Forfeited |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
As of December 31, 2011 |
6,725,000 | $ | 0.26 | |||||
|
|
|
|
Equity-Based Awards to Non-Employees-Class J
The Partnership has one class of Units (Class J) that have been issued as awards to non-employees for services rendered to the Partnership. The Class J Units are subject to the participation preferences and other rights of the Class A and Class M units as described in this note along with time and performance metrics that have not yet been met. No J Units have vested. Once these metrics are achieved and vesting occurs, the Company would record an expense relating to the value of the J shares. At each future reporting period, the Partnership will assess the probability of the likelihood that the Performance Vesting Units will become eligible to vest.
The following is the activity for the Class J Units during the period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011:
Number of
Awards |
||||
Class J-1 Units As of July 13, 2011 |
| |||
Issuance of Class J-1 Units |
30,265,198 | |||
|
|
|||
As of December 31, 2011 |
30,265,198 | |||
|
|
|||
Class J-2 Units As of July 13, 2011 |
| |||
Issuance of Class J-2 Units |
15,133,000 | |||
|
|
|||
As of December 31, 2011 |
15,133,000 | |||
|
|
|||
Class J-3 Units As of July 13, 2011 |
| |||
Issuance of Class J-3 Units |
15,133,000 | |||
|
|
|||
As of December 31, 2011 |
15,133,000 | |||
|
|
The Class M Units and Class J Units contain certain repurchase provisions which could result in an award being settled in cash in the event of certain types of termination scenarios. The Company established a policy that settlement will not occur until the point in time where the unitholder has borne sufficient risks and rewards of equity ownership, assumed as six-months and one-day post vesting.
F-51
Equity-based compensation- Fair value
The Company accounts for equity-based compensation in accordance with the fair value provisions of ASC 718. Principals of option pricing theory were used to calculate the fair value of the subject grants. Under this methodology, the Companys various classes of Units are modeled as call options with distinct claims on the assets of the Company. The characteristics of the Unit classes, as determined by the unit agreements and the Companys limited partnership agreements, determine the uniqueness of each Units claim on the Companys assets relative to each other and the other components of the Companys capital structure. Periodic valuations are performed in order to properly recognize equity-based compensation expense.
The equity unit valuations included the following key assumptions in the determination of grant date fair value, summarized as follows:
Period ended | ||||
December 31, 2011 | ||||
Implied Equity Volatility |
60 | % | ||
Expected Dividends |
None | |||
Risk-free Rate |
0.9 | % | ||
Expected term |
5.0 years |
20. EARNINGS PER UNIT
Basic and diluted earnings per unit for period of July 13 to December 31, 2011 (Successor) were calculated as follows (in thousands, except per unit amounts):
July 13, 2011
Through September 30, 2011 |
||||
Basic weighted average number of units outstanding |
620,646 | |||
Effect of dilutive securities |
| |||
|
|
|||
Dilutive average units outstanding |
620,646 | |||
|
|
|||
Net income attributable to owners |
$ | 25,589 | ||
Net income attributable to other securities |
0 | |||
Net income attributable to Class A units |
25,589 | |||
Basic earnings per Class A unit |
$ | 0.04 | ||
Dilutive earnings per Class A unit |
$ | 0.04 |
21. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Management has evaluated subsequent events through December 4, 2012, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. Except for the following items, we are not aware of any significant events that occurred subsequent to the balance sheet date, but prior to the completion of this report, that would have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
On April 13, 2012, we issued $550.0 million of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (the Initial Notes) at an initial offering price of 100% of the principal amount (the Offering). The net proceeds from the sale of the Initial Notes were $537.4 million, net of debt issuance costs of $12.6 million, and were used, in part, to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan. The remaining proceeds of approximately $187.4 million from the Offering were retained by the Company for general corporate purposes. The remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan net of discount was contributed to a subsidiary of TMM Holdings, and the Sponsors acquired additional Class A units of the Company. The remaining balance of the unamortized discount totaling $7.9 million was written off in the quarter ended June 30, 2012 as a result of the retirement of the Sponsor Loan.
F-52
On August 21, 2012, we issued an additional $125.0 million of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (the Additional Notes together with the Initial Notes the Senior Notes) at an initial offering price of 105.5% of the principal amount. The Company received $132.5 million, net of debt issuance costs of $2.8 million. The net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes. The Additional Notes issued August 21, 2012 were issued pursuant to the existing indenture dated as of April 13, 2012.
In conjunction with the August 21, 2012 Additional Notes offering, the Company exercised the accordion feature of the Credit Facility and expanded the line from $75.0 million to $125.0 million in capacity.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company has a $122.9 million receivable from the Predecessor Parent Company, which represents the indemnification of certain covered tax matters as agreed to in connection with the Acquisition. Subsequent to December 31, 2011, the Company increased the standby letters of credit from the Predecessor Parent Company from $15.0 million to $84.0 million in connection the tax indemnification receivable.
******
F-53
TMM Holdings Limited Partnership
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Amounts in thousands)
September 30,
2012 |
December 31,
2011 |
|||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 412,779 | $ | 279,322 | ||||
Restricted cash |
2,955 | 5,000 | ||||||
Real estate inventory |
1,275,763 | 1,003,482 | ||||||
Land deposits |
11,927 | 13,565 | ||||||
Loans receivable, net |
62,946 | 55,895 | ||||||
Mortgage receivables |
38,884 | 33,961 | ||||||
Tax indemnification receivable |
113,316 | 122,871 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets, net |
94,967 | 50,253 | ||||||
Other receivables, net |
46,805 | 53,109 | ||||||
Investment in unconsolidated entities |
77,987 | 37,640 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets, net |
2,809 | | ||||||
Property and equipment, net |
5,995 | 6,236 | ||||||
Intangible assets, net |
9,166 | 9,733 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 2,156,299 | $ | 1,671,067 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 88,887 | $ | 64,843 | ||||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
167,830 | 194,652 | ||||||
Income taxes payable |
111,531 | 119,032 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
| 4,032 | ||||||
Customer deposits |
84,553 | 60,193 | ||||||
Mortgage borrowings |
35,890 | 32,730 | ||||||
Loans payable and other borrowings |
116,397 | 78,623 | ||||||
Long-term debt (Due to related party) |
| 488,397 | ||||||
Senior notes |
681,764 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
1,286,852 | 1,042,502 | ||||||
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 14) |
||||||||
Equity |
||||||||
Net owners equity |
881,676 | 649,209 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(19,922 | ) | (30,065 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total owners equity |
861,754 | 619,144 | ||||||
Non controlling interests |
7,693 | 9,421 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total equity |
869,447 | 628,565 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
$ | 2,156,299 | $ | 1,671,067 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated and combined financial statements
F-54
TMM Holdings Limited Partnership
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations
(Amounts in thousands except per unit data)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||||
Three Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
July 13, 2011
Through September 30, 2011 |
July 1,
2011 Through July 12, 2011 |
January 1,
2011 Through July 12, 2011 |
||||||||||||||||
Home closing revenue |
$ | 302,899 | $ | 829,221 | $ | 299,163 | $ | 14,836 | $ | 600,069 | ||||||||||
Land closing revenue |
13,452 | 36,102 | 6,177 | | 13,639 | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage operations revenue |
5,104 | 13,705 | 3,384 | | 6,027 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenues |
321,455 | 879,028 | 308,724 | 14,836 | 619,735 | |||||||||||||||
Cost of home closings |
235,517 | 663,656 | 239,740 | 11,103 | 474,534 | |||||||||||||||
Cost of land closings |
8,918 | 27,881 | 5,477 | | 7,133 | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage operations expenses |
2,996 | 7,667 | 2,071 | | 3,818 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
247,431 | 699,204 | 247,288 | 11,103 | 485,485 | |||||||||||||||
Operating gross margin |
74,024 | 179,824 | 61,436 | 3,733 | 134,250 | |||||||||||||||
Sales, commissions and other marketing costs |
19,092 | 52,230 | 14,342 | 1,481 | 40,126 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
13,123 | 41,091 | 15,251 | 3,591 | 35,743 | |||||||||||||||
Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities |
(3,710 | ) | (11,497 | ) | (488 | ) | (274 | ) | (2,803 | ) | ||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| 7,853 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Transaction expense |
| | 38,278 | | | |||||||||||||||
Indemnification (income) expense |
793 | 13,063 | (1,104 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||
Other (income) expense, net |
703 | (1,655 | ) | 66 | 243 | (9,717 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
44,023 | 78,739 | (4,909 | ) | (1,308 | ) | 70,901 | |||||||||||||
Income tax provision (benefit) |
1,586 | (3,090 | ) | 8,500 | 609 | 20,881 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
42,437 | 81,829 | (13,409 | ) | (1,917 | ) | 50,020 | |||||||||||||
Loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests |
166 | (72 | ) | (866 | ) | | (4,122 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to Owners |
$ | 42,603 | $ | 81,757 | $ | (14,275 | ) | $ | (1,917 | ) | $ | 45,898 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income per Class A unit |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.06 | $ | 0.12 | $ | (0.02 | ) | |||||||||||||
Dilutive |
$ | 0.06 | $ | 0.12 | $ | (0.02 | ) | |||||||||||||
Weighted Average Number of Class A units |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
762,173 | 710,089 | 620,320 | |||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
762,173 | 710,089 | 620,320 |
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated and combined financial statements
F-55
TMM Holdings Limited Partnership
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(Amounts in thousands)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||||
Three Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
July 13, 2011
Through September 30, 2011 |
July 1, 2011
Through July 12, 2011 |
January 1, 2011
Through July 12, 2011 |
||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 42,437 | $ | 81,829 | $ | (13,409 | ) | $ | (1,917 | ) | $ | 50,020 | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of zero tax: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
14,981 | 7,745 | (27,383 | ) | | 8,866 | ||||||||||||||
Post-retirement benefits adjustments |
1,098 | 2,398 | | | 214 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) |
55,516 | 91,972 | (40,792 | ) | (1,917 | ) | 59,100 | |||||||||||||
Loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests |
166 | (72 | ) | (866 | ) | | (4,122 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to owners |
$ | 58,682 | $ | 91,900 | $ | (41,658 | ) | $ | (1,917 | ) | $ | 54,978 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated and combined financial statements
F-56
TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(Amounts in thousands)
Net
Owners Equity |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive (Loss)Income |
Total
Owners Equity |
Noncontrolling
Interests |
Total
Equity |
||||||||||||||||
Balance December 31, 2010, Predecessor |
$ | 463,211 | $ | (2,503 | ) | $ | 460,708 | $ | 4,823 | $ | 465,531 | |||||||||
Net income |
45,898 | | 45,898 | 4,122 | 50,020 | |||||||||||||||
Other Comprehensive Income |
| 9,080 | 9,080 | | 9,080 | |||||||||||||||
Receivable from Predecessor Parent Company, net |
11,359 | | 11,359 | | 11,359 | |||||||||||||||
Distributions to noncontrolling interests |
| | | (5,326 | ) | (5,326 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance July 12, 2011, Predecessor |
520,468 | 6,577 | 527,045 | 3,619 | 530,664 | |||||||||||||||
Initial Capital Contribution and purchase price allocation |
99,852 | (6,577 | ) | 93,275 | 9,574 | 102,849 | ||||||||||||||
Net Income |
(14,275 | ) | | (14,275 | ) | 866 | (13,409 | ) | ||||||||||||
Other Comprehensive Income |
| (27,383 | ) | (27,383 | ) | | (27,383 | ) | ||||||||||||
Distributions to noncontrolling interests |
| | | (2,250 | ) | (2,250 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance September 30, 2011, Successor |
$ | 606,045 | $ | (27,383 | ) | $ | 578,662 | $ | 11,809 | $ | 590,471 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net
Owners Equity |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive (Loss)Income |
Total
Owners Equity |
Noncontrolling
Interests |
Total
Equity |
||||||||||||||||
Balance December 31, 2011, Successor |
$ | 649,209 | $ | (30,065 | ) | $ | 619,144 | $ | 9,421 | $ | 628,565 | |||||||||
Net income |
81,757 | | 81,757 | 72 | 81,829 | |||||||||||||||
Other Comprehensive Income |
| 10,143 | 10,143 | | 10,143 | |||||||||||||||
Share based compensation |
1,664 | | 1,664 | | 1,664 | |||||||||||||||
Distributions to noncontrolling interests |
| | | (1,800 | ) | (1,800 | ) | |||||||||||||
Contribution of debt in exchange for equity |
146,633 | | 146,633 | | 146,633 | |||||||||||||||
Equity contributions |
2,413 | | 2,413 | | 2,413 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance September 30, 2012, Successor |
$ | 881,676 | $ | (19,922 | ) | $ | 861,754 | $ | 7,693 | $ | 869,447 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated and combined financial statements
F-57
TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
July 13, 2011
Through September 30, 2011 |
January 1,
2011 Through July 12, 2011 |
||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 81,829 | $ | (13,409 | ) | $ | 50,020 | |||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Share based compensation expense |
1,664 | | | |||||||||
Equity in net (income) loss of unconsolidated entities |
(11,497 | ) | (488 | ) | (2,803 | ) | ||||||
Distributions of earnings from unconsolidated entities |
9,409 | 1,731 | 9,603 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
4,595 | 1,149 | 1,655 | |||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
7,853 | | ||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
(6,908 | ) | (4,639 | ) | 423 | |||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Inventory and land deposits |
(202,508 | ) | 1,778 | 23,832 | ||||||||
Receivables, prepaid expenses, and other assets |
(63,685 | ) | 2,713 | (8,426 | ) | |||||||
Customer deposits |
22,392 | (7,969 | ) | (6,506 | ) | |||||||
Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities |
(19,409 | ) | (11,864 | ) | (9,407 | ) | ||||||
Income taxes payable |
17,877 | 134 | (6,992 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
(158,388 | ) | (30,864 | ) | 51,399 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
Purchase of property and equipment |
(2,098 | ) | (189 | ) | (1,329 | ) | ||||||
Investments in unconsolidated entities |
(7,325 | ) | (246 | ) | | |||||||
Decrease (increase) in restricted cash |
2,045 | (809 | ) | (3,260 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(7,378 | ) | (1,244 | ) | (4,589 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
Deferred financing costs |
(18,455 | ) | (2,751 | ) | | |||||||
Payments on net payable to Predecessor Parent Company |
| | (3,000 | ) | ||||||||
Borrowings on net payable to Predecessor Parent Company |
| | 80,554 | |||||||||
Distributions to noncontrolling interests |
(1,800 | ) | (2,250 | ) | (5,326 | ) | ||||||
Increase in receivable from Predecessor Parent Company |
| | 8,560 | |||||||||
Net borrowings on line of credit related to mortgages payable |
3,160 | (8,686 | ) | 27,492 | ||||||||
Proceeds from senior notes, loans payable and other borrowings |
707,629 | | | |||||||||
Repayments of long term debt, loans payable and other borrowings |
(399,442 | ) | (139,506 | ) | (27,778 | ) | ||||||
Equity contributions |
2,413 | 55,500 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
293,505 | (97,693 | ) | 80,502 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS |
$ | 5,718 | $ | (18,639 | ) | $ | 2,699 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated and combined financial statements (Continued)
F-58
TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated and combined financial statements
F-59
TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2012 AND 2011
1. BUSINESS
Organization and Description of the Business TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (TMM Holdings or the Company) is a British Columbia limited partnership formed in 2011 by a consortium comprised of affiliates of TPG Global, LLC, investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. or their respective subsidiaries, and affiliates of JH Investments (the Sponsors). On July 13, 2011, TMM Holdings, through various wholly owned acquisition subsidiaries, acquired all of the outstanding shares of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. (Taylor Morrison) (now known as Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc.) and Monarch Corporation (Monarch) (now known as Monarch Communities, Inc.) from Taylor Wimpey plc. (Predecessor Parent Company) through a combination of equity and debt (the Acquisition). In conjunction with the Acquisition, a series of holding companies and partnerships were established to hold TMM Holdings investments in the acquired businesses. Taylor Morrisons principal business is residential homebuilding and the development of lifestyle communities throughout the United States, with operations focused in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, and Texas. Taylor Morrisons product lines feature entry-level, move-up, and luxury homes. Monarch was founded in the province of Ontario in 1957 and is one of the oldest names in Canadian homebuilding. Its businesses concentrate on high-rise and low-rise residential construction in Ontario, Canada. Taylor Morrison and Monarch are the general contractors for all of their projects and retain subcontractors for home construction and site development. In addition to homebuilding, Taylor Morrison offers financial services to its customers in the U.S. through its mortgage brokerage subsidiary, Taylor Morrison Home Funding (TMHF), and title examination services in some locations through various joint ventures.
Taylor Morrison and Monarch represented the North American subsidiaries of the Predecessor Parent Company, a United Kingdom publicly held homebuilder, incorporated under the Company Act of 2006.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation The accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements include the accounts of TMM Holdings, Taylor Morrison, Monarch, their consolidated subsidiaries, partnerships, and other entities in which the companies have a controlling financial interest (collectively, we, us, our, TMM Holdings, and the Company). The consolidated and combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with our report of the consolidated and combined financial statements for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), and for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor). In the opinion of management, the accompanying interim financial statements and footnotes include all adjustments necessary, which only include normal recurring adjustments, for fair presentation of our results for the interim periods presented. Results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805, Business Combinations , the acquisition was accounted for on July 13, 2011 under the acquisition basis of accounting and all acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at fair value. In connection with the Acquisition, the Company is sometimes referred to as the Successor for the period on or after July 13, 2011, and the Predecessor for periods prior to July 13, 2011. The Predecessors financial statements include the accounts of Taylor Morrison and Monarch, their consolidated subsidiaries and other entities in which the companies have controlling financial interests, and have been combined given the common ownership and control by the Predecessor Parent Company.
F-60
On July 13, 2011, TMM and its subsidiaries acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Taylor Morrison and Monarch. for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. The Acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase under ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . As a result of the change in ownership, the Companys historical financial data for periods prior to the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the predecessor periods) are derived from the historical financial statements of the predecessor, the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc., which financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition. The Companys financial statements for periods from and after the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the successor period) are derived from the financial statements of TMM Holdings, which reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. Therefore, the financial information for the predecessor periods is not comparable with that for the successor period.
All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Unless otherwise stated, amounts are shown in U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities recorded in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the applicable period presented.
Purchase Price Allocation and Related Acquisition Accounting TMM Holdings acquired the Taylor Morrison and Monarch businesses for total consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. In accordance with ASC 805, the effects of the acquisition are reflected on the date of the transaction in the financial statements of the acquired businesses by recording the assets and liabilities at their fair values in order to reflect the purchase price paid in the acquisition.
Cash and cash equivalents, other assets, accounts payable, and accrued and other liabilities were generally stated at historical carrying values given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Income tax receivables and liabilities were recorded at historical carrying values in accordance with ASC 805. The Predecessor Parent Company is indemnifying the Company for specific uncertain tax positions for which tax liabilities are included in income taxes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. A receivable due from the Predecessor Parent Company for the indemnification is valued at the same amount as the estimated income tax liability. Increases in the indemnification or releases of the indemnification amounts are recorded in the indemnification expense line of the accompany condensed consolidated statement of income.
The Company determined the fair value of inventory on a community-by-community basis primarily using the sales comparison and income approaches. The income approach derives a value indication for income producing property by converting anticipated benefits, i.e. cash flow, into property value. This approach was used exclusively for finished lots. The sales comparison approach uses recent land sales to provide a lot value for finished lots or an average value for raw land. In markets where there were no recent land sales the third party appraiser conducted interviews with local market participants, including brokers and appraisers, to gain an understanding at local land and lot values. In instances where both the income and sales approaches were used, equal weighting were typically given to each approach. These estimated cash flows are significantly impacted by estimates related to expected average selling prices and sales incentives, expected sales paces and cancellation rates, expected land development and construction timelines, and anticipated land development, construction, and overhead costs. Such estimates must be made for each individual community and may vary significantly between communities.
The fair value of acquired intangible assets was determined based on valuations performed by independent valuation specialists. The intangibles were valued at $10.2 million and relate to trade names of Taylor Morrison and Monarch and are being amortized over 10 years. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 , amortization of $0.26 million and $0.77 million, respectively, was recorded and is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income. The corresponding amortization for the period from July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 was $0.22 million.
F-61
The Company completed its business combination accounting as of December 31, 2011. A summary of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of July 13, 2011, is as follows (in thousands):
Financial Statement Caption | Total | |||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 295,426 | ||
Restricted cash |
6,705 | |||
Inventory |
1,036,068 | |||
Land deposits |
9,667 | |||
Loan receivables |
76,386 | |||
Mortgage receivables |
32,531 | |||
Other receivables |
64,481 | |||
Tax indemnity receivable |
129,686 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other assets net |
48,781 | |||
Investments in unconsolidated entities |
38,488 | |||
Property and equipment net |
6,591 | |||
Intangible assets |
10,200 | |||
Net deferred tax liabilities |
(16,240 | ) | ||
Accounts payable |
(44,763 | ) | ||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
(199,235 | ) | ||
Income taxes payable |
(120,878 | ) | ||
Customer deposits |
(71,155 | ) | ||
Mortgage borrowings |
(32,134 | ) | ||
Loans payable and other borrowings |
(80,092 | ) | ||
Noncontrolling interests |
(13,193 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net assets acquired at fair value |
1,177,320 | |||
Less amounts financed through debt |
(612,500 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Equity infusion paid to seller |
564,820 | |||
Cash contributed by the Sponsors |
55,500 | |||
|
|
|||
Net Sponsors equity |
620,320 | |||
Less carrying basis of Predecessors equity |
(527,045 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Initial capital contribution and purchase price allocation adjustments |
$ | 93,275 | ||
|
|
Unaudited supplemental pro-forma information The unaudited supplemental pro forma information presented below includes the effects of the acquisition of the Taylor Morrison and Monarch businesses as if it had been completed as of January 1, 2011. The pro forma results include (i) the impact of certain estimated fair value adjustments and (ii) interest expense associated with debt used to fund the acquisition. The pro forma results for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 include adjustments for the financial impact of certain acquisition related items incurred during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011. Accordingly, the following unaudited pro forma financial information should not be considered indicative of either future results or results that might have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of January 1, 2011 (in thousands):
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2011 |
||||
Total revenues |
$ | 928,159 | ||
Net income |
$ | 82,472 |
F-62
Transaction and Integration Costs Transaction and integration costs directly related to the acquisition, excluding the impact of restructuring costs and acquisition accounting adjustments, totaled $39.4 million, of which $38.3 million was incurred as of September 30, 2011 by TMM Holdings and the Sponsors and are recorded as transaction expenses in the Successor period.
Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates include the purchase price allocation, valuation of certain real estate, deferred tax assets, reserves for warranty and self-insured risks, and valuations performed for measuring the fair value of equity arrangements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, demand deposits with financial institutions, and short-term, highly liquid investments. We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less, such as certificates of deposit, money market funds, and commercial paper to be cash equivalents.
Restricted Cash Restricted cash consists of amounts pledged to collateralize mortgage credit lines, outstanding letters of credit and funds in escrow related to community development district bonds.
Concentration of Credit Risk Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include amounts on deposit with financial institutions in excess of the federally insured limits. As of September 30, 2012, the Company had $113.3 million receivable from the Predecessor Parent Company which represents the indemnification of certain covered tax matters as agreed to in connection with the Acquisition. The Company has $84.0 million in standby letters of credit from the Predecessor Parent Company for a portion of this receivable. In addition, the Company is exposed to credit risk to the extent that mortgage and loan borrowers may fail to meet their contractual obligations. This risk is mitigated by collateralizing the mortgaged property or land that was sold to the buyer.
Loan Receivables Loans receivable consist of loans receivable due from land buyers and certain of our joint ventures, are secured by underlying land, bear interest at various rates from 0% to 7.14% as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and mature at various dates through 2015. The Company imputes interest for loans with no stated interest rates. The Company reviews the creditworthiness and past performance of entities it has receivables from as well as monitors the value of the secured assets supporting those receivables on an ongoing basis.
Mortgage Receivables Mortgage receivables consist of mortgages due from buyers of Taylor Morrison homes that are financed through Taylor Morrisons mortgage brokerage subsidiary. Mortgages receivable are held for sale and are carried at fair value, which is calculated using observable market information, including pricing from actual market transactions, investor commitment prices, or broker quotations.
Tax Indemnification from Predecessor Parent Company The Predecessor Parent Company has indemnified TMM Holdings for specific uncertain tax positions existing as of the date of the Acquisition. An indemnification receivable was recorded at Acquisition and is reduced as the related uncertain tax liabilities are resolved. The indemnification receivable also includes a periodic increase for accrued interest, penalties, and additional identified tax issues covered by the indemnity, offset by periodic decreases as uncertain tax matters and related tax obligations are resolved. The receivable due from the Predecessor Parent Company for the indemnification is valued at the same amount as the estimated income tax liability.
Other Receivables Our other accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from buyers of condominiums, as well as other amounts expected to be recovered from various community development districts, utility deposits, and rebates due from construction materials vendors. Allowances of $2.7 million as of
F-63
September 30, 2012 and $3.9 million at December 31, 2011 are maintained for probable credit losses based on historical experience, present economic conditions, and other factors considered relevant by management.
Real Estate Inventory Real estate inventory consists of land, land under development, homes under construction, completed homes, and model homes, and is stated at cost, net of impairment charges. In addition to direct acquisition costs, we also capitalize interest, real estate taxes, and related development costs that benefit the entire community, such as field construction supervision and related direct overhead. Home construction costs are accumulated and charged to cost of sales at home closing using the specific identification method. Land acquisition, development, interest, taxes, overhead, and condominium construction costs are allocated to homes and units using methods that approximate the relative sales value method. These costs are capitalized to inventory from the point development begins to the point construction is completed, while selling costs are expensed as incurred. For those communities that have been temporarily closed or development has been discontinued, we do not allocate interest or other costs to the communitys inventory until activity begins again. Changes in estimated costs to be incurred in a community are generally allocated to the remaining homes on a prospective basis.
We assess the recoverability of our real estate inventory in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment . ASC 360 requires that companies evaluate long-lived assets that are expected to be held and used in operations, including inventories, for recoverability based on undiscounted future cash flows of the assets at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows, which we consider to be at the individual community level. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds their estimated undiscounted cash flows, then the assets are deemed to be impaired and are recorded at fair value as of the assessment date. We evaluate cash flows on a community-by-community basis. These cash flows are significantly impacted by various estimates of sales prices, construction costs, sales pace, and other factors, and the estimated fair values are determined by applying a discount rate to the estimated future cash flows of the community. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, no impairment charges were recorded.
In certain cases, we may elect to stop development and/or marketing of an existing community if we believe the economic performance of the community would be maximized by deferring development for a period of time to allow market conditions to improve. The decision may be based on financial and/or operational metrics. If we decide to stop developing a project, we will impair such project if necessary to its fair value as discussed above and then cease future development and/or marketing activity until such a time when management believes that market conditions have improved and economic performance can be maximized. Quarterly, we review all communities, for potential impairments.
When we elect to stop development of a community, it is managements belief that the community is affected by local market conditions that are expected to improve within the next 3 to 5 years. Therefore, a temporary postponement of construction and development is expected to yield better returns. For these communities, as well as our real estate held for development or sale, our assessment of the carrying value of these assets typically includes subjective estimates of future performance, including the timing of when development will recommence, the type of product to be offered, and the margin to be realized. In the future some of these inactive communities may be re-opened while others may be sold. As of December 31, 2011, we had 34 inactive communities. As of September 30, 2012, we had 13 inactive communities with a carrying value of $20.7 million of which $17.8 million and $2.9 million is in our West and East Region, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we placed no communities into inactive status.
The life cycle of an active community generally ranges from three to five years, commencing with the acquisition of unentitled or entitled land, continuing through the land development phase and concluding with the sale, construction and delivery of homes. Actual community lives will vary based on the size of the community, the sales absorption rate and whether we purchased the property as raw land or finished lots. Due to recent economic conditions, estimated community lives could be significantly longer than they have been previously. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we were actively selling in126 and 135 communities, respectively.
F-64
Inventory as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, consists of the following (in thousands):
September 30,
2012 |
December 31,
2011 |
|||||||
Operating communities |
$ | 1,132,066 | $ | 830,573 | ||||
Real estate held for development or sale |
143,697 | 172,909 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total inventory |
$ | 1,275,763 | $ | 1,003,482 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Capitalized Interest We capitalize certain interest costs to inventory during the development and construction periods. Capitalized interest is charged to cost of sales when the related inventory is delivered or when the related inventory is charged to cost of revenues under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Interest capitalized, incurred, and expensed as of and during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, is as follows (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
Three Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
July 13, 2011
Through September 30, 2011 |
January 1, 2011
Through July 12, 2011 |
|||||||||||||
Interest capitalized beginning of period |
$ | 48,159 | $ | 27,491 | $ | $ | 68,202 | |||||||||
Interest capitalized |
12,989 | 46,132 | 17,846 | 23,091 | ||||||||||||
Interest amortized to cost of sales |
(6,744 | ) | (19,219 | ) | (1,273 | ) | (19,244 | ) | ||||||||
Foreign currency adjustment |
| | | 51 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Interest capitalized end of period |
$ | 54,404 | $ | 54,404 | $ | 16,573 | $ | 72,100 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest incurred during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $13.0 million and $46.1 million, respectively, and $17.9 million and $41.0 million for the period from July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 and for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, respectively.
Land Deposits Deposits we pay related to land options and land purchase contracts are capitalized when paid and classified as land deposits until the associated property is purchased. Deposits are recorded as a component of inventory at the time the deposit is applied to the acquisition price of the land based on the terms of the underlying agreements. To the extent the deposits are nonrefundable, deposits are charged to expense if the land acquisition process is terminated or no longer determined probable. We review the likelihood of the acquisition of contracted lots in conjunction with our periodic real estate impairment analysis.
We are subject to the usual obligations associated with entering into contracts (including option contracts) for the purchase, development, and sale of real estate in the routine conduct of our business. We have a number of land purchase option contracts, generally through cash deposits or letters of credit, for the right to purchase land or lots at a future point in time with predetermined terms. With respect to option agreements, we do not have title to the property and the creditors generally have no recourse against us. Our obligations with respect to the option contracts are generally limited to the forfeiture of the related nonrefundable cash deposits and/or letters of credit. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we had the option to purchase approximately 6,980 and 4,523 lots under land option and land purchase contracts, respectively, which represents purchase commitments of $283.5 million and $239.5 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2012, we had $11.9 million in land deposits and $17.6 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase contracts. As of December 31, 2011, we had $13.6 million in land deposits and $43.6 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase contracts.
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, no impairments of option deposits or capitalized pre-acquisition costs were recorded.
F-65
Investments in Unconsolidated Entities and Variable Interest Entities (VIEs) In the ordinary course of business, we enter into land and lot option purchase contracts in order to procure land or lots for the construction of homes. Lot option contracts enable us to control significant lot positions with a minimal capital investment and substantially reduce the risks associated with land ownership and development.
In accordance with ASC 810, Consolidation , we have concluded that when we enter into an option or purchase agreement to acquire land or lots and pay a nonrefundable deposit, a VIE may be created because we are deemed to have provided subordinated financial support that will absorb some or all of an entitys expected losses if they occur. For each VIE, we assess whether we are the primary beneficiary by first determining if we have the ability to control the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance. Such activities include, but are not limited to, the ability to determine the budget and scope of land development work, if any; the ability to control financing decisions for the VIE; the ability to acquire additional land into the VIE or dispose of land in the VIE not under contract with the Company; and the ability to change or amend the existing option contract with the VIE. If we are not able to control such activities, we are not considered the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If we do have the ability to control such activities, we will continue our analysis by determining if we are expected to absorb a potentially significant amount of the VIEs losses or, if no party absorbs the majority of such losses, if we will potentially benefit from a significant amount of the VIEs expected gains. If we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE, we will consolidate the VIE in our consolidated and combined financial statements and reflect such assets and liabilities as consolidated real estate not owned within our inventory balance in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We currently have no VIEs that we consolidate. Our exposure to loss related to our option contracts with third parties and unconsolidated entities consisted of our nonrefundable option deposits totaling $11.9 million and $13.6 million, as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Additionally, we posted $17.6 million and $43.6 million of letters of credit in lieu of cash deposits under certain option contracts as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Creditors of these VIEs, if any, have no recourse against us.
We are also involved in several joint ventures with independent third parties for our homebuilding activities. We use the equity method of accounting for investments that qualify as VIEs where we are not the primary beneficiary and entities that we do not control or where we do not own a majority of the economic interest, but have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. For those unconsolidated entities in which we function as the managing member, we have evaluated the rights held by our joint venture partners and determined that they have substantive participating rights that preclude the presumption of control. For joint ventures accounted for using the equity method, our share of net earnings or losses is included in equity in net earnings (loss) of unconsolidated entities when earned and distributions are credited against our investment in the joint venture when received.
Noncontrolling Interests We have consolidated joint ventures where the Company was determined to be the controlling member. Therefore, those entities financial statements are consolidated in the Companys unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements and the other partners equity is recorded as noncontrolling interests.
Property and Equipment Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Gross property and equipment excluding software licenses at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, consists of $8.1 million and $7.9 million, respectively, of computer and office equipment. Accumulated depreciation related to these assets was $2.4 million and $1.7 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Depreciation expense was $0.2 million and $0.7 million for the three and nine months ending September 30, 2012, respectively and $0.7 million and $2.3 million for for the period from July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 and for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, respectively and is recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations. Depreciation is generally computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from 3 to 40 years. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.
Income Taxes We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes . Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on future tax consequences of temporary differences between the amounts
F-66
reported for financial reporting purposes and the amounts deductible for income tax purposes, and are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period when the changes are enacted.
In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, we periodically assess our deferred tax assets, including the benefit from net operating losses (NOLs), to determine if a valuation allowance is required. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other matters, taxable income in prior years available for carryback, estimates of future income, tax planning strategies, and reversal of existing temporary differences. Given the downturn in the homebuilding industry over the past several years, the degree of the economic recession, the instability and deterioration of the financial markets, and the resulting uncertainty in projections of our future taxable income, we recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets during 2007. Taylor Morrison continues to maintain a partial valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, as we have determined that the weight of the negative evidence exceeds that of the positive evidence and it continues to be more likely than not that we will not be able to utilize all of our deferred tax assets. We continue to evaluate improving industry conditions and when appropriate in the future expect to recognize a portion of the deferred tax asset.
Insurance Costs and Self-Insurance Reserves We have certain deductible limits under our workers compensation, automobile, and general liability insurance policies and we record expense and liabilities for the estimated costs of potential claims for construction defects. The excess liability limits are $50 million per occurrence in the annual aggregate and apply in excess of automobile liability, employers liability under workers compensation, and general liability policies. We also generally require our subcontractors and design professionals to indemnify us for liabilities arising from their work, subject to certain limitations. We are the parent of Beneva Indemnity Company (Beneva), which provides insurance coverage for construction defects discovered during a period of time up to 10 years following the sale of a home, coverage for premise operations risk, and property coverage. We accrue for the expected costs associated with the deductibles and self-insured amounts under our various insurance policies based on historical claims, estimates for claims incurred but not reported, and potential for recovery of costs from insurance and other sources. The estimates are subject to significant variability due to factors, such as claim settlement patterns, litigation trends, and the extended period of time in which a construction defect claim might be made after the closing of a home. Although we believe our accruals are adequate, there can be no assurance that they will be sufficient over time to cover ultimate losses.
Warranty Reserves:
U.S. Operations We offer limited warranties on our homes that generally provide for one-year warranties to cover various defects in workmanship or materials and we may cover certain structural warranties depending on statutory requirements for up to10 years. Warranty reserves are established as homes close in an amount estimated to be adequate to cover expected costs of materials and outside labor during warranty periods. Our warranty reserves are based on factors that include an actuarial study (for structural warranty), historical and anticipated warranty claims, trends related to similar product types, number of home closings, and geographical areas. The structural warranty is carried by Beneva, a wholly owned subsidiary of Taylor Morrison. We also provide third-party warranty coverage on homes where required by Federal Housing Administration or Veterans Administration lenders.
Canadian Operations We offer a limited warranty that generally provides for seven years of structural coverage; two years of coverage for water penetration, electrical, plumbing, heating, and exterior cladding defects; and one year of coverage for workmanship and materials. We are responsible for performing all of the work during the warranty period. As a result, warranty reserves are established as homes close in an amount estimated to be adequate to cover expected costs of materials and labor during warranty periods. The warranty reserves are determined using historical experience and trends related to similar product types, and number of home closings.
F-67
We regularly review the reasonableness and adequacy of our recorded warranty reserves and make adjustments to the balance of the preexisting reserves to reflect changes in trends and historical data as information becomes available. Warranty reserves are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheets. A summary of changes in our self-insurance and warranty reserves at and during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and for the period from July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 and for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, respectively are as follows (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
Three Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2012 |
July 13, 2011
Through September 30, 2011 |
January
1,
2011 Through July 12, 2011 |
|||||||||||||
Warranty reserve beginning of period |
$ | 36,989 | $ | 43,158 | $ | 45,929 | $ | 50,069 | ||||||||
Additions to reserves |
1,823 | 5,141 | 6,858 | 9,634 | ||||||||||||
Costs and claims incurred |
(1,163 | ) | (11,658 | ) | (10,333 | ) | (16,267 | ) | ||||||||
Change in estimates to preexisting reserves |
(187 | ) | 572 | 1,077 | 2,346 | |||||||||||
Fair value adjustments |
(2,731 | ) | | |||||||||||||
Foreign currency adjustment |
(1 | ) | 248 | 147 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Warranty reserve end of period |
$ | 37,461 | $ | 37,461 | $ | 40,800 | $ | 45,929 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue Recognition:
Home Sales Revenues from home sales are recorded using the completed contract method of accounting at the time each home is delivered, title and possession are transferred to the buyer, there is no significant continuing involvement with the home, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property.
Condominium Sales Revenues from the sale of condominium units is recognized when construction is beyond the preliminary stage, the buyer is committed to the extent of being unable to require a refund except for non-delivery of the unit, sufficient units in the project have been sold to ensure that the property will not be converted to a rental property, the sales proceeds are collectible, and the aggregate sales proceeds and the total cost of the project can be reasonably estimated. For our Canadian high rise condominiums, these conditions are met when a certificate of occupancy has been received, all significant conditions of registration have been performed and the purchaser has the right to occupy the unit.
Land Sales Revenues from land sales are recognized when title is transferred to the buyer, there is no significant continuing involvement, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property sold. If the buyer has not made an adequate initial or continuing investment in the property, the profit on such sales is deferred until these conditions are met.
Mortgage Operations Revenue Revenues from loan origination are recognized at the time the related real estate transactions are completed, usually upon the close of escrow. All of the loans Taylor Morrison Home Funding, LLC (TMHF) originates are sold within a short period of time, generally 20 days, on a nonrecourse basis as further described in Note 15. After the loans are sold, the Company retains potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that it breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreement. Gains or losses from the sale of mortgages are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and carrying value of the related loans upon sale.
Deposits Forfeited buyer deposits related to home, condominium, and land sales are recognized in other income in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income in the period in which we determine that the buyer will not complete the purchase of the property and the deposit is determined to be nonrefundable to the buyer.
F-68
Sales Discounts and Incentives We grant our home buyers sales discounts and incentives from time to time, including cash discounts, discounts on options included in the home, option upgrades, and seller-paid financing or closing costs. Discounts are accounted for as a reduction in the sales price of the home.
Advertising Costs We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs were $3.8 million and $10.8 million for the three and nine months ending September 30, 2012 and $2.1 million and $9.1 million for the July 13 2011 to September 30, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to July 12, 2011 periods, respectively.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS . ASU 2011-04 provides a consistent definition and measurement of fair value, as well as similar disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles, clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement and expands the ASC 820 disclosure requirements, particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material effect on the Companys condensed consolidated and combined financial statements, but did require additional disclosures.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income . ASU 2011-05 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in either (i) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (ii) two separate, but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders equity. The amendments in this ASU do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-05 should be applied retrospectively and is effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2011-05 the Company added separate, but consecutive statements of comprehensive income.
3. INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED ENTITIES
We participate in a number of joint ventures with unrelated third parties. These entities are generally involved in real estate development or mortgage lending and title services. We use the equity method of accounting for our investments in unconsolidated entities, which are not VIEs and which we do not control, but have ownership interests up to 50%.
We have investments in, and advances to, a number of joint ventures with unrelated parties to develop land and to develop condominium projects, including for-sale residential units and commercial space. Some of these joint ventures develop land for the sole use of the venture participants, including us, and others develop land for sale to the joint venture participants and to unrelated builders. Our share of the joint venture profit relating to lots we purchase from the joint ventures is deferred until homes are delivered by us and title passes to a homebuyer.
The investment in unconsolidated entities on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets includes the fair value adjustments as a result of purchase accounting. Fair value adjustments for the Companys investment in unconsolidated entities are recorded at the Company level and are amortized against the Companys share of earnings of the underlying joint ventures as the underlying joint venture assets are sold.
4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
In conjunction with the Acquisition, the Company performed an analysis on the fair value of the trade names using the income approach, and concluded that the fair value of the Taylor Morrison trade name was $4.1 million and the fair value of the Monarch trade name was $6.1 million. These amounts are being amortized over a 10-year period, and the amortization expense recorded during the three and nine months ended September 30,
F-69
2012, was $0.25 million and $0.75 million. There was $0.25 of amortization expense for the for the July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 period. Annual amortization expense is estimated to be $1.1 million in each of the next five years.
5. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER ASSETS
Prepaid expenses and other assets as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets, consist of the following (in thousands):
September 30,
2012 |
December 31,
2011 |
|||||||
Prepaid expenses |
$ | 62,675 | $ | 37,832 | ||||
Other assets |
32,292 | 12,421 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total prepaid expenses and other assets |
$ | 94,967 | $ | 50,253 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Our prepaid expenses consist primarily of prepaid sales commissions, sales presentation centers, and model home costs, such as design fees and furniture. The prepaid sales commissions are recorded on pre-closing sales activities which are recognized on the ultimate closing of the units to which they relate. The model home and sales presentation centers costs are paid in advance and amortized over the life of the project on a per-unit basis, or a maximum of three years. Other assets consist primarily of various operating and escrow deposits, financing costs of Senior Notes, golf club membership inventory, pre-acquisition costs, and other deferred costs.
6. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES
Accrued expenses and other liabilities as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets, consist of the following (in thousands):
September 30,
2012 |
December 31,
2011 |
|||||||
Real estate development costs to complete |
$ | 27,138 | $ | 45,670 | ||||
Compensation and employee benefits |
34,039 | 33,518 | ||||||
Insurance, litigation reserves, and other professional fees |
9,941 | 19,917 | ||||||
Self-insurance and warranty reserves |
37,461 | 43,158 | ||||||
Interest payable |
25,330 | 17,322 | ||||||
Merger and restructuring reserves |
2,414 | 2,803 | ||||||
Property and sales tax payable |
7,800 | 9,616 | ||||||
Other accruals |
23,707 | 22,648 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total accrued expenses and other liabilities |
$ | 167,830 | $ | 194,652 | ||||
|
|
|
|
7. LOANS PAYABLE AND OTHER BORROWINGS
Loans payable and other borrowings as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets, consist of the amounts due to land sellers and for the financing of high-rise projects in Canada. Loans payable bear interest at rates that ranged from 0% to 8% at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and generally are secured by the land that was acquired in connection with the loans. As of September 30, 2012 a total of $29.9 million of loans payable and other borrowings is scheduled for maturity during the subsequent twelve months. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all financial covenants.
F-70
8. LONG-TERM DEBT
Sponsor Loan
In connection with the Acquisition in July 2011, the Company entered into a loan agreement with certain investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management and affiliates of TPG, providing for a $625.0 million senior unsecured loan (the Sponsor Loan) maturing on July 13, 2018. The Sponsor Loan was issued at a discount of 2.5% for $500.0 million of the balance and at par for the remaining $125.0 million balance. In August 2011, $125.0 million of the Sponsor Loan was repaid by Monarch from operating cash. In April 2012, in connection with the offering of the Senior Notes (as defined below), $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan was repaid in full and the remaining $150.0 million was acquired by a subsidiary of the Company, and affiliates of TPG and investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management acquired $150.0 million of additional equity of the Company. The remaining balance of the unamortized discount totaling $7.9 million was written off in the quarter ended June 30, 2012 as a result of the retirement of the Sponsor Loan and is included in loss on extinguishment of debt in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Amortization expense of the discount was $0 and $0.4 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, and for $0.4 million the period of July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 which is included in interest expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Sponsor Loan bore a 13% annual interest rate calculated on a 360-day year. Interest amounts were paid quarterly on the final day of the period. Interest expense for the period of July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 was $14.4 million. Interest expense for the three and nine months ending September 30, 2012 was zero and $18.6 million, respectively. No interest was unpaid or accrued as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
The outstanding balance of the Sponsor Loan was $488.4 million as of December 31, 2011, net of $11.6 million of unamortized discount, and $0 as of September 30, 2012.
Senior Notes
On April 13, 2012, we issued $550.0 million of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (the Initial Notes) at an initial offering price of 100% of the principal amount (the Offering). The net proceeds from the sale of the Initial Notes were $537.4 million, net of debt issuance costs of $12.6 million, were used, in part, to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan. The remaining proceeds of approximately $187.4 million from the Offering were retained by the Company for general corporate purposes. The remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan net of discount was contributed to a subsidiary of TMM Holdings, and the Sponsors acquired additional Class A units of the Company. The remaining balance of the unamortized discount totaling $7.9 million was written off in the quarter ended June 30, 2012 as a result of the retirement of the Sponsor Loan.
On August 21, 2012, the Company issued an additional $125.0 million of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (the Additional Notes together with the Initial Notes the Senior Notes) at an initial offering price of 105.5% of the principal amount. The Company received $132.5 million, net of debt issuance costs of $2.8 million. The net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. The Additional Notes issued August 21, 2012 were issued pursuant to the existing indenture dated as of April 13, 2012.
There were approximately $17.5 million in bond financing costs at September 30, 2012 related to the Senior Notes, which are included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. During the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2012, the Company amortized $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of deferred financing costs.
The indenture for our Senior Notes contains covenants that limit (i) the investments we can make, (ii) the payment of dividends and the redemption of equity and junior debt, (iii) the incurrence of additional indebtedness, (iv) asset dispositions, (v) mergers and similar corporate transactions, (vi) the incurrence of liens, (vii) the incurrence of prohibitions on payments and asset transfers among the issuers and restricted subsidiaries and (viii) transactions with affiliates, among other items.
F-71
Obligations to pay principal and interest on the Senior Notes are guaranteed by the U.S. homebuilding subsidiaries (collectively, the Guarantor Subsidiaries) who guarantee the Credit Facility (as defined below), each of which is directly or indirectly 100% owned by TMM Holdings. Such guarantees are full and unconditional, and joint and several. We do not provide separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries or condensed consolidating financial information because the Senior Notes are not registered and are not subject to registration rights.
At any time prior to April 15, 2015, we are entitled to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a redemption price of 103.875% of the principal amount (if the redemption occurs prior to April 15, 2013) or at a redemption price of 107.750% of the principal amount (if the redemption occurs on or after April 15, 2013 and prior to April 15, 2015).
Revolving Credit Facility
In 2011, the Company entered into a $75.0 million Credit Facility with Credit Suisse, HSBC, and Deutsche Bank, secured by the underlying assets of the U.S. operations. In conjunction with the August 21, 2012 Additional Notes offering the Company exercised the accordion feature of the facility and expanded the line to $125.0 million in capacity.
Borrowings under the Credit Facility may be made in U.S. dollars and in Canadian dollars (subject to a U.S. $15.0 million sublimit) and bear interest based upon either a LIBOR or CDOR interest rate option, as applicable, or a base rate or Canada prime rate option, as applicable, as selected by the borrowers plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The Credit Facility matures on July 13, 2016. The applicable margin for (a) any Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan is 3.25% per annum, payable on the last date of each applicable interest period or at the end of each three-month period if the applicable interest period is longer than three months and (b) any Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, 2.25% per annum, payable quarterly. There is a fee of 0.75% per annum on the commitment (whether drawn or undrawn), payable quarterly in arrears, and subject to a 25 basis point reduction upon the completion of the second full quarter after the closing date based upon the achievement of a specified capitalization ratio. The borrowers have the right to make amend and extend offers to lenders of a particular class. No draws have been made under the Credit Facility and there was no outstanding balance at September 30, 2012 or December 31, 2011. In connection with the implementation of the Credit Facility the Company capitalized $3.8 million of financing fees and incurred amortization of $0.2 million and $0.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and $0.2 million for the July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 period.
Under the terms of the Credit Facility, we have the ability to issue letters of credit totaling up to $125.0 million. Borrowing availability is reduced by the amount of letters of credit outstanding. As of September 30, 2012, there were $5.4 million in letters of credit outstanding under the Credit Facility.
The Credit Facility contains certain springing financial covenants. In the event that, either there are (a) any loans outstanding thereunder on the last day of any fiscal quarter or on more than five separate days of such fiscal quarter or (b) any unreimbursed letters of credit thereunder on the last day of such fiscal quarter or for more than five consecutive days of such fiscal quarter, we will be required to, in respect of such fiscal quarter, comply with a maximum capitalization ratio test as well as a minimum interest coverage ratio test.
The Credit Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness, incurrence of liens, dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions, investments, sale and leasebacks, passive holding entities (with respect to TMM Holdings, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Monarch Communities Inc. and Monarch Parent Inc.) and limitation on debt payments and amendments.
The Credit Facility contains customary events of default, subject to applicable grace periods, including for nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts, violation of covenants (including financial covenants, subject
F-72
to the exercise of an equity cure), incorrectness of representations and warranties in any material respect, cross default and cross acceleration, bankruptcy, material monetary judgments, ERISA events with material adverse effect, actual or asserted invalidity of material guarantees, material security or intercreditor agreements or subordination provisions, and change of control. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 we were in compliance with our financial covenants.
Debt Payable to Predecessor Parent Company
After the Acquisition, the North American subsidiaries of the Predecessor Parent Company had no outstanding borrowings payable to the Predecessor Parent Company. The net debt payable to Predecessor Parent Company bore interest at 7.02% per annum and had a maturity of July 15, 2011. For the period from July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 and for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, respectively, interest expense incurred related to the Predecessor Parent Company payable was $0 and $19.2 million, all of which was capitalized to inventory during the nine months ended September 30, 2011.
Mortgage Company Loan Facilities
TMHF, the Companys wholly owned mortgage subsidiary, has certain outstanding facilities, as described further in Note 15, below.
Letters of Credit, Surety Bonds and Guarantees
We are committed, under various letters of credit and surety bonds, to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business. These guarantees have been made in connection with joint venture funding of our operations in Canada. Outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds under these arrangements, including our share of responsibility for arrangements with our joint ventures, totaled $256.1 million as of September 30, 2012. Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site improvements, the letters of credit and surety bonds are reduced as development and construction work is completed, but not fully released until warranty periods have expired.
Monarch is party to a credit facility with The Toronto-Dominion Bank, which we refer to as the TD Facility. The TD Facility provides revolving operating facilities (including letters of credit) of up to CAD $100.0 million (or its U.S. dollar equivalent) to provide direct and letter of credit financing in support of Monarchs projects. Under the terms of the TD Facility, the first $80.0 million drawn under the facility is secured by liens over the interests of Monarch in certain Canadian real property. Amounts drawn above CAD $80.0 million are secured with cash. As of September 30, 2012, there were CAD $64.2 million letters of credit outstanding under the TD Facility.
Monarch is also party to a credit facility with HSBC Bank Canada, which we refer to as the HSBC Facility. The HSBC Facility provides a partially revolving letter of credit facility of up to CAD $24.2 million (reduced from $25.6 million as of September 30, 2012) in support of Monarchs construction projects. Under the terms of the HSBC Facility, amounts drawn under this facility are secured by liens over the interests of Monarch in certain Canadian real property or cash. As of September 30, 2012, there were CAD $25.6 million letters of credit outstanding under the HSBC Facility.
Both the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility are 364-day facilities scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013.
Under the terms of the TD Facility, all reductions or cancellations of letters of credit are permanent reductions to the facility down to a floor amount of credit availability of CAD $15.0 million. All amounts drawn above CAD $80.0 million must be secured with cash. As of September 30, 2012, there were CAD $64.2 million in letters of credit outstanding under the TD Facility and CAD $25.6 million in letters of credit under the HSBC facility. Under the terms of the HSBC Facility, borrowing availability is permanently reduced as letters of credit outstanding reduce.
F-73
Prior to the Acquisition, the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility were revolving. Pursuant to modifications made in connection with the Acquisition, the TD Facility and the HSBC facility are now non-revolving, such that to the extent any letters of credit are cancelled, or have been cancelled, the size of each facility will be reduced by the amount of such cancellation. The TD Facility and HSBC Facility are each secured by a pari passu CAD $150.0 million first continuing collateral mortgage on certain lands owned by Monarch, subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement between the Toronto-Dominion Bank and HSBC Bank Canada.
9. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES
We have adopted ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements for valuation of our financial instruments. ASC 820 provides a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, expands disclosures about fair value measurements, and establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are summarized as follows:
Level 1 Fair value is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Fair value is determined using significant observable inputs, generally either quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, or quoted prices in markets that are not active.
Level 3 Fair value is determined using one or more significant input that is unobservable in active markets at the measurement date, such as a pricing model, discounted cash flow, or similar technique.
Mortgage receivables and mortgage borrowings attributable to Taylor Morrison are recorded at fair value which are considered a level 2 valuation in the hierarchy of fair value calculated using observable market information, including pricing from actual market transactions, investor commitment prices, or broker quotations. Loans receivable are recorded at fair value, which is considered a level 2 valuation in the hierarchy of fair value calculated using observable market information, which exceeds the face value by approximately $0.9 million and $1.3 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the carrying value of our loans payable and other borrowings of $116.4 million and $78.6 million, respectively, approximated fair value. The estimated fair values of our loans payable are considered a level 2 valuation in the hierarchy for fair value measurement and are based on a cash flow model discounted at market interest rates that considers the underlying risks of unsecured debt.
As described in Note 2 and in conjunction with the Acquisition all assets and liabilities of the Company were adjusted to fair value using significant Level 3 unobservable assumptions and valuation inputs.
The fair value of our Senior Notes is considered a Level 2 valuation in the hierarchy for fair value measurement and is derived from quoted market prices by independent dealers and is as follows (in thousands):
September 30, 2012 | December 31, 2011 | |||||||||||||||
Aggregate
Principal |
Estimated
Fair Value |
Aggregate
Principal |
Estimated
Fair Value |
|||||||||||||
Description: |
||||||||||||||||
7.75% Senior Notes |
$ | 675,000 | $ | 721,600 | $ | | $ | |
We consider the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, notes receivable, and accounts payable to approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.
F-74
10. INCOME TAXES
The effective tax rate for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 of the Company was composed of the statutory tax rates in the United States and Canada and was affected primarily by the change in valuation allowance against the net deferred tax asset, state income taxes, the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits, and interest relating to uncertain tax positions.
The deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2012 are composed of $1.7 million of assets related to certain state tax attributes related to the Companys Texas operations and $1.1 million of assets related to the Companys Canadian operations.
The provision (benefit) for income taxes for each of the three and nine months periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 consists of the following (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||||
Three Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
July 13, 2011
Through September 30, 2011 |
July 1, 2011
through July 12, 2011 |
January
1,
2011 Through July 12, 2011 |
||||||||||||||||
United States |
$ | (785 | ) | $ | (13,852 | ) | $ | 244 | $ | 0 | $ | 4,229 | ||||||||
Foreign |
2,371 | 10,762 | 8,256 | 609 | 16,652 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total income tax provision (benefit) |
$ | 1,586 | $ | (3,090 | ) | $ | 8,500 | $ | 609 | $ | 20,881 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In accordance with ASC 740-10, Income Taxes , we evaluate our deferred tax assets, including the benefit from NOLs, to determine if a valuation allowance is required. Companies must assess whether a valuation allowance should be established based on the consideration of all available evidence using a more likely than not standard with significant weight being given to evidence that can be objectively verified. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative losses, forecasts of future profitability, the length of statutory carryforward periods, our experience with operating losses and our experience of utilizing tax credit carryforwards and tax planning alternatives. We continue to maintain a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets at September 30, 2012 as we have determined that the weight of the negative evidence exceeds that of the positive evidence and it continues to be more likely than not that we will not be able to utilize all of our deferred tax assets and NOL carryovers.
At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we had a valuation allowance of $382.9 million and $397.4 million respectively, against deferred tax assets which include the tax benefit from NOL carryovers. Our future deferred tax asset realization depends on sufficient taxable income in the carryforward periods under existing tax laws. Federal net operating loss carryforwards may be used to offset future taxable income for 20 years and begin to expire in 2028. State net operating loss carryforwards may be used to offset future taxable income for a period of time ranging from 5 to 20 years, depending on the state, and begin to expire in 2013. On an ongoing basis, we will continue to review all available evidence to determine if and when we expect to realize our deferred tax assets and NOL carryovers.
As of September 30, 2012, we had $98.3 million of unrecognized tax benefits of which $98.3 million, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2011, we had $109.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits of which $109.0 million, if recognized, would have affected our effective tax rate.
As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 we had accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions of $18.3 million and $18.4 million, respectively, net of federal income tax benefits. We recorded $1.2 million of reversal of expense and $0.5 million of net expense for the three and nine months ending September 30, 2012 and $1.3 million and $4.5 million of net expense for the three and nine months ending September 30, 2011.
F-75
During the second quarter of fiscal year 2012, we reached a settlement of an I.R.S. audit of tax years 2005 to 2007, which reduced our income tax expense by $17.4 million. We believe it is reasonably possible that the total amount of remaining unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by $84.4 million within the next 12 months, as our appeal of our IRS audit is likely to be settled within that time period.
We are currently in appeals with the I.R.S. for the 2008 to 2009 Taylor Morrison returns and believe it is reasonably possible a settlement will be reached within the next twelve months regarding the Companys filing position regarding the carryback of net operating losses.
We are also currently under examination on our 2006 and 2007 California worldwide legacy Taylor Woodrow, plc. returns. The outcomes of the remaining examinations are not yet determinable. The statute of limitations for these examinations remains open with various expiration dates, the latest of which is September 15, 2013.
We currently are under exams and appeals for various periods beginning in 2000 for our Canadian operations with the Canada Revenue Authority, the outcome of which are not readily determinable at this time.
The Company has received an indemnity from the Predecessor Parent Company for certain tax matters where a liability is related to periods ending prior to December 31, 2010.
As a result of the Acquisition on July 13, 2011, the Company had a change in control as defined by IRC Section 382. IRC Section 382 imposes certain limitations on the Companys ability to utilize certain tax attributes and net unrealized built-in losses that existed as of July 13, 2011. The gross deferred tax asset represents amounts that may be considered to be net unrealized built-in losses. To the extent these net unrealized losses are realized during the five-year period after July 13, 2011, they may not be deductible for federal income tax reporting purposes to the extent they exceed the Companys overall Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Section 382 limitation.
11. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
From time to time, the Company may engage in transactions with entities that are affiliated with one or more of the Sponsors through either lending or equity ownership arrangements. Transactions with related parties are in the normal course of operations and executed at arms length as they are entered into at terms comparable to those with unrelated third parties. Real estate acquisition from such affiliates amounted to approximately $8.6 million and $30.0 million during the period from July 13, 2011 through September 30, 2011, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively.
Sponsor Loan Please see Note 8 for a detailed description of the Sponsor Loan and related transactions.
Management and Advisory Fees In connection with the Acquisition, affiliates of the Sponsors entered into a services agreement with Taylor Morrison and Monarch relating to the provision of financial and strategic advisory services and consulting services. We paid affiliates of the Sponsors a one-time transaction fee of $13.7 million for structuring the Acquisition. This amount was included in transaction expenses in the statements of operations during the quarter ended September 30, 2011. In addition, we pay ongoing fees for management services and advice. Fees for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 were $1.25 million and $3.8 million, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. $1.2 million in management fees were charged for the period from July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011(Successor).
In addition, in conjunction with the formation of TMM Holdings and in connection with the Acquisition, an affiliate of JHI entered into a partnership services agreement with TMM Holdings relating to the provision of certain services to TMM Holdings. In consideration of these services, TMM Holdings granted to the JH Investments affiliate an amount of partnership interests, subject to certain terms, conditions and restrictions contained in a unit award agreement and the TMM Holdings limited partnership agreement.
F-76
Canadian Operations Loans receivable due from joint ventures and partners in the joint ventures was $51.5 million and $42.1 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Accounts receivable due from joint ventures and partners in the joint venture was $0.0 and $24.0 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
Other income in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of income during the Predecessor Period includes $6.8 million of interest income received from funds on deposit with the Predecessor Parent Company.
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, RETIREMENT, AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS
U.S. Operations We maintain a defined contribution plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (401(k) Plan). Each eligible employee may elect to make before-tax contributions up to the current tax limits. We match 100% of employees voluntary contributions up to a maximum of 3.5% of eligible compensation. We contributed $0.3 million and $0.8 million and $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, to the 401(k) Plan for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
The Taylor Woodrow (USA) UK Supplementary Pension Plan is an unfunded, nonqualified pension plan for several individuals who transferred from our UK-related companies to the employment of Taylor Woodrow on or before October 1, 1995. The payments represent benefits accrued by these individuals for service with Taylor Woodrow prior to the employees participation in the U.S. pension plan minus any benefit accrued in any other pension-type benefit plans sponsored by or contributed to by a Taylor Woodrow Group-related company for the period of service prior to participation in the U.S. plan. In accordance with the plan document, the participants are entitled to a fixed monthly pension and a fixed survivor benefit after the age of 65. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we had accrued $1.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively, for our obligations under this plan that is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet.
We also maintain the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan (the U.S. Cash Balance Plan). This is a combined defined benefit plan arising from the 2007 merger of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes, Inc. All full-time employees are eligible to participate in this plan. The percent of our contribution is based on the participants age and ranges from 2% to 4% of eligible compensation, plus 1% of eligible compensation over the social security wage base. We made $286,000 and $869,000 in contributions to the plan for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. There were contributions of $255,000 and $450,000 for the period of July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to July 12, 2011, respectively. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the unfunded status of the plan was $9.1 million and $12.1 million, respectively.
Effective December 31, 2010, the U.S. Cash Balance Plan was amended to freeze participation so that no new or reemployed employees may become participants and to freeze all future benefit accruals to existing participants.
Canadian Operations Effective January 31, 2006, Monarch elected to convert the defined benefit provisions of the plan to defined contribution provisions for service beyond January 31, 2006. As part of this conversion, the plan members were given the option to convert their defined benefits accrued prior to February 1, 2006, to the defined contribution plan. As a result, Monarch maintains both a defined benefit plan (the Monarch Plan) and a defined contribution plan. Total expense for the defined contribution plan was $174,000 and $518,000 for the three and nine months ending September 30, 2012 and $35,000 and $111,000 for the period from July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011 and for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, respectively.
F-77
13. OPERATING AND REPORTING SEGMENTS
As defined in ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting , we have ten homebuilding operating divisions which we aggregate into three reporting regions. These segments are engaged in the business of acquiring and developing land, constructing homes, marketing and selling those homes, and providing warranty and customer service. We aggregate our operating segments into a reporting segment based on similar long-term economic characteristics and geographical proximity. The Company has no inter segment sales, as all sales are to external customers. In addition we include financial services as a separate segment. Our reporting segments are as follows:
West: (Domestic) | Arizona, California, and Colorado | |||
East: (Domestic) | Florida and Texas | |||
Canada: (Foreign) | Canada | |||
Financial Services: (Domestic) | Mortgage and Title Services |
Managements evaluation of segment performance is based on segment operating income/(loss), which we define as homebuilding and land revenue less cost of home construction, commissions and other sales costs, land development and other land sales costs and other costs incurred by or allocated to each segment, including impairments. Each reportable segment follows the same accounting policies described in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements. Operating results for each segment may not be indicative of the results for such segment had it been an independent, stand-alone entity. The following is our segment information (in thousands):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||||
Three Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
July 13, 2011
Through September 30, 2011 |
July 1, 2011
Through July 12, 2011 |
January 1,
2011 Through July 12, 2011 |
||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
West |
$ | 112,253 | $ | 277,789 | $ | 57,684 | $ | 2,038 | $ | 142,578 | ||||||||||
East |
117,961 | 355,429 | 90,936 | 4,553 | 192,847 | |||||||||||||||
Canada |
86,137 | 232,105 | 156,720 | 8,245 | 278,283 | |||||||||||||||
Financial services |
5,104 | 13,705 | 3,384 | 0 | 6,027 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenues |
321,455 | 879,028 | 308,724 | 14,836 | 619,735 | |||||||||||||||
Operating gross margin: |
||||||||||||||||||||
West |
21,970 | 45,738 | 8,027 | 242 | 20,071 | |||||||||||||||
East |
22,859 | 68,986 | 16,087 | 896 | 41,644 | |||||||||||||||
Canada |
27,087 | 59,062 | 36,009 | 2,595 | 70,326 | |||||||||||||||
Financial services |
2,108 | 6,038 | 1,312 | 0 | 2,209 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating margin |
74,024 | 179,824 | 61,435 | 3,733 | 134,250 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate and unallocated expenses (1) |
(32,215 | ) | (93,320 | ) | (29,592 | ) | (5,072 | ) | (75,869 | ) | ||||||||||
Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities, net |
5,770 | 13,557 | 488 | 274 | 2,803 | |||||||||||||||
Transaction expense |
| | (38,278 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||
Indemnification income (expense) |
1,334 | (10,936 | ) | 1,104 | | | ||||||||||||||
Interest and other (expense) income |
(1,597 | ) | (7,093 | ) | (66 | ) | (243 | ) | 9,717 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income before income taxes |
$ | 47,316 | $ | 82,032 | $ | (4,909 | ) | $ | (1,308 | ) | $ | 70,901 |
(1) | Represents selling and general administrative expenses which do not have a readily determinable metric to allocate to the segments |
F-78
September 30, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
West | East | Canada |
Corporate
and Unallocated |
Financial
SUCS |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
Inventory and land deposits |
$ | 598,977 | $ | 415,586 | $ | 273,127 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 1,287,690 | |||||||||||||
Investments in unconsolidated entities |
0 | 783 | 76,732 | 0 | 472 | 77,987 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
31,185 | 64,823 | 258,967 | 385,414 | 50,233 | 790,622 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 630,162 | $ | 481,192 | $ | 608,826 | $ | 385,414 | 50,705 | $ | 2,156,299 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
December 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
West | East | Canada |
Corporate
and Unallocated |
Financial
SUCS |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
Inventory and land deposits |
$ | 414,046 | $ | 378,070 | $ | 224,931 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 1,017,047 | |||||||||||||
Investments in unconsolidated entities |
0 | 2,789 | 34,379 | 0 | 472 | 37,640 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
22,683 | 46,148 | 288,670 | 215,241 | 43,638 | 616,380 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 436,729 | $ | 427,007 | $ | 547,980 | $ | 215,241 | 44,110 | $ | 1,671,067 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Legal Proceedings Between 2008 and 2012, we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in several of our communities, primarily in west Florida homes, which were generally delivered between May 2006 and November 2007. The estimated cost of repair for affected homes that we have inspected is included in our warranty reserve. Taylor Morrison is continuing its investigation of homes to determine whether there are additional homes, not yet inspected, with defective Chinese-made drywall. If the outcome of Taylor Morrisons inspection identifies more homes with defective Chinese-made drywall than we have currently identified, it may require an increase in Taylor Morrisons warranty reserve in the future. Taylor Morrison is seeking reimbursement from its subcontractors, suppliers, insurers, and manufacturers for costs that Taylor Morrison has incurred to investigate and repair homes with defective Chinese-made drywall. We believe that adequate provision for costs associated with the repair of homes currently known to have defective Chinese-made drywall has been made and that these costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Between 2000 and 2007, we acquired lots and constructed homes on 316 lots in a master planned community known as Vista Lakes near Orlando, Florida. Of the 316 lots, 55 are adjacent to a formerly used defense site, which was used as a World War II bombing range. Upon the purchase of the 316 finished lots from a nonrelated master plan developer, Taylor Morrison was unaware of the use of the adjacent property as a formerly used defense site. In 2007 and 2008, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers conducted an investigation in portions of the Vista Lakes master plan to determine the existence of munitions within the master plan. Two inert World War II practice bombs were found on lots owned by another unrelated party but near the 55 lots sold by Taylor Morrison. No munitions were found on any of the 55 lots inspected by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, although the methodology for the investigation did not include analysis of potential munitions beneath the slabs of existing homes. In 2007 and 2008, homeowners filed two lawsuits against Taylor Morrison for failure to disclose the former use of the adjacent property, seeking rescission of the purchase of their homes, diminution in value, and other damages. One suit is a consolidated action with 97 homeowners. The other lawsuit by two homeowners seeks class action certification and was amended in 2009 to also name TMHF as a defendant. Taylor Morrison has settled both the purported class action case and the consolidated action with 97 individual homeowners; however, the consolidated action with 97 homeowners is subject to approval of each individual plaintiff and the purported class action settlement is subject to court approval and if the class action settlement is approved by the court, homeowners will have the right to opt out of the settlement. We believe that the final disposition of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on our business or on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
F-79
Additionally, we are involved in various other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, some of which are covered by insurance. We have accrued for losses that we believe are probable of being incurred with respect to legal claims and at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011; we had legal accruals of $7.4 million and $17.8 million, respectively. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 we reversed $1.9 and $9.0 million, respectively, of those accruals through the statement of income as the advancement of cases required less reserves. We believe that the disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business or on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
15. MORTGAGE COMPANY LOAN FACILITIES
In December 2010, TMHF, the Companys wholly owned mortgage subsidiary, entered into an agreement with Flagstar bank (the Flagstar agreement), as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named therein. The purpose of the Flagstar agreement is to finance the origination of up to $30 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits. Borrowings under the facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing . The Flagstar agreement is terminable by either party with 30 days notice and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.5%, with a minimum floor of 4%. Borrowings under this facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to participating lenders in the Flagstar agreement, or to other buyers subject to certain sublimits and with a temporary accordion feature subject to approval by Flagstar, which allows for borrowings in excess of the total availability under the facility. The time period from borrowing to repayment is typically less than 20 business days.
In December of 2011, TMHF entered into an agreement with Comerica Bank, (the Comerica agreement) as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named within. The line has the capacity to finance up to $15.0 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF. The Comerica Facility bears interest at a rate of Daily Adjusting LIBOR plus 2.5% with a minimum floor of 3.95%. Borrowings under the Comerica Facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to approved lenders participating in the Comerica Facility.
At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, there were $27.7 million and $32.7 million in outstanding borrowings under the Flagstar agreement, and $8.2 million and $0 outstanding borrowings under the Comerica agreement, which are collateralized by mortgage receivables of $38.9 million and $34.0 million, respectively, and $2.0 million of restricted short-term investments in certificate of deposits known as Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS), which are included in restricted cash in the accompanying unaudited consolidated and combined balance sheet. We considered the carrying value of our mortgage borrowings to approximate fair value due to their short term nature.
16. CAPITAL STRUCTURE
Class A Units
The following is the activity for the Class A Units during the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012 (amounts in thousands except unit data):
Number of units | Amount | |||||||
As of December 31, 2011 |
623,619,973 | $ | 623,620 | |||||
Issuance of Class A Units |
138,553,052 | 152,408 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
As of September 30, 2012 |
762,173,025 | $ | 776,028 | |||||
|
|
|
|
F-80
Equity-Based Compensation Class M
The following is the activity for the Class M Units during the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012:
M Units (Time Vesting Units) |
Number of
Awards |
Grant
Date Fair Value (Weighted Average) |
||||||
As of December 31, 2011 |
16,992,500 | 0.30 | ||||||
Granted |
7,596,429 | 0.64 | ||||||
Forfeited |
(2,062,500 | ) | 0.30 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
As of September 30, 2012 |
22,526,429 | $ | 0.41 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Class M Units (Performance Vesting Units) |
Number of
Awards |
Grant
Date Fair Value (Weighted Average) |
||||||
As of December 31, 2011 |
6,725,000 | 0.26 | ||||||
Granted |
2,558,571 | 0.57 | ||||||
Forfeited |
(825,000 | ) | 0.26 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
As of September 30, 2012 |
8,458,571 | $ | 0.35 | |||||
|
|
|
|
3,542,500 Time Vesting Class M Units with an aggregate grant date fair value of $1,062,750 vested during the period ended September 30, 2012. Time Vesting Class M Units which are outstanding and unvested as of September 30, 2012 have an aggregate grant date fair value of $7,682,964. Compensation expense of $4,649,644 for those units is expected to be recorded over a weighted average period of 4.5 years.
No Performance Vesting Class M Units vested during the period ended September 30, 2012. Performance Vesting Class M Units which are outstanding and unvested as of September 30, 2012 have an aggregate grant date fair value of 2,775,386. Compensation expense for those units will be recorded when the performance conditions are met.
Equity-Based Awards to Non-Employees-Class J
The Class J Units are subject to time and performance metrics that have not yet been met as of September 30, 2012. No Class J Units have vested as of September 30, 2012. There were no issuances or forfeitures of Class J units during the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012.
Equity-based compensation- Fair value
The Company accounts for equity-based compensation in accordance with the fair value provisions of ASC 718. Compensation Stock Compensation. Principals of option pricing theory were used to calculate the fair value of the subject grants. Under this methodology, the Companys various classes of Units are modeled as call options with distinct claims on the assets of the Company. The characteristics of the Unit classes, as determined by the unit agreements and the Companys limited partnership agreements, determine the uniqueness of each Units claim on the Companys assets relative to each other and the other components of the Companys capital structure. Periodic valuations are performed in order to properly recognize equity-based compensation expense.
During 2012, the Companys periodic business enterprise valuations increased as a result of the following significant factors:
|
Additional capital contributions associated with the conversion of the Senior Debt to Legacy Class A Units and associated management purchases of Legacy Class A Units, discussed above; |
F-81
|
Issuance of Senior Notes; |
|
Increases in multiples of book value of invested capital for several of the Companys comparable publicly-traded peers; and |
|
Greater visibility and likelihood, over the course of the period, with respect to the prospects for marketability of the Companys equity securities. |
The equity unit valuations during 2012 included the following key assumptions in the determination of grant date fair value, summarized as follows:
January 1, 2012 to
September 30, 2012 |
||
Implied Equity Volatility |
55% | |
Expected Dividends |
None | |
Risk-free Rate |
0.9% | |
Expected term |
4.5 years |
17. EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER UNIT
Basic and diluted earnings/ (loss) per unit for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (successor) were calculated as follows (in thousands, except per unit amounts):
Three Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2012 |
July 13, 2011
Through September 30, 2011 |
||||||||||
Basic weighted average number of Class A units outstanding |
762,173 | 710,089 | 620,320 | |||||||||
Effect of dilutive securities: |
||||||||||||
| | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Dilutive average shares outstanding |
762,173 | 710,089 | 620,320 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net Income/ (loss) attributable to owners |
$ | 42,603 | $ | 81,757 | $ | (14,275 | ) | |||||
Net Income/(loss) attributable to other participating securities |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to Class A units |
$ | 42,603 | $ | 81,757 | $ | (14,275 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Basic earnings/(loss) per Class A unit |
$ | 0.06 | $ | 0.12 | $ | (0.02 | ) | |||||
Diluted earnings/(loss) per Class A unit |
$ | 0.06 | $ | 0.12 | $ | (0.02 | ) |
18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Management has evaluated subsequent events through December 4, 2012 the date the unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements were available to be issued, and noted that the Canadian lines of credit with The Toronto Dominion Bank and HSBC Bank Canada have been renewed at substantially the same terms and conditions as the expiring lines and the maturity date for both facilities is June 30, 2013. Management has also evaluated subsequent events through January 15, 2013 and identified that on December 31, 2012, Taylor Morrison, Inc., through its subsidiary Darling Homes of Texas, LLC, acquired the assets of Darling Interests, Inc. (Darling), a Texas-based homebuilder. Darling builds homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and Greater Houston Area markets. The consideration for the acquisition of the Darling assets included an initial cash payment of $115.0 million, which is subject to post-closing adjustment under certain circumstances. A portion of this amount was financed by $50.0 million of borrowings under our Credit Facility. Approximately $26.0 million of additional consideration for the acquisition was financed by the sellers. Subsequent payments of up to an aggregate of $50.0 million, plus 5% of any cumulative EBIT (or earnings before interest and taxes) above $221.5 million over the four year period following December 31, 2012, may be made to the sellers pursuant to an earnout arrangement.
F-82
As of December 31, 2012, we increased the total amount of commitments under the Credit Facility from $125.0 million to $225.0 million and borrowed $50.0 million under the Credit Facility to finance in part the acquisition of Darling.
No other subsequent events would require recognition in the unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements or disclosure in the notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.
F-83
Shares
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
Credit Suisse | Citigroup |
Deutsche Bank Securities | Goldman, Sachs & Co. | J.P. Morgan | Zelman Partners LLC |
Through and including , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. | Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution. |
Amount | ||||
Registration fee |
$ | 68,200 | ||
FINRA filing fee |
38,000 | |||
Stock exchange fee |
* | |||
Transfer agents fees |
* | |||
Printing and engraving expenses |
* | |||
Legal fees and expenses |
* | |||
Accounting fees and expenses |
* | |||
Miscellaneous |
* | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | * | ||
|
|
Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the Registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, is an estimate.
* | To be included by amendment. |
Item 14. | Indemnification of Directors and Officers. |
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the Registrant. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Registrants Bylaws provide for indemnification by the Registrant of its directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrants Certificate of Incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.
The Registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to the Registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the Registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.
The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of directors and officers of the Registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.
We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.
II-1
Item 15. | Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. |
On November 15, 2012 the registrant issued 1,000 shares of Class A common stock to certain of the Principal Equityholders for aggregate consideration of $1,000. The shares of Class A common stock described above were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering.
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions described under Organizational Structure in the accompanying prospectus, the registrant will issue an aggregate of shares of its Class B common stock to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. The shares of Class B common stock described above will be issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis that the transaction will not involve a public offering. No underwriters will be involved in the transaction.
Item 16. | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules. |
(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:
Exhibit
|
Description |
|
1 | Form of Underwriting Agreement* | |
3.1 | Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation* | |
3.2 | Amended and Restated Bylaws of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation* | |
4.1 | Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2012, relating to Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc.s and Monarch Communities Inc.s 7.750% Senior Notes due 2020, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Communities Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.2 | Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation* | |
5 | Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP* | |
10.1 | Credit Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent | |
10.1(a) | Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent | |
10.1(b) | First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent | |
10.1(c) | Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent | |
10.2 | Registration Rights Agreement* | |
10.3 |
Limited Partnership Agreement of New TMM* |
|
10.4 | Form of Indemnification Agreement* | |
10.5 | Exchange Agreement* | |
10.6 | Stockholders Agreement* | |
10.7 | Employment Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Sheryl Palmer* |
II-2
Exhibit
|
Description |
|
10.8 | First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 17, 2012, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Sheryl Palmer* | |
10.9 | Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Stephen Wethor* | |
10.10 | Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Tawn Kelley* | |
10.11 | Form of Restrictive Covenants Agreement with Taylor Morrison, Inc.* | |
10.12 | TMM Holdings Limited Partnership 2011 Management Incentive Plan* | |
10.13 | Form of Class M Unit Agreement for use with the TMM Holdings Limited Partnership 2011 Management Incentive Plan* | |
10.14 | Taylor Morrison 2013 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan* | |
10.15 | Taylor Morrison Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan* | |
10.16 | Form of Reorganization Agreement* | |
10.17 | Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc. Governance Agreement* | |
10.18 | Monarch Communities Inc. Governance Agreement* | |
21.1 | Subsidiaries of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation | |
23.1 | Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP | |
23.2 | Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5)* | |
24.1 | Power of Attorney |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
| Previously filed. |
(b) Financial Statement Schedules:
See our Consolidated Financial Statements starting on page F-1. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required, are inapplicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements, and have therefore been omitted.
Item 17. | Undertakings |
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing date specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-3
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Scottsdale, State of Arizona, on the 13th day of February, 2013.
T AYLOR M ORRISON H OME C ORPORATION | ||||
By: |
/s/ Sheryl Palmer |
|||
Name: | Sheryl Palmer | |||
Title: | President and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities, in the locations and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||
/s/ Sheryl Palmer |
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) |
February 13, 2013 |
||
Sheryl Palmer | ||||
/s/ C. David Cone |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) |
February 13, 2013 |
||
C. David Cone | ||||
* |
Director |
February 13, 2013 |
||
John Brady | ||||
* |
Director |
February 13, 2013 |
||
Kelvin Davis | ||||
* |
Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors |
February 13, 2013 |
||
Timothy R. Eller | ||||
* |
Director |
February 13, 2013 |
||
Joe S. Houssian | ||||
* |
Director |
February 13, 2013 |
||
Jason Keller | ||||
* |
Director |
February 13, 2013 |
||
Greg Kranias | ||||
* |
Director |
February 13, 2013 |
||
Peter Lane | ||||
* |
Director |
February 13, 2013 |
||
R. Michael Miller | ||||
* |
Director |
February 13, 2013 |
||
Rajath Shourie |
*By: |
/s/ Darrell C. Sherman |
|
Name: | Darrell C. Sherman, Attorney-in-Fact |
II-4
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
|
Description |
|
1 | Form of Underwriting Agreement* | |
3.1 | Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation* | |
3.2 | Amended and Restated Bylaws of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation* | |
4.1 | Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2012, relating to Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc.s and Monarch Communities Inc.s 7.750% Senior Notes due 2020, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Communities Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee | |
4.2 | Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation* | |
5 | Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP* | |
10.1 | Credit Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent | |
10.1(a) | Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent | |
10.1(b) | First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent | |
10.1(c) | Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent | |
10.2 | Registration Rights Agreement* | |
10.3 |
Limited Partnership Agreement of New TMM* |
|
10.4 | Form of Indemnification Agreement* | |
10.5 | Exchange Agreement* | |
10.6 | Stockholders Agreement* | |
10.7 | Employment Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Sheryl Palmer* | |
10.8 | First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 17, 2012, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Sheryl Palmer* | |
10.9 | Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Stephen Wethor* | |
10.10 | Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Tawn Kelley* |
II-5
Exhibit
|
Description |
|
10.11 | Form of Restrictive Covenants Agreement with Taylor Morrison, Inc* | |
10.12 | TMM Holdings Limited Partnership 2011 Management Incentive Plan* | |
10.13 | Form of Class M Unit Agreement for use with the TMM Holdings Limited Partnership 2011 Management Incentive Plan* | |
10.14 | Taylor Morrison 2013 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan* | |
10.15 | Taylor Morrison Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan* | |
10.16 | Form of Reorganization Agreement* | |
10.17 | Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc. Governance Agreement* | |
10.18 | Monarch Communities Inc. Governance Agreement* | |
21.1 | Subsidiaries of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation | |
23.1 | Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP | |
23.2 | Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5)* | |
24.1 | Power of Attorney |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
| Previously filed. |
II-6
Exhibit 10.1
EXECUTION COPY
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of
July 13, 2011
Among
TAYLOR WOODROW HOLDINGS (USA) INC.,
as U.S. Borrower
MONARCH CORPORATION
(as amalgamated with TAYLOR WIMPEY HOLDINGS OF CANADA, LIMITED and with
2279154 ONTARIO INC.),
as Canadian Borrower
TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
as Holdings
0913741 B.C. LTD.,
as Canada Holdings
0914457 B.C. LTD.,
as Canada Intermediate Holdings
AYLESBURY ACQUISITION PARENT, INC.,
as U.S. Holdings
THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,
as Lenders
and
CREDIT SUISSE AG,
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender
and Issuing Bank
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
and HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
$75,000,000 REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
[CSM Ref. No. 5865-752]
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page |
||||
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS |
||||
1.1 |
Certain Defined Terms |
2 | ||
1.2 |
Defined Terms; Accounting Terms; Utilization of GAAP for Purposes of Calculations Under Agreement |
46 | ||
1.3 |
Exchange Rates |
47 | ||
SECTION 2. AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND LOANS |
47 | |||
2.1 |
Commitments; Loans |
47 | ||
2.2 |
Interest on the Loans |
54 | ||
2.3 |
Fees |
58 | ||
2.4 |
Repayments and Prepayments; General Provisions Regarding Payments |
59 | ||
2.5 |
Use of Proceeds |
63 | ||
2.6 |
Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans |
63 | ||
2.7 |
Increased Costs; Taxes |
65 | ||
2.8 |
Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders |
69 | ||
2.9 |
Loan Modification Offers |
70 | ||
SECTION 3. LETTERS OF CREDIT |
71 | |||
3.1 |
Issuance of Letters of Credit and Lenders Purchase of Participations Therein |
71 | ||
3.2 |
Letter of Credit Fees |
74 | ||
3.3 |
Drawings and Payments and Reimbursement of Amounts Drawn or Paid Under Letters of Credit |
74 | ||
3.4 |
Obligations Absolute |
76 | ||
3.5 |
Nature of Issuing Banks Duties |
77 | ||
SECTION 4. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS |
78 | |||
4.1 |
Conditions to Effectiveness |
78 | ||
4.2 |
Conditions to All Loans |
81 | ||
4.3 |
Conditions to Letters of Credit |
82 | ||
SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
82 | |||
5.1 |
Corporate Status; Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability; Subsidiaries |
82 | ||
5.2 |
No Violation; Governmental Approvals; Collateral Documents |
83 | ||
5.3 |
Financial Statements |
84 |
i | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
5.4 |
No Material Adverse Change |
85 | ||
5.5 |
Title to Properties; Liens; Real Property; Intellectual Property |
85 | ||
5.6 |
Litigation; Compliance with Laws |
85 | ||
5.7 |
Payment of Taxes |
86 | ||
5.8 |
Governmental Regulation |
86 | ||
5.9 |
Compliance with ERISA and Similar Applicable Law |
86 | ||
5.10 |
Environmental Matters |
87 | ||
5.11 |
Employee Matters |
88 | ||
5.12 |
Solvency |
88 | ||
5.13 |
[Reserved] |
88 | ||
5.14 |
True and Complete Disclosure |
88 | ||
5.15 |
Sanctioned Persons |
88 | ||
5.16 |
Insurance |
88 | ||
SECTION 6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
89 | |||
6.1 |
Financial Statements and Other Reports |
89 | ||
6.2 |
Consolidated Corporate Franchises |
93 | ||
6.3 |
Payment of Taxes |
94 | ||
6.4 |
Maintenance of Properties; Insurance |
94 | ||
6.5 |
Inspection; Books and Records |
95 | ||
6.6 |
Compliance with Statutes |
95 | ||
6.7 |
Execution of Guaranty and Collateral Documents by Future Subsidiaries |
96 | ||
6.8 |
Further Assurances |
97 | ||
6.9 |
Transactions with Affiliates |
98 | ||
6.10 |
End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters |
99 | ||
6.11 |
Use of Proceeds |
99 | ||
6.12 |
Changes in Business |
99 | ||
6.13 |
Designation of Subsidiaries |
100 | ||
6.14 |
Ratings |
100 | ||
6.15 |
USA PATRIOT ACT |
100 | ||
SECTION 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
100 | |||
7.1 |
Indebtedness |
101 | ||
7.2 |
Limitation on Liens, etc. |
108 | ||
7.3 |
Investments; Joint Ventures |
114 | ||
7.4 |
Restricted Payments |
117 | ||
7.5 |
Financial Covenants |
120 | ||
7.6 |
Restriction on Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales |
120 | ||
7.7 |
Sale Leasebacks |
125 | ||
7.8 |
Passive Holding Entities |
126 | ||
7.9 |
Limitation on Debt Payments and Amendments |
126 | ||
7.10 |
Equity Interests of the Co-Borrowers and Restricted Subsidiaries |
127 |
ii | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
128 | |||
8.1 |
Failure to Make Payments When Due |
128 | ||
8.2 |
Default in Other Agreements |
128 | ||
8.3 |
Breach of Certain Covenants |
128 | ||
8.4 |
Breach of Warranty |
129 | ||
8.5 |
Bankruptcy, etc. |
129 | ||
8.6 |
Subordination and Intercreditor Matters |
129 | ||
8.7 |
Judgments and Attachments |
130 | ||
8.8 |
Employee Benefit Plans |
130 | ||
8.9 |
Change in Control |
130 | ||
8.10 |
Invalidity of the Guaranty |
131 | ||
8.11 |
Failure of Security |
131 | ||
8.12 |
Borrowers Right to Cure |
132 | ||
SECTION 9. AGENTS |
133 | |||
9.1 |
Appointment |
133 | ||
9.2 |
Rights as a Lender |
134 | ||
9.3 |
Exculpatory Provisions |
134 | ||
9.4 |
Reliance by the Agents |
135 | ||
9.5 |
Delegation of Duties |
135 | ||
9.6 |
Resignation of Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent; Successor Swing Line Lender |
136 | ||
9.7 |
Collateral Documents; Successor Collateral Agent |
137 | ||
9.8 |
Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders |
137 | ||
9.9 |
Duties of Other Named Entities |
137 | ||
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS |
138 | |||
10.1 |
Assignments and Participations in Loans |
138 | ||
10.2 |
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver |
142 | ||
10.3 |
Right of Set-Off |
144 | ||
10.4 |
Sharing of Payments by Lenders |
144 | ||
10.5 |
Amendments and Waivers |
145 | ||
10.6 |
Independence of Covenants |
147 | ||
10.7 |
Notices |
147 | ||
10.8 |
Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements |
148 | ||
10.9 |
Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative |
148 | ||
10.10 |
Marshalling; Payments Set Aside |
148 | ||
10.11 |
Severability |
148 | ||
10.12 |
Obligations Several; Independent Nature of the Lenders Rights |
148 | ||
10.13 |
Maximum Amount |
149 | ||
10.14 |
Headings |
149 | ||
10.15 |
Applicable Law |
150 | ||
10.16 |
Successors and Assigns |
150 |
iii | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
10.17 |
Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process |
150 | ||
10.18 |
Waiver of Jury Trial |
151 | ||
10.19 |
Confidentiality |
151 | ||
10.20 |
Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution |
152 | ||
10.21 |
USA Patriot Act Notification |
153 | ||
10.22 |
Agency of the U.S. Borrower for each other Loan Party |
154 | ||
10.23 |
No Fiduciary Duties |
154 | ||
10.24 |
Judgment Currency |
155 | ||
10.25 |
Additional Borrowing Subsidiaries |
155 |
EXHIBITS
I | FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING | |
II | FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION | |
III | FORM OF NOTICE OF ISSUANCE OF LETTER OF CREDIT | |
IV-A | FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE | |
IV-B | FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE | |
V | FORM OF GUARANTY | |
VI | FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT | |
VII | FORM OF MORTGAGE | |
VIII | FORM OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT | |
IX-A | FORM OF OFFICERS CERTIFICATE OF HOLDINGS | |
IX-B | FORM OF OFFICERS CERTIFICATE OF THE CO-BORROWERS | |
X | FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT | |
XI | INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT SUMMARY OF TERMS | |
XII | FORM OF BORROWING SUBSIDIARY AGREEMENT | |
XIII | FORM OF BORROWING SUBSIDIARY TERMINATION | |
XIV | FORM OF AFFILIATE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT | |
XV | FORM OF GLOBAL INTERCOMPANY NOTE (GRANTOR PAYOR/ GRANTOR PAYEE) | |
XVI | FORM OF GLOBAL INTERCOMPANY NOTE (NON-GRANTOR PAYOR/GRANTOR PAYEE) |
SCHEDULES
1.1 | MORTGAGED PROPERTIES | |
1.2 | PERMITTED POST-CLOSING DEBT RESTRUCTURING | |
1.3 | ARIZONA EXCLUDED REAL PROPERTY | |
2.1 | COMMITMENTS | |
4.1B | MORTGAGE FILING OFFICES | |
4.1E | LOCAL COUNSELS | |
5.1C | SUBSIDIARIES OF HOLDINGS | |
5.5B | OWNED U.S. REAL PROPERTY | |
5.16 | INSURANCE | |
6.9 | TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES | |
7.1A | CERTAIN EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS | |
7.2 | CERTAIN EXISTING LIENS | |
7.3 | CERTAIN EXISTING INVESTMENTS |
iv | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT is dated as of July 13, 2011 and entered into by and among TAYLOR WOODROW HOLDINGS (USA) INC., a Delaware corporation (the U.S. Borrower ), as co-borrower, MONARCH CORPORATION, an Ontario corporation, as amalgamated with TAYLOR WIMPEY HOLDINGS OF CANADA, LIMITED, a company continued under the laws of the province of Ontario and with 2279154 ONTARIO INC., an Ontario corporation (the Canadian Borrower and, together with the U.S. Borrower, the Co-Borrowers ), TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP , a British Columbia limited partnership ( Holdings ), 0913741 B.C. LTD., a company continued under the laws of the province of British Columbia ( Canada Holdings ), 0914457 B.C. LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of the province of British Columbia ( Canada Intermediate Holdings ), AYLESBURY ACQUISITION PARENT, INC., a Delaware corporation ( U.S. Holdings ), THE BANKS, FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND OTHER ENTITIES LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF (each individually referred to herein as a Lender and collectively as Lenders ) and CREDIT SUISSE AG , as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the Administrative Agent ), as collateral agent (in such capacity, the Collateral Agent ), as swing line lender (in such capacity, the Swing Line Lender ) and as Issuing Bank.
R E C I T A L S
A. WHEREAS, capitalized terms used and not defined in these recitals shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Section 1.1;
B. WHEREAS, the Co-Borrowers have requested (a) the Lenders to extend credit in the form of Revolving Loans at any time and from time to time prior to the Commitment Termination Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of $75,000,000, (b) the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit in an aggregate Stated Amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of $75,000,000 and (c) the Swing Line Lender to extend credit, at any time and from time to time prior to the Commitment Termination Date, in the form of Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000;
C. WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and the Swing Line Loans shall be used, and Letters of Credit shall be issued, solely for the purposes set forth in Section 2.5; and
D. WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to extend such credit to the Co-Borrowers, and the Issuing Banks are willing to issue Letters of Credit for the accounts of the Co-Borrowers, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
CREDIT AGREEMENT
SECTION 1.
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Certain Defined Terms.
The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:
Acquired Asset means any asset (including any owned real estate or improvements thereto (but not any leased real property) or any interest therein) with a Book Value or Fair Market Value in excess of $250,000 (other than assets constituting Collateral under the Security Agreement that become subject to the Lien of the Security Agreement upon acquisition thereof or assets subject to a Lien granted pursuant to Section 7.2A(iii)) that are of the nature secured by the Security Agreement or any Mortgage, as the case may be.
Acquisition means (i) the acquisition by US Acquisitionco of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA) Inc. and (ii) the acquisition by 2279154 Ontario, Inc. from Taylor Wimpey plc of Taylor Wimpey Holdings of Canada, Limited and the amalgamations thereafter resulting in the Canadian Borrower becoming the successor of Monarch Corporation, Taylor Wimpey Holdings of Canada, Limited and 2279154 Ontario Inc., in each case in accordance with and pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement.
Acquisition Material Adverse Effect means any change, effect, event, occurrence, state of facts or development (taking into account any third party insurance) that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on (a) the business, properties, assets or results of operations of the NA Group, taken as a whole, except to the extent any such effect results from (i) the negotiation, execution, performance or announcement of the Stock Purchase Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, including the impact of any of the foregoing on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with customers, suppliers, joint venture co-owners, counterparties, partners or employees, (ii) any action taken at the written request of the Parent Buyer, (iii) the identity of, or the effects of any facts or circumstances relating to, the Buyers or their Affiliates, (iv) any failure of the NA Group to meet any projections or forecasts (it being understood that the underlying causes of such failure may, if they are not otherwise excluded from the definition of Acquisition Material Adverse Effect, be taken into account in determining whether an Acquisition Material Adverse Effect has occurred), (v) any changes or conditions affecting the homebuilding industry generally in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, Texas or Ontario, (vi) any earthquake, hurricane, tornado or other natural or weather-related disaster, (vii) the commencement, escalation or worsening of a war or armed hostilities or the occurrence of acts of terrorism or sabotage, (viii) any changes in the United States, Canadian or global economy or capital, financial, credit, mortgage or securities markets generally, including changes in interest or exchange rates, (ix) any changes in legal, economic, regulatory or political conditions generally in the geographic regions where the NA Group Companies or Joint Venture Affiliates operate or own or lease any property or (x) changes in Applicable Law or any accounting standards or interpretation thereof, which in the case of clauses (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix) and (x) only, do not disproportionately affect the NA Group, taken as a whole, relative to other participants in the homebuilding industry in the United States and Canada, and (b) the Sellers ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. Capitalized terms used in this definition of Acquisition Material Adverse Effect shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Stock Purchase Agreement.
2 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Additional Facilities Amount means $50,000,000; provided that to the extent any additional Commitments with a maturity date later than the Commitment Termination Date are made pursuant to Section 2.1 A(iii) concurrently with a permanent reduction pursuant to Section 2.4A(ii) in the Commitments existing immediately prior to such time, the Additional Facilities Amount shall be deemed increased by the lesser of (i) the amount of such additional Commitments and (ii) the amount of such permanent reduction.
Administrative Agent has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.
Administrative Questionnaire means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
Affected Class has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.5A.
Affected Lender has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.6C.
Affected Loans has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.6C.
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. The term Control means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. The terms Controlling and Controlled have meanings correlative thereto.
Agents means the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.
Agreement means this Credit Agreement dated as of July 13, 2011, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Amended Canadian Surviving Debt Documents means (1) the Consent Letter, dated July 12, 2011, executed and delivered by The Toronto Dominion Bank, as lender, in respect of that certain Facility Letter, dated June 27, 2011, by and between The Toronto Dominion Bank, as lender, and Monarch Corporation, as borrower and (2) the Facility Letter dated July 11, 2011, between HSBC Bank Canada, as lender, and Monarch Corporation, as borrower.
Applicable Laws means, as to any Person, any law (including common law), statute, regulation, ordinance, rule, order, decree, judgment, consent decree, writ, injunction, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted, promulgated or imposed or entered into or agreed by any Governmental Authority (including the USA PATRIOT Act, ERISA and laws relating to Foreign Plans and obligations), in each case applicable to or binding on such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.
3 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Applicable Margin means, for any day, with respect to: (a) any Eurodollar Rate Loan or any CDOR Rate Loan, 3.25% per annum, and (b) any Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, 2.25% per annum.
Approved Fund means any Fund or similar investment vehicle that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
Arrangers means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.
Asset Sale means any Disposition (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business) by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person (other than the Loan Parties) of any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, Capital Stock (including, Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Holdings), but excluding (a) sales (including bulk sales), leases, assignments, conveyances, transfers or other dispositions (including exchanges or swaps) of amenities, homes, Model Home Units, land, other real property, inventory or goods, in each case held for sale or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of a Real Estate Business; (b) Dispositions arising out of, or the granting of, any options or rights of first refusal to purchase real property granted to the master developer or the seller of real property that arise as a result of the non-use or non-development of such real property by a Loan Party; (c) sales, assignments, conveyances, transfers or other dispositions of obsolete or worn out assets in the ordinary course of a Real Estate Business; (d) the creation of Permitted Encumbrances and dispositions in connection with, or pursuant to the exercise of remedies under, Permitted Encumbrances; (e) licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of a Real Estate Business; (f) sales of Cash Equivalents; (g) immaterial Dispositions (including lot line adjustments) of portions of any Real Estate for dedication to the public or otherwise in connection with the development of Real Estate; (h) immaterial Dispositions for the purpose of resolving any encroachment issues and (i) the dissolution, liquidation or other Disposition of any Liquidating Subsidiary or any Closed-Out Subsidiary.
Assignment Agreement means an assignment and assumption agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit X annexed hereto or in such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.
Attributable Indebtedness means, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.
Bankruptcy Code means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled Bankruptcy, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and the Companies Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), in each case as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statutes.
Base Rate means, at any time, the highest of (a) the Prime Rate, (b) the rate which is 0.5% in excess of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (c) the Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) for a deposit in dollars with a maturity of one month plus 1%; provided that, solely for purposes of the foregoing, the Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for any day shall be calculated using the Eurodollar Base Rate based on the rate set forth on such day at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London lime) by reference to the
4 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in U.S. Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent which has been nominated by the British Bankers Association as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to one month; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the Eurodollar Base Rate shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in U.S. Dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Reference Lenders at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day. If any of the Reference Lenders shall be unable or shall otherwise fail to supply such rates to the Administrative Agent upon its request, the rate of interest shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Lenders.
Base Rate Loans means Loans bearing interest at rates determined by reference to the Base Rate as provided in Section 2.2A.
Board means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).
Book Value means, with respect to any asset of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, the book value thereof as reflected in the most recently delivered Section 6.1 Financials (or if such asset has been acquired after the date of such Section 6.1 Financials or during the period prior to the first time the Section 6.1 Financials are required to be delivered, the then current book value thereof as reasonably determined by Holdings in good faith consistent with past practices).
Borrowers means the U.S. Borrower, the Canadian Borrower and any additional Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower that becomes a Borrower under this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.25.
Borrowing Minimum means $1,000,000 or C$1,000,000, as applicable.
Borrowing Multiple means $500,000 or C$500,000, as applicable.
Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided that, (a) with respect to matters relating to Eurodollar Rate Loans, the term Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or London, England, are authorized or required by law to close and (b) when used in connection with any Canadian Loan or any Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit, the term Business Day shall also (i) exclude any day on which banks are not open for business in Toronto and (ii) include any day on which banks are open for business in Toronto.
Calculation Date has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.5A.
Canada Holdings has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.
Canada Intermediate Holdings has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.
5 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Canadian Borrower has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.
Canadian Dollars or C$ means the lawful currency of Canada.
Canadian Dollar Equivalent means, on any date of determination with respect to an amount in Dollars, the equivalent thereof in Canadian Dollars, determined by the Administrative Agent using the Exchange Rate then in effect pursuant to Section 1.3.
Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit means any Letter of Credit denominated in Canadian Dollars.
Canadian LC Disbursement means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit.
Canadian LC Exposure means, at any time, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the sum of (a) the aggregate Stated Amount of all Canadian Dollar Letters of Credit that remain available for drawing at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of all Canadian LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrowers at such time. The Canadian LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total Canadian LC Exposure at such time.
Canadian Loan means any Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars.
Canadian Pension Plan means a registered pension plan as that term is defined in subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada).
Canadian Prime Rate means, on any day, the annual rate of interest equal to the greater of: (a) the annual rate of interest determined from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in Toronto, Ontario (or such other office selected by the Administrative Agent in which its Canadian lending operations are conducted) on such day for interest rates on Canadian Dollar-denominated commercial loans made in Canada; and (b) the sum of (i) the yearly interest rate to which the one-month CDOR Rate is equivalent in effect on such day and (ii) 1.0%.
Canadian Prime Rate Loan means a Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars the rate of interest applicable to which is based on the Canadian Prime Rate.
Canadian Revolving Exposure means, with respect to the Lenders, at any time, the sum of (a) the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of the Lenders Canadian Revolving Loans outstanding at such time, (b) the Lenders Canadian LC Exposure at such time and (c) the Lenders Canadian Swing Line Exposure at such time. The Canadian Revolving Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the aggregate Canadian Revolving Exposure at such time.
Canadian Revolving Loan means a Revolving Loan which is denominated in Canadian Dollars.
Canadian Sublimit means $15,000,000.
6 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Canadian Swing Line Exposure means, at any time, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars outstanding at such time. The Canadian Swing Line Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total Canadian Swing Line Exposure at such time.
Capital Lease means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all leases of any Person that are or would be treated as operating leases in accordance with GAAP on the Effective Date (whether or not such operating leases are in effect on the Effective Date) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases (and not as Capital Leases) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the Effective Date which would otherwise require such leases to be treated as Capital Leases.
Capital Stock means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire any of the foregoing, excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock so long as such debt securities are not entitled to share in the payment or distribution of any Dividends (other than Dividends paid in the form of Capital Stock) at any time prior to their conversion into Capital Stock.
Capitalization Ratio has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.5A.
Cash means (a) money, (b) currency or (c) a credit balance in a Deposit Account with a Cash Equivalent Bank.
Cash Equivalent Bank means any Lender or any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or Canada, in each case having unimpaired capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 (or the Canadian Dollar Equivalent thereof).
Cash Equivalents means (a) marketable securities issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moodys (or, at any time neither S&P nor Moodys shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent from another U.S. nationally recognized rating service); (c) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the Government of Canada or of any Canadian province (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the Government of Canada or of such Canadian province), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (d) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moodys (or, at any time neither S&P nor Moodys shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent from another U.S. nationally recognized rating service); (e) certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of
7 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moodys, issued by any Cash Equivalent Bank; (f) Eurodollar time deposits having a maturity of less than one year purchased directly from any Cash Equivalent Bank (provided such deposit is with such bank or any other Cash Equivalent Bank); (g) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (f) above entered into with any Cash Equivalent Bank or securities dealers of recognized national standing; (h) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least A-1 or P-1 from either S&P or Moodys (or, if at any time neither S&P nor Moodys shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another U.S. nationally recognized rating service); (i) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and invest solely in one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (a) through (h) above; and (j) other short-term investments utilized by Restricted Subsidiaries in jurisdictions other than the United States and Canada in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments of a type analogous to the foregoing.
Cash Management Bank means any Person that is an Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of an Agent or a Lender at the time it provides any Cash Management Services or that is an Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of an Agent or Lender at any time after it has provided any Cash Management Services.
Cash Management Obligations means obligations owed by Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Cash Management Bank in connection with, or in respect of, any Cash Management Services.
Cash Management Services means treasury, depository and cash management services and any automated clearing house fund transfer services.
CDOR Rate means, on any day, the sum of (a) the annual rate of interest that is the rate based on an average rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers acceptances for a term equal to the term of the relevant Interest Period appearing on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives, Inc. 2000 definitions, as supplemented or amended from time to time) at approximately 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time), on such date, or if such date is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day and (b) 0.10% per annum; provided that if such rate does not appear on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page on such date as contemplated, then the CDOR Rate on such date shall be the rate that would be applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers acceptances quoted by the Administrative Agent at its principal office in Toronto, Ontario (or such other office selected by the Administrative Agent in which its Canadian lending operations are conducted) as of 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on such date or, if such date is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day.
CDOR Rate Loan means a Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars the rate of interest applicable to which is based on the CDOR Rate.
Change in Law means the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
8 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, regulations or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines, regulations or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a Change in Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued, in each case to the extent materially different from that in effect on the date hereof.
Class , when used in reference to any Loans or Commitments, means each of the following classes of Loans or Commitments: (a) the Commitments and the Revolving Loans, (b) if any additional Commitments are made pursuant to Section 2.1 A(iii) that are Other Credit Extensions, such additional Commitments and Other Credit Extensions (it being understood that any Other Credit Extensions (together with the Commitments in respect thereof) having different terms shall each be construed to be a different Class) or (c) if any Loan Modification Offers are made and accepted pursuant to Section 2.9, the Commitments of the Accepting Lenders and the Loans made thereunder (it being understood that the Loans of Accepting Lenders (together with the Commitments in respect thereof) having different terms shall each be construed to be a different Class); provided , however , that at no time shall there be more than four Classes of Loans or Commitments outstanding under this Agreement.
Closed-Out Subsidiaries means Taylor Woodrow Communities at Herons Glen, L.L.C., Taylor Woodrow Communities at Seven Meadows, Ltd., Taylor Woodrow Communities at Vasari, L.L.C., Taylor Woodrow U.S. Tower, Inc., The Beach Residences, L.L.C., TW Oaks Meridian, Inc., TW/Beach Residences-Hollywood, L.L.C., TW/Beach Residences-Venice Beach, L.L.C, TW/Olson Venture Management, L.L.C., TWC/Seven Meadows, L.L.C. and Valencia TM LLC.
Co-Borrowers has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the Effective Date and from time to time thereafter and any successor statute.
Collateral means any and all assets, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible (including the Mortgaged Properties), on which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Security Agreement or any Mortgage as security for the Obligations, in each case except to the extent released in accordance with this Agreement.
Collateral Agent means Credit Suisse AG, in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Collateral Documents, and any successor thereto.
Collateral Documents means the Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement, the Mortgages, the Intercreditor Agreement, if any, and any other documents, instruments or agreements delivered by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in order to grant, protect or perfect Liens on any assets of such Loan Party as security for all or any of the Obligations.
Commitment means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder (and to acquire participations in Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit as provided for herein) as set forth on Schedule 2.1 or in any agreement entered into by such Lender pursuant to Section 2.1 A(iii), or in the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which such Lender
9 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
assumed its Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4A(ii) and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 10.1.
Commitment Termination Date means, with respect to any Class, the earliest of (a) July 13, 2016, subject to extension as provided in Section 2.9, (b) the date on which the Commitments of such Class are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.4A(ii) and (c) the date of termination of the Commitments of such Class pursuant to Section 8.
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income (other than with respect to clause (xii)(B) below), the sum of the amounts for such period (as determined for Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) of
(i) consolidated interest expenses for such period (net of interest income for such period),
(ii) provisions for taxes based on income, profits, net worth, tangible assets or capital, including franchise, excise and similar taxes, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income,
(iii) total depreciation expense,
(iv) total amortization expense (including amortized intangibles),
(v) the amount for such period of losses on sales of assets (excluding sales in the ordinary course of business) and other extraordinary cash losses, in each case, decreasing Consolidated Net Income,
(vi) extraordinary charges and expenses determined in accordance with GAAP,
(vii) any impairment charge or asset write-off in connection with any Permitted Acquisition pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification 350 Intangibles Goodwill and Other, and Codification 360 Property, Plant and Equipment and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to FASB Statement Accounting Standards Codification 805 Business Combinations,
(viii) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors or employees,
(ix) non-recurring charges with respect to employee severance,
(x) other non-cash items (including non-cash impairment charges for land and other long- lived assets and option deposit forfeitures, but excluding the write-off or write-down of current assets); provided that, for purposes of this subclause (x) of this clause (a), any non-cash charges or losses shall be treated as cash charges or losses in any subsequent period during which cash disbursements attributable thereto are made,
(xi) expenses for (A) deferred compensation and bonuses incurred in connection with the Transactions and other acquisitions effected on or before the Effective Date and (B) deferred compensation and bonuses, deferred purchase price or earn-out obligations payable in connection with acquisitions effected after the Effective Date,
10 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(xii) (A) other non-recurring or one-time cash charges and expenses, (B) cash restructuring charges or reserves or non-recurring integration costs and (C) the amount of net cost savings (net of the amount of actual benefits realized prior to or during such period) projected by Holdings in good faith to be realized during the next four consecutive Fiscal Quarters (which cost savings shall be added to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA until fully realized and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period) as a result of an EBITDA Event or specific actions actually taken and identified as provided below, so long as (1) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (2) the actions causing such cost savings in connection with any EBITDA Event are taken within 12 months of any such EBITDA Event and the Administrative Agent shall have received an Officers Certificate of Holdings that such actions have been taken, or are reasonably anticipated to be taken, within such time period; provided that the aggregate amount added pursuant to this clause (xii) in such period shall not exceed (a) with respect to any twelve-month period ending on or prior to June 30, 2013, 15%, and (b) with respect to any twelve-month period ending thereafter, 10%, in each case of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (xii)),
(xiii) management fees permitted pursuant to Section 6.9D,
(xiv) any non-cash loss attributable to the mark-to-market movement in the valuation of Hedge Agreements pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification 815 Derivatives and Hedging, provided that Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be reduced in any subsequent period to the extent of any cash impact (other than any such cash impact from Hedge Agreements in respect of interest rates included in clause (i) above) resulting from such loss in such subsequent period (regardless of whether such loss is deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income in such subsequent period),
(xv) transaction related fees, costs and expenses incurred during such period (including fees and expenses for third-party professionals and advisors) in connection with financing transactions consummated or undertaken (whether or not consummated) and including fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with (A) this Agreement or any other documents entered into in connection therewith and the transactions contemplated by any of the foregoing or (B)(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under the Unsecured Facility Credit Agreement, and the Refinanced Unsecured Facility Indebtedness and (2) any amendment or other modification of the Unsecured Facility Credit Agreement and any Refinanced Unsecured Loan Documents, and
(xvi) costs and expenses incurred in such period in connection with any Permitted Acquisition and any other EBITDA Event,
less (b) without duplication and to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the amounts for such period (as determined for Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) of
(i) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such non-cash gain to the extent it represents (a) the reversal of an accrual or reserve for potential cash
11 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
gain in any prior period which reduced Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in a prior period and (b) trade and other receivables in the ordinary course of business that represent income earned during such period),
(ii) the amount for such period of gains on sales of assets (excluding sales in the ordinary course of business) and other extraordinary, non-recurring or one-time cash gains,
(iii) any net after-tax income (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, all of the foregoing (except as otherwise provided in the definition of any term used herein) as determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, and
(iv) any non-cash gain attributable to the mark-to-market movement in the valuation of Hedge Agreements pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification 815 Derivatives and Hedging, provided that Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be increased in any subsequent period to the extent of any cash impact (other than any such cash impact from Hedge Agreements in respect of interest rates included in clause (a)(i) above) resulting from such gain in such subsequent period (regardless of whether such gain is added in determining Consolidated Net Income in such subsequent period);
provided , however , that for purposes of calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries (x) for any period during which a Permitted Acquisition has occurred, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period shall be adjusted on a Pro Forma Basis to give effect to such Permitted Acquisition, (y) for any period during which any Person, line of business or assets have been disposed of by Holdings, U.S. Holdings Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period shall be adjusted to give effect to such disposition, assuming the consummation of such disposition and the repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith occurred on the first day of such period and (z) for any period during which a Restricted Subsidiary has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period shall be adjusted to give effect to such designation assuming it occurred on the first day of such period. For purposes of determining the Financial Performance Covenants as of or for the periods ended on September 30, 2011, December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (prior to giving effect to the immediately preceding proviso) will be deemed to be equal to $43,750,000 for each of the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2010, March 31, 2011, and June 30, 2011.
Consolidated Adjusted Tangible Assets means, as of any date of determination, the total amount of all assets of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, Co-Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recently delivered Section 6.1 Financials or, on any date prior to the first date on which the Section 6.1 Financials are required to be delivered, the Pro Forma Financial Statements, in each case less Intangible Assets; provided that assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned by a Co-Borrower or any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary will be included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted Tangible Assets only to the extent the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries is owned by a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower.
12 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Consolidated Adjusted Tangible Net Worth means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) consolidated stockholders equity of Holdings and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recently delivered Section 6.1 Financials or, on any date prior to the first date the Section 6.1 Financials are required to be delivered, the Pro Forma Financial Statements, and (b) 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of any Loan Party included in Consolidated Total Debt as of such date of determination that (i) by its terms is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations and (ii) has a final maturity date that is at least 90 days after the latest Commitment Termination Date hereunder at such time; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness included under this clause (b) shall not exceed an amount equal to 66 2 / 3 % of the consolidated stockholders equity of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as determined pursuant to clause (a) hereof; less (without duplication) the sum of (x) Intangible Assets, (y) Investments in Minority Investments and in joint ventures or similar entities that do not constitute Subsidiaries and (z) Investments in Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties to the extent the aggregate amount of such Investments exceeds 65% of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of such date of determination.
Consolidated Cash Interest Expense means, for any period (as determined for Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis), total interest expense (including that portion attributable to Capital Leases) payable in cash in such period, net of cash interest income received in such period, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers acceptance financing and net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to Hedge Agreements in respect of interest rates, but excluding , however, (a) any amounts referred to in Section 2.3 payable to Agents or the Lenders payable on or before the Effective Date and (b) any amortized Transaction Costs. As used herein, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense shall at all times be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis with respect to any fiscal period during which an event occurred that is set forth in the definition of the term Pro Forma Basis.
Consolidated Net Income means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom (a) the income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings or a Co-Borrower) in which Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries has an equity interest, to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or other distributions by such Person is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter (or similar organization documents) or any agreement or instrument between or among the holders of the Capital Stock of such Person, or any judgment, decree, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Person, (b) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings or a Co-Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or that Persons assets are acquired by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) the income of any Subsidiary of Holdings to the extent that both (i) the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary (unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distribution has been legally waived) and (ii) such restriction on the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions would reasonably be expected to
13 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
materially impair the ability of any Borrower to perform the Obligations, (d) any after-tax gains or losses attributable to discontinued operations, (e) one-time Transaction Costs and any fees, costs and expenses payable by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in connection with any Permitted Acquisitions, joint ventures or other Investments permitted hereunder (other than Investments made in the ordinary course of business and other than Investments in Subsidiaries) expensed or amortized in such period and including those fees, expenses or charges triggered by change in control provisions, (f) any net gain or loss resulting from currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedge Agreements related to currency exchange risk) and any foreign currency translation gains or losses and (g) to the extent not included in clauses (a) through (f) above, any net extraordinary gains or net non cash extraordinary losses.
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated stockholders equity of Holdings and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recently delivered Section 6.1 Financials or, on any date to the first date the Section 6.1 Financials are required to be delivered, the Pro Forma Financial Statements, in each case less Intangible Assets as of such date of determination.
Consolidated Total Assets means, as of any date of determination, the total amount of all assets of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recently delivered Section 6.1 Financials or, on any date prior to the first date the Section 6.1 Financials are required to be delivered, the Pro Forma Financial Statements.
Consolidated Total Capitalization means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) Consolidated Adjusted Tangible Net Worth as of such date of determination and (b) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date of determination.
Consolidated Total Debt means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount of (a) all outstanding indebtedness of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money outstanding on such date (excluding Non-Recourse Indebtedness), (b) all obligations under Capital Leases of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date and (c) all obligations owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property (including earn-outs with respect to acquisitions) due and payable in the applicable period to the extent that any such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with GAAP, all calculated on a consolidated basis; provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall be determined net of the aggregate amount (not to exceed $50,000,000) of unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens granted under the Collateral Documents and nonconsensual liens permitted by Section 7.2) as of such date required to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Total Secured Debt means, at any date of determination, the aggregate amount of Consolidated Total Debt (without giving effect to the proviso set forth in the definition thereof) outstanding at such date that consists of Indebtedness that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
14 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Construction Bonds means bonds issued by surety bond companies or other Persons or other security for the benefit of municipalities or other political subdivisions to secure the performance by any Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof of its obligations relating to Real Estate improvements and subdivision development and completion.
Contingent Obligation means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person (a) with respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend or other obligation of another if the primary purpose or intent thereof by the Person incurring the Contingent Obligation is to provide assurance to the obligee of such obligation of another that such obligation of another will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such obligation will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof, (b) with respect to any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings or (c) under Hedge Agreements. Contingent Obligations shall include (i) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another, (ii) the obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless of non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement and (iii) any liability of such Person for the obligation of another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (A) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise) or (B) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another if, in the case of any agreement described under subclause (A) or (B) of this sentence, the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in the preceding sentence; provided , however , that the term Contingent Obligation shall not include (x) obligations (including indemnity obligations but excluding Indebtedness for borrowed money) incurred in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of land acquisition contracts, (y) endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business and (z) mortgage loan repurchase obligations of any Mortgage Subsidiary. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported or, if less, the amount to which such Contingent Obligation is specifically limited.
Continuing Directors means the directors of the Board of Directors of the General Partner on the Effective Date, after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby, and each other director if, in each case, such other directors nomination for election to the Board of Directors of the General Partner is recommended by at least a majority of the then Continuing Directors or the election of such other director is approved by one or more Sponsors.
Contractual Obligation means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound other than the Obligations.
Daily Rate Loan means a Base Rate Loan or a Canadian Prime Rate Loan.
Default means a condition or event that, after notice or after any applicable grace period has lapsed, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
15 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Defaulting Lender means any Lender with respect to which a Lender Default is in effect.
Deposit Account means a demand, time, savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of deposit.
Designated Non-Cash Consideration means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by a Co-Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 7.6B(iv) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers Certificate of Holdings, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the Fair Market Value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash within 120 days following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).
Development Agreement means an agreement entered into with one or more Governmental Authorities (or one or more entities sponsored by Governmental Authorities), other developers, joint venture partners or other Persons, in each case in connection with the payment of the cost of, or the performance of obligations relating to, infrastructure, amenities, common areas and the like, including roads, schools, sidewalks, plazas and parks.
Disposition has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.6B(ii).
Disqualified Domestic Subsidiary means any Domestic Subsidiary that (a) is a disregarded entity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and (b) owns a Foreign Subsidiary, either directly or indirectly, exclusively through other entities that are disregarded entities for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and the sole assets of such disregarded entities (other than equity interests in each other) consist of Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary.
Disqualified Stock means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than solely as a result of a change of control), is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date that is 120 days after the Commitment Termination Date; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because (i) it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or (ii) in the case of an option issued to any such employee, such option gives the employee the right, under certain circumstances, to require Holdings to withhold shares to pay the exercise price or the withholding taxes that are applicable upon exercise of such option.
Dividends has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.4.
Domestic Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower incorporated, formed or organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States of America or any territory thereof.
16 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
EBITDA Event means the Acquisition and any Permitted Acquisition, joint venture or Investment (other than an Investment made in the ordinary course of business and other than an Investment in any Subsidiary), in each case permitted hereunder.
Effective Date means such date on or prior to July 13, 2011, on which the conditions to effectiveness set forth in Section 4.1 are satisfied (or waived by the Requisite Lenders).
Eligible Assignee means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund, (d) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or Canada, or any State thereof, and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000, (e) a savings and loan association or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States or Canada, or any State or Province thereof, and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000, (f) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country that is a member of the OECD or has concluded special lending arrangements with the International Monetary Fund associated with its General Arrangements to Borrow or a political subdivision of any such country, and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000, so long as such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States, (g) a finance company, insurance company or other financial institution or fund (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity) that is engaged in making, purchasing or otherwise holding commercial loans in the ordinary course and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 or an Approved Fund thereof and (h) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and so long as no Event of Default under Section 8.1 or 8.5 has occurred and is continuing, approved by Holdings (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Eligible Assignee shall not include any Defaulting Lender, the Sponsors, Holdings, any Co-Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates.
EMU Legislation means the legislative measures of the European Union or any other country where the Euro is used for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states.
Environmental Claim means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations (other than internal reports prepared by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (a) in the ordinary course of such Persons business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any Environmental Law (hereinafter, Claims ), including (i) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation, medical monitoring or injunctive relief relating to or resulting from the Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials or arising in any manner from alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the environment.
Environmental Law means any applicable Federal, state, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, directive, ordinance, code and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to the protection of the environment or, to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, of human health or safety.
17 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Environmental Liabilities means all liabilities, obligations, responsibilities and all Environmental Claims, arising from (a) environmental, health or safety conditions, (b) the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials at any location, whether or not owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or (c) circumstances forming the basis of any violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law.
Equity Contribution means a cash equity contribution from the Sponsors to Holdings in the form of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) in an aggregate amount equal to not less than 35% of the total debt and equity capitalization of Holdings on the Effective Date on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Transactions.
Equity Proceeds means the cash proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other bona fide costs and expenses associated therewith) from: (a) the issuance of any Capital Stock or other equity Securities of, or (b) the making of any capital contribution to, Holdings after the Effective Date.
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Section references to ERISA are to ERISA as in effect at the date of this Agreement and any subsequent provisions of ERISA amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefore unless such references refer to prior plan years, in which case such references are to ERISA as in effect for the applicable plan year.
ERISA Affiliate means each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that together with Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any Subsidiary thereof would be deemed to be a single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
Euro means the single currency of the European Union as constituted by the Treaty on European Union and as referred to in the EMU Legislation.
Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements means, for each Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the highest reserve percentage applicable to any Lender during such Interest Period under regulations issued from time to time by the Board for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement), with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency liabilities having a term equal to such Interest Period.
Eurodollar Base Rate means the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date which is two Business Days prior to the beginning of the relevant Interest Period (as specified in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation) by reference to the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in U.S. Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent which has been nominated by the British Bankers Association as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the Eurodollar Base Rate shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in U.S. Dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London
18 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
interbank market in London, England by the Reference Lenders at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date which is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. If any of the Reference Lenders shall be unable or shall otherwise fail to supply such rates to the Administrative Agent upon its request, the rate of interest shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Lenders.
Eurodollar Rate Loans means Loans bearing interest at rates determined by reference to the Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate as provided in Section 2.2A.
Event of Default means each of the events set forth in Section 8.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time, and any successor statute.
Exchange Rate means, on any day, the rate at which Canadian Dollars may be exchanged into U.S. Dollars (or, for purposes of the definition of Canadian Dollar Equivalent or any other provision of this Agreement requiring or permitting the conversion of U.S. Dollars to Canadian Dollars, the rate at which U.S. Dollars may be exchanged into Canadian Dollars as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date on the Bloomberg Key Cross Currency Rates Page for Canadian Dollars. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Bloomberg Key Cross Currency Rate Page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available services for displaying exchange rates as selected by the Administrative Agent, or, at the discretion of the Administrative Agent, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the primary market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of Canadian Dollars is then being conducted, at or about 10:00 a.m., local time, on such date for the purchase of U.S. Dollars (or Canadian Dollars, as the case may be) for delivery two Business Days later; provided that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be presumed correct absent manifest error.
Excluded Real Property means (a) Real Estate subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness for the acquisition thereof, (b) Real Estate subject to bond financings or financings by political subdivisions or enterprises thereof in the ordinary course of business which arrangements prohibit a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, (c) Real Estate subject to a PAPA which prohibits a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, (d) Real Estate as to which a contract to sell such Real Estate shall have been entered into as permitted under this Agreement prior to the Effective Date or prior to the date on which a Mortgage would otherwise be required to be given with respect to such Real Estate pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (e) Real Estate in a community under development or to be developed with a cost basis of less than $2,000,000 ( provided that any such Real Property shall cease to be Excluded Real Property if the cost of improvements thereto subsequent to the acquisition thereof, as determined by the U.S. Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor in good faith, when aggregated with the initial cost basis of such Real Property, exceeds $2,000,000) or with fewer than 10 Lots remaining and (f) Real Estate owned on the Effective Date that is located in Arizona, is described in a public report existing on the Effective Date, which public report describes any Real Estate which is actively being marketed for sale, and is listed on Schedule 1.3.
Excluded Subsidiary means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary, (b) any wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary that is restricted by Applicable Law from guaranteeing the
19 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Obligations, (c) any Immaterial Subsidiary (provided that Holdings shall not be permitted to exclude Immaterial Subsidiaries from guaranteeing the Obligations or pledging Collateral to the extent that (i) the aggregate amount of gross revenue for all Immaterial Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) excluded by this clause (c) exceeds 5% of the consolidated gross revenues of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent Test Period ended prior to the date of determination or (ii) the aggregate amount of total assets for all Immaterial Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) excluded by this clause (c) exceeds 5% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of the most recent Test Period ended prior to the date of determination), (d) any Mortgage Subsidiary, (e) any Insurance Subsidiary, (f) any Domestic Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower and (g) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the U.S. Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a guarantee shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.
Excluded Taxes means, with respect to any payment made by a Loan Party under any Loan Document, any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes) and backup withholding taxes, in each case (1) that are Other Connection Taxes or (2) imposed by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lender Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America, (c) in the case of a Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by a Borrower under Section 2.8B), any withholding Tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Lender and is the result of any law in effect (including FATCA) on the date on which such Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lender Office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lender Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrowers with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 2.7E(i) and (d) any withholding Tax that is imposed on amounts payable to the Administrative Agent or a Lender that is attributable to the failure (other than as a result of a Change in Law) of the Administrative Agent or such Lender to comply with Section 2.7E(vi)(b).
Existing Indebtedness means Indebtedness described in Schedule 7.1 A.
20 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Facility Fee Rate means the applicable percentage set forth below as the case may be, based on the Capitalization Ratio as of the relevant Calculation Date:
CAPITALIZATION RATIO |
FACILITY FEE
RAIL |
|||
Category 1 |
0.750 | % | ||
³ 0.40 to 1.00 |
||||
Category 2 |
0.500 | % | ||
< 0.40 to 1.00 |
Each change in the Facility Fee Rate resulting from a change in the Capitalization Ratio shall be effective with respect to all Commitments on and after the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Section 6.1 Financials indicating such change until the date immediately preceding the next date of delivery of Section 6.1 Financials indicating another such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until Holdings shall have delivered the Section 6.1 Financials for the second complete fiscal quarter of Holdings ended after the Effective Date, the Capitalization Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for purposes of determining the Facility Fee Rate. In addition, at any time (a) during which Holdings has failed to deliver Section 6.1 Financials or (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Capitalization Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for purposes of determining the Facility Fee Rate.
Facility Fees has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.3A.
Fair Market Value with respect to any asset means the sale value that would be obtained in an arms length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. Fair Market Value shall be determined by Holdings acting in good faith.
FASB means the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
FATCA means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any applicable Treasury regulation promulgated thereunder or published administrative guidance implementing such law.
Federal Funds Effective Rate means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent.
21 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Financial Performance Covenants means the covenants of Holdings set forth in Section 7.5.
First-Out Provisions has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.6.
First Priority means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that such Lien is the most senior Lien (other than Permitted Encumbrances and other Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2A) to which such Collateral is subject.
Fiscal Quarter means a fiscal quarter of a Fiscal Year.
Fiscal Year means the fiscal year of Holdings and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year.
Fixed Charges means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of: (a) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense of such Person for such period, (b) all cash Dividends (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock, paid by such Person during such period and (c) the aggregate principal amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments or redemptions or similar acquisitions for value of outstanding debt for borrowed money, but excluding any such payments to the extent refinanced through the incurrence of additional Indebtedness otherwise expressly permitted under Section 7.1. As used herein, Fixed Charges shall at all times be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis with respect to any fiscal period during which an event occurred that is set forth in the definition of the term Pro Forma Basis.
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.
Fixed Rate Loan means a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a CDOR Rate Loan.
Foreign Benefit Event means, with respect to any Foreign Plan, (i) the existence of an Unfunded Current Liability in excess of the amount permitted under any Applicable Law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority, (ii) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under the terms of the plan or any Applicable Law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (iii) the receipt of a notice by a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Plan, in whole or in part, or to appoint a replacement administrator, trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Plan, (iv) the incurrence of any liability by Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate under Applicable Law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, the occurrence of an event that could reasonably be expected to result in a complete or partial termination of a Canadian Pension Plan or (v) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any Applicable Law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by Holdings, the Co-Borrowers
22 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, or the imposition on any of the foregoing entities of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any Applicable Laws.
Foreign Lender means any Lender or Issuing Bank that is not a U.S. Person.
Foreign Plan means any pension, retirement or employee benefit plan or arrangement that under Applicable Law outside of the United States is required to be funded through a trust, insurance contract or other funding vehicle, including a Canadian Pension Plan, and (i) that is maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate or (ii) with respect to which any of the foregoing entities would reasonably be expected to have actual liability; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a Foreign Plan does not include a Plan as defined below.
Foreign Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
Fund means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans or similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.
Funding and Payment Office means the office of the Administrative Agent located at Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010 (or such office of the Administrative Agent or any successor Administrative Agent specified by the Administrative Agent or such successor Administrative Agent in a written notice to the U.S. Borrower and the Lenders).
Funding Date means the date of the funding of a Loan, which shall be a Business Day.
GAAP means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.2, generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect in the United States of America on the date of determination.
General Partner means TMM Holdings (G.P.) Inc., a British Columbia corporation and the general partner of Holdings.
Governmental Authority means the government of the United States, Canada, any other country or any multinational authority, or any state, province or political subdivision thereof, and any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including the PBGC and other quasi-governmental entities established to perform such functions.
Grantor means each of the U.S. Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor.
Guarantee Obligations means, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person (the primary obligor ) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or
23 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof (including endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Effective Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement). The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.
Guarantor means, individually, Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors or any other wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower that at any time has executed and delivered a Guaranty and that has not been released from the Obligations in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.7.
Guaranty means the Guaranty, substantially in the form of Exhibit V annexed hereto, executed and delivered by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors on the Effective Date, or executed and delivered by any additional Subsidiary Guarantor from time to time thereafter pursuant to Section 6.7, as such Guaranty may hereafter be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Hazardous Materials means (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, friable asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing regulated levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of hazardous substances, hazardous waste, hazardous materials, extremely hazardous waste, restricted hazardous waste, toxic substances, toxic pollutants, contaminants, or pollutants, or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, that is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Environmental Law.
Hedge Agreements means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a Master Agreement ), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
Hedge Bank means any Person that is a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or any Agent at the time it enters into a Hedge Agreement or that is a Lender or Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or Agent at any time after it has entered into a Hedge Agreement, in its capacity as a party thereto.
24 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Hedge Obligations means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under Hedge Agreements.
Historical Financial Statements means (i) audited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of each of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA) Inc. and Taylor Wimpey Holdings of Canada, Limited and their respective subsidiaries for the 2008, 2009 and 2010 Fiscal Years and (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA) Inc. and Taylor Wimpey Holdings of Canada, Limited and their respective subsidiaries for each subsequent Fiscal Quarter after December 31, 2010, ended at least 45 days prior to the Effective Date.
Holdings has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.
Housing Unit means a detached or attached (including townhouse condominium or condominium) single-family house (but excluding mobile homes) owned by a Co-Borrower or a Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower (i) which is completed or for which there has been a start of construction and (ii) which has been or is being constructed on any Real Estate which immediately prior to the start of construction constituted a Lot hereunder.
Immaterial Subsidiary means, at any date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower (a) whose total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered were less than 5% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, and (b) whose gross revenues for such Test Period were less than 5% of the consolidated gross revenues of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
Indebtedness means, as applied to any Person, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) that portion of obligations with respect to Capital Leases that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with GAAP, (c) notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money (other than current accounts payable and trade payables (including amounts payable under construction contracts) incurred in the ordinary course of business and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business), (d) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding any such obligations incurred under ERISA, current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business and obligations with respect to options or contracts to purchase real property, but including earn-outs with respect to any acquisition), (e) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds (other than bid or performance bonds), debentures or other similar instruments, (f) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to any property or assets acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or the lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property or assets), (g) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, as an account party under any letter of credit or under acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities to the extent not reflected as trade liabilities on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire
25 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
for value any Disqualified Stock, (i) all obligations under Hedge Agreements, including, as of any date of determination, the net amounts, if any, that would be required to be paid by such Person if such Hedge Agreements were terminated on such date, (j) all Contingent Obligations in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above and (k) all indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that Person; provided , that if such Person has not assumed such secured indebtedness that is nonrecourse to its credit, then the amount of indebtedness of such Person pursuant to this clause (k) shall be equal to the lesser of the amount of the secured indebtedness or the Fair Market Value of the assets of such Person which secure such indebtedness. For all purposes of this Agreement, the term Indebtedness shall not include any reimbursement obligations in respect of Performance Letters of Credit, Construction Bonds or guaranties of performance obligations (such as bid or performance bonds), or guaranties of non-financial obligations such as any completion guaranty.
Indemnified Taxes means Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by any Loan Party under any Loan Document.
Indemnitee has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.2B.
Initial Yield means with respect to additional Commitments extended pursuant to Section 2.1 A(iii), the amount (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) equal to the sum of (a) the margin above the Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or the CDOR Rate, as the case may be, on the Revolving Loans to be made under such Commitments (increased by (i) any Facility Fee Rate applicable on the date of the calculation and (ii) the amount that any LIBOR floor applicable to such Loans on the date of the calculation exceeds the Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for a one-month Interest Period on such date) and (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the amount of any Up-Front Fees on such Commitments (including any fee or discount received by Lenders in connection with the initial extension thereof) by (ii) the lesser of (x) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Commitments and (y) four.
Insurance Subsidiaries means (a) Taylor Woodrow Insurance Services, Inc., (b) Beneva Indemnity Company and (c) any other corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or business trust that is (i) organized after the Effective Date or designated by Holdings as an Insurance Subsidiary on or after the Effective Date, (ii) a Subsidiary of Holdings and (iii) engaged in the business of providing title insurance, captive insurance (whether for Holdings and its Subsidiaries or otherwise) or insurance agency or other ancillary or complementary services that in each case is subject to state regulation and/or licensing requirements.
Intangible Assets means all unamortized debt discount and expense, unamortized deferred charges, goodwill, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, write-ups of assets over their prior carrying value (other than write-ups which occurred prior to the Effective Date and other than, in connection with the acquisition of an asset, the write-up of the value of such asset (within one year of its acquisition) to its fair market value in accordance with GAAP) and all other items which would be treated as intangible on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Intellectual Property has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 5.5C.
26 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Intercreditor Agreement means any Intercreditor Agreement entered into among the Collateral Agent, the holders of one or more series of pari passu or junior secured debt (or any agent, trustee or authorized representative therefor) and the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 7.1(xxiv) or 7.2A(viii).
Interest Payment Date means:
(a) with respect to any Daily Rate Loan, the last Business Day in each of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on June 30, 2011; and
(b) with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan; provided that in the case of each Interest Period of longer than three months, Interest Payment Date shall also include the dates that are three months and, if applicable, six months, nine months, twelve months or such other period as agreed by all Lenders pursuant to Section 2.2B after the commencement of such Interest Period.
Interest Period has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.2B.
Interest Rate Determination Date means each date for calculating the Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or the CDOR Rate, as applicable, for purposes of determining the interest rate in respect of an Interest Period. The Interest Rate Determination Date for purposes of calculating the Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall be the second Business Day prior to the first day of the related Interest Period and for purposes of calculating the CDOR Rate shall be the first day of the related Interest Period.
Investment means (a) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by a Co-Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, or of a beneficial interest in, stock or other Securities of any other Person, or (b) any direct or indirect loan, advance (other than loans or advances to employees for moving, education, computer, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution by a Co-Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any other Person, including all indebtedness and accounts receivable acquired from that other Person that are not current assets or did not arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that the term Investment shall not include (i) current trade and customer accounts receivable for goods furnished or services rendered in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary trade terms, (ii) advances and prepayments to suppliers for goods and services in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Capital Stock or other Securities acquired in connection with the satisfaction or enforcement of Indebtedness or claims due or owing to a Co-Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or as security for any such Indebtedness or claims, (iv) Cash, (v) Cash Equivalents or (vi) the licensing or contribution of Intellectual Property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons, in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment.
Issuing Bank means, with respect to any Letter of Credit issued on and after the Effective Date, Credit Suisse AG, in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit, and any other Lender reasonably acceptable to Holdings and the Administrative Agent. Each Issuing Bank may, in its discretion,
27 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term Issuing Bank shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.
Knowledge means the actual knowledge, after due inquiry, of any Responsible Officer of Holdings or a Co-Borrower.
LC Disbursement has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.1C.
Lender and Lenders means the Persons identified as Lenders and listed on the signature pages of this Agreement, together with their successors and permitted assigns pursuant to Section 10.1 and the term Lenders shall include (a) the Swing Line Lender unless the context otherwise requires and (b) any Lender providing an additional Commitment pursuant to Section 2.1 A(iii); provided that the term Lenders, when used in the context of a particular Commitment, means the Lenders having that Commitment.
Lender Default means (a) the refusal (which has not been retracted within three Business Days) of a Lender to make available its portion of any Loans (including any Revolving Loans made to pay Refunded Swing Line Loans or to reimburse drawings under Letters of Credit) in accordance with Section 2.1A or its portion of Unpaid Drawing in accordance with Section 3.3C unless the subject of a good faith dispute, (b) a Lender having notified a Borrower and/or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its obligations under Section 2.1 or Sections 3.1C, 3.3B or 3.3C unless the subject of a good faith dispute or (c) a Lender or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender Default shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.
Lender Office means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender specified in the Administrative Questionnaire completed by such Lender and delivered to the Administrative Agent, and the office or offices of such Lender that the Administrative Agent notifies Holdings promptly but no later than two days after the Effective Date, or such other office or offices as such Lender may from time to time designate to Holdings and the Administrative Agent.
Letters of Credit means the commercial Letters of Credit and standby Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by an Issuing Bank for the account of a Co-Borrower pursuant to Section 3.1 for general corporate purposes; provided , however , that Credit Suisse AG shall not be obligated to issue commercial (as opposed to standby) Letters of Credit hereunder.
Letter of Credit Issuing Office means, as to any Issuing Bank, the address from time to time specified in writing by such Issuing Bank to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent as its letter of credit issuing office.
Letter of Credit Usage means, as at any date of determination, the sum of, without duplication, (a) the Canadian LC Exposure plus (b) the U.S. LC Exposure.
28 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Lien means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment, lien (statutory or other) or similar encumbrance, and any easement, right-of-way, license, restriction (including zoning restrictions), defect, exception or irregularity in title or similar charge or encumbrance (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to be a Lien.
Liquidating Subsidiary means each of Alaqua Lakes Realty, LLC, MHF, Inc., Taylor Woodrow Georgia, L.L.C., Taylor Morrison of Nevada L.L.C., Taylor Woodrow Tower Realty, Inc., TW Gaffey St. LLC, TW/Olson Venture Management, L.L.C., The Varsity Club, Ltd. or Taylor Woodrow Holdings (BVI) Limited.
Loan or Loans means, as the context requires, one or more of the Revolving Loans, the Swing Line Loans or any combination thereof.
Loan Documents means this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit, the Guaranty and the Collateral Documents.
Loan Parties means Holdings, Canada Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor.
Lots means all Land owned by a Loan Party which is zoned by the applicable Governmental Authority having jurisdiction for construction and use as Housing Units.
Management Agreements means (1) the Sponsor Management Services Agreement dated as of the Effective Date, among U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, TPG Capital, L.P. and OCM FIE, LLC and (2) JHI Management Services Agreement dated as of the Effective Date, by and among JHI Investments Inc., U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings and Canada Intermediate Holdings.
Management Investors means the management officers, directors and employees of Holdings, any Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary who are investors in Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent entities as of the Effective Date or who become investors in Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent entities within 120 days of the Effective Date in connection with the Transactions.
Master Agreement has the meaning assigned to that term in the definition of Hedge Agreements.
Material Adverse Effect means a circumstance or condition affecting the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that would materially adversely affect (a) the ability of the Co-Borrowers and the other Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or (b) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.
Maximum Amount has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.13A.
Measurement Quarter has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.
29 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Minority Investment means any Person (other than a Subsidiary of Holdings) in which a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owns Capital Stock.
Model Home Unit means a completed Housing Unit to be used as a model home in connection with the sale of Housing Units in a residential housing project.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc.
Mortgage means a mortgage or a deed of trust, deed to secure debt, trust deed or other security document entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in respect of that Mortgaged Property, substantially in the form of Exhibit VII hereto, with such reasonable changes thereto as may be recommended by the Collateral Agents local counsel based on local laws or customary local mortgage or deed of trust practices, as such security instrument may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
Mortgaged Property means, initially, each parcel of real property and improvements thereto specified on Schedule 1.1 (excluding any parcel or parcels of real property and improvements thereto that become Excluded Real Property prior to the date on which a Mortgage would otherwise be required to be given with respect to such real property pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), and shall include each other parcel of real property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 6.8B.
Mortgage Subsidiary means (a) Taylor Morrison Home Funding LLC, (b) Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures, LLC and (c) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or business trust that is (i) organized after the Effective Date or designated by Holdings as a Mortgage Subsidiary on or after the Effective Date, (ii) a Subsidiary of Holdings and (iii) engaged in the business of issuing mortgage loans on residential properties (whether for purchase of homes or refinancing of existing mortgages), purchasing and selling mortgage loans, issuing securities backed by mortgage loans, acting as a broker of mortgage loans and other activities customarily associated with mortgage banking and related businesses.
Multiemployer Plan means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, that is subject to ERISA and is or was within the last six years maintained by Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, to which Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is contributing or to which Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate had an obligation to contribute within the last six years or with respect to which Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has any liability (whether actual or contingent).
Non-Consenting Lender has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.5B.
Non-Recourse Indebtedness with respect to any Person means Indebtedness of such Person for which (i) the sole legal recourse for collection of principal and interest on such Indebtedness is against the specific property identified in the instruments evidencing or securing such Indebtedness and such property was acquired (directly or indirectly, including through the purchase of Capital Stock of the Person owning such property) with the proceeds of such Indebtedness or such Indebtedness was incurred within 90 days after the acquisition (directly or indirectly, including through the purchase of Capital Stock of the Person owning such property) of such property and (ii) no other assets of such Person may be realized upon in collection of principal or interest on such
30 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Indebtedness. Indebtedness which otherwise constitutes Non-Recourse Indebtedness will not lose its character as Non-Recourse Indebtedness because there is recourse to any borrower, any guarantor or any other Person with respect to such Indebtedness for or in respect of (a) environmental warranties and indemnities, (b) indemnities for and losses arising from fraud, misrepresentation, misapplication or non payment of rents, profits, insurance and condemnation proceeds and other sums actually received by the borrower from secured assets to be paid to the lender, waste and mechanics liens, (c) a voluntary bankruptcy filing (or similar filing or action) or collusive involuntary bankruptcy filings by such Person, and other events, actions and circumstances customarily excluded by institutional lenders from exculpation provisions and/or included in separate indemnification agreements or guaranties in non-recourse financings of real estate or (d) completion guaranties (clauses (a) through (d) collectively being referred to hereinafter as Non-Recourse Indemnity Guaranties ).
Non-Recourse Indemnity Guaranties has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Non-Recourse Indebtedness.
Notes means one or more of the Revolving Notes, Swing Line Notes or any combination thereof.
Notice of Borrowing means a notice in the form of Exhibit I annexed hereto delivered by a Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.1B with respect to a proposed borrowing.
Notice of Conversion/Continuation means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit II annexed hereto delivered by a Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.2D with respect to a proposed conversion or continuation of the applicable basis for determining the interest rate with respect to the Loans specified therein.
Notice of Intent to Cure has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1 (iii).
Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit means a notice in the form of Exhibit III annexed hereto delivered by a Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.1B(i) with respect to the proposed issuance of a Letter of Credit.
Obligations means the collective reference to (a) the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest at the applicable rate provided in this Agreement (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by any Borrower under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral and (iii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of any Borrower or any other Loan Party to any of the Secured Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) the due and punctual performance of all covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of any Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all
31 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
the covenants, agreements, and liabilities of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (d) the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of each Loan Party under each Secured Hedge Agreement and (e) the due and punctual payment and performance of all Cash Management Obligations; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of Cash Management Obligations that shall constitute Obligations hereunder shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the obligations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries under any Secured Hedge Agreement and the Cash Management Obligations shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Collateral Documents and the Guaranty only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed and (ii) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall not require the consent of the holders of obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements or the holders of the Cash Management Obligations.
Officers Certificate means, with respect to any Person, a certificate executed on behalf of such Person (a) if such Person is a partnership or limited liability company, by its chairman of the board (if an officer) or chief executive officer or by the chief financial officer of its general partner or managing member or other Person authorized to do so by its Organizational Documents, (b) if such Person is a corporation, on behalf of such corporation by its chairman of the board (if an officer) or chief executive officer or its chief financial officer or any vice president, and (c) if such Person is Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, a Responsible Officer.
Organizational Authorizations means, with respect to any Person, resolutions of its Board of Directors, equity holders, general partners or members of such Person, and such other Persons, groups or committees (including managers and managing committees), if any, required by the Organizational Certificate or Organizational Documents of such Person to authorize or approve the taking of any action or the entering into of any transaction.
Organizational Certificate means, with respect to any Person, the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership or limited liability company or any other similar or equivalent organizational, charter or constitutional certificate or document filed with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, which, if such Person is a partnership or limited liability company, shall include such certificates, articles or other certificates or documents in respect of each partner or member of such Person.
Organizational Documents means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction), (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and, if applicable, any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
Original Issue Discount has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 1273 of the Code.
Other Connection Taxes means, with respect to any Lender or Issuing Bank, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Lender or Issuing Bank, as
32 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
applicable, and the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes (other than a connection arising from such Lender or Issuing Bank having executed, delivered, enforced, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, any Loan Document).
Other Credit Extensions has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.1 A(iii).
Other Taxes means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
PAPA means an arrangement, other than with an Affiliate of any Loan Party, which may be unsecured or secured by a Lien granted in conjunction with purchase contracts for the purchase of Real Estate and which provides for future payments due to the sellers of such Real Estate, which future payments may be made at the time of the sale of homes constructed on such Real Estate (or on a date related to the sale or failure to sell such homes) and which payments may be contingent on the sale price of such homes, which arrangement may include (a) adjustments to the land purchase price, (b) profit participations, (c) community marketing fees and community enhancement fees and (d) reimbursable costs paid by the land developer.
Participant has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.1D.
PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA (or any successor thereto).
Pension Act means the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended.
Performance Letter of Credit means any letter of credit of any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower that is issued for the benefit of a municipality, other Governmental Authority, utility, water or sewer authority, or other similar entity for the purpose of assuring such beneficiary of the letter of credit of the proper and timely completion of construction work.
Permitted Acquisitions means any acquisition, by merger or otherwise, of the assets constituting a business, division or product line of any other Person or 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of such Person not then held by any Loan Party or constituting directors qualifying shares; provided that (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result therefrom, (b) such Person (if required by Section 6.7) shall have become a Subsidiary Guarantor and the provisions of Section 6.7 shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and (c) Holdings shall be in compliance with the requirements of Section 7.5 after giving effect to such acquisition.
Permitted Amendments means an amendment to this Agreement, effected in connection with a Loan Modification Offer pursuant to Section 2.9, providing for an extension of the Commitment Termination Date applicable to all or a portion of the Loans and/or the Commitments of the Accepting Lenders and, in connection therewith, (a) a change in the interest rates with respect to the Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders, (b) a change in the fees payable to, or the inclusion of new fees to be payable to, the Accepting Lenders and/or (c) such other modifications to this Agreements and the other Loan Documents to take effect after the Commitment Termination Date then in effect as may be specified therein.
33 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Permitted Cure Securities means equity securities of Holdings having no mandatory redemption, repurchase or similar requirements prior to 120 days after the latest maturity date for any of the Loans, and upon which all dividends or distributions (if any) shall be payable solely in additional shares of such equity security.
Permitted Encumbrances means the following types of Liens:
(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental or quasi-governmental charges or claims that (i) are not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days, (ii) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, if required, or (iii) solely encumber property abandoned or in the process of being abandoned;
(b) Liens in respect of property or assets of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings imposed by law, such as landlords, carriers, warehousemens, repairmens, construction contractors and mechanics Liens and other similar Liens, in each case so long as such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business and (i) do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) are with respect to amounts that are (x) not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or (y) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, if required;
(c) Liens arising from judgments or decrees for the payment of money in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.7;
(d) Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or similar legislation, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds, utility services, developers or others obligations to make on-site or off-site improvements and other similar obligations (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business but not including any Liens imposed under the Pension Benefits Act (Ontario) or any pension standards legislation of any other applicable jurisdiction;
(e) ground leases or other leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses in respect of real property on which properties owned or leased by a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower are located;
(f) easements, rights-of-way, licenses, dedications, covenants, conditions, assessment district or similar Liens in connection with municipal or special district financing, agreements with adjoining landowners or state or local Government Authorities, restrictions (including zoning restrictions, ordinances and similar restrictions), reservations, recorded plats, subdivision maps, Development Agreements, recorded condominium or home owner association documents, defects, exceptions or irregularities in title, encroachments, protrusions, water course rights, rights of water and rights in the nature of easements for walkways, sidewalk, public ways, sewers, drains, gas, soil, steam and water mains or pipelines, electrical lights and power, telephone, television and cable conduits, poles, wires
34 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
or cables granted to reserved or vested in any Governmental Authority or public or private utility and other similar charges or encumbrances, all of which in the aggregate do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Co-Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, and that were not incurred in connection with and do not secure any Indebtedness (other than in connection with municipal or special district financing), and any exceptions on the title policies issued in connection with any Mortgaged Property and any other lien insured over by such title policies;
(g) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a lessors, sublessors, licensors or sublicensors interest under any lease, sublease, license or sublicense in the ordinary course of business;
(h) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(i) Liens on goods or inventory the purchase, shipment or storage price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit or bankers acceptance issued or created for the account of a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower; provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Co-Borrowers or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent permitted under Section 7.1;
(j) leases or subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Co-Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(k) Liens created in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks and other financial institutions over credit balances of any bank accounts of the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries held at such banks or financial institutions, as the case may be, to facilitate the operation of cash pooling and/or interest set-off arrangements in respect of such bank accounts in the ordinary course of business;
(l) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower;
(m) Liens for homeowner, condominium and similar association fees, assessments and other payments;
(n) rights of purchasers and borrowers with respect to security deposits, escrow funds and other amounts held by a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower;
(o) pledges, deposits and other Liens existing under, or required to be made in connection with, (i) earnest money obligations, escrows or similar purpose undertakings or indemnifications in connection with any purchase and sale agreement, (ii) Development Agreements or other contracts entered into with Governmental Authorities (or an entity sponsored by a Governmental Authority) in connection with the entitlement of real property or (iii) agreements for the funding of infrastructure, including in respect of the issuance of community facility district bonds, metro district bonds, subdivision improvement bonds and similar bonding requirements arising the ordinary course of a Real Estate Business;
(p) Liens on or leases of Model Home Units;
35 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(q) assignments of insurance or condemnation proceeds provided to landlords (or their mortgagees) pursuant to the terms of any lease of property leased by a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower, in each case with respect to the property so leased, and customary Liens and rights reserved in any lease for rent or for compliance with the terms of such lease;
(r) without limiting the scope of clause (f) above, minor encroachments by improvements located on property over adjacent lands and minor encroachments over the property by improvements of adjacent landowners, if existing on the date of the title searches conducted for purposes of Schedule 7.2;
(s) in connection with any specific Liens listed on Schedule 7.2, any postponement of the same to another Permitted Encumbrance which is registered on title;
(t) with respect to any real property of the Canadian Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries located in Ontario, any subsisting restrictions, exceptions, reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions (including royalties, reservation of mines, mineral rights and timber rights, access to navigable waters and similar rights) expressed in any original grants from the applicable Governmental Authority;
(u) with respect to any real property of the Canadian Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries located in Ontario, any and all encumbrances (including rights, privileges and claims in the nature of profit a prendre) in favor of aboriginal peoples, native peoples or First Nations that do not impair in any material respect the value of the development project subject thereto or the ability of the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries to develop such properties or sell residential units or lots in such project in the manner presently contemplated by the applicable parties; and
(v) with respect to any real property of the Canadian Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries located in Ontario, the exceptions or qualifications to title found in Section 44(1) of the Land Titles Act (Ontario), save and except for the exceptions and qualifications in paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 11 and 14.
Permitted Post-Closing Debt Restructuring means the transactions described in Schedule 1.2 attached hereto.
Permitted Refinancing Security means an equity security of Holdings having (i) no mandatory redemption, repurchase or similar requirements prior to 120 days after the latest Commitment Termination Date (other than customary change of control or asset sale prepayment, redemption or offer to purchase events so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control, asset sale or offer to purchase event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable, the termination of the Commitments and the termination of, or backstop on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each relevant Issuing Bank of, all outstanding Letters of Credit), (ii) no financial maintenance covenants and (iii) non-economic terms that are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, to Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and their Subsidiaries than the corresponding terms set forth in this Agreement, taken as a whole (as determined by Holdings in good faith).
Permitted Release Event has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.6.
36 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Permitted Subordination Event has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.2.
Person means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited partnership, governmental authority or other entity.
Plan means (a) any Multiemployer Plan or (b) any single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001 (a)(15) of ERISA that is subject to ERISA and (i) is maintained for employees of Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings or ERISA Affiliate or (ii) was so maintained and in respect of which Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings or ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.
Preferred Stock means any Capital Stock with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
Prime Rate means the rate of interest per annum announced from time to time by Credit Suisse AG as its prime commercial lending rate in effect at its principal office in New York City. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer. Credit Suisse AG or any other Lender may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Rate.
Pro Forma Basis means, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant hereunder, compliance with such covenant or test after giving effect to the Transactions or any proposed acquisition, investment, distribution or other action which requires compliance on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events that are attributable to specific transactions, or which are projected by Holdings in good faith as a result of reasonably identifiable and factually supportable net cost savings or additional net costs, as the case may be, realizable during such period; provided that any such pro forma effect shall be without duplication for net cost savings or additional net costs actually realized during such period, which pro forma adjustment shall be certified by the chief financial officer of Holdings), using, for purposes of determining such compliance, the historical financial statements of all entities or assets so acquired or to be acquired and the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries which shall be reformulated as if the Transactions or such acquisition, investment, distribution or other action, and any acquisitions which have been consummated during the period, and any Indebtedness or other liabilities incurred in connection with any such acquisition, investment, distribution or other action had been consummated at the beginning of such period (and assuming that such Indebtedness bears interest during any portion of the applicable measurement period prior to the relevant acquisition at the weighted average of the interest rates applicable to outstanding Loans during such period).
Pro Forma Financial Statements means a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings as of and for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the most recently completed four-fiscal quarter period for the financial statements described in clause (ii) of the definition of Historical Financial Statements, prepared on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Transactions.
Pro Rata Share means (a) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Commitments or the Revolving Loans (or any Class of Commitments or Revolving Loans, in the case of the allocation of borrowings of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.1A(i),
37 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
2.1 A(iii) or 2.9 (except as otherwise expressly provided in any such Section), payments of principal in respect of Commitments and Revolving Loans on any Commitment Termination Date pursuant to Section 2.1A(i), 2.1 A(iii) or 2.9, any payment of interest in respect of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.2, any payment of Facility Fees pursuant to Section 2.3A and any payment of Letter of Credit fees pursuant to Section 3.2) of any Revolving Loan Lender, or any Letter of Credit issued by any Issuing Bank or any participations purchased by any Lender therein or in any Swing Line Loans, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Loan Exposure (or the Revolving Loan Exposure with respect to such Class of Commitments or Revolving Loans, as applicable) of that Revolving Loan Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure (or the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure with respect to such Class of Commitments or Revolving Loans, as applicable) of all the Revolving Loan Lenders of such Class. The Pro Rata Share of each Lender on the Effective Date shall be set forth in the Register.
PTO means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
Qualified Additional Lender means any Lender and/or any other financial institution that would qualify as an Eligible Assignee, and, if providing an additional Commitment pursuant to Section 2.1 A(iii) has been approved by the Administrative Agent if not already a Revolving Loan Lender hereunder at such time (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
Qualified Public Offering means the initial underwritten public offering of common Capital Stock of Holdings or any of Holdings direct or indirect parent companies, in each case, pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or any successor form), substantially all the net proceeds of which are received by or contributed to Holdings and which proceeds are in an amount not less than $100,000,000.
Real Estate has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 6.1 (viii).
Real Estate Business means homebuilding, housing construction, real estate (including masterplan) development or construction and the sale of homes, land and related real estate activities, including the provision of mortgage financing, realty brokerage, title insurance or any other business substantially related or reasonably incidental thereto.
R eference Lenders means (a) Credit Suisse AG and (b) another Lender determined by the Administrative Agent with the consent of Holdings, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
refinance means to modify, refinance, replace, renew, refund, repay, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanisms); and the term refinances, refinanced and refinancing as used for any purpose in this Agreement shall have correlative meanings.
Refinancing Indebtedness means Indebtedness incurred to refinance any Indebtedness of any Co-Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (or, in the case of Indebtedness under the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents, Holdings or Canada Holdings) existing on the Effective Date (after giving effect to the Transactions) or incurred in compliance with this Agreement (including Indebtedness of any Loan Party that refinances Indebtedness of any other Loan Party and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party (in each case to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement)) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness.
38 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Refinanced Unsecured Facility Indebtedness has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.1(ix).
Refunded Swing Line Loans has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.1 A(ii).
Register has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.1C.
Related Parties means, with respect to any Person, such Persons Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Persons Affiliates.
Release means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of Hazardous Materials into the environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Materials), or into or out of any property, including the movement of any Hazardous Material through the air, soil, surface water, groundwater or property.
Release Arrangement has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.6.
Release Notice has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.6.
Reportable Event means an event described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder.
Requisite Class Lenders means, at any time of determination for any Class of Loans or Commitments, Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure with respect to such Class; provided that the Revolving Loan Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Requisite Class Lenders at any time.
Requisite Lenders means Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders; provided that the Revolving Loan Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Requisite Lenders at any time.
Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate means, with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula:
Eurodollar Base Rate
1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements
Reset Date means (a) the date of each Notice of Borrowing for a Revolving Loan or Swing Line Loan, if after giving effect thereto any Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit or Canadian Loan would be outstanding on such date, (b) the last Business Day of each month, if any Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit or Canadian Loan is outstanding on such day, (c) the date of the making of any Canadian Loan or the issuance, extension, renewal or amendment of any Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit and (d) any other day selected by the Administrative Agent (including any day on which the Administrative Agent calculates Letter of Credit Usage) if any Canadian Loan or Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit is outstanding on such day.
39 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Responsible Officer means the President, the Vice President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, with respect to certain limited liability companies that do not have officers, any manager thereof, any other senior officer of Holdings or any other Loan Party designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by Holdings or such other Loan Party, as applicable, and, with respect to any document (other than the solvency certificate) delivered on the Effective Date, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of any Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by an Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company, partnership and/or other action on the part of Holdings or any other Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Person.
Restricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Revolving Loan Exposure means, with respect to any Revolving Loan Lender as of any date of determination (a) prior to the termination of the Commitments, that Lenders Commitment and (b) after the termination of the Commitments, the sum of (i) the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans (or the relevant Class of Revolving Loans in connection with a calculation by Class under the definition of Pro Rata Share) of that Lender, plus (ii) in the event that Lender is an Issuing Bank, the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage in respect of all Letters of Credit issued by that Lender (net of any participations purchased by other Lenders in such Letters of Credit), plus (iii) the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of all participations purchased by that Lender in any issued Letters of Credit or any Unpaid Drawings, plus (iv) the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of all participations purchased by that Lender in any outstanding Swing Line Loans, plus (v) in the case of the Swing Line Lender, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Loans (in each case net of any participations therein purchased by other Lenders).
Revolving Loan Lender means a Lender with a Commitment.
Revolving Loans means the Loans made by the Revolving Loan Lenders to any Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1A(i) or 2.1 A(iii), if applicable.
Revolving Loan Yield means, at the time of the establishment of any additional Commitments pursuant to Section 2.1 A(iii), the sum of (i) the Applicable Margin (as increased by the Facility Fee Rate applicable on such date) then in effect for Fixed Rate Revolving Loans under the Commitments (other than such additional Commitments), (ii) the amount that any LIBOR floor applicable to such Fixed Rate Revolving Loans on such date exceeds the Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for a one-month Interest Period on such date and (iii) one fourth of the Up-Front Fees paid in respect of the Commitments (other than such additional Commitments). If immediately prior to the establishment of any additional Commitments pursuant to Section 2.1 A(iii) there shall exist more than one Class of Commitments hereunder, the Revolving Loan Yield shall be determined separately for each such Class.
40 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Revolving Notes means (a) the promissory notes of a Borrower issued pursuant to Section 2.1 D(i) and (b) any promissory notes issued by a Borrower in connection with assignments of the Commitment and Revolving Loans of any Revolving Loan Lender, in each case substantially in the form of Exhibit IV-A annexed hereto, as they may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
S&P means Standard & Poors Ratings Service, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Sale Leaseback means any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which a Co-Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of any property, real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and (b) as part of such transaction, thereafter rents or leases such property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold, transferred or disposed of.
SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.
Section 6.1 Financials means the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 6.1 (i) or (ii) together with the accompanying officers certificate delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 6.1 (iii).
Secured Hedge Agreement means any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank.
Secured Parties means, collectively, (a) the Lenders, (b) each Issuing Bank, (c) the Swing Line Lender, (d) the Administrative Agent, (e) the Collateral Agent, (f) each Hedge Bank, (g) each Cash Management Bank, (h) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under the Loan Documents and (i) any successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns of any of the foregoing.
Securities means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as securities or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and any successor statute.
Security Agreement means the Security Agreement dated as of the Effective Date and entered into by and among U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the U.S. Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit VI annexed hereto, as such Security Agreement may hereafter be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Solvent means, with respect to any Person, that as of the date of determination both (a) (i) the then fair saleable value of the property of such Person, sold as a going concern, is (A) greater
41 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent liabilities but excluding amounts payable under intercompany promissory notes) of such Person and (B) not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities on such Persons then existing debts as they become absolute and matured considering all financing alternatives and potential asset sales reasonably available to such Person, (ii) such Persons capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business or any contemplated or undertaken transaction and (iii) such Person does not intend to incur, or believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due; (b) such Person is solvent within the meaning given that term and similar terms under Applicable Laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances; or (c) in the case of any Person existing under the laws of Canada or any of its Provinces or territories, such Person is not an insolvent person within the meaning of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada). For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
Specified Obligations means Obligations consisting of (a) the principal of and interest on Loans and (b) reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit.
Specified Representations means the following: (a) the representations and warranties made by or with respect to Holdings or its Subsidiaries in the Stock Purchase Agreement, but only to the extent that Holdings or its Subsidiaries have the right to terminate its obligations under the Stock Purchase Agreement or decline to consummate the Acquisition as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties in the Stock Purchase Agreement, (b) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.1 A(a) (with respect to Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, U.S. Holdings, each Co-Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor), Section 5.1B (other than the final sentence thereof), Section 5.2A(a) with respect to subclause (i) thereof (insofar as it covers the incurrence of Loans, the issuance of Letters of Credit on behalf of any Borrower, the provision of the Guaranty and the grant of the Collateral), Section 5.2A(a) with respect to subclauses (ii) (with respect to the Stock Purchase Agreement and any indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage or deed of trust in respect of any Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 7.1A) (after giving effect to the Amended Canadian Surviving Debt Documents) and (iii) thereof, Section 5.2C, Section 5.2D, Section 5.8, Section 5.12 and Section 5.15 and (c) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Security Agreement.
Specified Subsidiary means, at any date of determination, (a) any Subsidiary whose total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered were equal to or greater than 10% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries at such date, (b) any Subsidiary whose gross revenues for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 10% of the consolidated gross revenues of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP or (c) each other Subsidiary that, when such Subsidiarys total assets and gross revenues are aggregated with each other Subsidiary that is the subject of an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 would, constitute a Specified Subsidiary under clause (a) or (b) above.
Sponsors means JH Investments Inc., Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. and TPG Capital, L.P. and their respective Affiliates and all investment funds managed by any of the foregoing (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, their respective portfolio companies or other operating companies affiliated with JH Investments, Inc., Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. or TPG Capital, L.P.).
42 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Stated Amount means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the maximum amount from time to time available to be drawn thereunder, determined without regard to whether any conditions to drawing could then be met.
Stock Purchase Agreement means the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 30, 2011, among Holdings, US Acquisitionco, 2279154 Ontario, Inc., Taylor Wimpey plc, Wimpey Overseas Holdings Limited and Taylor Wimpey 2007 Limited.
Subordination Arrangement has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.2.
Subordination Notice has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.2.
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.
Subsidiary Guarantor means each wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary) on the Effective Date, and each wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary) that becomes a party to the Guaranty at any time after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 6.7.
Successor Borrower has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.6A(i).
Supplemental Collateral Agent and Supplemental Collateral Agents shall have the meaning assigned to these terms in Section 9.1B.
Swing Line Lender means Credit Suisse AG, acting through such of its Affiliates or branches as it may designate, or any Person serving as a successor Administrative Agent hereunder, in its capacity as Swing Line Lender hereunder.
Swing Line Loan Commitment means the commitment of Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Loans to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.1 A(ii). The aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Commitment on the Effective Date is $5,000,000.
Swing Line Loans means the Loans made by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.1 A(ii).
Swing Line Note means (a) the promissory note of a Borrower issued pursuant to Section 2.1 D(ii) and (b) any promissory note issued by a Borrower to any successor Swing Line Lender pursuant to the last sentence of Section 9.6B, in each case substantially in the form of Exhibit IV-B annexed hereto, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
43 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Taxes means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges (including Canada Pension Plan and provincial pension plan contributions, employment insurance and workers compensation premiums) imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto and whether disputed or not.
Test Period means, for any determination under this Agreement, the four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings then last ended.
Total Utilization of Commitments means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the U.S. Revolving Exposure plus (b) the Canadian Revolving Exposure.
Trademark Security Agreement means the Trademark Security Agreement dated as of the Effective Date by the U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries party thereto in favor of the Collateral Agent, in the form of Exhibit VIII annexed hereto, as such Trademark Security Agreement may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Transaction Costs means the fees, costs and expenses payable by Holdings and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions, including amounts payable to the Agents and the Lenders.
Transactions means (a) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is to be a party, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof in accordance with the terms hereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder, (b) the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement, (c) the payment of the Transaction Costs and (d) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents to which it is to be a party, the issuance of the Indebtedness contemplated thereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof.
Treasury Regulations means the United States Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, as amended to the Effective Date and from time to time thereafter and any successor regulations.
Type means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan, a Canadian Prime Rate Loan, a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a CDOR Rate Loan.
UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.
Unfunded Current Liability of any Plan or Foreign Plan means the amount, if any, by which the present value of the accrued benefits under the plan as of the close of its most recent plan year, determined in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification 715 as in effect on the Effective Date, based upon the actuarial assumptions that would be used by the plans actuary in a termination of the plan, exceeds the Fair Market Value of the assets allocable thereto.
Unpaid Drawings means, as of any date of determination, the sum of, without duplication, (a) the amount set forth in clause (b) of the definition of Canadian LC Exposure and (b) the amount set forth in clause (b) of the definition of U.S. LC Exposure.
44 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Unrestricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower that is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by a Co-Borrower pursuant to Section 6.13 subsequent to the Effective Date.
Unsecured Facility Credit Agreement means the Loan Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, as a co-borrower, Canada Intermediate Holdings, US Acquisitionco, as a co-borrower, TPG Partners VI, L.P. and Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. and certain of Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.s Affiliates, as lenders, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions therein and in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.9B hereof.
Unsecured Facility Loan Documents means the Unsecured Facility Credit Agreement and the other documents, instruments and agreements entered into or delivered by any Loan Party in connection therewith.
Unused Revolving Commitment means, as of any date of determination, the amount by which the aggregate Commitments exceed the Total Utilization of Commitments.
Up-Front Fees means the amount of any fees or discounts received by Lenders in connection with the making of loans or extensions of credit, expressed as a percentage of such loan or extension of credit.
US Acquisitionco means Aylesbury Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation to be merged with and into the U.S. Borrower upon the consummation of the Acquisition.
U.S. Holdings has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.
USA PATRIOT Act means the USA PATRIOT Improvement and Reauthorization Act, Title III of Pub. L. 109-177 (signed into law March 9, 2006, as amended from time to time).
U.S. Borrower has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.
U.S. Dollar Equivalent means, on any date of determination, (a) with respect to any amount in U.S. Dollars, such amount and (b) with respect to any amount in Canadian Dollars, the equivalent in U.S. Dollars of such amount, determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 1.3 using the Exchange Rate then in effect.
U.S. Dollar Letter of Credit means any Letter of Credit denominated in U.S. Dollars.
U.S. Dollars , Dollars , dollars or $ refers to lawful money of the United States of America.
U.S. LC Disbursement means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a U.S. Dollar Letter of Credit.
U.S. LC Exposure means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Stated Amount of all U.S. Dollar Letters of Credit that remains available for drawing at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of all U.S. LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed at such time. The U.S. LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total U.S. LC Exposure at such time.
45 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
U.S. Loan means any Loan denominated in U.S. Dollars.
U.S. Person means a United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
U.S. Revolving Exposure means, with respect to the Lenders, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Lenders U.S. Revolving Loans at such time, (b) the Lenders U.S. LC Exposure at such time and (c) the Lenders U.S. Swing Line Exposure at such time. The U.S. Revolving Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the aggregate U.S. Revolving Exposure at such time.
U.S. Swing Line Exposure means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all U.S. Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time. The U.S. Swing Line Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total U.S. Swing Line Exposure at such time.
Voting Stock means, with respect to any Person, shares of such Persons Capital Stock having the right to vote for the election of directors of such Person under ordinary circumstances.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
Withholding Agent means the Co-Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.
Yield Differential has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.1A(iii).
1.2 | Defined Terms; Accounting Terms; Utilization of GAAP for Purposes of Calculations Under Agreement. |
A. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. The word will shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word shall. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Persons successors and assigns, (c) the words herein, hereof and hereunder, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement (unless expressly referring to another agreement) and (e) the words asset and property shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all Documents, General Intangibles, Goods, Insurance, Intellectual Property, Investment Related Property, Letter of Credit Rights, Money and Deposit Accounts, Receivables, Receivable Records, Commercial Tort Claims,
46 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
choses in action and all other personal property of any kind and all Collateral Records, Collateral Support and Supporting Obligations relating to the foregoing, and Proceeds therefrom (for purposes of this Section, as each such term is defined in the Security Agreement).
B. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, (a) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with GAAP and (b) financial statements and other information required to be delivered by Holdings to the Lenders pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (vii) of Section 6.1 shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (except, with respect to interim financial statements, for the absence of normal year-end audit adjustments and explanatory footnotes) as in effect at the time of such preparation. Calculations in connection with the definitions, covenants and other provisions of this Agreement shall utilize accounting principles and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the Historical Financial Statements; provided that, should such accounting principles and policies change and either Holdings or the Requisite Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent and Holdings shall negotiate in good faith to amend such provision to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Requisite Lenders); provided , further, that, until so amended, such provision shall continue to be interpreted in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein regardless of whether any such request is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof.
1.3 | Exchange Rates. |
On each Reset Date, the Administrative Agent shall (i) determine the relevant Exchange Rate as of such Reset Date and (ii) give notice thereof to the Lenders and the U.S. Borrower. The Exchange Rate so determined shall become effective on the relevant Reset Date, shall remain effective until the next succeeding Reset Date, and shall for all purposes of this Agreement (other than Sections 3.1 B(iii), 3.1C, 3.2, 3.3B, 3.3C and 10.24 or any other provision hereof expressly requiring the use of an Exchange Rate as of a specified date) be the Exchange Rate employed in converting amounts between U.S. Dollars and Canadian Dollars.
SECTION 2.
AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND LOANS
2.1 | Commitments; Loans. |
A. (i) Each Revolving Loan Lender severally agrees, subject to the limitations set forth below with respect to the maximum amount of Revolving Loans permitted to be outstanding from time to time, to lend to the Borrowers from time to time in U.S. Dollars and/or Canadian Dollars during the period on and from the Effective Date to but excluding the Commitment Termination Date an aggregate amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount of the Commitments, to be used for the purposes identified in Section 2.5B. The aggregate original amount of the Commitments is $75,000,000. Subject to Section 2.9, each Revolving Loan Lenders Commitment (other than Other Credit Extensions or any Commitments amended by Permitted Amendments pursuant to a Loan Modification Offer) shall expire on the Commitment Termination Date and all Revolving Loans (other than Other Credit Extensions or any Loans amended by Permitted Amendments pursuant to a Loan Modification Offer) and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Commitments (other than Other Credit Extensions or any Commitments or Loans amended by Permitted Amendments pursuant to a Loan Modification
47 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Offer) shall be paid in full no later than that date. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1A(i) may be repaid and reborrowed, subject to the limitations and conditions set forth herein, up to but excluding the Commitment Termination Date.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall (i) the Total Utilization of Commitments at any time exceed the Commitments then in effect or (ii) the aggregate Canadian Revolving Exposure at any time exceed 105% of the Canadian Sublimit then in effect.
(ii) Swing Line Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender hereby agrees, subject to the limitations set forth below with respect to the maximum aggregate amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding from time to time, to make a portion of the Commitments available to the Borrowers from time to time during the period after the Effective Date to but excluding the Commitment Termination Date by making Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans as Swing Line Loans in U.S. Dollars and/or Canadian Dollars, respectively, to the Borrowers in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment, to be used for the purposes identified in Section 2.5B, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the sum of the Swing Line Lenders outstanding Revolving Loans and the Swing Line Lenders Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Usage then in effect, may exceed the Swing Line Lenders Commitment. The original amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment is $5,000,000; provided that the amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment is subject to reduction as provided in clause (c) of the next paragraph. The Swing Line Loan Commitment shall expire on the Commitment Termination Date and all Swing Line Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Swing Line Loans shall be paid in full no later than that date. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1A(ii) may be repaid and reborrowed, subject to the limitations and conditions set forth herein, to but excluding the Commitment Termination Date.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Swing Line Loans and the Swing Line Loan Commitment shall be subject to the following limitations:
(a) in no event shall the Total Utilization of Commitments at any time exceed the Commitments then in effect;
(b) in no event shall the aggregate Canadian Revolving Exposure at any time exceed 105% of the Canadian Sublimit then in effect;
(c) any reduction of the Commitments made pursuant to Section 2.4A which reduces the aggregate Commitments to an amount less than the then current amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment shall result in an automatic corresponding reduction of the Swing Line Loan Commitment such that the amount thereof equals the amount of the Commitments, as so reduced, without any further action on the part of any Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Swing Line Lender; and
(d) the Swing Line Lender shall have no obligation to make any Swing Line Loans during any period when a Lender Default exists, unless the Swing Line Lender has entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to it and the
48 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Borrowers to eliminate the Swing Line Lenders risk with respect to any Defaulting Lender, including by cash collateralizing such Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loans that may be required to be made to refund the applicable Swing Line Loan as contemplated by the immediately following paragraph.
With respect to any Swing Line Loans which have not been voluntarily prepaid by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.4A(i), the Swing Line Lender may, at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, deliver to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrowers), no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed Funding Date, a notice (which shall be deemed to be a Notice of Borrowing given by the Borrowers) requesting the Revolving Loan Lenders to make Revolving Loans in U.S. Dollars and/or Canadian Dollars, as applicable, that are Base Rate Loans and/or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, respectively, to the Borrowers on such Funding Date in an amount equal to the amount of such Swing Line Loans (the Refunded Swing Line Loans ) outstanding on the date such notice is given which the Swing Line Lender requests the Revolving Loan Lenders to prepay. Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the proceeds of such Revolving Loans made by the Revolving Loan Lenders other than the Swing Line Lender shall be immediately delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Swing Line Lender (and not to the Borrowers) and applied to repay a corresponding portion of the Refunded Swing Line Loans and (ii) on the day such Revolving Loans are made, the Swing Line Lenders Pro Rata Share of the Refunded Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be paid with the proceeds of a Revolving Loan made by the Swing Line Lender to the Borrowers, and such portion of the Swing Line Loans deemed to be so paid shall no longer be outstanding as Swing Line Loans and shall no longer be due as Swing Line Loans but shall instead constitute part of the Swing Line Lenders outstanding Revolving Loans to the Borrowers. The Borrowers hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender to charge their accounts with the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender (up to the amount available in each such account) in order to immediately pay the Swing Line Lender the amount of the Refunded Swing Line Loans to the extent the proceeds of such Revolving Loans made by such Lenders, including the Revolving Loan deemed to be made by the Swing Line Lender, are not sufficient to repay in full the Refunded Swing Line Loans. If any portion of any such amount paid (or deemed to be paid) to the Swing Line Lender should be recovered by or on behalf of a Borrower from the Swing Line Lender in bankruptcy, by assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise, the loss of the amount so recovered shall be ratably shared among all Revolving Loan Lenders in the manner contemplated by Section 10.4.
If for any reason Revolving Loans are not made pursuant to this Section 2.1A(ii) in an amount sufficient to repay any amounts owed to the Swing Line Lender in respect of any outstanding Swing Line Loans on or before the third Business Day after demand for payment thereof by the Swing Line Lender, each Revolving Loan Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees to, have purchased a participation in such outstanding Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the applicable unpaid amount together with accrued interest thereon. Upon one Business Days notice from the Swing Line Lender, each such Revolving Loan Lender shall deliver to the Swing Line Lender an amount in the applicable currency and equal to its participation in the applicable unpaid amount in same day funds at the office of the Swing Line Lender located at the Funding and Payment Office. In order to evidence such participation each such Lender agrees to enter into a participation agreement at the request of the Swing Line Lender in form and substance satisfactory to the Swing Line
49 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Lender; provided , however , that the failure of the Swing Line Lender to make such a request shall not affect the rights or obligations of the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender hereunder. In the event any such Lender fails to make available to the Swing Line Lender the amount of such Lenders participation as provided in this paragraph, the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at the rate customarily used by the Swing Line Lender for the correction of errors among banks for three Business Days and thereafter at the Base Rate or the Canadian Prime Rate, as applicable.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (i) each such Revolving Loan Lenders obligation to make Revolving Loans for the purpose of repaying any Refunded Swing Line Loans pursuant to the second preceding paragraph and each such Revolving Loan Lenders obligation to purchase a participation in any unpaid Swing Line Loans pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (a) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, any Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (b) the occurrence or continuation of a Default or Event of Default, (c) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Holdings, any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, (d) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any party thereto or (e) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
(iii) Additional Commitments. The Co-Borrowers may from time to time after the Effective Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent, request that, on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, Qualified Additional Lenders provide up to the Additional Facilities Amount in the aggregate in additional Commitments; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur after giving effect to such additional Commitments, (ii) the loans under such additional Commitments shall rank pari passu with the Revolving Loans to be made pursuant to Section 2.1A(i), (iii) the representations and warranties in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects prior to and after giving effect to such additional Commitments, (iv) the maturity date of any additional Commitments shall be no earlier than, and no scheduled mandatory commitment reduction shall be required prior to, the maturity date of the existing Commitments (or any Other Credit Extensions constituting Commitments), (v) the terms (other than with respect to pricing or maturity) of any additional Commitments and the Revolving Loans to be made thereunder, to the extent not consistent with the Commitments and the Revolving Loans extended under this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.1A(i), shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (vi) if the Initial Yield applicable to the additional Commitments extended pursuant to this Section 2.1 A(iii) exceeds by more than 50 basis points the Revolving Loan Yield at such time (the amount by which the Initial Yield applicable to the additional Commitments incurred pursuant to this Section 2.1 A(iii) exceeds the Revolving Loan Yield at such time being referred to herein as the Yield Differential ), then the LIBOR floor and/or the Applicable Margin applicable to the Revolving Loans shall be increased such that after giving effect to such increases, the Yield Differential shall equal 50 basis points; provided that, to the extent any portion of the Yield Differential is attributable to a higher LIBOR floor being applicable to the additional Commitments, the LIBOR floor applicable to the Revolving Loans shall be increased (or, in the event there is no LIBOR floor applicable to the Revolving Loans at such time, a
50 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
LIBOR floor shall be added) to an amount not to exceed the LIBOR floor applicable to the additional Commitments prior to any increase in the Applicable Margin applicable to the Revolving Loans. Nothing contained in this Section 2.1 A(iii) or otherwise in this Agreement is intended to commit any Lender or any Agent to provide any portion of any such additional Commitments. If and to the extent that any Qualified Additional Lenders agree, in their sole discretion, to provide any such additional Commitments on the terms and conditions set forth herein, (a) at such time and in such manner as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine, the Qualified Additional Lenders who have in their sole discretion agreed to provide additional Commitments shall purchase and assume outstanding Revolving Loans and/or participations incurred in connection with Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans so as to cause the amount of such Revolving Loans and/or participations in connection with Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans held by each Revolving Loan Lender to conform to the respective percentages of the applicable Commitments of the Revolving Loan Lenders as so adjusted and (b) the Co-Borrowers shall execute and deliver any additional Notes as any Lender may reasonably request or other amendments or modifications to this Agreement or any other Loan Document as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
If any new Commitments incurred pursuant to this Section 2.1 A(iii) are to have terms that are different from the Commitments outstanding immediately prior to such incurrence (any such new Commitments, Other Credit Extensions ), all such terms shall be as set forth in a separate assumption agreement among Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Borrowers, the Qualified Additional Lenders providing such additional Revolving Commitments and the Administrative Agent, the execution and delivery of which agreement shall be a condition to the effectiveness of the Other Credit Extensions. If the Borrowers incur new Commitments under this Section 2.1A(iii), regardless of whether such Commitments are Other Credit Extensions, the Borrowers shall, after such time, (x) incur and repay Revolving Loans ratably as between the new Commitments and the Commitments outstanding immediately prior to such incurrence and (y) permanently reduce Commitments ratably as between the new Commitments and the Commitments outstanding immediately prior to such incurrence; provided that on the date of incurrence of the new Commitments, the Borrowers may permanently reduce the Commitments outstanding immediately prior to such time without ratably reducing the new Commitments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.5, the Administrative Agent is expressly permitted, without the consent of any Lender, to amend the Loan Documents to the extent necessary to give effect to any increases pursuant to this Section 2.1 A(iii) and mechanical and conforming changes necessary or advisable in connection therewith (including amendments to (1) implement the requirements in the preceding two sentences, (2) ensure pro rata allocations of Eurodollar Rate Loans, Canadian Prime Rate Loans, CDOR Rate Loans and Base Rate Loans between Loans incurred pursuant to this Section 2.1 A(iii) and Loans outstanding immediately prior to any such incurrence and (3) implement ratable participation in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans between the Other Credit Extensions consisting of Commitments and the Commitments outstanding immediately prior to any such incurrence).
B. Borrowing Mechanics. Revolving Loans (including any such Loans made as Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans with a particular Interest Period) made on any Funding Date (other than Revolving Loans made pursuant to a request by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.1A(ii) for the purpose of repaying any Refunded Swing Line Loans and Revolving Loans made pursuant to Section 3.3B for the purpose of reimbursing the applicable Issuing Bank for the
51 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
amount of a drawing or payment under a Letter of Credit issued by it) shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of the Borrowing Minimum and integral multiples of the Borrowing Multiple in excess of that amount. Swing Line Loans made on any Funding Date shall be in minimum multiples of $100,000 or C$100,000, as the case may be. The Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a Notice of Borrowing no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York time), at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed Funding Date; provided that, in the case of any such Loan requested as a Fixed Rate Loan, the Borrowers shall deliver such Notice of Borrowing no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York time), at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed Funding Date. Whenever the Borrowers desire that the Swing Line Lender make a Swing Line Loan, they shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a Notice of Borrowing no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York time) on the proposed Funding Date. The Notice of Borrowing shall specify (i) the proposed Funding Date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) whether such Loans are to be U.S. Loans or Canadian Loans, (iii) the amount and Type of Loans requested, (iv) in the case of Swing Line Loans, that such Loans shall be Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as the case may be, (v) in the case of any Revolving Loans, other than Swing Line Loans, whether such Revolving Loans shall be Base Rate Loans, Eurodollar Rate Loans, CDOR Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, (vi) in the case of any Loans requested to be made as Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans, the initial Interest Period requested, and (vii) remittance instructions applicable for the Loans requested. Revolving Loans may be continued as or converted into Base Rate Loans, Eurodollar Rate Loans, CDOR Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans in the manner provided in Section 2.2D.
In lieu of delivering the above-described Notices of Borrowing, the Borrowers may give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time of any proposed borrowing under this Section 2.1B; provided that such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of a Notice of Borrowing to the Administrative Agent on or before the applicable Funding Date. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to any Borrower in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above that the Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a duly authorized officer or other person authorized to borrow on behalf of the Borrowers or for otherwise acting in good faith under this Section 2.1B, and upon funding of Loans by the Lenders in accordance with this Agreement pursuant to any such telephonic notice, the Borrowers shall have effected Loans hereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Conversion/Continuation or similar notice believed by the Administrative Agent to be genuine. The Administrative Agent may assume that each Person executing and delivering such a notice was duly authorized, unless the responsible individual acting thereon for the Administrative Agent has actual knowledge to the contrary.
The Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent prior to the funding of any Revolving Loans in the event that any of the matters to which the Borrowers are required to certify in the applicable Notice of Borrowing are no longer true and correct as of the applicable Funding Date, and the acceptance by the Borrowers of the proceeds of any Revolving Loans shall constitute a re-certification by the Borrowers, as of the applicable Funding Date, as to the matters to which the Borrowers are required to certify in the applicable Notice of Borrowing.
Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.6B, 2.6C, 2.6D and 2.6G, a Notice of Borrowing for any Loan (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable and the Borrowers shall be bound to make a borrowing in accordance therewith.
52 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
C. Disbursement of Funds. All Revolving Loans and all participations purchased under this Agreement shall be made by the Revolving Loan Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in that other Lenders obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder nor shall the Commitment of any Lender to make the particular type of Loan requested be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in that other Lenders obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder.
Promptly after receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Notice of Borrowing with respect to a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.1B (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof), the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, of the proposed borrowing and of the amount of such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the applicable Revolving Loans. Each Lender shall make the amount of its Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent in the applicable currency not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York time) on the applicable Funding Date in same-day funds at the Funding and Payment Office. The Swing Line Lender shall make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrowers in the applicable currency not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the applicable Funding Date in same-day funds, at the applicable Funding and Payment Office, except as provided in Section 2.1A(ii) or Section 3.3B with respect to Revolving Loans used to repay Refunded Swing Line Loans or to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for the amount of an Unpaid Drawing. Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified in Sections 4.1 (in the case of Loans made on the Effective Date) and 4.2 (in the case of all Loans), the Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Loans in the applicable currency available to the Borrowers on the applicable Funding Date by causing an amount of same-day funds equal to the proceeds of all such Loans received by the Administrative Agent from the Lenders, to be credited to the account of the Borrowers at the Funding and Payment Office.
Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the Funding Date for any Loans that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent the amount of such Lenders Loan requested on such Funding Date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.1 A and may, in reliance upon such assumption and in the Administrative Agents sole discretion, make available to the Borrowers a corresponding amount on such Funding Date. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Loan available to the Administrative Agent on the Funding Date, then the applicable Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, for the first three (3) days, at a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and, thereafter, the greater of (x) in the case of U.S. Loans, the Base Rate, and in the case of Canadian Loans, the Canadian Prime Rate, and (y) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by a Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as the case may be, of the applicable Class. If a Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrowers the amount of such interest paid by the Borrowers for such period. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lenders Loan included in such borrowing. Nothing in this paragraph shall relieve any Lender of its obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder and Borrowers shall be without prejudice to any claim any Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
53 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Subject to Section 3.3B, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrowers prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders and the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, for the first three days, at a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and, thereafter, at the greater of (i) in the case of U.S. Loans, the Base Rate, and in the case of Canadian Loans, the Canadian Prime Rate, and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
D. Notes. Each of the Co-Borrowers shall execute and deliver on the Effective Date to each Lender requesting the same (or to the Administrative Agent for such Lender) (i) a Revolving Note substantially in the form of Exhibit IV-A annexed hereto to evidence that Lenders Revolving Loans, in the principal amount of that Lenders Commitment and (ii) a Swing Line Note in the form of Exhibit IV-B annexed hereto to evidence the Swing Line Lenders Swing Line Loans, in the principal amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment. Any Lender not receiving a Note may request at any time that the Borrowers issue it such Note on the terms set forth herein, and each of the Borrowers agree to issue such Note promptly upon the request of a Lender. The Notes and the Obligations evidenced thereby shall be governed by, subject to and benefit from all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall be secured by the Collateral.
2.2 | Interest on the Loans. |
A. Rate of Interest. Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.2E, 2.6 and 2.7, each Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made to maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate, the Canadian Prime Rate, the CDOR Rate or the Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, as the case may be. Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.2E and 2.7, each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made to maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate determined by reference to (i) in the case of Swing Line Loans denominated in U.S. Dollars, the Base Rate, and (ii) in the case of Swing Line Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, the Canadian Prime Rate. The applicable basis for determining the rate of interest with respect to any Loan shall be selected by the Borrowers initially at the time a Notice of Borrowing is given with respect to such Loan pursuant to Section 2.1B. The basis for determining the interest rate with respect to any Loan may be changed from time to time pursuant to Section 2.2D. If on any day any Loan is outstanding with respect to which notice has not been delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement specifying the applicable basis for determining the rate of interest, then for that day that Loan shall bear interest determined by reference to the Base Rate in the case of U.S. Loans and by reference to the Canadian Prime Rate in the case of Canadian Loans. Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.2E, 2.6 and 2.7, the Loans shall bear interest through maturity as follows:
(a) if a Base Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin;
54 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(b) if a Canadian Prime Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Canadian Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin;
(c) if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for the relevant Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin; or
(d) if a CDOR Rate Loan, then at the sum of the CDOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
B. Interest Periods. In connection with each Fixed Rate Loan, the Borrowers may, pursuant to the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, select an interest period (each an Interest Period ) to be applicable to such Loan, which Interest Period shall (except as provided in Section 2.1B) be, at the Borrowers option, (i) in the case of U.S. Loans, one-, two-, three- or six-month, or, if agreed to by all of the Lenders, nine- or twelvemonth or shorter than one-month, period and (ii) in the case of Canadian Loans, 30 days, 60 days, 90 days or 180 days; provided that:
(i) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans,
(A) the initial Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan shall commence on the Funding Date in respect of such Loan, in the case of a Loan initially made as a Eurodollar Rate Loan, or on the date specified in the applicable Notice of Conversion/Continuation, in the case of a Loan converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan;
(B) in the case of immediately successive Interest Periods applicable to a Eurodollar Rate Loan continued as such pursuant to a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, each successive Interest Period shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;
(C) if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided that, if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day;
(D) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall, subject to clause (i)(E) of this Section 2.2B, end on the last Business Day of a calendar month;
(E) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Loans of any Class shall extend beyond the Commitment Termination Date or other final maturity date (in the case of Other Credit Extensions), as applicable, of such Class;
(F) there shall be no more than five Interest Periods in respect of Eurodollar Rate Loans outstanding at any time; and
(G) in the event the Borrower fails to specify an Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Conversion/Continuation, such Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month; and
55 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(ii) in the case of CDOR Rate Loans:
(A) the initial Interest Period for any CDOR Rate Loan shall commence on the Funding Date in respect of such Loan, in the case of a Loan initially made as a CDOR Rate Loan, or on the date specified in the applicable Notice of Conversion/Continuation, in the case of a Loan converted to a CDOR Rate Loan;
(B) in the case of immediately successive Interest Periods applicable to a CDOR Rate Loan continued as such pursuant to a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, each successive Interest Period shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;
(C) if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended or reduced as may be reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to ensure that each Interest Period shall expire on a Business Day;
(D) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Loans of any Class shall extend beyond the Commitment Termination Date or other final maturity date (in the case of Other Credit Extensions), as applicable, of such Class;
(E) there shall be no more than five Interest Periods in respect of CDOR Rate Loans outstanding at any time; and
(F) in the event the Borrowers fail to specify an Interest Period for any CDOR Rate Loan in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Conversion/Continuation, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of 30 days.
C. Interest Payments. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.2E below, interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable to that Loan, upon any prepayment of that Loan (to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid) and at maturity (including final maturity, by acceleration or otherwise); provided that in the event that any Daily Rate Loans are prepaid pursuant to Section 2.4A(i), interest accrued on such Loans through the date of such prepayment shall be payable on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date applicable to Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as the case may be (or, if earlier, at final maturity).
D. Conversion or Continuation. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.6, the Borrowers shall have the option (i) to convert at any time all or any part of their outstanding Loans equal to the Borrowing Minimum and integral multiples of the Borrowing Multiple in excess of that amount from Daily Rate Loans to Fixed Rate Loans in the same currency (or vice versa) or (ii) upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to a Fixed Rate Loan, to continue all or any portion of such Loan equal to the Borrowing Minimum and integral multiples of the Borrowing Multiple in excess of that amount as a Fixed Rate Loan in the same currency for another permissible Interest Period.
56 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
The Borrowers shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to the Administrative Agent no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed conversion date (in the case of a conversion to a Daily Rate Loan), and at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed conversion/continuation date (in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a Fixed Rate Loan). A Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall specify (i) the proposed conversion/continuation date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the amount, Type and Class of the Loan to be converted/continued, (iii) the nature of the proposed conversion/continuation, (iv) in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a Fixed Rate Loan, the requested Interest Period and (v) in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a Fixed Rate Loan, that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. In lieu of delivering the above-described Notice of Conversion/Continuation, the Borrowers may give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time of any proposed conversion/continuation under this Section 2.2D; provided that such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to the Administrative Agent on or before the proposed conversion/continuation date. Each conversion or continuance shall be made ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising the affected Borrowing. For purposes of this Section 2.2D, Borrowing means Loans of the same Class, Type and currency, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Fixed Rate Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect. If the Borrowers shall not have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.2D to continue any Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.2D to convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be continued into a Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as the case may be.
If the Borrowers fail to specify the Type of Loan the applicable Borrowing is to be converted into or continued as, then the applicable Borrowing shall be deemed to have been requested to be converted into or continued as a Base Rate Loan or a Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as the case may be.
Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to any Borrower in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above that the Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a duly authorized officer or other person authorized to act on behalf of the Borrowers or for otherwise acting in good faith under this Section 2.2D, and upon conversion or continuation of the applicable basis for determining the interest rate with respect to any Loans in accordance with this Agreement pursuant to any such telephonic notice, the Borrowers shall have effected a conversion or continuation, as the case may be, hereunder.
Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.6B, 2.6C and 2.6G, a Notice of Conversion/Continuation for conversion to, or continuation of, any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable, and the Borrowers shall be bound to effect a conversion or continuation in accordance therewith.
E. Post-Default Interest. At any time that an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan or interest thereon or fees or other amounts due hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, or other applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws) payable upon demand (a) in the case of principal, at the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum and (b) in all other cases, at a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable under this Agreement for Revolving Loans bearing interest at a rate determined by
57 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
reference to the Base Rate for Revolving Loans denominated in U.S. Dollars (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days), in each case to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws. Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.2E is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
F. Computation of Interest. Interest on Loans shall be computed on the basis of a 360- day year (a 365-or 366-day year, as applicable, in the case of Base Rate Loans based on the Prime Rate and Canadian Prime Rate Loans) and for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues. In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Daily Rate Loan being converted from a Fixed Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such Fixed Rate Loan to such Daily Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Daily Rate Loan being converted to a Fixed Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such Daily Rate Loan to such Fixed Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be excluded; provided that if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one days interest shall be paid on that Loan. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) disclosure thereunder, whenever any interest or any fee to be paid hereunder or in connection herewith is to be calculated on the basis of a 360-day or 365-day year, the yearly rate of interest to which the rate used in such calculation is equivalent is the rate so used multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the same is to be ascertained and divided by 360 or 365, as applicable. The rates of interest under this Agreement are nominal rates, and not effective rates or yields. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement.
2.3 | Fees. |
A. Facility Fees. The Borrowers agree, jointly and severally, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Revolving Loan Lender in proportion to that Lenders Pro Rata Share of the Commitments, facility fees (the Facility Fees ) for the period from and including the Effective Date to and excluding the Commitment Termination Date equal to (i) the actual daily amount of the aggregate Commitments (whether used or unused) multiplied by (ii) a rate per annum equal to the Facility Fee Rate at such time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Revolving Loan Exposure remains outstanding following the Commitment Termination Date, the Facility Fees shall continue to accrue on such Revolving Loan Exposure for so long as such Revolving Loan Exposure remains outstanding and shall be payable on demand. In addition, the Facility Fees accrued with respect to the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender (except to the extent allocable to the Revolving Credit Loans, LC Disbursements and participations in Swing Line Loans actually funded by such Defaulting Lender) during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrowers so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender except to the extent that the Facility Fees shall otherwise have been due and payable by the Borrowers prior to such time; provided , that no Facility Fees shall accrue on the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender (except to the extent allocable to the Revolving Credit Loans, LC Disbursements and participations in Swing Line Loans actually funded by such Defaulting Lender) so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. The Facility Fees shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day in each of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on September 30, 2011, and ending on the Commitment Termination Date (unless Revolving Loan Exposure shall be outstanding following the Commitment Termination Date, as provided above).
58 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
B. Annual Administrative Fee. Holdings agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of it and its Affiliates, an annual administrative fee in such amounts as may have been or hereafter may be agreed between them from time to time.
C. Other Agent Fees. Holdings and each Borrower agree to pay such other fees to Agents as may hereafter be agreed upon from time to time.
2.4 | Repayments and Prepayments; General Provisions Regarding Payments. |
A. Prepayments and Reductions in Commitments.
(i) Voluntary Prepayments. The Borrowers may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date of prepayment, at any time and from time to time voluntarily prepay, without premium or penalty (except as otherwise provided below), any Swing Line Loan on any Business Day in whole or in part in integrals of $100,000 or C$100,000, as applicable. In addition, the Borrowers may, upon not less than (i) three Business Days prior written or telephonic notice, in the case of Fixed Rate Loans, or (ii) one Business Days prior written or telephonic notice, in the case of Daily Rate Loans, promptly confirmed in writing to the Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent will promptly transmit to each Lender), at any time and from time to time prepay, without premium or penalty, the Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate minimum amount of the Borrowing Minimum and integral multiples of the Borrowing Multiple in excess of that amount or in each case such lesser amount as is then outstanding; provided , however , that in the event the Borrowers shall prepay a Fixed Rate Loan other than on the expiration of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrowers shall, at the time of such prepayment, also pay any amounts payable under Section 2.6D hereof. Notice of prepayment having been given as aforesaid, the Loans shall become due and payable on the prepayment date specified in such notice and in the aggregate principal amount specified therein.
(ii) Voluntary Reductions of Commitments. The Borrowers may, upon not less than three Business Days prior written or telephonic notice, promptly confirmed in writing to the Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent will promptly transmit to each Lender), at any time and from time to time terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part, without premium or penalty, the Commitments in an amount up to the Unused Revolving Commitment at the time of such proposed termination or reduction; provided that any such partial reduction of the Commitments shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of the Borrowing Minimum and integral multiples of the Borrowing Multiple in excess of that amount, or such lesser amount as is then outstanding. The Borrowers notice to the Administrative Agent shall designate the date (which shall be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and the amount of any partial reduction, and such termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be effective on the date specified in such notice and shall reduce the Commitment of each Lender proportionately to its Pro Rata Share.
59 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(iii) Mandatory Prepayments. The Loans shall be prepaid in the manner provided in Section 2.4B upon the occurrence of the following circumstances:
(a) Prepayments Due to Reductions or Restrictions of Commitments. The Borrowers shall prepay the Swing Line Loans and/or Revolving Loans from time to time to the extent necessary so that the Total Utilization of Commitments shall not at any time exceed the Commitments then in effect and (ii) the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans shall not at any time exceed the Swing Line Loan Commitment then in effect. All Swing Line Loans shall be prepaid in full prior to the prepayment of any Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.4A(iii)(a). If at any time that there are no Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans outstanding (whether after giving effect to any prepayment thereof pursuant to this subclause (a) or otherwise) the Total Utilization of Commitments exceeds the Commitments, the Borrowers shall deposit as cash collateral with the Collateral Agent such amounts as are necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, the amount on deposit in the form of cash collateral with the Collateral Agent pursuant to this subclause (a) is at least equal to such excess. If, on the tenth Business Day prior to the Commitment Termination Date, the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in Section 4.2B would not be satisfied, then the Borrowers shall, on such date, cash collateralize such amount of Letter of Credit Usage that is attributable to the Commitments. Any failure to make such deposit within two Business Days after notice by the Administrative Agent shall constitute an Event of Default.
(b) Other Prepayments. If for any reason the Canadian Revolving Exposure exceeds 105% of the Canadian Sublimit, the Borrowers shall promptly prepay Canadian Loans to the extent necessary so that the Canadian Revolving Exposure shall not exceed the Canadian Sublimit then in effect. All Swing Line Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars shall be prepaid in full prior to the prepayment of any Revolving Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars pursuant to this Section 2.4A(iii)(b). If at any time that there are no Canadian Loans (whether after giving effect to any prepayment thereof pursuant to this subclause (b) or otherwise), the Canadian Revolving Exposure exceeds 105% of the Canadian Sublimit, the Borrowers shall deposit as cash collateral for Canadian Letters of Credit with the Collateral Agent such amounts as are necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, the amount on deposit in the form of cash collateral with the Collateral Agent pursuant to this subclause (b) is at least equal to the amount by which the Canadian Revolving Exposure exceeds the Canadian Sublimit then in effect.
(iv) Application of Prepayments. Application of Prepayments by Type of Loans. Any voluntary prepayments pursuant to Section 2.4A shall be subject to the requirements of Section 2.6C; provided that , in connection with any voluntary prepayments by a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.4A and considering each Class of Revolving Loans being prepaid separately, any voluntary prepayment thereof shall be applied first to Daily Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Fixed Rate Loans, in each case in a manner that minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.6C.
60 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
B. Application of Proceeds of Collateral and Payments Under the Guaranty and Certain Other Amounts.
(i) Application of Proceeds of Collateral . All proceeds received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral under any Collateral Document in connection with the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent exercising its/their rights and remedies following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default shall be held by the Collateral Agent as Collateral for, and/or (then or at any time thereafter) applied in full or in part by the Administrative Agent against the Obligations in the following order of priority:
(a) to the payment of (i) all costs and expenses of such sale, collection or other realization, including all reasonable expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Agents in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under such Collateral Document, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and such Collateral Document, and all amounts for which such Agents are entitled to indemnification under such Collateral Document and all advances made by the Collateral Agent thereunder for the account of the applicable Loan Party (excluding principal and interest in respect to any Loans of such Loan Party); (ii) any outstanding Swing Line Loans and (iii) any amounts owed to any Issuing Bank in respect of any Unpaid Drawings not reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.3B or 3.3C;
(b) thereafter, to the extent of any excess proceeds, to the payment of all other Obligations for the ratable benefit of the holders thereof (including providing cash collateral in an amount equal to 102% of the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time);
(c) thereafter, to the extent of any excess proceeds, to the payment to or upon the order of such Loan Party or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
(ii) Application of Payments Under the Guaranty . All payments received by the Administrative Agent under the Guaranty shall be applied promptly from time to time by the Administrative Agent in the following order of priority:
(a) to the payment of the reasonable costs and expenses of any collection or other realization under such Guaranty, including reasonable compensation to the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and all expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and such Guaranty;
(b) thereafter, to the extent of any excess such payments, to the payment of all other Obligations for the ratable benefit of the holders thereof;
(c) thereafter, to the extent of any excess such payments, to the payment to the applicable Guarantor or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
61 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
C. General Provisions Regarding Payments.
(i) Manner. Time and Currency of Payment. All payments by the Borrowers of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations hereunder and under the Notes shall be made in same day funds and without defense, setoff or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and delivered to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 Noon (New York time) on the date due at the Funding and Payment Office for the account of the Lenders; funds received by the Administrative Agent after that time on such due date shall, at the Administrative Agents sole discretion, be deemed to have been paid by the Borrowers on the next succeeding Business Day. For purposes of computing interest or fees, any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day, in the Administrative Agents sole discretion. The Borrowers hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to charge their accounts with the Administrative Agent in order to cause timely payment to be made to the Administrative Agent of all principal, interest, fees and expenses due hereunder (subject to sufficient funds being available in their accounts for that purpose). Each payment to be made by the Borrowers hereunder (other than in respect of Canadian Loans and Canadian LC Disbursements, which each shall be made in Canadian Dollars) shall be made in U.S. Dollars.
(ii) Application of Payments to Principal. Interest and Prepayment Fees. Except as provided in Section 2.2C, all payments and prepayments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan shall include payment of accrued interest and prepayment fees, if any, on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid, and all such payments (and in any event any payments made in respect of any Loan on a date when interest is due and payable with respect to such Loan) shall be applied to the payment of interest and prepayment fees, if any, before application to principal.
(iii) Apportionment of Payments. The aggregate principal, prepayment fees and interest payments shall be apportioned among all outstanding Loans to which such payments relate, in each case proportionately to the Lenders respective Pro Rata Shares. The Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each applicable Lender, at its applicable Lender Office, its Pro Rata Share of all such payments received by the Administrative Agent and the Facility Fees of such Lender when received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4C(iii) if, pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.6C, any Notice of Conversion/Continuation is withdrawn as to any Affected Lender or if any Affected Lender makes Daily Rate Loans in lieu of its Pro Rata Share of any Fixed Rate Loans, the Administrative Agent shall give effect thereto in apportioning payments received thereafter.
(iv) Payments on Business Days. Except if expressly provided otherwise, whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day.
(v) Notation of Payment. Each Lender agrees that before disposing of any Note held by it, or any part thereof (other than by granting participations therein), that Lender will make a notation thereon of all Loans evidenced by that Note and all principal payments previously made thereon and of the date to which interest thereon has been paid; provided that the failure to make (or any error in the making of) a notation of any Loan made under such Note shall not limit or otherwise affect such disposition or the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder or under such Note with respect to any Loan or any payments of principal or interest on such Note.
62 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
2.5 | Use of Proceeds. |
A. Loans. The proceeds of any Loans shall be applied (i) on the Effective Date, for working capital purposes of the Co-Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (but in no event to finance any portion of the Acquisition or for payment of any Transaction Costs), in an amount not to exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate and (ii) after the Effective Date, for working capital and general corporate purposes (including Permitted Acquisitions and Investments permitted under this Agreement) of the Co-Borrowers and their Subsidiaries.
B. Letters of Credit. Letters of Credit shall be used for general corporate purposes of the Co-Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, including backstopping or replacing letters of credit (or other comparable arrangements) of the Borrowers outstanding on the Effective Date.
2.6 | Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans. |
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the following provisions shall govern with respect to Fixed Rate Loans as to the matters covered:
A. Determination of Applicable Interest Rate. As soon as practicable after 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on each Interest Rate Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to Fixed Rate Loans for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrowers and each Lender.
B. Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate. In the event that the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any Fixed Rate Loans, that by reason of circumstances arising after the date of this Agreement affecting the London or Toronto interbank market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Loans on the basis provided for in the definition of Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or CDOR Rate, as the case may be, such Administrative Agent shall on such date give notice (by telecopy or by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrowers and each Lender of such determination, whereupon (i) no Loans may be made or continued as, or converted to, Fixed Rate Loans in the applicable currency, until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist (such notification not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by a Borrower with respect to the Loans in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by the Borrowers; provided , however , that, at the option of the Borrowers, any such Notice of Borrowing may be re-submitted to the Administrative Agent indicating that the Borrowers are electing a Daily Rate Loan, which Loan shall be funded no later than one Business Day after the date of such Daily Rate Loan Notice of Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.1B.
C. Illegality or Impracticability of Fixed Rate Loans. In the event that on any date any Lender shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and
63 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
binding upon all parties hereto but shall be made only after consultation with the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent) that the making, maintaining or continuation of its Eurodollar Rate Loans and/or CDOR Rate Loans (i) has become unlawful as a result of compliance by such Lender in good faith with any law, treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful) or (ii) has become impracticable as a result of contingencies occurring after the date of this Agreement which materially and adversely affect the London interbank market and/or the Toronto interbank market, as the case may be, then, and in any such event, such Lender shall be an Affected Lender and it shall on that day give notice (by telecopy or by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender). Thereafter (a) the obligation of the Affected Lender to make Loans as, or to convert Loans to, Fixed Rate Loans in the applicable currency shall be suspended until such notice shall be withdrawn by the Affected Lender, (b) to the extent such determination by the Affected Lender relates to a Fixed Rate Loan then being requested pursuant to the Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, the Affected Lender shall make such Loan as (or convert such Loan to, as the case may be) a Daily Rate Loan in such currency, (c) the Affected Lenders obligation to maintain its outstanding Fixed Rate Loans in the applicable currency (the Affected Loans ) shall be terminated at the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the Affected Loans or when required by law, and (d) the Affected Loans shall automatically convert into Daily Rate Loans in the applicable currency on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by an Affected Lender as described above relates to a Fixed Rate Loan then being requested pursuant to a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, the Borrowers shall have the option, subject to the provisions of Section 2.6D, to rescind such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation as to all Lenders by giving notice (by telecopy or by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent of such rescission on the date on which the Affected Lender gives notice of its determination as described above (which notice of rescission the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender). Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, nothing in this Section 2.6C shall affect the obligation of any Lender other than an Affected Lender to make or maintain Loans as, or to convert Loans to, Fixed Rate Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
D. Compensation For Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods. The Borrowers shall compensate the Administrative Agent, upon written request by any Lender (which request shall set forth the basis for requesting such amounts), for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest paid by such Lender to the lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its Fixed Rate Loans and any actual loss, expense or liability sustained by such Lender in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds, but excluding any loss of anticipated profits) which such Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by such Lender) a borrowing of any Fixed Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or a telephonic request for borrowing, or a conversion to or continuation of any Fixed Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation or a telephonic request for conversion or continuation, (ii) if any payment (including any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.4A(iv) or assignment pursuant to Section 2.8 or Section 10.5B) or conversion of any of its Fixed Rate Loans occurs on a date that is not the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan, (iii) if any prepayment of any of its Fixed Rate Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers, or (iv) as a consequence of any other default by the Borrowers in the repayment of their Fixed Rate Loans when required by the terms of this Agreement.
64 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
E. Booking of Loans. Any Lender may make, carry or transfer Loans at, to, or for the account of any of its branch offices or the office of an Affiliate of that Lender.
F. Assumptions Concerning Funding of Fixed Rate Loans. Calculation of all amounts payable to a Lender under this Section 2.6 and under Section 2.7A shall be made as though that Lender had actually funded each of its relevant Fixed Rate Loans through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit or bankers acceptance, as the case may be, bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the definition of Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or CDOR Rate, as applicable, in an amount equal to the amount of such Fixed Rate Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period and, in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, through the transfer of such Eurodollar deposit from an offshore office of that Lender to a domestic office of that Lender in the United States of America; provided , however , that each Lender may fund each of its Fixed Rate Loans in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 2.6 and under Section 2.7A.
G. Fixed Rate Loans After Default. After the occurrence of and during the continuation of a Default or Event of Default, (i) the Borrowers may not elect to have a Loan be made or maintained as, or converted to, a Fixed Rate Loan after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect for that Loan and (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 2.6D, any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by a Borrower with respect to a requested borrowing or conversion/continuation that has not yet occurred shall be deemed to be rescinded by such Borrower.
2.7 | Increased Costs; Taxes. |
A. Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall: (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Reserve Adjusted Eurodollar Rate) or any Issuing Bank; (ii) subject any Lender or any Issuing Bank to any Taxes (other than (A) Excluded Taxes, (B) Indemnified Taxes, (C) Other Taxes and (D) Other Connection Taxes on gross or net income, profits or receipts (including value-added or similar Taxes)) with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit, any Fixed Rate Loans made by it, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or (iii) impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market or the Toronto bankers acceptance market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Fixed Rate Loans hereunder made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Fixed Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligations to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or such Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then upon request of such Lender the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
B. Capital Requirements. If any Lender or any Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or such Issuing Bank or the applicable Lender Office of such Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuing Office or such Lenders or such Issuing Banks holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such
65 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Lenders or such Issuing Banks capital or on the capital of such Lenders or such Issuing Banks holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lenders or such Issuing Banks holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lenders or such Issuing Banks policies and the policies of such Lenders or such Issuing Banks holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lenders or such Issuing Banks holding company for any such reduction suffered.
C. Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in Section 2.7A or 2.7B and delivered to the Borrowers shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case maybe, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten days after receipt thereof.
D. Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lenders or such Issuing Banks right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrowers of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lenders or such Issuing Banks intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
E. Taxes.
(i) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers hereunder or any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if any Withholding Agent shall be required by Applicable Laws to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable by the applicable Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.7E) the Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Withholding Agent (which shall be the Administrative Agent if the Borrower is a U.S. person) shall make such deductions and (iii) the Withholding Agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law.
(ii) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers. Without limiting the provisions of paragraph (i) above, the Borrowers shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Laws.
66 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(iii) Indemnification by the Borrowers. The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Agents, each Lender and each Issuing Bank within 20 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.7E) paid by such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate stating the amount of such payment or liability and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation thereof delivered to the Co-Borrowers by an Agent, a Lender or an Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or an Issuing Bank shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(iv) Indemnification by the Lenders and Issuing Banks. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers for the full amount of any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender that are paid or payable by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in connection with any Loan Document and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Excluded Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this paragraph (iv) shall be paid within 20 days after the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent delivers to the applicable Lender a certificate stating the amount of Excluded Taxes so payable by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so payable absent manifest error.
(v) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by a Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(vi) Status of Lenders and Issuing Banks.
(a) The Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank, if requested by a Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver documentation prescribed by Applicable Laws or the published administrative practice of a relevant Governmental Authority when reasonably requested by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable such Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank is subject to withholding, backup withholding or information reporting requirements.
(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, for so long as the applicable Borrower is a U.S. Person,
(i) each Lender and Issuing Bank that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender or Issuing Bank becomes a Lender or Issuing
67 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Bank, as applicable, under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent) a properly completed and duly executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9;
(ii) each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable: (i) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States of America is a party, (ii) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, (iii) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, (iv) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a bank within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a 10 percent shareholder of the applicable Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a controlled foreign corporation described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or (v) any other form prescribed by Applicable Laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding Tax and reasonably requested by the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Applicable Laws and reasonably requested by the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent to permit the applicable Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made. A Lender shall not be required to deliver any form or statement pursuant to this Section 2.7E(vi) that such Foreign Lender is not legally able to deliver;
(iii) if a payment made to a Lender or Issuing Bank under this Agreement would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA, such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall deliver to the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by Applicable Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, has complied with its obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment; and
(iv) the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the applicable Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the
68 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
applicable Borrower) on or prior to the date on which the Administrative Agent becomes the Administrative Agent under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter (i) promptly upon the obsolescence, expiration or invalidity of any form previously delivered by the Administrative Agent and (ii) upon the request of the applicable Borrower) a properly completed and duly executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or W-8IMY (or any other form prescribed by Applicable Laws as the basis for claiming complete exemption from United States federal withholding Tax and reasonably requested by the applicable Borrower) certifying the Administrative Agents entitlement as of such date to a complete exemption from United States federal withholding Tax with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(v) if the Administrative Agent is a U.S. branch described in Section 1.441- 1(b)(2)(iv)(A) of the Treasury Regulations and delivers to the applicable Borrower a properly completed and duly executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY pursuant to Section 2.7E(vi)(b)(iv) certifying that the Administrative Agent is a U.S. branch and intends to be treated as a U.S. person for purposes of withholding under Chapter 3 of the Code, then the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall treat the Administrative Agent as a U.S. person for purposes of withholding under Chapter 3 of the Code, pursuant to Section 1.441-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Treasury Regulations.
(vii) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.7E (including additional amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.7E(i)), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, under this Section 2.7E with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, agrees to repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over to such indemnified party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
2.8 | Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. |
A. Designation of a Different Lender Office. If any Lender or any Issuing Bank requests compensation under Section 2.7A or 2.7B, or requires the Borrowers to pay any additional amount to any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or any Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.7E, then such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall (at the request of the Borrowers) use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lender Office or Letter of Credit Issuing Office, as applicable, for making, issuing of or for funding or maintaining its Commitments, Loans or Letters of Credit hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its
69 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.7, in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender or such Issuing Bank to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender or such Issuing Bank. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or any Issuing Bank in connection with any such designation or assignment.
B. Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.7A or 2.7B, or if a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.7E, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, or if any Lender has determined that it is unable to make, maintain or continue its Fixed Rate Loans in accordance with Section 2.6C hereof, then the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.1), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrowers shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 10.1B(i)(e), (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 2.6D) from such Eligible Assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) such Eligible Assignee is able to make, maintain or continue, as applicable, Fixed Rate Loans, (iv) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.7A or 2.7B or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.7E, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter, and (v) such assignment does not conflict with Applicable Laws. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
2.9 | Loan Modification Offers. |
A. The Borrowers may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time, make one or more offers (each, a Loan Modification Offer ) to all the Lenders of one or more Classes (each Class subject to such a Loan Modification Offer, an Affected Revolving Credit Class ) to make one or more Permitted Amendments pursuant to procedures reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers. Such notice shall set forth (i) the terms and conditions of the requested Permitted Amendment and (ii) the date on which such Permitted Amendment is requested to become effective (which shall not be less than 10 Business Days nor more than 30 Business Days after the date of such notice, unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent). Permitted Amendments shall become effective only with respect to the Loans and Commitments of the Lenders of the Affected Revolving Credit Class that accept the applicable Loan Modification Offer (such Lenders, the Accepting Lenders ) and, in the case of any Accepting Lender, only with respect to such Lenders Loans and Commitments of such Affected Revolving Credit Class as to which such Lenders acceptance has been made.
B. A Permitted Amendment shall be effected pursuant to a Loan Modification Agreement executed and delivered by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate
70 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Holdings, each Borrower, each applicable Accepting Lender and the Administrative Agents; provided that no Permitted Amendment shall become effective unless Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, and each Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent such customary legal opinions, board resolutions, secretarys certificates, officers certificates and other similar documents as shall be reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Loan Modification Agreement. Each Loan Modification Agreement may, without the consent of any Lender other than the applicable Accepting Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.9, including any amendments necessary to treat the applicable Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders as a new Class of Loans and/or Commitments hereunder; provided that, except as otherwise agreed to by each Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Lender, the allocation of the participation exposure with respect to any then-existing or subsequently issued or made Letter of Credit or Swing Line Loan as between the commitments of such new Class and the remaining Commitments shall be made on a ratable basis as between the commitments of such new Class and the remaining Commitments.
C. If a new Class of Loans and Commitment are created under this Section 2.9, the Borrowers shall, after such time, (x) incur and repay Revolving Loans ratably as between the new Commitments and the Commitments outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of such Loan Modification Offer and (y) permanently reduce Commitments ratably as between the new Commitments and the Commitments outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of such Loan Modification Offer; provided that on the date of effectiveness of any Loan Modification Offer, the Borrowers may permanently reduce the Commitments outstanding immediately prior to such time without ratably reducing the new Commitments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.5, the Administrative Agent is expressly permitted, without the consent of any Lender, to amend the Loan Documents to the extent necessary to give effect to any Loan Modification Offer effected pursuant to this Section 2.9 and mechanical and conforming changes necessary or advisable in connection therewith (including amendments to (i) implement the requirements in the preceding two sentences, (ii) ensure pro rata allocations of Eurodollar Rate Loans, Canadian Prime Rate Loans, CDOR Rate Loans and Base Rate Loans between Loans incurred pursuant to this Section 2.9 and Loans outstanding immediately prior to any such Loan Modification Offer and (iii) implement ratable participation in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans between the new Commitments and the Commitments outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of any such Loan Modification Offer).
SECTION 3.
LETTERS OF CREDIT
3.1 | Issuance of Letters of Credit and Lenders Purchase of Participations Therein. |
A. Letters of Credit. In addition to requesting that the Revolving Loan Lenders make Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.1A(i) and that the Swing Line Lender make Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.1 A(ii), the Borrowers may request, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.1, from time to time during the period after the Effective Date to but excluding the date which is thirty (30) days before the Commitment Termination Date, that an Issuing Bank issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary Guarantor (provided that any Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower) for general corporate
71 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
purposes up to the amount of the Unused Revolving Commitment. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties herein set forth, such Issuing Bank agrees to issue such Letters of Credit in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.1; provided that the Borrowers shall not request that such Issuing Bank issue (and such Issuing Bank shall not issue):
(i) any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, the Total Utilization of Commitments would exceed the Commitments then in effect;
(ii) any Canadian Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, the aggregate Canadian Revolving Exposure would exceed the aggregate Canadian Sublimit then in effect by 5% or more;
(iii) any Letter of Credit having an expiration date later than the earlier of (a) five Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date and (b) the date which is 12 months from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit; provided that the immediately preceding clause (b) shall not prevent such Issuing Bank from agreeing that a Letter of Credit will automatically be extended for one or more successive periods absent a Default or Event of Default, subject to the immediately preceding clause (a), not to exceed 12 months each unless such Issuing Bank elects not to extend for any such additional period; provided further , that unless the Requisite Lenders otherwise consent, such Issuing Bank shall give notice that it will not extend such Letter of Credit if it has knowledge that a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the last day on which such Issuing Bank may give notice to the beneficiary that it will not extend such Letter of Credit;
(iv) any Letter of Credit during any period when a Lender Default exists, unless such Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it and the Borrowers to eliminate such Issuing Banks risk with respect to the Defaulting Lender, including by cash collateralizing such Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Usage (after giving effect to the issuance of the proposed Letter of Credit);
(v) any commercial Letter of Credit, unless such Issuing Bank has agreed in writing to issue commercial Letters of Credit pursuant to this Section 3.1; or
(vi) any standby Letter of Credit, unless such Issuing Bank has agreed in writing to issue standby Letters of Credit pursuant to this Section 3.1; it being understood that Credit Suisse AG has agreed to issue standby Letters of Credit requested by the Borrowers hereunder.
B. Mechanics of Issuance.
(i) Notice of Issuance. Whenever the Borrowers desire the issuance of a Letter of Credit, they shall deliver to the applicable Issuing Bank, at the applicable Letter of Credit Issuing Office, and the Administrative Agent, at the applicable Funding and Payment Office, a Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) at least five (5) Business Days, or such shorter period as may be agreed to by such Issuing Bank in any particular instance, in advance of the proposed date of issuance. The Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit shall specify (a) the proposed date of issuance (which shall be a Business Day), (b) the face amount of or maximum aggregate liability under, as applicable, the Letter
72 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
of Credit, (c) the expiration date of the Letter of Credit, (d) the name and address of the beneficiary, (e) the currency in which such Letter of Credit is to be denominated (which shall be U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars) and (f) the verbatim text of the proposed Letter of Credit or the proposed terms and conditions thereof, including a precise description of any documents and the verbatim text of any certificates to be presented by the beneficiary which, if presented by the beneficiary prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit, would require such Issuing Bank to make payment thereunder; provided that such Issuing Bank, in its reasonable discretion, may require changes in the text of the proposed Letter of Credit or any such documents or certificates; provided further that no Letter of Credit shall require payment against a conforming draft or other request for payment to be made thereunder on the same business day (under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the office of such Issuing Bank to which such draft or other request for payment is required to be presented is located) that such draft or other request for payment is presented if such presentation is made after 10:00 a.m. (in the time zone of such office of such Issuing Bank) on such Business Day. At the request of the Issuing Bank, the Borrowers shall also complete and submit such Issuing Banks standard letter of credit application form.
The Borrowers shall notify such Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent prior to the issuance of any Letter of Credit in the event that any of the matters to which the Borrowers are required to certify in the applicable Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit is no longer true and correct as of the proposed date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, and upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have re-certified, as of the date of such issuance, as to the matters to which the Borrowers are required to certify in the applicable Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit.
(ii) Issuance of Letter of Credit. Upon satisfaction or waiver (in accordance with Section 10.5) of the conditions set forth in Section 4.3, and upon prior confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the issuance of the requested Letter of Credit would not result in the violation of Section 3.1A(i) or 3.1 A(ii), such Issuing Bank shall issue the requested Letter of Credit in accordance with such Issuing Banks standard procedures, and upon its issuance of such Letter of Credit such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such issuance, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit.
(iii) Reports to Lenders. (a) On the first Business Day of every calendar week, so long as any Letter of Credit shall have been outstanding during such week, such Issuing Bank shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a report setting forth for such week the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under the Letters of Credit that were outstanding during such calendar week (using, in the case of any Canadian Dollar Letters of Credit, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent thereof calculated as of such date); and (b) on the last Business Day of every calendar month, the Administrative Agent shall deliver to each Revolving Loan Lender a report setting forth for such calendar month the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under the Letters of Credit that were outstanding during such calendar month (using, in the case of any Canadian Dollar Letters of Credit, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent thereof calculated as of such date).
C. Lenders Purchase of Participations in Letters of Credit. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Revolving Loan Lenders, the applicable Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Loan Lender, and each Revolving Loan
73 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Loan Lenders Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Loan Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Revolving Loan Lenders Pro Rata Share of any drawings honored or payments made by the Issuing Bank in respect of such Letter of Credit (each, an LC Disbursement ) and not reimbursed by the Borrowers on the date due as provided in Section 3.3B, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrowers for any reason, in the same currency as such LC Disbursement. Each Revolving Loan Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
3.2 | Letter of Credit Fees. |
The Borrowers agree, jointly and severally, to pay the following amounts to the Administrative Agent with respect to Letters of Credit issued by an Issuing Bank for the account of the Borrowers:
(i) with respect to each Letter of Credit, (a) a fronting fee equal to 0.125% per annum (but in no event less than $500 or C$500, as the case may be, per annum for each Letter of Credit outstanding) of the daily aggregate Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit, (b) a Letter of Credit fee payable to the Revolving Loan Lenders equal to the product of (x) the then Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans and (y) the average daily Stated Amount under such Letter of Credit, in each case, payable in arrears on and to the last Business Day in each of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing June 30, 2011, and on the Commitment Termination Date and computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed;
(ii) with respect to the issuance, amendment or transfer of each Letter of Credit and each drawing made thereunder (without duplication of the fees payable under clause (i) above), issuance documentary, administration and processing charges in accordance with such Issuing Banks standard schedule for such charges in effect at the time of such issuance, amendment, transfer or drawing, as the case may be.
Promptly upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of any amount described in clause (i)(b) of this Section 3.2, the Administrative Agent shall distribute to the applicable Issuing Bank and each other Revolving Loan Lender its Pro Rata Share of such amount. The fees described in clause (i) of this Section 3.2 shall be paid in U.S. Dollars, if in respect of U.S. Dollar Letters of Credit, or Canadian Dollars, if in respect of Canadian Dollar Letters of Credit.
3.3 | Drawings and Payments and Reimbursement of Amounts Drawn or Paid Under Letters of Credit. |
A. Responsibility of Issuing Bank With Respect to Requests for Drawings and Payments. In determining whether to honor any drawing or request for payment under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof, the applicable Issuing Bank shall be responsible only to determine that the documents and certificates required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit.
74 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
B. Reimbursement by the Borrowers of Amounts Drawn or Paid Under Letters of Credit. If any Issuing Bank shall make an LC Disbursement, the Borrowers shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrowers shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrowers prior to such time on such date, then not later than (i) 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day that the Borrowers receive such notice, if such notice is received prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of receipt, or (ii) 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the day on which the Borrowers receive such notice, if such notice is not received prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of receipt; provided that the Borrowers may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.1A(i) or 2.1A(ii) that such payment be financed with a Revolving Loan that is a Daily Rate Loan or Swing Line Loan in an equivalent amount to the LC Disbursement, and, to the extent so financed, the Borrowers obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Revolving Loan or Swing Line Loan.
C. Payment by Lenders of Unpaid Drawings or Payments Under Letters of Credit.
(i) Payment by Lenders. In the event that the Borrowers shall fail for any reason to reimburse any Issuing Bank for an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 3.3B when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Loan Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrowers in respect thereof and such Lenders Pro Rata Share thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Loan Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Pro Rata Share of the payment then due from the Borrowers, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.1C with respect to Revolving Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.1C shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Revolving Loan Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Loan Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrowers pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Loan Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the applicable Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Loan Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of Daily Rate Loans or a Swing Line Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrowers of their obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.
(ii) Distribution to Lenders of Reimbursements. In the event any Issuing Bank shall have been reimbursed by other Revolving Loan Lenders pursuant to Section 3.3C(i) for all or any portion of any honored drawing or payment made by such Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit issued by it, such Issuing Bank shall distribute to each other Revolving Loan Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under Section 3.3C(i) with respect to such honored drawing or payment such other Revolving Loan Lenders Pro Rata Share of all payments subsequently received by such Issuing Bank from the Borrowers in reimbursement
75 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
of such Unpaid Drawings when such payments are received. Any such distribution shall be made to a Revolving Loan Lender at its primary address identified to the Administrative Agent or at such other address as such Revolving Loan Lender may request.
D. Interest on Unpaid Drawings Under Letters of Credit.
(i) Payment of Interest. The Borrowers agree, jointly and severally, to pay to each Issuing Bank, with respect to any Unpaid Drawings, interest on such amount of Unpaid Drawings from the date such drawing is honored or payment is made to but excluding the date such amount is reimbursed by the Borrowers (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 3.3B) at a rate equal to (a) for the period from the date such drawing is honored or payment is made to and including the applicable reimbursement date (i) in the case of U.S. Dollar Letters of Credit, the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin applicable to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans and (ii) in the case of Canadian Dollar Letters of Credit, the Canadian Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin applicable to Revolving Loans that are Canadian Prime Rate Loans, and (b) thereafter, a rate which is 2.00% per annum in excess of the rate of interest described in the foregoing clause (a). Interest payable pursuant to this Section 3.3D(i) shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand is made, on the date on which the related LC Disbursement is reimbursed in full.
(ii) Distribution of Interest Payments by Issuing Bank. Promptly upon receipt by any Issuing Bank of any payment of interest pursuant to Section 3.3D(i), (a) such Issuing Bank shall distribute to each other Revolving Loan Lender, out of the interest received by such Issuing Bank in respect of the period from the date of the applicable LC Disbursement to but excluding the date on which such Issuing Bank is reimbursed for the amount of such drawing or payment (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 3.3B), the amount that such other Revolving Loan Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the Letter of Credit fee that would have been payable in respect of such Letter of Credit for such period pursuant to Section 3.2 if an LC Disbursement had been made, and (b) in the event such Issuing Bank shall have been reimbursed by other Revolving Loan Lenders pursuant to Section 3.3C(i) for all or any portion of such LC Disbursement, such Issuing Bank shall distribute to each other Revolving Loan Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under Section 3.3C(i) with respect to such LC Disbursement such other Revolving Loan Lenders Pro Rata Share of any interest received by such Issuing Bank in respect of that portion of such LC Disbursement so reimbursed by other Revolving Loan Lenders for the period from the date on which such Issuing Bank was so reimbursed by other Revolving Loan Lenders to and including the date on which such portion of such LC Disbursement is reimbursed by the Borrowers.
3.4 | Obligations Absolute. |
The obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse each Issuing Bank for an LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit issued by it (which reimbursement, for the avoidance of doubt, may be made from the proceeds of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 3.3B) and to repay any Revolving Loans made by the Revolving Loan Lenders pursuant to Section 3.3B and the obligations of the Revolving Loan Lenders under Section 3.3C(i) shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following circumstances:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit;
76 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which any Borrower or any Revolving Loan Lender may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be acting), any Issuing Bank or other Revolving Loan Lender or any other Person or, in the case of a Revolving Loan Lender, against any Borrower whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or one of their respective Subsidiaries and the beneficiary for which any Letter of Credit was procured);
(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;
(iv) payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a demand, draft or certificate or other document which appears to substantially comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;
(v) any adverse change in the business, assets, operations, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;
(vi) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any party thereto;
(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; or
(viii) the fact that a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
provided , in each case, that payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under the applicable Letter of Credit shall not have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Bank under the circumstances in question (as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). In the event any Issuing Bank suffers any monetary loss as a result of a movement in Exchange Rates between the dates of any drawings, payments, reimbursements or other distributions contemplated by this Section 3, the Borrowers shall promptly reimburse the Issuing Bank for any such Exchange Rate related loss upon presentation by the Issuing Bank of a statement describing such loss in reasonable detail.
3.5 | Nature of Issuing Banks Duties. |
As between any Borrower and any Issuing Bank, each Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank by, the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, such Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for: (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness
77 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
or legal effect of any document submitted by any Person in connection with the application for and issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged, (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason, (iii) failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit, (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex, facsimile or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher, (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms, (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof, (vii) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing or payment under such Letter of Credit or (viii) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Bank, including any acts of any Governmental Authorities, and none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of such Issuing Banks rights or powers hereunder.
In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the specific provisions set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 3.5, any action taken or omitted by any Issuing Bank under or in connection with the Letters of Credit issued by it or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not put such Issuing Bank under any resulting liability to the Borrowers.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.5, the Borrowers shall retain any and all rights they may have against any Issuing Bank for any liability arising solely out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Bank, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
SECTION 4.
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS
4.1 | Conditions to Effectiveness. |
The effectiveness of this Agreement and the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 10.5) of the following conditions precedent:
A. Documents. On or before the Effective Date, each Loan Party shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent for the Lenders the following, each, unless otherwise noted, dated the Effective Date:
(i) Certified copies of the Organizational Certificate, together with a good standing certificate, certificate of status or certificate of compliance (as applicable) from the applicable Governmental Authority of its jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, each dated a recent date prior to the Effective Date;
(ii) Copies of its Organizational Documents, certified as of the Effective Date by its corporate secretary or an assistant secretary;
78 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(iii) Copies of its Organizational Authorizations approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party that are to be delivered on the Effective Date, certified as of the Effective Date by its corporate secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment;
(iv) Incumbency certificate of its officers executing the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party; and
(v) Executed originals of this Agreement, the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party that are to be delivered on the Effective Date.
B. Perfection of Security Interests.
(i) Subject to the proviso to Section 5.2C, all documents and instruments required to perfect the Collateral Agents security interest in the Collateral (other than in any Deposit Accounts) shall have been executed and delivered and, if applicable, be in proper form for filing, and none of the Collateral shall be subject to any other pledges, security interest or mortgages, except for the Liens permitted under this Agreement.
(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a search of the UCC (or equivalent) filings made with respect to the Loan Parties and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated by such financing statements (or similar documents) are permitted by Section 7.2 of this Agreement, or have been or will be released contemporaneously with the effectiveness of this Agreement on the Effective Date.
(iii) Subject to the proviso to Section 5.2C, (A) each of the Collateral Documents, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders, relating to each of the Mortgaged Properties shall have been duly executed by the parties thereto and delivered to the Collateral Agent and shall be in full force and effect, (B) each of such Mortgaged Properties shall not be subject to any Lien other than those permitted under this Agreement and (C) each of such Collateral Documents shall have been submitted for (or delivered to the title insurance company for submission for) filing and recording in the recording office as specified on Schedule 4.1B. Any Mortgage delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be accompanied by (x) a policy or policies of title insurance or a marked-up pro forma for such insurance (with the title insurance policy to follow) in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent with respect to such Mortgaged Property and issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of such Mortgage as a valid Lien (with the priority described therein) on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted under this Agreement and which may contain an exception for survey matters to the extent a current survey is not provided, together with such endorsements and reinsurance as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and which are available at commercially reasonable rates in the jurisdiction where the applicable Mortgaged Property is located, (y) to the extent in the possession of a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Co-Borrower, a survey for such Mortgaged Property and (z) a local opinion of counsel to the Co-Borrowers with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the applicable
79 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Mortgages and any related fixture filings in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent such Mortgaged Property is located in a jurisdiction with mortgage recording or similar tax, the amount secured by the Collateral Documents with respect to such Mortgaged Property shall be limited to the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property as reasonably agreed by Holdings and the Collateral Agent.
C. Financial Condition Certificate. Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a solvency certificate on behalf of Holdings and the Co-Borrowers from the treasurer of Holdings in customary form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis).
D. Fees and Expenses. On or prior to the Effective Date, the Co-Borrowers shall have paid to the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or the Lenders, as applicable, any and all costs, fees and expenses (including reasonable and documented legal fees and expenses) to the extent then due and owing or accrued and not yet paid under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any of the documents, instruments, agreements or letter agreements executed in connection herewith (and in the case of costs and expenses, to the extent a written invoice therefor is delivered to the Co-Borrowers no later than two Business Days prior to the Effective Date).
E. Opinions of Loan Parties Counsel. The Agents and their respective counsel shall have received executed copies for each Agent and Lender of favorable written opinions of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, McCarthy Tetrault LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, and each local counsel listed on Schedule 4.1E, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel, dated as of the Effective Date.
F. Evidence of Insurance. The Administrative Agent shall have received reasonably satisfactory certificates of insurance with respect to each of the insurance policies required pursuant to Section 6.4 naming the Collateral Agent as additional insured.
G. Patriot Act and Other Requirements. On or before the date five days prior to the Effective Date, Holdings shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Agents all documentation, information and certifications as have been reasonably requested by the Agents as being required, in their reasonable determination, by applicable Governmental Authorities under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations (including, the USA PATRIOT Act).
H. Specified Representations. The Specified Representations shall be true and correct on and as of the Effective Date in all material respects.
I. Acquisition Material Adverse Effect. (i) From December 31, 2010 until March 30, 2011 (except as disclosed in the Seller Disclosure Letter (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement)) and (ii) since March 30, 2011, there shall not have occurred an Acquisition Material Adverse Effect.
J. The Acquisition. The Acquisition shall have been, or substantially simultaneously with the effectiveness of this Agreement on the Effective Date shall be, consummated in accordance with Applicable Law and the Stock Purchase Agreement, without giving effect to any amendment,
80 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
modification or waiver thereof or any consent thereunder that is materially adverse to the Co-Borrowers, the Lenders or the Arrangers in their capacities as such, unless consented to by the Arrangers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).
K. Equity Contribution. Holdings shall have received, substantially simultaneously with the effectiveness of this Agreement on the Effective Date, the Equity Contribution and shall have contributed the proceeds therefrom to the Co-Borrowers in the form of common equity.
L. Unsecured Facility. The Co-Borrowers shall have applied, substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of Loans, if any, on the Effective Date, any net cash proceeds from the incurrence of Indebtedness under the Unsecured Facility Credit Agreement to (i) consummate the Acquisition and (ii) pay Transaction Costs. The terms and conditions of the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents shall be no less favorable to the Co-Borrowers or the Lenders in any material respect, taken as a whole (without the Arrangers consent), than the terms disclosed in writing to the Arrangers on July 13, 2011.
M. Immediately after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have outstanding no Indebtedness for borrowed money other than (a) Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement, (b) Indebtedness under the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents and (c) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 7.1 A.
N. The Arrangers shall have received the Historical Financial Statements and the Pro Forma Financial Statements.
O. The Amended Canadian Surviving Debt Documents shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto and shall have become effective in accordance with their terms.
4.2 | Conditions to All Loans. |
The effectiveness of this Agreement and obligations of the Lenders to make Loans to any Borrower on each Funding Date are subject to the following further conditions precedent:
A. The Administrative Agent shall have received before that Funding Date, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1B, an executed Notice of Borrowing, in each case signed by a Responsible Officer on behalf of each Borrower in a writing delivered to the Administrative Agent.
B. As of that Funding Date (unless such Funding Date is the Effective Date), the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of that Funding Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date (and provided that with respect to the representations and warranties contained in Sections 1.01(a) and 1.01(c) of each Mortgage, such representations and warranties shall be deemed to be true and correct in all material respects as of each Funding Date so long as the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.2A and 5.5A of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects as of such Funding Date), except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of such earlier date; and
C. No event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the borrowing contemplated by such Notice of Borrowing that would constitute a Default or Event of Default (other than, on the Effective Date, any such Default or Event of Default resulting from a breach of a representation or warranty that is not a Specified Representation).
81 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
4.3 | Conditions to Letters of Credit. |
The issuance of any Letter of Credit hereunder (whether or not the applicable Issuing Bank is obligated to issue such Letter of Credit) is subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.1 and the satisfaction of the following additional conditions precedent:
A. On or before the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1 B(i), an executed Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit, signed by a Responsible Officer on behalf of the Borrowers in a writing delivered to the Administrative Agent, together with all other information specified in Section 3.1B(i) and such other documents or information as the applicable Issuing Bank may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit.
B. On the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, all conditions precedent described in Section 4.2B shall be satisfied or waived to the same extent as if the issuance of such Letter of Credit were the making of a Loan and the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit were a Funding Date.
SECTION 5.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans, to induce the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit and to induce the other Lenders to purchase participations therein, each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers jointly and severally represents and warrants to each Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank, on the date of this Agreement, on the Effective Date, and on each Funding Date, and on the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit, that:
5.1 | Corporate Status; Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability; Subsidiaries. |
A. Corporate Status. Each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings the Co-Borrowers and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation or other entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
B. Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability. Each Loan Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other
82 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Each Loan Party has duly executed and delivered each Loan Document to which it is a party and each such Loan Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law). Each Loan Party and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is in compliance with all Applicable Laws and (b) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted except, in each case to the extent that failure to be in compliance therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
C. Subsidiaries. On the Effective Date, Holdings does not have any Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.1C. Schedule 5.1C describes the direct and indirect ownership interest of Holdings in each Subsidiary as of the Effective Date.
5.2 | No Violation; Governmental Approvals; Collateral Documents. |
A. No Violation. None of (a) the execution, delivery and performance by any Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and compliance with the terms and provisions thereof, (b) the consummation of the Acquisition or (c) the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby on the relevant dates therefor, after giving effect to the Amended Canadian Surviving Debt Documents, will (i) contravene any applicable provision of any material Applicable Law of any Governmental Authority, (ii) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of any of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Loan Documents) pursuant to, (x) the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage or deed of trust or (y) any other material Contractual Obligation, in the case of either clause (x) and (y) to which Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which they or any of their property or assets is bound or (iii) violate any provision of the Organizational Documents of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, except with respect to any conflict, breach of contravention or default (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clause (ii)(y), to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or default could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
B. Governmental Approvals. No order, consent, approval, license, authorization, or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, any Governmental Authority is required to authorize or is required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery and performance of any Loan Document or (b) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document, except (i) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties and recordation or registration of the Mortgages, (ii) consents, approvals, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings that have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices or filings described in the Security Agreement, unless, in the case of either clause (a) or clause (b), the failure to obtain or make any of the foregoing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
83 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
C. Collateral Documents. The security interests created in favor of the Collateral Agent under the Collateral Documents (other than the Mortgages) constitute, as security for the obligations purported to be secured thereby, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in and perfected First Priority Lien on all of the Collateral (except Deposit Accounts with respect to perfection and priority and the Mortgaged Property) referred to therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Each Loan Party has good title (whether in fee, as a leasehold or through a license) to its Collateral (subject to liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2A). No consents, filings or recordings are required in order to perfect (or maintain the perfection or priority of) the security interests purported to be created by any of the Collateral Documents, other than the filing of UCC financing statements by the Collateral Agent, the periodic filing of UCC continuation statements in respect of UCC financing statements filed by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent, the recording of the Mortgages by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent and the filing of the Trademark Security Agreement with the PTO (and any periodic updates thereto required hereunder, in each case to the extent perfection can be achieved by such filings); provided that for purposes of determining the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 4.1B and 4.2B on the Effective Date, to the extent any security interest in any Collateral (other than the pledge and perfection of the security interests (1) in the Capital Stock of the Co-Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries and in certificated securities representing intercompany debt (to the extent required by Section 6.7) and (2) in other assets with respect to which a lien may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC) is not provided and/or perfected on the Effective Date after the Co-Borrowers use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so, the granting and/or perfection of a security interest in such Collateral shall not constitute a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement or the obligations of the Lenders to extend credit hereunder on the Effective Date but shall be required to be delivered prior to the date that is 90 days after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that the Co-Borrowers shall not be required to enter into account control agreements to perfect the security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent in any Deposit Account or any securities accounts (as defined in the UCC). When executed and delivered, the Mortgages will be effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on all of the Loan Parties right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Property thereunder and the proceeds thereof (subject to the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2A), and when the Mortgages are recorded in the offices specified on Schedule 4.1C, the Mortgages shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Mortgaged Property and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, other than with respect to the rights of Persons pursuant to Liens expressly permitted by this Agreement.
D. Margin Regulations. Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation U or X of the Board.
5.3 | Financial Statements. |
The Historical Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects the financial position and results of operations of each of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA) Inc. and Taylor Wimpey Holdings of Canada, Limited and their respective subsidiaries at the respective dates of such information and for the respective periods covered thereby, subject, in the case of the unaudited financial information, to changes resulting from audit, normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except to the extent provided in the notes thereto. As of the Effective Date, none of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or
84 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
any Restricted Subsidiary has any Indebtedness or other material obligations or liabilities, direct or contingent (other than (i) the liabilities reflected on Schedule 7.1 A, (ii) obligations arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iv) liabilities under the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents) that, either individually or in the aggregate, have had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.4 | No Material Adverse Change. |
Since the date of this Agreement, no event or change has occurred that has caused or evidences or could reasonably be expected to cause, either individually on in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
5.5 | Title to Properties; Liens; Real Property; Intellectual Property. |
A. Title to Properties; Liens. As of the Effective Date, and as of each Funding Date thereafter, each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to, a valid leasehold interest in, or easements, licenses or other limited property interests in, all properties (including all Mortgaged Properties but other than Intellectual Property, which is dealt with solely in Section 5.5C) that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens permitted by this Agreement) and except where the failure to have such good title could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
B. Real Property. Set forth on Schedule 5.5B hereto is a complete and accurate list of all real property located in the United States owned by the U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor as of the dates set forth in the title reports referred to in the Seller Disclosure Schedule to the Stock Purchase Agreement (which title reports have been furnished to the Administrative Agent prior to the date hereof), and the name of the Person that owns said property as of such date and (ii) a list of all real property located in the United States owned by the U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor which was acquired by the U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor after March 30, 2011, and the name of the Person that owns said property. As of the Effective Date, neither Holdings nor the U.S. Borrower has received any notice of, nor has any knowledge of, any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting the Mortgaged Properties or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation.
C. Intellectual Property. Each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to, or a valid license or right to use, all patents, trademarks, servicemarks, trade names, copyrights and all applications therefor, and all other intellectual property rights (collectively, Intellectual Property ), free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens permitted by Section 7.2A), that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to have any such rights could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.6 | Litigation; Compliance with Laws. |
There are no actions, suits or proceedings (including Environmental Claims) pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings or the
85 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Co-Borrowers, threatened with respect to Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or the Restricted Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective material properties or assets is in violation of, nor will the continued operation of their material properties and assets as currently conducted violate, any law, rule or regulation (including the USA PATRIOT Act and any zoning and building law, ordinance, code or approval, or permits, any Environmental Law) or any restrictions of record or agreements affecting the Collateral, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
5.7 | Payment of Taxes. |
Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries have filed on a timely basis all federal Canadian and U.S. income Tax returns (as applicable) and all other material Tax returns, domestic and foreign, required to be filed by them and have paid all material Taxes and assessments payable by them that have become due, other than those not overdue by more than 30 days or being contested in good faith (and for which adequate reserves have been established). Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (as applicable) have paid, or have provided adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of the management of Holdings) in accordance with GAAP for the payment of, all material federal Canadian and U.S., state, provincial and foreign income taxes applicable for all prior Fiscal Years and for the current Fiscal Year to the Effective Date.
5.8 | Governmental Regulation. |
None of the Loan Parties is required to register as an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
5.9 | Compliance with ERISA and Similar Applicable Law. |
A. Each Plan is in compliance with ERISA, the Code and any Applicable Law; no Reportable Event has occurred (or is reasonably likely to occur) with respect to any Plan; no Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization (or is reasonably likely to be insolvent or in reorganization), and no written notice of any such insolvency or reorganization has been given to any of Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate; no Plan is in endangered or critical status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA); no Multiemployer Plan has received notice concerning the imposition of any withdrawal liability; no Plan has failed to satisfy the minimum funding standard (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, or has an accumulated or waived funding deficiency (or is reasonably likely to have such a deficiency); no Plan has filed, pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA, an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; none of Holdings, the Co-Borrowers, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred (or is reasonably likely expected to incur) any liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to Section 307, 409, 502(i), 502(1), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code or has been notified in writing that it will incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections with respect to any Plan; no Plan is, or is expected to be, in at risk status (as defined in Section 430(i)(4) of the Code or Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA; no proceedings have been instituted (or are reasonably likely to be instituted) to terminate or to reorganize any Plan to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, and no
86 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
written notice of any such proceedings has been given to any of Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate; and the conditions for imposition of a lien that could be imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of any of Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate do not exist (or are not reasonably likely to exist) nor has Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate been notified in writing that such a lien will be imposed on the assets of any of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate on account of any Plan, except to the extent that a breach of any of the representations, warranties or agreements in this Section 5.9 would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount of liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Plan has an Unfunded Current Liability that would, individually or when taken together with any other liabilities referenced in this Section 5.9, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to Multiemployer Plans, the representations and warranties in this Section 5.9, other than any made with respect to (a) liability under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or (b) liability for termination or reorganization of such Plans under ERISA, are made to the best knowledge of Holdings or the Co-Borrowers.
B. Each Foreign Plan is in compliance with Applicable Law and the respective requirements of the governing documents for such plan; with respect to each Foreign Plan, none of Holdings, the Co-Borrowers, any of their respective Subsidiaries, any ERISA Affiliate or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents has engaged in a transaction that could subject Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, directly or indirectly, to a tax or civil penalty; reserves have been established in the financial statements furnished to Lenders in respect of any unfunded liabilities in accordance with Applicable Law or, where required, in accordance with ordinary accounting practices in the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Plan is maintained; and no Foreign Benefit Event has occurred, except to the extent that a breach of any of the foregoing representations, warranties or agreements in this Section 5.9 would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount of liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Foreign Plan has an Unfunded Current Liability that would, individually or when taken together with any other liabilities referenced in this Section 5.9, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.10 | Environmental Matters. |
A. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Environmental Laws in all jurisdictions in which Holdings or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is currently doing business (including having obtained all permits required under Environmental Laws) and (ii) none of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has become subject to any pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Co-Borrowers, threatened Environmental Claim or any other Environmental Liability, or knows of any basis therefor or has received any notice thereof.
B. None of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported or Released Hazardous Materials at or from any currently or formerly owned Real Estate or facility relating to its business in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
87 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
5.11 | Employee Matters. |
There is no strike or work stoppage in existence or threatened involving Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.12 | Solvency. |
On the Effective Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.
5.13 | [Reserved]. |
5.14 | True and Complete Disclosure. |
A. Factual Information and Data. None of the factual information and data (taken as a whole) heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or their respective authorized representatives in writing to any Agent or any Lender on or before the Effective Date (including all information contained in the Loan Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated herein contained any untrue statement of material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not materially misleading at such time (after giving effect to all supplements so furnished prior to such time) in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Section 5.14A, such factual information and data shall not include projections, pro forma financial information or information of a general economic or general industry nature.
B. Projections and Pro Forma Financial Information. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the information and data referred to in paragraph A of this Section 5.14 were prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by Holdings and the Co-Borrowers to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results and such differences may be material.
5.15 | Sanctioned Persons. |
None of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any Co-Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries nor, to the Knowledge of Holdings or the Co-Borrowers, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department ( OFAC ); and the Borrowers will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit or otherwise make available such proceeds to any person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
5.16 Insurance. Schedule 5.16 sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all material insurance policies maintained by or on behalf of the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries as
88 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
of the Effective Date. As of such date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all premiums have been duly paid. The Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries have insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are in accordance with normal industry practice.
SECTION 6.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers covenants and agrees that, so long as any of the Commitments hereunder shall remain in effect and until payment in full of all of the Loans and other Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations, Hedge Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements or Cash Management Obligations, in each case, not then due and payable) and the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit (or the making of other arrangements with respect to such Letters of Credit reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each relevant Issuing Bank), unless the Requisite Lenders shall otherwise give prior written consent, each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers shall perform, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries (to the extent applicable) to perform, all covenants in this Section 6.
6.1 | Financial Statements and Other Reports. |
Holdings will furnish to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:
(i) Quarterly Financials. Commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2011, as soon as available and in any event on or before the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC with respect to each of the first three quarterly accounting periods in each Fiscal Year of Holdings (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 45 days after the end of each such quarterly accounting period), the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarterly period and the related consolidated statement of operations for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the Fiscal Year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statement of cash flows for the elapsed portion of the Fiscal Year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the related periods in the prior Fiscal Year or, in the case of such consolidated balance sheet, for the last day of the prior Fiscal Year, all of which shall be certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings, subject to changes resulting from audit, normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in this clause (i) may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings or (B) Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), to the extent such information relates to a parent of Holdings, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to a parent of Holdings, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.
89 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(ii) Year-End Financials. As soon as available and in any event on or before the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 90 days after the end of each such Fiscal Year), the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related consolidated statement of operations and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the preceding Fiscal Year, and certified by independent registered public accountants of recognized national standing whose opinion shall not be qualified as to the scope of audit or as to the status of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as a going concern, together in any event with a certificate of the accounting firm providing the audit opinion required by this Section 6.1 (ii) stating that in the course of its regular audit of the business of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries, which audit was conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, such accounting firm has obtained no knowledge of any Event of Default relating to Section 7.5 that has occurred and is continuing or, if in the opinion of such accounting firm such an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in this Section 6.1 (ii) may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings or (B) Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), (x) to the extent such information relates to a parent of Holdings, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to a parent of Holdings, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand, and (y) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under this Section 6.1 (ii), such materials are accompanied by an opinion of an independent registered public accounting firm of recognized national standing, which opinion shall not be qualified as to the scope of audit or as to the status of the direct or indirect parent of Holdings, as applicable) and its consolidated Subsidiaries as a going concern.
(iii) Officers Certificates. At the time of the delivery of the Section 6.1 Financial Statements, an Officers Certificate of Holdings in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit IX-A to the effect that no Event of Default exists or, if any Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, which certificate shall set forth (A) the calculations required to establish whether Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries were in compliance with the provisions of Section 7.5 as at the end of such Fiscal Year or period, as the case may be, (B) a specification of any change in the identity of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year or period, as the case may be, from the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, respectively, provided to the Lenders on the Effective Date or the most recent Fiscal Year or period, as the case may be and (C) the Capitalization Ratio as of the most recent Calculation Date. If such Officers Certificate demonstrates an Event of Default resulting from a violation of Section 7.5, any of the Sponsors may deliver, together with such Officers Certificate, notice of their intent to cure (a Notice of Intent to Cure ) such Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.12. At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Section 6.1 (ii), an Officers Certificate of Holdings in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit IX-B setting forth the information required to be included on Schedules I and II of the Security Agreement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Effective Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 6.1 (iii), as the case may be.
90 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(iv) Excluded Real Property. At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Section 6.1 (ii), a listing of any Real Property that has ceased to be Excluded Real Property during the preceding Fiscal Year pursuant to the proviso to clause (e) of the definition of Excluded Real Property.
(v) Events of Default, Litigation. Promptly after a Responsible Officer of Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries obtains actual knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof and what action Holdings or the Co-Borrowers propose to take with respect thereto and (ii) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(vi) ERISA and Similar Applicable Law. Promptly after Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries knows or reasonably should have known of the occurrence of any of the following events that, individually or in the aggregate (including in the aggregate such events previously disclosed or exempt from disclosure hereunder, to the extent the liability therefor remains outstanding), would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, an Officers Certificate of Holdings or the Co-Borrowers setting forth details as to such occurrence and the action, if any, that Holdings, the Co-Borrowers, such Subsidiary or any applicable ERISA Affiliate is required or proposes to take, together with any notices (required, proposed or otherwise) given to or filed with or by Holdings, the Co-Borrowers, such Subsidiary, such ERISA Affiliate, the PBGC (or other applicable Governmental Authority (in the case of a Foreign Plan)), a Plan or Foreign Plan participant (other than notices relating to an individual participants benefits) or the Plan or Foreign Plan administrator with respect thereto:
(a) with respect to any Plan: that a Reportable Event has occurred; that a Plan has failed to satisfy the minimum funding standard (or has incurred an accumulated funding deficiency) or an application is to be made to the Secretary of the Treasury for a waiver or modification of the minimum funding standard (including any required installment payments) or an extension of any amortization period under Section 412 of the Code with respect to a Plan; that a Plan having an Unfunded Current Liability has been or is to be terminated, reorganized, partitioned or declared insolvent under Title IV of ERISA (including the giving of written notice thereof); that a Plan has an Unfunded Current Liability that has or will result in a Lien under ERISA or the Code; that proceedings will be or have been instituted to terminate a Plan having an Unfunded Current Liability (including the giving of written notice thereof); that a proceeding has been instituted against Holdings, any Co-Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or an ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Section 515 of ERISA to collect a delinquent contribution to a Plan; that the PBGC has notified Holdings, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate of its intention to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; that Holdings, any Co-Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has failed to make a required installment or other payment pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to a Plan; or that Holdings, any Co-Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or
91 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
will incur (or has been notified in writing that it will incur) any liability (including any contingent or secondary liability) to or on account of a Plan pursuant to Section 307, 409, 502(i), 502(1), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code and promptly following any request therefor, on and after the effectiveness of Title V of the Pension Act, copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k)( 1) of ERISA that Holdings, any Co-Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101 (1)(1) of ERISA that Holdings, any Co-Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if Holdings, any Co-Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliates has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, Holdings, any Co-Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliates shall promptly after the request of any Lender make a request for such documents or notices from the such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof; and
(b) with respect to any Foreign Plan: that a Foreign Benefit Event has occurred.
(vii) Financial Plans. Within 90 days after the commencement of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, a budget of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in reasonable detail for the Fiscal Year as customarily prepared by management of Holdings for its internal use consistent in scope with the financial statements provided pursuant to Section 6.1 (ii), setting forth the principal assumptions upon which such budget is based.
(viii) Environmental Matters. Promptly after obtaining knowledge of any one or more of the following environmental matters, unless such environmental matters would not, individually or when aggregated with all other such matters, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, notice of:
(a) any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or any Real Estate;
(b) any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that (x) results in noncompliance by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or (y) could reasonably be anticipated to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or any Real Estate;
(c) any condition or occurrence on any Real Estate that could reasonably be anticipated to cause any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of such Real Estate under any Environmental Law; and
(d) the taking of any removal or remedial action in response to the actual or alleged presence or Release of any Hazardous Material on any Real Estate.
92 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the Environmental Claim, condition, occurrence or removal, remedial action and the response thereto. The term Real Estate means land, buildings and improvements at any time owned or leased by Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, but excluding all operating fixtures and equipment, whether or not incorporated into improvements.
(ix) Other Information. Promptly upon filing thereof, copies of any filings (including on Form 10-K, 10-Q or 8-K) or registration statements with, and reports to, the SEC or any analogous Governmental Authority in any relevant jurisdiction by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it becomes effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent for further delivery to the Lenders), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statements on Form S-8) and copies of all financial statements, proxy statements, notices and reports that Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall send to the holders of any publicly issued debt of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in their capacity as such holders (in each case to the extent not theretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent for further delivery to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement) and, with reasonable promptness, such other information (financial or otherwise) as the Administrative Agent on their own behalf or on behalf of any Lender may reasonably request in writing from time to time.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 6.1(i), (ii), (vii) and (ix) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically in accordance with Section 10.7B; provided that: (x) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, Holdings or the Co-Borrowers shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (y) Holdings or the Co-Borrowers shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e. , soft copies) of such documents. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.
6.2 | Consolidated Corporate Franchises. |
Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, Canada Holdings and each Co-Borrower will do, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, corporate rights and authority, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, Canada Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Section 7.3 or 7.6.
93 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
6.3 | Payment of Taxes. |
Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and each Co-Borrower will pay and discharge, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, all material Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any such Subsidiary or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which such payments become due, and all lawful material claims that, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to become a material Lien upon any properties of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that none of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any Co-Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of the management of Holdings) with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.
6.4 | Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. |
A. Each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers will, and will cause the Restricted Subsidiaries to, ensure that its properties and equipment necessary to its business in whomsoevers possession they may be to the extent that it is within the control of such party to cause the same, are kept in good repair, working order and condition, normal wear and tear excepted, and that from time to time there are made in such properties and equipment all appropriate repairs, renewals, replacements, extensions, additions, betterments and improvements thereto, in each case to the extent and in the manner customary for companies in the industry in which the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries conduct business and consistent with third-party leases, except in each case to the extent the failure to do so could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
B. Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, with insurance companies that Holdings and the Co-Borrowers believe (in the good- faith judgment of the management of Holdings) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as are usually insured against by companies engaged in businesses and owning similar properties in the same general area similar to those engaged in by Holdings and the Co-Borrowers; and will furnish to the Administrative Agent for further delivery to the Lenders, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried.
C. If at any time the area in which the Premises (as defined in the Mortgages) are located is designated (i) a flood hazard area in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings or the Co-Borrowers, as applicable, will, or will cause the owner of the Mortgaged Property to obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Requisite Lenders may from time to time reasonably require, and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as it may be amended from time to time, or (ii) a Zone 1 area, obtain earthquake insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Requisite Lenders may from time to time reasonably require.
94 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
D. With respect to any Mortgaged Property, Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings or the Co-Borrowers, as applicable, will, or will cause the owner of the Mortgaged Property to carry and maintain comprehensive general liability insurance including the broad form CGL endorsement and coverage on an occurrence basis against claims made for personal injury (including bodily injury, death and property damage) and umbrella liability insurance against any and all claims, in no event for a combined single limit of less than that which is customary for companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, naming the Collateral Agent as an additional insured, on forms reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
6.5 | Inspection; Books and Records. |
Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers will, and will cause the Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers will, and will cause the Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the reasonable expense of the Co-Borrowers and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the U.S. Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.5 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Co-Borrowers expense; and provided further , that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Co-Borrowers at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give Holdings and the Co-Borrowers the opportunity to participate in any discussions with Holdings independent public accountants.
6.6 | Compliance with Statutes. |
Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, comply with all Applicable Laws (including Environmental Laws and permits required thereunder), except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
95 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
6.7 | Execution of Guaranty and Collateral Documents by Future Subsidiaries. |
A. Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Guaranty or the Security Agreement, as applicable, Holdings and the U.S. Borrower will cause (i) any direct or indirect wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Excluded Subsidiary) formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the Effective Date (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition), (ii) any Domestic Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Excluded Subsidiary) that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary on the Effective Date hereof but subsequently becomes a wholly owned Subsidiary (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Excluded Subsidiary) and (iii) any Subsidiary of Holdings that acquires Capital Stock of any Co-Borrower after the Effective Date, in each case to execute a supplement to each of the Guaranty, the Security Agreement and any Intercreditor Agreement that may at such time be in effect (to the extent the Loan Parties are required to be parties to such Intercreditor Agreement), substantially in the form of Annex B, Annex 1 or the applicable annex of such Intercreditor Agreement, if any, as applicable, to the respective agreement in order to become a Guarantor under the Guaranty, a Grantor under the Security Agreement and a Loan Party (or term of similar import) under any such Intercreditor Agreement (to the extent the Loan Parties are required to be parties to such Intercreditor Agreement).
Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Security Agreement, Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the U.S. Borrower will pledge, and, if applicable, will cause each other Guarantor (or Person required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.1 A) to pledge, to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (i) 100% of the Capital Stock of the U.S. Borrower, the Canadian Borrower and each Domestic Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower (other than any Disqualified Domestic Subsidiary or any Domestic Subsidiary that is owned, either directly or indirectly, by a Foreign Subsidiary), (ii) 65% of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock and 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock that is not Voting Stock of each first-tier Foreign Subsidiary (and each Disqualified Domestic Subsidiary) of the U.S. Borrower or of any Guarantor (or Person required to become a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 6.7A), in each case, formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the Effective Date, in each case pursuant to a supplement to the Security Agreement substantially in the form of Annex A thereto; provided that the Capital Stock of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (BVI) Limited shall not be required to be pledged pursuant to this Section 6.7A so long as the Permitted Post-Closing Debt Restructuring is consummated within 90 days of the Effective Date, (iii) all evidences of Indebtedness in excess of $7,500,000 received by Holdings, any Borrower or any other Guarantor (or Person required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.7A), in each case pursuant to a supplement to the Security Agreement substantially in the form of Annex A thereto, and (iv) any global promissory notes executed after the Effective Date evidencing Indebtedness of Holdings, any Borrower and each of their Subsidiaries that is owing to Holdings, any Borrower or any other Guarantor (or Person required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.1 A), in each case pursuant to a supplement to the Security Agreement in the form of Annex A thereto.
B. Each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers agrees that all Indebtedness in excess of $7,500,000 of Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries that is owing to any Grantor (other than any Indebtedness relating to the Permitted Post-Closing Debt Restructuring, which is repaid, defeased, redeemed or otherwise canceled within 90 days of the Effective Date) shall be evidenced by one or more global promissory notes in substantially the form of Exhibit XV or Exhibit XVI attached hereto, as the case may be, or in such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.
96 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
6.8 | Further Assurances. |
A. Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and each Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), which may be required under any Applicable Law, or which the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Requisite Lenders may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Agreement or any Mortgage, all at the expense of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries.
B. Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Security Agreement or any Mortgage and in Section 6.7B, (1) if any Acquired Asset (other than any Excluded Personal Property (as defined in the Security Agreement) or Excluded Real Property) is acquired by any Granting Party (as defined in the Security Agreement) after the Effective Date or (2) if any Excluded Real Property shall have ceased to be Excluded Real Property pursuant to the proviso to clause (e) of the definition of Excluded Real Property, the U.S. Borrower will notify the Collateral Agent (who shall thereafter notify the Lenders) thereof, in accordance with Section 6.1 (iv) with respect to any Real Estate that ceases to be Excluded Real Property, and will cause such Acquired Asset or Real Estate to be subjected to a Lien securing the applicable Obligations and will take, and cause the relevant Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect such Liens consistent with the applicable requirements of the Collateral Documents, including actions described in paragraph (A) of this Section 6.8, all at the expense of such Loan Parties; provided , however , that to the extent such Acquired Asset or Real Estate is located in a jurisdiction with a mortgage recording or similar tax, then the amount secured by the Collateral Documents with respect to such Acquired Asset or Real Estate shall be reasonable. Any Mortgage delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be accompanied by (x) a policy or policies of title insurance or a marked up pro forma for such insurance (with the title insurance policy to follow) in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent with respect to such Mortgaged Property and issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of such Mortgage as a valid Lien (with the priority described therein) on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted under this Agreement and which may contain an exception for survey matters to the extent a current survey is not provided, together with such endorsements and reinsurance as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and which are available at commercially reasonable rates in the jurisdiction where the applicable Mortgaged Property is located, (y) to the extent in the possession of the U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, a survey for such Mortgaged Property and (z) a local opinion of counsel to the U.S. Borrower (or in the event a Subsidiary Guarantor is the mortgagor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor) with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the applicable Mortgages and any related fixture filings in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be obligated to deliver a Mortgage with respect to any Acquired Asset that is located in a state or jurisdiction with a mortgage recording or similar tax that would be payable on successive reborrowings of the Revolving Loans.
C. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (I) if the Collateral Agent determines in its reasonable discretion that the cost of creating or perfecting any Lien on any property is excessive in relation to the benefits afforded to the Lenders thereby, then such property may be excluded from
97 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
the Collateral for all purposes of the Loan Documents, (II) if any Real Estate subject to bond financings or financings by political subdivisions or enterprises thereof or subject to a PAPA is required to be provided as Collateral hereunder but is subject to arrangements with a seller of such Real Estate or a Person providing such financings and such arrangements restrict a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, the Grantors may satisfy their obligations hereunder with respect to such Collateral by providing a Lien on such Collateral to the extent permitted by such arrangements (including by providing a junior priority Lien to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in order to secure the Obligations) if such Lien is permitted by such arrangements, (III) in the event that the Collateral Agent forecloses upon any Mortgaged Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Collateral Documents and the applicable Mortgage, the Collateral Agent shall honor any contracts of sale with any bona fide third party purchaser then existing for the purchase of such Mortgaged Property, so long as such sale would be permitted under this Agreement if it were made by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or (IV) if any Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder (1) is Disposed of in a transaction permitted by this Agreement to a Person other than a Co-Borrower or a Guarantor (or a Person that would be required to become a Guarantor), (2) ceases, at any time, to qualify as a Subsidiary of Holdings (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) or (3) is designated as an Excluded Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, then, upon the request of the U.S. Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, release such Subsidiary from its Guarantee pursuant to a release in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Co-Borrowers.
6.9 | Transactions with Affiliates. |
Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and each Borrower will, and will cause the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into all transactions with any Affiliate of Holdings or any Borrower on terms substantially as favorable to Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, a Co-Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, a Co-Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, other than (a) transactions among Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction, (b) the payment of Transaction Costs, (c) loans, guarantees and other transactions by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries permitted under Section 7.8, in the case of Holdings, or Section 7.1, in the case of the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (d) the payment of management, consulting, financial advisory, monitoring, oversight and similar fees to the Sponsors as set forth in the Management Agreements as in effect on the Effective Date (unless an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1 or 8.5 has occurred), plus reasonable expenses and indemnities actually incurred by the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates in connection with services provided to any Loan Party under the Management Agreements, (e) equity issuances, repurchases, retirements or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock by the Co-Borrowers permitted under Section 7.4, (f) employment, compensation and severance arrangements and health and benefit plans between Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, (g) the payment of customary fees, compensation and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, consultants, officers and employees of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any Co-Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of, or provision of services to Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada
98 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (h) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.9 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse, taken as a whole, to the Lenders in any material respect, (i) Dividends, redemptions and repurchases permitted under Section 7.4, (j) customary payments (including reimbursement of fees and expenses) by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any Co-Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, whether or not consummated), which payments are approved by the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any Co-Borrower, in good faith, (k) any transaction or series of related transactions having consideration in an aggregate amount less than $1,000,000, (1) transactions pursuant to the terms of the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents, including any payments and prepayments of any amounts thereunder, (m) equity issuances to directors, managers, consultants, officers and employees of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions and (n) transactions in connection with the Permitted Post-Closing Debt Restructuring.
6.10 | End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters. |
Each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and each Co-Borrower will, for financial reporting purposes, cause (a) each of its, and each Restricted Subsidiarys, Fiscal Years to end on December 31 of each year and (b) each of its, and each Restricted Subsidiarys, fiscal quarters to end on dates consistent with such Fiscal Year-end and Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers past practice; provided , however , that Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change the financial reporting convention specified above to any other financial reporting convention reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary in order to reflect such change in financial reporting.
6.11 | Use of Proceeds. |
The Borrowers will use the Letters of Credit and the proceeds of all Loans for the purposes set forth in Section 2.5.
6.12 | Changes in Business. |
Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, each Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, each Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary, taken as a whole, on the Effective Date and except for other business activities complementary, incidental, ancillary or related to any of the foregoing or reasonable developments or extensions thereof. None of the following will constitute a violation of this covenant: (a) the engaging by a Subsidiary of Holdings in, or the withdrawal from any business related to, a Real Estate Business, (b) a change in the geographic regions of the United States or Canada in which the Subsidiaries of Holdings operate and (c) the reorganization of the business of the Subsidiaries of Holdings among the Subsidiaries.
99 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
6.13 | Designation of Subsidiaries. |
The Board of Directors of Holdings or a Co-Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with the Financial Performance Covenants as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered and regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter (and, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such designation, the Co-Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating such compliance), (iii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings or a Borrower and (iv) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a Restricted Subsidiary for the purposes of any Unsecured Facility Loan Document or any Refinanced Unsecured Facility Indebtedness. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Co-Borrowers therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the net Book Value of the Co-Borrowers (as applicable) investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time.
6.14 | Ratings. |
Holdings and the Co-Borrowers will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to maintain at all times a public corporate rating from S&P and a public corporate family rating from Moodys.
6.15 | ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING LEGISLATION. |
Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and each Co-Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary of Holdings to, promptly after the request by any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada).
SECTION 7.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers covenants and agrees that, so long as any of the Commitments hereunder shall remain in effect and until payment in full of all of the Loans and other Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations, Hedge Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements or Cash Management Obligations, in each case, not then due and payable) and the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit (or the making of other arrangements with respect to such Letters of Credit
100 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each relevant Issuing Bank), unless the Requisite Lenders shall otherwise give prior written consent, the Co-Borrowers shall perform, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries (as applicable) to perform, all covenants in this Section 7 and Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings and Canada Intermediate Holdings shall perform all covenants in Section 7.8.
7.1 | Indebtedness. |
The Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, permit to exist, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, except:
(i) Indebtedness arising under the Loan Documents;
(ii) Indebtedness of (a) a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor owing to Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; provided that any Indebtedness owing to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor by Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any Guarantor shall be subject to subordination terms as set forth in the Affiliate Subordination Agreement or on terms that are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws and regulatory requirements in the case of any Insurance Subsidiary (it being understood and agreed that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant this subclause (a) in connection with the consummation of the Permitted Post-Closing Debt Restructuring shall not be required to be subordinated to the Obligations), (b) any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor owing to any other Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and (c) subject to Section 7.3 (but excluding clause (xxi) thereof), any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor owing to Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor.
(iii) Indebtedness in respect of any bankers acceptance, bank guarantee, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims) but, in any event, not in respect of Hedge Agreements;
(iv) except for Indebtedness incurred under clauses (vii), (x) and (xi) of this Section 7.1, Guarantee Obligations incurred by (a) any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness of a Co-Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement, (b) the U.S. Borrower in respect of Indebtedness of the Canadian Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement and (c) the Canadian Borrower in respect of (x) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement or (y) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement; provided , that Guarantee Obligations of a Loan Party in respect of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than Guarantee Obligations described in subclause (c)(y) of this clause (iv)) shall be subject to Section 7.3 (but excluding clause (xxii) thereof);
101 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(v) Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of a Real Estate Business in respect of obligations to suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees of a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(vi) (a) Attributable Indebtedness and other Indebtedness arising under Capital Leases entered into in connection with Sale Leasebacks permitted under Section 7.7, (b) Indebtedness arising under Capital Leases, other than Capital Leases in effect on the Effective Date (and set forth on Schedule 7.1 A), and Capital Leases entered into pursuant to subclause (a) above and (c) any refinancing of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (a) or (b) above; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (b) above and any refinancing thereof shall not exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding; provided further that, except to the extent otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, the principal amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (c) above does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon, plus other reasonable amounts paid and fees and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing plus an amount equal to any existing unutilized commitment and letters of credit undrawn thereunder;
(vii) (a) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1(ix)) and (b) any refinancing thereof; provided that, except to the extent otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, (A) the principal amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (b) does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid and fees and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing plus an amount equal to any existing unutilized commitment and letters of credit undrawn thereunder and (B) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness are the only direct or contingent obligors of the Indebtedness being refinanced;
(viii) Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(ix) (a) Indebtedness under the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents (for the avoidance of doubt, including any Indebtedness incurred in connection with Section 2.1D of the Unsecured Facility Credit Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $625,000,000 at any time outstanding and (b) any Indebtedness incurred to refinance all or any portion of the Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 7.1(ix); provided that, except to the extent otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, (A) the principal amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (b) does not exceed the greater of (x) $625,000,000 and (y) the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing plus, in the case of this subclause (y), an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon (including any prepayment penalties), plus other reasonable amounts paid and fees and expenses (including any underwriting discount or Original Issue Discount) incurred in connection with such refinancing, (B) the direct obligor(s) with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness are Holdings and/or one or both Co-Borrowers and each contingent obligor with respect to such Indebtedness is a Guarantor, (C) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a final maturity date that is at least 120 days after the latest Commitment Termination Date at the time of refinancing, (D) such
102 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness under the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents; provided that, if a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness is not held by any Affiliate of Holdings, then such Refinancing Indebtedness may be subject to scheduled amortization not in excess of 1% per annum of the original principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness, (E) the terms and conditions (excluding as to interest rate, fees, funding discount and prepayment or redemption premium) of any such Refinancing Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and their Subsidiaries than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness under this Agreement; provided that Holdings shall deliver to the Administrative Agent concurrently with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, an Officers Certificate stating that Holdings has determined in good faith that such Indebtedness satisfies the requirements of this Section 7.1(ix)(b)(E), (F) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not require the maintenance or achievement of any financial performance standards other than (I) as a condition to the taking of specified actions and (II) financial performance standards that are substantially the same as the Financial Performance Covenants (including with respect to any associated definitions of terms to the extent that such terms apply to the calculation thereof); provided that the levels of any such financial performance standards shall be no more restrictive to Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers than the corresponding levels set forth in this Agreement as of the date hereof and (G) such Refinancing Indebtedness, if secured, shall comply with the requirements of Section 7.2A(viii) (such Refinancing Indebtedness, Refinanced Unsecured Facility Indebtedness );
(x) (a) Indebtedness of a Person or Indebtedness attaching to assets of a Person that, in either case, becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness attaching to assets that are acquired by a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Effective Date as the result of a Permitted Acquisition; provided that (w) such Indebtedness existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such assets were acquired and, in each case, was not created in anticipation thereof, (x) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed in any respect (other than any Non-Recourse Indemnity Guaranty) by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any such person that so becomes a Restricted Subsidiary), (y) (I) the Capital Stock of such Person is pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 6.7 and (II) such Person executes a supplement to each of the Guaranty, the Security Agreement and any Intercreditor Agreement that may at such time be in effect to the extent required pursuant to Section 6.7A (or alternative guarantee and security arrangements in relation to the Obligations) to the extent required under Section 6.7 or 6.8B, as applicable and (z) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such acquisition and the incurrence of such Indebtedness as if each had occurred on the first day of such Test Period, would (i) be equal to or greater than 2.00 to 1.00 or (ii) if less than 2.00 to 1.00, not be less than (x) 1.75 to 1.00 and (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such Test Period were it not so calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, and (b) any refinancing of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (a) above; provided that, except to the extent otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, (1) the principal amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (b) does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing
103 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid and fees and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing plus an amount equal to any existing unutilized commitment and letters of credit undrawn thereunder, (2) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness are the only direct or contingent obligors of the Indebtedness being refinanced and (3) such Indebtedness shall have a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being refinanced;
(xi) (a) Indebtedness of a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition; provided that (1) (A) Holdings is in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition and the incurrence of such Indebtedness as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered, with the Financial Performance Covenants and regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter, (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition and the incurrence of such Indebtedness as if each had occurred on the first day of such Test Period, (I) would be equal to or greater than 2.00 to 1.00 or (II) if less than 2.00 to 1.00 would not be less than (x) 1.75 to 1.00 and (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such Test Period were it not so calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, and (C) Holdings has delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officers Certificate of the U.S. Borrower to the effect set forth in subclauses (A) and (B) above setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with subclauses (A) and (B) above, (2) if such Indebtedness is incurred by a Loan Party, such Indebtedness, if secured, does not require any scheduled payment of principal (including pursuant to a sinking fund obligation) or mandatory redemption or redemption at the option of the holders thereof (except for redemptions in respect of asset sales and changes in control on terms not less favorable to Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or the Restricted Subsidiaries than the terms of this Agreement) prior to the date that is 91 days after the latest Commitment Termination Date hereunder at the time of incurrence and (3) if such Indebtedness is incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is not guaranteed in any respect by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, a Co-Borrower or any other Guarantor except as permitted under Section 7.3 (excluding clause (xxi) thereof), and (b) any refinancing of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (a) above; provided that, except to the extent otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, (1) the principal amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (b) does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid and fees and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing plus an amount equal to any existing commitment unutilized and letters of credit undrawn thereunder, (2) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness are direct or contingent obligors of the Indebtedness being refinanced and (3) such Indebtedness shall have a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being refinanced;
(xii) (a) unsecured Indebtedness in respect of obligations of a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress
104 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
payments in connection with such goods and services; provided that such obligations are incurred in connection with open accounts extended by suppliers on customary trade terms (which require that all such payments be made within 60 days after the incurrence of the related obligation) in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money or any Hedge Agreements and (b) unsecured Indebtedness in respect of intercompany obligations of a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of accounts payable incurred in connection with goods sold or services rendered in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;
(xiii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with Permitted Acquisitions, other Investments and the disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock permitted hereunder, other than Guarantee Obligations incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Capital Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition;
(xiv) Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds, performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of a Real Estate Business and not in connection with the borrowing of money or Hedge Agreements;
(xv) Indebtedness of a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (a) obligations to pay insurance premiums or (b) take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money or Hedge Agreements;
(xvi) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business, including but not limited to the issuance of Capital Stock to such employees under equity plans;
(xvii) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 7.4(iii);
(xviii) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of a Co-Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation to their employees or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions and Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;
(xix) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearing house arrangements, employees credit cards, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(xx) additional Indebtedness and any refinancing thereof; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xx) shall not exceed the greater of (i) 2.0% of Consolidated Adjusted Tangible Assets and (ii) $30,000,000 at the time of incurrence;
105 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(xxi) [Reserved];
(xxii) (a) other Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the U.S. Borrower that are not Guarantors and any refinancing thereof in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, when aggregated with, and without duplication of, the aggregate amount of all Investments made pursuant to Section 7.3(xxii)(a), the greater of (i) 7.5% of Consolidated Adjusted Tangible Assets of all such Restricted Subsidiaries of the U.S. Borrower that are not Guarantors and (ii) $100,000,000 at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or making of such Investment, and (b) other Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Canadian Borrower that are not Guarantors and any refinancing thereof in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, when aggregated with, and without duplication of, the aggregate amount of all Investments made pursuant to Section 7.3(xxii)(b), the greater of (i) 7.5% of Consolidated Adjusted Tangible Assets of all such Restricted Subsidiaries of the Canadian Borrower that are not Guarantors and (ii) $100,000,000 at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or making of such Investment;
(xxiii) unsecured Indebtedness incurred by any Loan Party; provided that (A) the terms of such Indebtedness do not provide for (i) any financial maintenance covenants or (ii) any scheduled amortization, payments of principal, mandatory redemption, sinking fund obligations or similar scheduled payments (other than regularly scheduled payments of interest and scheduled amortization not in excess of 1% per annum of the original principal amount of such Indebtedness) prior to the Commitment Termination Date hereunder in effect at the time of the issuance or incurrence of such Indebtedness (other than (w) customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss, (x) mandatory prepayments with the proceeds of asset sales, events of loss, Refinancing Indebtedness and equity contributions or issuances, (y) exchanges for Refinancing Indebtedness and (z) customary acceleration rights after an event of default) and (B) at the time of such incurrence and after giving effect thereto and to the proposed use of the proceeds thereof, (x) Holdings would be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenants, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered and regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter, (y) the ratio of (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to (ii) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, calculated on a Pro Forma basis for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered, would not be less than 2.00 to 1.00; and (z) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(xxiv) Indebtedness incurred by any Loan Party, the obligations in respect of which are secured by Liens on the Collateral which are intended to rank pari passu or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations ( Additional Secured Indebtedness ); provided that (A) the terms of such Indebtedness do not provide for any scheduled amortization, payments of principal, mandatory redemption, sinking fund obligations or similar scheduled payments (other than regularly scheduled payments of interest) prior to the latest Commitment Termination Date hereunder in effect at the time of the issuance or incurrence of such Indebtedness (other than (w) customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss, (x) mandatory prepayments with the proceeds of asset sales, events of
106 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
loss, Refinancing Indebtedness and equity contributions or issuances, (y) exchanges for Refinancing Indebtedness and (z) customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (B) the obligations in respect thereof shall not be secured by any Lien on any asset of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Holdings other than any asset constituting Collateral and no Subsidiary other than a Loan Party shall be an obligor thereon, (C) at the time of such incurrence and after giving effect thereto and to the proposed use of the proceeds thereof, (w) Holdings would be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenants, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered and regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (y) the ratio of (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to (ii) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, calculated on a Pro Forma basis for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered, would not exceed 2.00 to 1.00 and (z) the sum of, without duplication, (1) the Unused Revolving Commitments at such time, (2) the Letter of Credit Usage at such time, (3) Consolidated Total Secured Debt outstanding at such time and (4) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.1(ix) outstanding at such time (whether such Indebtedness is secured or unsecured) shall not exceed 50% of Consolidated Adjusted Tangible Assets, and (D) the secured parties with respect thereto (or a trustee or other authorized representative thereof) shall have entered into an Intercreditor Agreement with the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (which Intercreditor Agreement, in the case of Additional Secured Indebtedness secured by Liens that are intended to rank pari passu to the Liens securing the Obligations, shall be on terms at least as favorable to the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders hereunder, as the summary of terms attached as Exhibit XI hereto) and which shall include, whether the Liens in respect of such Indebtedness are intended to rank pari passu or junior with the Liens securing the Obligations, the First-Out Provisions;
(xxv) Obligations (including obligations to pay assessments) for, pledges of assets in respect of, and Guaranties of, bond financings or payments due to political subdivisions or enterprises thereof or with respect to homeowners association obligations, in each case, arising in the ordinary course of a Real Estate Business;
(xxvi) Indebtedness that is Non-Recourse Indebtedness (and any refinancings thereof that constitutes Non-Recourse Indebtedness) and Non-Recourse Indemnity Guaranties;
(xxvii) Indebtedness in respect of a PAPA;
(xxviii) Indebtedness deemed to exist pursuant to the terms of a joint venture agreement as a result of the failure of any Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to make a required capital contribution therein; provided, however, that the only recourse on such Indebtedness is limited to such Co-Borrower or Restricted Subsidiarys equity interests in the related joint venture;
(xxix) Indebtedness incurred by Mortgage Subsidiaries in their ordinary course of business; and
(xxx) all customary premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in each of the clauses (i) through (xxix) above.
107 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Any Indebtedness arising in connection with any transfer of funds in connection with the Co-Borrowers cash management system in the ordinary course of business shall be disregarded for purposes of this Section 7.1. To the extent that the creation, incurrence or assumption of any Indebtedness could be attributable to more than one subsection of this Section 7.1, the Co-Borrowers may at the time of incurrence thereof allocate such Indebtedness to any one or more of such subsections and in no event shall the same portion of Indebtedness be deemed utilized or be attributable to more than one subsection of this Section 7.1.
7.2 | Limitation on Liens, etc. |
A. Liens.
The Co-Borrowers will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(i) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents to secure the Obligations;
(ii) Permitted Encumbrances;
(iii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.1(vi); provided that (a) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property, except for accessions to such property, other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and products thereof and (b) with respect to Capital Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capital Leases; provided , that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;
(iv) each Lien existing on the Effective Date and listed on Schedule 7.2; provided that (a) such Lien does not extend to any other property or asset of the Co-Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary other than after acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1 and proceeds and products thereof and (b) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the Effective Date and any refinancings of such obligations permitted by Section 7.1;
(v) the modification, replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by (iii), (iv), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (xix) of this Section 7.2A upon or in the same assets theretofore subject to such Lien (other than after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1 and proceeds and products thereof) or the refinancing of the Indebtedness or other obligations secured thereby as and to the extent permitted by Section 7.1;
108 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(vi) Liens existing on the assets of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than by designation as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.13), or existing on assets acquired, pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted under Section 7.3 to the extent the Liens on such assets secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1(x) or other obligations permitted by this Agreement; provided that such Liens attach at all times only to the same assets that such Liens (other than after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1 and proceeds and products thereof) attached to, and secure only the same Indebtedness or obligations (or any refinancing of such Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1) that such Liens secured, immediately prior to such Permitted Acquisition or such other Investment, as applicable;
(vii) (a) Liens placed upon the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.1(xi) in connection with such Permitted Acquisition and (b) Liens placed upon the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary to secure a guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of any such Indebtedness of any Co-Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary, in either case incurred pursuant to Section 7.1 (xi) in connection with such Permitted Acquisition;
(viii) Liens on the Collateral securing obligations under any Unsecured Facility Loan Document, Refinanced Unsecured Facility Indebtedness or any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.1 (xxiv) (and, in each case, all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest in respect of such Indebtedness); provided that such Liens are pari passu or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations in accordance with, and otherwise subject to, an Intercreditor Agreement with the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (which Intercreditor Agreement, in the case of Indebtedness secured by Liens that are intended to rank pari passu to the Liens securing the Obligations, shall be on terms at least as favorable to the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders hereunder, as the summary of terms attached as Exhibit XI hereto or as otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and which shall include, whether the Liens in respect of such Indebtedness are intended to rank pari passu or junior with the Liens securing the Obligations, the First-Out Provisions;
(ix) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in favor of any other Subsidiary;
(x) Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection and (b) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right to set off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(xi) Liens (a) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (b) consisting of an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any property in a transaction permitted under Section 7.6B or in any transaction excluded from the definition of Asset Sale, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or sale, disposition, transfer or lease, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;
109 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(xii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Co-Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of a Real Estate Business permitted by this Agreement;
(xiii) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 7.3;
(xiv) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(xv) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (a) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (b) relating to pooled deposit, automatic clearing house or sweep accounts of any Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(xvi) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Co-Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;
(xvii) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;
(xviii) Liens with respect to property or assets of any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party securing Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party permitted under Section 7.1(xxii);
(xix) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.2A so long as the aggregate outstanding amount of Indebtedness and other obligations secured thereby at any time outstanding does not exceed the greater of (i) 2.0% of Consolidated Adjusted Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence and (ii) $30,000,000;
(xx) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement and indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Co-Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(xxi) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business to secure accounts payable or similar trade obligations of the Co-Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary not constituting Indebtedness;
(xxii) Liens deemed to exist by reason of (x) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to the Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement or (y) any
110 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
encumbrance or restriction imposed under any contract for the sale by a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower, or any business unit or division of a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower permitted under this Agreement; provided that in each case such Liens shall extend only to the relevant Capital Stock;
(xxiii) Liens securing Non-Recourse Indebtedness of the Co-Borrowers or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof; provided that such Liens do not at any time encumber any property, except for accessions to such property, other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and products thereof;
(xxiv) Liens securing obligations of any Loan Party to any third party in connection with PAPAs, any option, repurchase right or right of first refusal to purchase real property granted to the master developer or the seller of real property that arises as a result of the nonuse or non-development of such real property by a Loan Party and joint development agreements with third parties to perform and/or pay for or reimburse the costs of construction and/or development related to or benefiting any Loan Partys property and property belonging to such third parties, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of the Loan Partys business; provided that such Liens do not at any time encumber any property, except for accessions to such property, other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and products thereof;
(xxv) Liens on assets or property owned by any Excluded Subsidiary; and
(xxvi) Liens on assets or property of the Canadian Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Amended Canadian Surviving Debt Documents.
Each of the Lenders and the Collateral Agent hereby agree that, as and when any of the Co-Borrowers or any Subsidiary of the Co-Borrowers, from time to time, notifies the Collateral Agent of a grant or creation of a Lien, covenant, condition, restriction, reservation, Development Agreement, right of way or other similar encumbrance on, or any platting or replatting of or the recordation or filing of any condominium declaration for, any Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof (or any amendment of any of the foregoing) which Lien, covenant, condition, restriction, reservation, Development Agreement, platting, replatting, condominium declaration or right of way or other similar encumbrance (or amendment thereto, if applicable) was or is being incurred (x) in respect of (I) any Indebtedness incurred, recorded, filed or created prior to the Effective Date to acquire such Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof or (II) any Indebtedness incurred, recorded, filed or created after the Effective Date to acquire such Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof and which Mortgaged Property was made subject to the Lien securing the Obligations pursuant to Section 6.8B hereof (or to refinance any such Indebtedness described in clauses (I) and (II) above) or (y) in connection with the development or marketing of any such Mortgaged Property and not in respect of Indebtedness, in each case as permitted under this Agreement after the Effective Date hereof (each, a Permitted Subordination Event ), and requests in writing (the Subordination Notice ) that the Collateral Agent subordinate the Lien it holds for the benefit of the Secured Parties on such Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof (including any related personal property) and/or acknowledge that the Lien it holds for the benefit of the Secured Parties on such Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof (including any related personal property) is subordinate to such Liens, covenants, conditions, restrictions, reservations, Development Agreements, plattings, replattings,
111 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
condominium declarations and rights of way or other similar encumbrances (or amendments thereto, if applicable), then the Collateral Agent shall deliver to the applicable Co-Borrower or Subsidiary with respect to such Permitted Subordination Event a subordination or any other instrument reasonably necessary or appropriate to consummate the actions contemplated above (and in recordable form, if so requested) as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of the Subordination Notice; provided that any such request shall be accompanied by a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the applicable Subsidiary or a Co-Borrower certifying that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) such Permitted Subordination Event is in respect of a Lien or transaction permitted under the Loan Documents and (iii) such Permitted Subordination Event was or is (x) in respect of any Indebtedness incurred, recorded, filed or created (I) prior to the Effective Date to acquire such Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof or (II) after the Effective Date to acquire such Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof or which Mortgaged Property was made subject to the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to Section 6.8B hereof (or to refinance any such Indebtedness described in clauses (I) and (II) above) or (y) in connection with the development or marketing of any such Mortgaged Property and not in respect of Indebtedness. Each of the Lenders hereby consents to the subordination of Collateral as set forth above without the necessity of any further action or consent on its part. Subject to the immediately preceding two sentences, nothing herein or in any other Loan Document is intended to subordinate or postpone, and shall not be interpreted as subordinating or postponing, or as any agreement to subordinate or postpone, any Lien created by any of the Loan Documents to any Lien permitted by this Section 7.2A. The Collateral Agent shall not unreasonably refuse to execute any non-disturbance agreements reasonably requested by any material tenants under any leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses in respect of real property on which properties owned or leased by a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower are located, provided that such leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses are otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, each of the parties hereto further acknowledges and agrees that the Collateral Agent and the U.S. Borrower shall promptly, and in any event prior to the first delivery of a Mortgage under this Agreement, enter into arrangements (which may include the granting of powers of attorney) reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and the U.S. Borrower (and thereafter maintain) with a title agent or other third party reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and the U.S. Borrower which authorize such title agent or other third party to take the actions on behalf of the Collateral Agent required to be taken by the Collateral Agent in connection with any Permitted Subordination Event and the entry into and maintenance of such arrangements shall be deemed to satisfy the obligations of the Collateral Agent with respect to such Permitted Subordination Events required pursuant to this paragraph and in connection with any consent or authorization required to be given pursuant to the immediately succeeding paragraph. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7.2(A) to the contrary, if (x) no reasonably qualified title agent or third party shall be willing to enter into or maintain the arrangement described in this paragraph (the Subordination Arrangement ) or (y) the Collateral Agent shall reasonably believe that any title agent or third party is taking actions on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant to any Subordination Arrangement which the Collateral Agent is not required to take under the Subordination Arrangement, then the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to enter into or maintain the Subordination Agreement (with respect to the occurrence of clause (x) above) or to maintain the Subordination Arrangement (with respect to the occurrence of clause (y) above).
Further, each of the Lenders and the Collateral Agent hereby agrees that, as and when the U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower, from time to time, notifies the Collateral Agent of its intention, in connection with the development or marketing of any Mortgaged Property, to form or enter into any homeowner, condominium or similar association with respect to any
112 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Mortgaged Property, file any modification to any plat that has been filed in respect of any Mortgaged Property or take any other action in the ordinary course of a Real Estate Business in connection with the development of any Mortgaged Property, and the consent or acknowledgment of the Collateral Agent, as the holder of a Mortgage or as beneficiary of a deed of trust encumbering such Mortgaged Property, is required under Applicable Law or under any condominium declaration, declaration of covenants, conditions and restrictions or other Liens permitted under the Loan Documents in connection therewith (in each case, other than a request for subordination which is the subject of the immediately prior paragraph), then the Collateral Agent shall deliver its written consent or acknowledgment thereto or any other instrument reasonably necessary or appropriate to consummate the actions contemplated above (and in recordable form, if so requested) as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of the notice from the U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Each of the Lenders hereby consents to the execution and delivery of such consent as set forth above without the necessity of further action or consent on its part.
B. No Further Negative Pledges; Restrictive Agreements. The Co-Borrowers will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that limits the ability of (A) the Co-Borrowers or any Guarantor to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Obligations or under the Loan Documents or (B) any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Capital Stock or to make or repay loans or advances to any Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or to guarantee Indebtedness of a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that (i)(x) exist on the Effective Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.2B) are listed on Schedule 7.2 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness or other obligations, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted refinancing of such Indebtedness or obligation so long as such refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower that is not a Guarantor to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 7.1, (iv) arise pursuant to agreements entered into with respect to any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition permitted by Section 7.6B, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted by Section 7.3 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vi) with respect to clause (A) above, are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1, but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness, (vii) with respect to clause (A) above, are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto or proceeds thereof, (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.1 to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (ix) with respect to clause (A) above, are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (x) with respect to clause (A) above, are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of a Real Estate Business, (xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xii) are imposed by Applicable Law, (xiii) exist under the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents and any documentation governing Refinanced Unsecured Facility Indebtedness and (xiv) contractual obligations that require lockbox or similar obligations with respect to Non-Recourse Indebtedness.
113 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
7.3 | Investments; Joint Ventures. |
The Co-Borrowers will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make or permit to exist any Investment, except:
(i) extensions of trade credit and credit in connection with the sale of Lots and Housing Units, asset purchases (including purchases of inventory, supplies and materials) and the licensing or contribution of Intellectual Property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(ii) Investments in assets that were Cash Equivalents at the time made;
(iii) any loan or advance to an officer, director, partner or employee of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of business or in accordance with past practice; provided , however , that any such loan or advance exceeding $1,000,000 shall have been approved by the Governing Body of Holdings;
(iv) Investments (a) existing or contemplated on the Effective Date and listed on Schedule 7.3 and any modifications, replacements, extensions, renewals or reinvestments thereof and (b) Investments existing on the Effective Date of a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Co-Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary and any modification, replacement, renewal, extension or reinvestment thereof, so long as the aggregate amount of all Investments pursuant to this clause (iv) is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investments existing on the Effective Date;
(v) Investments in Hedge Agreements permitted by Section 7.1 (viii);
(vi) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
(vii) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);
(viii) Investments constituting non-cash proceeds of sales, transfers and other dispositions of assets to the extent permitted by Section 7.6B;
(ix) Investments in a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor and Investments by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in any other Subsidiary;
(x) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;
114 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(xi) loans to Holdings by a Co-Borrower that could otherwise be made as a Dividend permitted under Section 7.4;
(xii) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
(xiii) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;
(xiv) Guaranties by a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases (other than Capital Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(xv) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions; provided that the aggregate amount of any such Investment, as valued at the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time such Investment is made, made by a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Subsidiary that shall not be, or after giving effect to such Investment, shall not become a Guarantor, shall not cause the aggregate amount of all such Investments made pursuant to this clause (xv) (as so valued) to exceed, when combined with, and without duplication of, the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to the first proviso to Section 7.3(xix), an amount equal to the sum of (1) $25,000,000 and (2) an amount equal to any repayments, interest, returns, profits, distributions, income and similar amounts actually received in cash in respect of any such Investment (which amount shall not exceed the amount of such Investment valued at the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time such Investment was made); provided , further , however , that the limitations set forth in the immediately preceding proviso shall not apply to any Permitted Acquisition if at the time of such Permitted Acquisition the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition and the incurrence of any Indebtedness in connection therewith as if such consummation and incurrence had occurred on the first day of such Test Period, (I) would be equal to or greater than 2.00 to 1.00 or (II) if less than 2.00 to 1.00, would not be less than (x) 1.75 to 1.00 and (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such Test Period were it not so calculated on a Pro Forma Basis;
(xvi) Investments made to repurchase or retire Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) owned by any employee stock ownership plan or key employee stock ownership plan of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);
(xvii) any additional Investments (including Investments in Minority Investments and Unrestricted Subsidiaries and in joint ventures or similar entities that do not constitute Restricted Subsidiaries) as valued at the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time each such Investment is made; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments (as so valued) shall not cause the aggregate amount of all such Investments made pursuant to this clause (xvii) (as so valued) to exceed the sum of (1) $25,000,000 and (2) an amount equal to any repayments, interest, returns, profits, distributions, income and similar amounts actually
115 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
received in respect of any such Investment (which amount shall not exceed the amount of such Investment valued at the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time such Investment was made); provided , further , however , that the limitations set forth in the immediately preceding proviso shall not apply to any Investment if at the time of such Investment the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Investment and the incurrence of any Indebtedness in connection therewith as if such consummation and incurrence had occurred on the first day of such Test Period, (I) would be equal to or greater than 2.00 to 1.00 or (II) if less than 2.00 to 1.00, would not be less than (x) 1.75 to 1.00 and (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such Test Period were it not so calculated on a Pro Forma Basis;
(xviii) the Acquisition;
(xix) Investments in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, provided that the aggregate amount of any such Investment, as valued at the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time each such Investment is made, shall not cause the aggregate amount of all such Investments made pursuant to this clause (xix) (as so valued) to exceed, when combined with, and without duplication of, the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to the first proviso to Section 7.3(xv), an amount equal to the sum of (1) $25,000,000 and (2) an amount equal to any repayments, interest, returns, profits, distributions, income and similar amounts actually received in cash in respect of any such Investment (which amount shall not exceed the amount of such Investment valued at the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time such Investment was made);
(xx) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Effective Date or of any Person merged into a Co-Borrower or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.6A after the Effective Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(xxi) Investments consisting of Indebtedness, fundamental changes, Dispositions and Dividends permitted under Sections 7.1, 7.4, 7.6A and 7.6B;
(xxii) intercompany Investments in the form of loans, advances or extensions of credit by a Co-Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower that is not a Guarantor or (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower that is not a Guarantor, in each case in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes; provided that (x) such loans, advances or extensions of credit (other than Investments permitted by Section 7.3(xxiv) so long as such loans, advances or extensions of credit are repaid, canceled or otherwise terminated within 90 days of the Effective Date) made by the U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be evidenced by one global promissory note that shall be pledged to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and which shall be executed by each Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that shall receive such loan, advance or extension of credit, (y) the amount of all Investments made pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 7.3(xxii), when aggregated with, and without duplication of, the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness under Section 7.1(xxii)(a), shall not exceed the greater of (i) 7.5% of Consolidated Adjusted Tangible
116 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Assets of all such Restricted Subsidiaries of the U.S. Borrower that are not Guarantors and (ii) $100,000,000 at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or making of such Investment and (z) the amount of all Investments made pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 7.3(xxii), when aggregated with, and without duplication of, the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness under Section 7.1(xxii)(b), shall not exceed the greater of (i) 7.5% of Consolidated Adjusted Tangible Assets of all such Restricted Subsidiaries of the Canadian Borrower that are not Guarantors and (ii) $100,000,000 at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or making of such Investment;
(xxiii) capital contributions or other Investments in Beneva Indemnity Company or any other Insurance Subsidiary by any direct or indirect parent company of Beneva Indemnity Company or any other Insurance Subsidiary to the extent required to comply with Applicable Laws (including solvency laws) or to satisfy other regulatory requirements applicable to Beneva Indemnity Company or such other Insurance Subsidiary; and
(xxiv) Investments in the Canadian Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the consummation of the Permitted Post-Closing Debt Restructuring.
Any Investment arising in connection with any transfer of funds in connection with the Co-Borrowers cash management system in the ordinary course of business shall be disregarded for purposes of this Section 7.3. To the extent that the making of any Investment could be deemed a use of more than one subsection of this Section 7.3, the Co-Borrowers may at the time of the making thereof select the subsection(s) to which such Investment or a portion thereof will be deemed a use and in no event shall the same Investment or same portion of such Investment be deemed a use of or be attributable to more than one subsection of this Section 7.3.
7.4 | Restricted Payments. |
Each Co-Borrower will not declare or pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in the Capital Stock of a Co-Borrower) or return any capital to its stockholders or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to its stockholders as such, in each case in respect of any Capital Stock held by such stockholder, or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for consideration, any shares of any class of its Capital Stock or the Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent now or hereafter outstanding (or any options or warrants or stock appreciation rights issued with respect to any of its Capital Stock), or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes, or permit any Co-Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration (other than in connection with an Investment permitted by Section 7.3 (other than clause (xxi) thereof) any shares of any class of the Capital Stock of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings or the Capital Stock of a Co-Borrower, now or hereafter outstanding (or any options or warrants or stock appreciation rights issued with respect to any of the Capital Stock of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings or the Capital Stock of a Co-Borrower) (all of the foregoing Dividends ); provided that:
(i) each Co-Borrower may redeem in whole or in part any of its Capital Stock for another class of Capital Stock or rights to acquire its Capital Stock or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new shares of its Capital Stock; provided that any terms and provisions material to the interests of the Lenders, when taken as a whole, contained in such other class of Capital Stock are at least as advantageous to the Lenders as those contained in the Capital Stock redeemed thereby;
117 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(ii) each Co-Borrower may make Investments permitted by Section 7.3 (other than clause (xxi) thereof);
(iii) each Co-Borrower may declare and pay Dividends to Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings or Canada Intermediate Holdings, the proceeds of which are used to redeem, acquire, retire or repurchase shares of Holdings Capital Stock (or any options or warrants or stock appreciation rights issued with respect to any of such Capital Stock) (or to allow any of Holdings direct or indirect parent companies to so redeem, retire, acquire or repurchase its Capital Stock) held by current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise in accordance with any stock option or stock appreciation rights plan, any management, director and/or employee stock ownership or option plan, stock subscription plan, employment termination agreement or any employment agreements or stockholders agreement; provided that except with respect to non-discretionary repurchases, acquisitions, retirement, or redemptions pursuant to the terms of any stock option or stock appreciation rights plan, any management, director or employee stock ownership or option plan, stock subscription plan, employment termination agreement or any employment or shareholder agreement, the aggregate amount of all cash paid in respect of all such shares of Capital Stock so redeemed, acquired, retired or repurchased in any calendar year does not exceed the sum of (A) $10,000,000 plus (ii) all amounts obtained by Holdings and contributed to any Co-Borrower during such calendar year from the sale of such Capital Stock to other present or former officers, consultants, employees and directors in connection with any permitted compensation and incentive arrangements plus (iii) all amounts obtained from any key-man life insurance policies received during such calendar year; notwithstanding the foregoing, 100% of the unused amount of payments in respect of this clause (iii) may be carried forward to succeeding Fiscal Years and utilized to make payments pursuant to this clause (iii);
(iv) each Co-Borrower may make such payments on the Effective Date as are necessary to consummate the Acquisition;
(v) to the extent constituting Dividends, each Co-Borrower may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted by any provision of Section 7.6A;
(vi) in addition to the foregoing Dividends and so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Co-Borrowers may make additional Dividends so long as after giving pro forma effect to any such Dividends and any Indebtedness incurred in connection therewith, (x) Holdings would be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenants calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter, (y) the Capitalization Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis and regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter, would not be greater than 0.45 to 1.00 and (z) the sum of the Unused Revolving Commitment and the aggregate amount of unrestricted
118 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens granted under the Collateral Documents and nonconsensual liens permitted by Section 7.2) would be no less than $75,000,000;
(vii) each Co-Borrower may make and pay Dividends to Holdings to repurchase Capital Stock of Holdings (or any of Holdings direct or indirect parent companies) deemed to occur upon cashless exercise of stock options or warrants held by individuals who are or were officers, managers, consultants, directors and/or employees of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (or their respective spouses, former spouses, executors, administrators, heirs or legatees) if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price, or withholding taxes payable in connection with the exercise, of such options or warrants;
(viii) each Co-Borrower may make and pay Dividends to Holdings (or, at the election of Holdings and to the extent that such payment would otherwise be permitted as a Dividend to Holdings, may make payments to such other Persons as Holdings may specify for the account of Holdings):
(a) the proceeds of which will be used to pay (or to make Dividends to allow any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to pay) the tax liability to each relevant jurisdiction in respect of consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated returns for the relevant jurisdiction of Holdings (or such parent), but only to the extent of taxes that the Co-Borrowers would have to pay if they filed tax returns on a standalone basis for each of themselves and their respective Subsidiaries;
(b) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make Dividends to allow any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to pay) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,500,000 in any Fiscal Year plus any actual, reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of Holdings (or any parent thereof);
(c) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or any of its direct or indirect parents) corporate existence; and
(d) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make dividends to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this Agreement;
(ix) each Co-Borrower may make payments described in Sections 6.9(b), 6.9(d), 6.9(f), 6.9(g) and 6.9(h);
(x) the Canadian Borrower may declare and pay Dividends to Canada Intermediate Holdings in an amount not exceeding the net proceeds of any Refinanced Unsecured Facility Indebtedness incurred in accordance with this Agreement; provided that
119 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(i) such proceeds that are so paid as a Dividend to Canada Intermediate Holdings are subsequently paid as a Dividend to Canada Holdings and (ii) such proceeds are applied by Canada Holdings to repay in full all outstanding amounts owed by Canada Holdings in respect of the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents, in each case within five Business Days of receipt; and
(xi) each Co-Borrower may declare and pay Dividends to Holdings in order for Holdings to declare and pay Dividends on its common stock following a Qualified Public Offering of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings in or from any such Qualified Public Offering and subsequently contributed to a Co-Borrower.
7.5 Financial Covenants . For each Fiscal Quarter of Holdings (beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2011), (i) during which any Loan or Loans are outstanding on the last day of such Fiscal Quarter or on more than five separate days during such Fiscal Quarter or (ii) there are any Unpaid Drawings in respect of Letters of Credit outstanding on the last day of such Fiscal Quarter or for more than five consecutive days during such Fiscal Quarter (each such Fiscal Quarter, a Measurement Quarter ). Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers shall ensure that:
A. Capitalization Ratio. The ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of any Measurement Quarter (any such day being a Calculation Date ) to (ii) Consolidated Total Capitalization as of such Calculation Date (such ratio, the Capitalization Ratio ) shall not exceed the correlative ratio indicated:
Calculation Period |
Maximum
Capitalization Ratio |
|
Effective Date - December 31, 2012 |
0.60:1.00 | |
January 1, 2013 - and thereafter |
0.575:1.00 |
B. Interest Coverage Ratio. The ratio of (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to (ii) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for any Test Period ending on the last day of a Measurement Quarter during any of the periods set forth below shall not be less than the correlative ratio indicated:
Calculation Period |
Minimum
Interest Coverage Ratio |
|
Effective Date - December 31, 2012 |
1.75:1.00 | |
January 1, 2013 - and thereafter |
2.00:1.00 |
7.6 | Restriction on Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales. |
A. Fundamental Changes. Except as expressly permitted by Section 7.3 (other than clause (xxi) thereof) or Section 7.6B, the Co-Borrowers will not, nor will they permit any Restricted
120 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Subsidiary to, enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its business units, assets or other properties, except that:
(i) (x) any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into a Co-Borrower; provided that (a) the applicable Co-Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or, in the case of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into a Co-Borrower, the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than the applicable Co-Borrower) shall be (i) in the case of any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the U.S. Borrower, an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof and (ii) in the case of any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Canadian Borrower, an entity organized or existing under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof (the applicable Co-Borrower or such Person, as the case may be, being herein referred to as the Successor Borrower ), (b) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the applicable Co-Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (c) no Default or Event of Default would result from the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (d) if such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involves a Co-Borrower, Holdings shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, with the Financial Performance Covenants, as such covenants are recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended Test Period as if such merger, amalgamation or consolidation had occurred on the first day of such Test Period and regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter, (e) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or unless the Successor Borrower is a Co-Borrower, shall have by a supplement to the Guaranty confirmed that its Guaranty shall apply to the Successor Borrowers obligations under this Agreement, (f) each Subsidiary grantor and each Subsidiary pledgor, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or unless the Successor Borrower is a Co-Borrower, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrowers obligations under this Agreement, (g) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation or unless the Successor Borrower is a Co-Borrower, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrowers obligations under this Agreement, (h) the Co-Borrowers shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and any supplements to this Agreement or any Collateral Document preserve the enforceability of the Guaranty and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the Collateral Documents and (i) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel to the effect that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation does not violate this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower (if other than a Co-Borrower) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the applicable Co-Borrower under this Agreement;
(ii) any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower or any other Person (other than a Co-Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any one or more Subsidiaries of such Co-Borrower; provided that (a) in the case of any merger, amalgamation
121 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
or consolidation involving one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, (1) a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (2) the applicable Co-Borrower shall take all steps necessary to cause the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than a Restricted Subsidiary) to become a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Guarantors, a Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than a Guarantor) shall execute a supplement to the Guaranty, the Security Agreement and any applicable Mortgage in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in order for the surviving Person to become a Guarantor and pledgor, mortgagor and grantor of Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (c) no Default or Event of Default would result from the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (d) Holdings shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, with the Financial Performance Covenants, as such covenants are recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended Test Period as if such merger, amalgamation or consolidation had occurred on the first day of such Test Period and regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter, and (e) Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and such supplements to any Collateral Document preserve the enforceability of the Guaranty and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the Security Agreement;
(iii) Canada Intermediate Holdings may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Canadian Borrower; provided that (a) the Canadian Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or in the case of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Canadian Borrower, the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than the Canadian Borrower) shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof (the Canadian Borrower or such Person, as the case may be, being herein referred to as the Successor Borrower ), (b) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Canadian Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (c) no Default or Event of Default would result from the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (d) Holdings shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, with the Financial Performance Covenants, as such covenants are recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended Test Period as if such merger, amalgamation or consolidation had occurred on the first day of such Test Period and regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter and (e) the Co-Borrowers shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and any supplements to this Agreement or any Collateral Document preserve the enforceability of the Guaranty and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the Collateral Documents;
(iv) Canada Intermediate Holdings may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any one or more Subsidiaries of Canada Holdings that is a direct or indirect parent of the Canadian Borrower: provided that (a) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Guarantors, a Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation
122 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
or consolidation (if other than a Guarantor) shall execute a supplement to the Guaranty and the Security Agreement in order for the surviving Person to become a Guarantor and pledgor and grantor of Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (b) no Default or Event of Default would result from the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (c) Holdings shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, with the Financial Performance Covenants, as such covenants are recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended Test Period as if such merger, amalgamation or consolidation had occurred on the first day of such Test Period and regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter, and (d) Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and such supplements to any Collateral Document preserve the enforceability of the Guaranty and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the Security Agreement;
(v) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to a Co-Borrower, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower;
(vi) any Subsidiary Guarantor may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the U.S. Borrower or any other Subsidiary Guarantor; and
(vii) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if (A) the Co-Borrowers determine in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Co-Borrowers and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and (B) to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary is a Guarantor, any assets or business not otherwise disposed of or transferred in accordance with Section 7.3 or 7.6A, or, in the case of any such business, discontinued, shall be transferred to, or otherwise owned or conducted by, another Guarantor after giving effect to such liquidation or dissolution.
B. Asset Sales. Each Co-Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Asset Sale, except that:
(i) each Co-Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may make Sale Leasebacks permitted by Section 7.7;
(ii) each Co-Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, lease, assign, convey, transfer or otherwise voluntarily dispose of other assets (other than accounts receivable) (each a Disposition ) for fair value; provided that (a) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (ii) for a purchase price in excess of $5,000,000, a Co-Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of Cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that, for purposes of determining what constitutes cash under this clause (a), (I) any liabilities (as shown on a Co-Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of a Co-Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which the Co-Borrowers and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (II) any securities received by a Co-Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from
123 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
such transferee that are converted by a Co-Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (III) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by a Co-Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 7.6B(ii) that is at that time outstanding but excluding the Fair Market Value of any Property or other asset (including Capital Stock of any Person that will be a Restricted Subsidiary following receipt thereof) received that are used or useful in a Real Estate Business ( provided that to the extent that the assets disposed of in such Asset Sale were Collateral, such property or assets are pledged as Collateral under the Collateral Documents substantially contemporaneously with such Asset Sale, to the extent required pursuant to such Collateral Documents), not in excess of 1.5% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall, in each case, be deemed to be cash, (b) any non-cash proceeds received in the form of Indebtedness or Capital Stock are pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required under Section 6.7B, (c) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in reliance upon this clause (ii) during any Fiscal Year shall not exceed 4.0% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the last day of the preceding Fiscal Year of Holdings; provided that, to the extent net cash proceeds of any such sale, transfer or disposition have been reinvested in the business of the Loan Parties during such Fiscal Year, the fair value of the assets from which such proceeds were derived shall not be subject to the foregoing limitation in this clause (c), (d) after giving effect to any such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (e) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (iv) for a purchase price in excess of $5,000,000, the Co-Borrower shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Disposition (including the prepayment of Indebtedness with the proceeds of such Disposition), with the Financial Performance Covenants, as such covenants are recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended Test Period as if such Disposition had occurred on the first day of such Test Period and regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter;
(iii) (i) each Co-Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of property or assets to a Co-Borrower or to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Liquidating Subsidiary or any Closed-Out Subsidiary); provided that if the transferor of such property is a Guarantor or a Co-Borrower (a) the transferee thereof must either be a Co-Borrower or a Guarantor or (b) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.3 (other than clause (xxi) thereof);
(iv) each Co-Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, transfer and otherwise dispose of property to the extent that (a) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (b) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;
(v) each Co-Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, transfer and otherwise dispose of Investments in Excluded Subsidiaries or in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and
(vi) each Co-Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may effect any transaction permitted by Section 7.3 (other than clause (xxi) thereof), 7.4 or 7.6A.
124 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Each of the Lenders and the Collateral Agent hereby agree that, as and when the U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower, from time to time, notifies the Collateral Agent of the Disposition of any Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof as permitted by this Agreement or in the event that any Subsidiary Guarantor is designated as an Excluded Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (each, a Permitted Release Event ) and requests in writing (the Release Notice ) that the Collateral Agent release the Lien it holds for the benefit of the Secured Parties on such Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof (including any related personal property), then the Collateral Agent shall deliver (to be filed and/or recorded, as applicable, pursuant to the instruction in clause (y) below) to the U.S. Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower with respect to such Permitted Release Event (x) a release or any other similar instrument reasonably necessary or appropriate to consummate the actions contemplated above in recordable form as soon as reasonably practicable after the receipt of a Release Notice and (y) instruction to the U.S. Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower that such instrument may be delivered, filed and/or recorded, as applicable, upon the completion of such Permitted Release Event. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, each of the parties hereto further acknowledges and agrees that the Collateral Agent and the U.S. Borrower shall promptly, and in any event prior to the first delivery of a Mortgage under this Agreement, enter into arrangements (which arrangements may include powers of attorney) reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and the U.S. Borrower (and thereafter maintain) with a title agent or other third party which authorize such title agent or other third party to take the actions on behalf of the Collateral Agent required to be taken by the Collateral Agent in connection with any Permitted Release Event and the entry into such arrangements shall be deemed to satisfy the obligations of the Collateral Agent required pursuant to this paragraph. Each of the Lenders hereby consents to the release of Liens on Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof (including any related personal property) as set forth above without the necessity of any further action or consent on its part. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7.6(B) to the contrary, if (x) no reasonably qualified title agent or third party shall be willing to enter into or maintain the arrangement described in this paragraph (the Release Arrangement ) or (y) the Collateral Agent shall reasonably believe that the Mortgaged Properties are being released in violation of the Loan Documents under the Release Arrangement, then the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to enter into or maintain the Release Arrangement (with respect to the occurrence of clause (x) above) or to maintain the Release Arrangement (with respect to the occurrence of clause (y) above).
7.7 | Sale Leasebacks. |
Each Co-Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into or effect any Sale Leasebacks, except: (a) in connection with any property acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition to the extent that the lease thereof occurs within six (6) months of such Permitted Acquisition, (b) in connection with Model Home Units, and (c) in connection with any property, plant or equipment in an aggregate amount for all such property, plant and equipment subject to a sale and lease-back pursuant to this clause (c) from and after the Effective Date not in excess of $10,000,000 unless the Co-Borrowers contemporaneously permanently reduce the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.4A(ii) by an amount at least equal to the aggregate net proceeds in excess of $10,000,000 received from all such Sale Leasebacks; provided , further , that the sale or transfer of any such property, plant or equipment was at least for Fair Market Value.
125 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
7.8 | Passive Holding Entities. |
Each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings and Canada Intermediate Holdings shall not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations, or own or acquire any assets or incur any liabilities other than (i) (w) in the case of Holdings, the ownership of the Capital Stock of U.S. Holdings and Canada Holdings, (x) in the case of Canada Holdings, the ownership of the Capital Stock of Canada Intermediate Holdings (or, in the event of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation permitted by Section 7.6A(iii), the Canadian Borrower) or a Subsidiary formed after the Effective Date (provided that such Subsidiary shall (a) execute a supplement to the Guaranty and the Security Agreement in order for such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor and pledgor and grantor of Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (b) shall be subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 7.8 to the same extent as Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings and Canada Intermediate Holdings), (y) in the case of Canada Intermediate Holdings, the ownership of the Capital Stock of the Canadian Borrower and (z) in the case of U.S. Holdings, the ownership of the Capital Stock of the U.S Borrower (ii) the maintenance of their legal existence, including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance (except as otherwise permitted in Section 7.6A), (iii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, Canada Holdings and the Co-Borrowers, (iv) the performance of the Loan Documents, the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents, the documents governing any Refinanced Unsecured Facility Indebtedness, the Stock Purchase Agreement and the other agreements contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement and the guarantee of Indebtedness of the Co-Borrowers and their Subsidiaries permitted by Section 7.1, (v) any public offering of partnership interests of Holdings or any other issuance or registration of Holdings partnership interests for sale or resale or any issuance of equity awards under any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, payment of dividends, making contributions to the capital of their Subsidiaries and guaranteeing the obligations of the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries (it being understood that any such guarantees may be secured only by Liens junior in priority to the Liens securing the Obligations) including the costs, fees and expenses related thereto, (vi) holding any cash received in connection with Dividends made by a Co-Borrower in accordance with Section 7.4 pending application thereof by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings or Canada Intermediate Holdings in the manner contemplated by Section 7.4 (if so specified), (vii) incurring fees, costs and expenses relating to overhead and general operating including professional fees for legal, tax and accounting issues, (viii) providing indemnification to officers and directors, (ix) incurring any liabilities under the Loan Documents, the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents, the documents governing any Refinanced Unsecured Facility Indebtedness, liabilities under any guarantee of Indebtedness of a Co-Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries permitted by Section 7.1, and other liabilities expressly permitted to be incurred by it by the terms hereof and liabilities imposed by Applicable Laws, including tax liabilities, and other liabilities incidental to its existence and business and activities permitted by this Agreement, (x) in the case of Canada Holdings, forming one or more Subsidiaries in connection with a merger, amalgamation or consolidation permitted by Section 7.6(iv) and (xi) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (i) through (x) of this Section 7.8.
7.9 | Limitation on Debt Payments and Amendments. |
A. Each Co-Borrower will not, and will not allow any Restricted Subsidiary to, prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.1(ix) (it being understood and agreed that the reallocation and repayment contemplated by Section 2.1D of the Unsecured Facility Credit Agreement shall be permitted and shall not be subject to the provisions
126 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
of this Section 7.9 so long as the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness outstanding under the Unsecured Loan Facility Documents is not increased or decreased in the aggregate after giving effect to such reallocation and repayment), 7.1(xxiii) or 7.1(xxiv) (to the extent the Indebtedness incurred thereunder is secured by Liens intended to rank junior to the Liens securing the Obligations) (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal (to the extent such Indebtedness contains scheduled amortization in accordance with Section 7.1) shall be permitted); provided , however , that so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Co-Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary may prepay, repurchase, redeem or defease (i) any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.1(ix) with the proceeds of any Refinanced Unsecured Facility Indebtedness, (ii) any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 7.1 (xxiii) or 7.1(xxiv) with the proceeds of any Refinancing Indebtedness, (iii) any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 7.1(ix), 7.1(xxiii) or 7.1(xxiv) with the net cash proceeds to the Co-Borrowers of any capital contribution to Holdings from its shareholders in exchange for Permitted Refinancing Securities, with the net cash proceeds to Holdings of any issuance of Permitted Refinancing Securities and (iv) in addition to the foregoing subclauses (i) through (iii), so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Co-Borrowers may prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 7.1(ix), 7.1(xxiii) or 7.1(xxiv) so long as after giving effect to such prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance and the incurrence of any Indebtedness in connection therewith, (x) Holdings would be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenants calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered and regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter, (y) the Capitalization Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which Section 6.1 Financials have been delivered, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis and regardless of whether such Test Period included a Measurement Quarter, would not be greater than 0.45 to 1.00 and (z) the sum of unused Commitments and the aggregate amount of unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens granted under the Collateral Documents and nonconsensual liens permitted by Section 7.2) would be no less than $75,000,000; provided , however , that clause (y) of the foregoing proviso shall not apply to the prepayment of the Incremental Bridge Loans (as defined in the Unsecured Facility Credit Agreement);
B. Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and the Co-Borrowers will not waive, amend or modify the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents or the documentation governing any Refinanced Unsecured Facility Indebtedness in a manner materially adverse to the Lenders (it being understood and agreed that an amendment or modification of the Unsecured Facility Loan Documents to grant any security interest in the Collateral to the lenders thereunder shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the Lenders hereunder provided that such amended or modified Unsecured Facility Loan Documents comply with the requirements of 7.2A(viii)).
7.10 Equity Interests of the Co-Borrowers and Restricted Subsidiaries. Each Co-Borrower will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Subsidiary Guarantor to become a non-wholly owned Subsidiary, except (i) as a result of or in connection with a dissolution, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary permitted by Section 7.6A or 7.6B or an Investment in any Person permitted under Section 7.3 or (ii) so long as such Restricted Subsidiary continues to be a Subsidiary Guarantor. Each Co-Borrower will not permit any Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower that is a Domestic Subsidiary and not a Disqualified Domestic Subsidiary to become a Foreign Subsidiary or a Disqualified Domestic Subsidiary.
127 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
SECTION 8.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
IF any of the following conditions or events ( Events of Default ) shall occur:
8.1 | Failure to Make Payments When Due. |
(i) Failure by any Borrower to pay any installment of principal of any Loan when due (including such payments due in accordance with Section 2.4A(iii) hereof), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of prepayment or otherwise, or (ii) failure by any Borrower to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any Unpaid Drawing or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (i) above) due under this Agreement or any other Loan Document within five days after the date due therefor; or
8.2 | Default in Other Agreements. |
(a) Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment with respect to any Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness described in Section 8.1) in excess of $25,000,000 in the aggregate for Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and such Restricted Subsidiaries, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements), the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity unless such holder or holders shall have (or through its or their trustee or agent on its or their behalf) waived such default in a writing to the U.S. Borrower; or (b) without limiting the provisions of clause (a) above, any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a mandatory prepayment (and, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, other than due to a termination event or equivalent event pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements), prior to the stated maturity thereof; or
8.3 | Breach of Certain Covenants. |
Any Loan Party shall (a) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 6.1(v) or Section 7 or (b) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 8.1 or 8.4 or clause (a) of this Section 8.3) contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after receipt of written notice by the Borrowers from the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders; or
128 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
8.4 | Breach of Warranty. |
Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or any certificate, statement, report or other document delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any of the Loan Documents, a breach of any of the representations and warranties contained in Section 1.01(a) or 1.01(c) of any Mortgage shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default unless such breach also constitutes a breach of the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.2A or 5.5A of this Agreement; or
8.5 | Bankruptcy, etc. |
Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case, proceeding or action concerning itself under the Bankruptcy Code; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary and the petition is not controverted within 10 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary and the petition is not dismissed within 60 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code), receiver, receiver manager, trustee or similar person is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary; or Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary commences any other proceeding or action under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction (including any applicable corporate legislation) whether now or hereafter in effect relating to Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary; or there is commenced against Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary any such proceeding or action that remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding or action is entered; or Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary suffers any appointment of any custodian, receiver, receiver manager, trustee or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any corporate action is taken by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
8.6 | Subordination and Intercreditor Matters. |
Prior to the Commitment Termination Date and the discharge in full of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations, Hedge Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements or Cash Management Obligations, in each case, not then due and payable), the Intercreditor Agreement
129 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
(or any other intercreditor agreement to which any Loan Party and any Agent are parties) shall, in whole or in part, cease (or any Loan Party or an Affiliate of a Loan Party shall so assert) to be effective or cease (or any Loan Party or an Affiliate of a Loan Party shall so assert) to be legally valid and binding, or otherwise not be effective to create the rights and obligations purported to be created thereunder (including in respect of any provisions in such agreements that provide in the event of an enforcement action or any insolvency or liquidation proceedings, subject to certain exceptions with respect to enforcement costs and other costs and expenses of the parties thereto, the proceeds of any Collateral or any distribution in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding with respect to the Collateral (or based on claims being secured thereby) shall first be used to pay in full the Obligations prior to the payment of any other Indebtedness (the First-Out Provisions )); or
8.7 | Judgments and Attachments. |
One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries involving a liability of $25,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees for Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not paid or fully covered by insurance provided by a carrier not disputing coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or
8.8 | Employee Benefit Plans. |
(a) (i) A Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standard required for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standard or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code; any Plan is or shall have been terminated or is the subject of termination proceedings under ERISA (including the giving of written notice thereof); an event shall have occurred or a condition shall exist in either case entitling the PBGC to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan (including the giving of written notice thereof); any Plan shall have an accumulated funding deficiency (whether or not waived); or any of Holdings, the Co-Borrowers, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or is likely to incur a liability to or on account of a Plan under Section 307, 409, 502(i), 502(1), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code (including the giving of written notice thereof) or (ii) a Foreign Benefit Event shall have occurred or a Foreign Plan that is a Canadian Pension Plan has been or is in the process of being terminated in whole or in part; (b) there could result from any event or events set forth in clause (a) of this Section 8.8 the imposition of a Lien, the granting of a security interest, or a liability, or the reasonable likelihood of incurring a Lien, security interest or liability; and (c) such Lien, security interest or liability will or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
8.9 | Change in Control. |
(a) (i) at any time prior to the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Effective Date, the Sponsors and the Management Investors shall at any time not directly or indirectly, beneficially own, in the aggregate, more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings (other than as the result of one or more widely distributed offerings of common stock of Holdings, whether by Holdings or the Sponsors or the Management Investors) or (ii) at any time on or after the first Qualified Public Offering to occur after the Effective Date, (A) any Person, or group (within the
130 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) (but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person or group and its Subsidiaries and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), other than the Sponsors and the Management Investors, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act) of a percentage of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings that exceeds the percentage of such Voting Stock then beneficially owned, in the aggregate, by the Sponsors and the Management Investors and (B) such person, entity or group shall at any time directly or indirectly beneficially own at least 35% of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings, unless, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) above, the Sponsors and the Management Investors have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the General Partner; and/or (b) at any time a majority of the Board of Directors of the General Partner shall not be Continuing Directors; and/or (c) a change of control, as contemplated by the Unsecured Facility Credit Agreement, shall have occurred; and/or (d) (i) Holdings shall cease to have direct or indirect ownership of all the Voting Stock of any Co-Borrower, (ii) U.S. Holdings shall cease to have direct or indirect ownership of all the Voting Stock of the U.S. Borrower, (iii) Canada Holdings shall cease to have direct or indirect ownership of all the Voting Stock of the Canadian Borrower and/or (iv) the General Partner shall cease to be the general partner of Holdings; or
8.10 | Invalidity of the Guaranty. |
The Guaranty or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect or any Guarantor thereunder or any Loan Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any Guarantors obligations under the Guaranty; or
8.11 | Failure of Security. |
Any Collateral Document or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof or as a result of acts or omissions of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender) or any grantor, pledgor or mortgagor thereunder or any Loan Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any grantors, pledgors or mortgagors obligations under such Collateral Document;
THEN and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request of the Requisite Lenders, by written notice to the U.S. Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to enforce its claims against the Borrowers, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement ( provided that, if an Event of Default specified in Section 8.5 shall occur with respect to Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, any of the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary, the result that would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Administrative Agent as specified in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) below shall occur automatically without the giving of any such notice): (i) declare all Commitments or all Swing Line Loan Commitments terminated and whereupon any such Commitment, if any, of each Lender or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, shall forthwith terminate immediately and any fees theretofore accrued shall forthwith become due and payable without any other notice of any kind, (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest and fees in respect of all Loans and all Obligations owing hereunder and thereunder to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers; (iii) terminate any Letter of Credit that may
131 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
be terminated in accordance with its terms; and/or (iv) direct the Borrowers to pay (and the Borrowers agree that upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 8.5 with respect to Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any Specified Subsidiary, it will pay) to the Administrative Agent at the Funding and Payment Office such additional amounts of cash, to be held as security for the Borrowers reimbursement obligations for LC Disbursements that may subsequently occur thereunder, equal to the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit issued and then outstanding; provided that the foregoing shall not affect in any way the obligations of the Revolving Loan Lenders under Section 3.3C(i).
8.12 | Borrowers Right to Cure. |
A. | Financial Performance Covenants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 8, in the event that the Co-Borrowers fail to comply with the requirements of any Financial Performance Covenant, until the expiration of the 10th day subsequent to the date the certificate calculating the Financial Performance Covenants is required to be delivered for such Fiscal Quarter pursuant to Section 6.1 (iii) (the Cure Right Expiration Date ). Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) shall have the right to issue Permitted Cure Securities for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to (or in the case of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, receive equity interests in Holdings for its cash contributions to) the capital of Holdings (collectively, the Cure Right ), and upon contribution by Holdings of such cash to the Co-Borrowers (the Cure Amount ) pursuant to the exercise by the Co-Borrowers of such Cure Right, such Financial Performance Covenants shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments: |
(i) Consolidated Total Capitalization and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall each be increased, solely for the purpose of measuring such Financial Performance Covenants and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and
(ii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Co-Borrowers shall then be in compliance with the requirements of such Financial Performance Covenants, the Co-Borrowers shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of such Financial Performance Covenants as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of such Financial Performance Covenants that had occurred shall be deemed cured for purposes of this Agreement.
B. Limitation on Exercise of Cure Right. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four fiscal-quarter period there shall be at least two fiscal quarters during which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) the Cure Right shall not be exercised more than five times during the term of this Agreement, (iii) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the applicable Financial Performance Covenants, (iv) the Cure Amount shall be disregarded for any purpose other than the measurement of such Financial Performance Covenants (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Cure Amount shall not constitute Cash and Cash Equivalents for purposes of the proviso to the definition of Consolidated Total Debt) and (v) solely for purposes of calculating Consolidated Total Capitalization and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in the Financial Performance Covenants, the Cure Amount shall not be deemed to reduce
132 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
any Indebtedness or other obligations of the Loan Parties that would otherwise be included in the definitions of Consolidated Total Debt or Consolidated Cash Interest Expense (including if such Cure Amount is used to repay, repurchase, redeem or defease such Indebtedness or other obligations).
C. Notice of Intent to Cure. Upon receipt of a Notice of Intent to Cure prior to the expiration of the Cure Right Expiration Date, the Lenders shall not be permitted to terminate the Commitments or accelerate Loans held by them or to exercise remedies against the Collateral solely on the basis of a failure to comply with the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenants in respect of the Fiscal Quarter for which the Notice of Intent to Cure has been delivered unless such failure is not cured pursuant to a Cure Right on or prior to the Cure Right Expiration Date (it being understood that any Default or Event of Default that shall have occurred as a result of the failure to comply with such covenants shall exist for all other purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents until such Cure Right is exercised).
SECTION 9.
AGENTS
9.1 | Appointment. |
A. Appointment Authority. Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints Credit Suisse AG as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes Credit Suisse AG, in such capacities, to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to Credit Suisse AG, in such capacities, by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Agent agrees to act upon the express conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as applicable. In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement, each Agent shall act solely as an agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries. The provisions of this Section 9 are solely for the benefit of the Agents, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, and Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
B. Appointment of Supplemental Collateral Agents. It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent deems that by reason of any present or future law of any jurisdiction the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, it may be necessary that the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent appoint an additional individual or institution as a separate trustee, co-trustee, collateral agent or collateral co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a Supplemental Collateral Agent and collectively as Supplemental Collateral Agents ).
133 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
In the event that the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent appoints a Supplemental Collateral Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Collateral Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Collateral Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Collateral Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 9 and of Section 10.2 that refer to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Collateral Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and/or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, as the context may require.
Should any instrument in writing from Holdings, any of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Collateral Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, Holdings and the Borrowers shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. In case any Supplemental Collateral Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Collateral Agent, to the extent permitted by law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Collateral Agent.
9.2 | Rights as a Lender. |
Each Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term Lender or Lenders shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Persons serving as the Agents hereunder in their individual capacity. Such Persons and their Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, or any of their respective Affiliates as if such Persons were not Agents hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
9.3 | Exculpatory Provisions. |
The Agents shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents (i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Agents are required to exercise as directed in writing by the Requisite Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary or believed by the Agents in good faith to be necessary under the circumstances as
134 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
provided in Section 10.5); provided that no Agent shall be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or Applicable Laws, and (iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Holdings, any of the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as an Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. No Agent shall be liable to the Lenders for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Requisite Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.5) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by a Borrower, a Lender or an Issuing Bank. The Agents shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agents.
9.4 | Reliance by the Agents. |
The Agents shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, posting or other distribution) believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Agents also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it in good faith to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of any Loan or issuance of any Letter of Credit that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, the Agents may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Agents shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Agents may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Holdings, any Borrower or their respective Affiliates), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
9.5 | Delegation of Duties. |
Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent. The Agents and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of Section 9.3 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of such Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as such Agent.
135 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
9.6 | Resignation of Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent; Successor Swing Line Lender. |
A. Resignation of the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks, Holdings and the Borrowers. Additionally, if the Lender then acting as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender, then the Administrative Agent may be removed by the Requisite Lenders or the Co-Borrowers. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Requisite Lenders shall have the right, with the written consent of Holdings and the Co-Borrowers if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a successor Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, which shall be a bank with an office in New York or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in New York. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Requisite Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 10 days after the retiring Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, with the written consent of Holdings and the Co-Borrowers if no Event of Default under Section 8.1 or 8.5 shall have occurred and be continuing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint a successor Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall notify Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the Lenders that no such successor is willing to accept such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall instead be made by or to each Lender or each Issuing Bank directly, until such time as the Requisite Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, as provided for above in this paragraph. Upon the acceptance of a successors appointment as Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the retiring Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents. The fees payable by Holdings and the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Holdings, the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring applicable Administrative Agents and/or Collateral Agents resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Section 9 and Section 10.2 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken, by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, was acting in such capacity.
B. Successor Swing Line Lender. Any resignation of the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6A shall also constitute the resignation of Credit Suisse AG or its successor as the Swing Line Lender, and any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 9.6A shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Swing Line Lender for all purposes hereunder. In such event (i) the Borrowers shall prepay any outstanding Swing Line Loans made by the retiring Administrative Agent in its capacity as Swing Line Lender, (ii) upon such prepayment, the retiring Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender shall surrender the Swing Line Note held
136 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
by it to the Borrowers for cancellation, and (iii) the Borrowers shall issue a new Swing Line Note to the successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender in the principal amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment then in effect and with other appropriate insertions.
9.7 | Collateral Documents; Successor Collateral Agent. |
Each Lender and Issuing Bank hereby further authorizes the Collateral Agent to enter into each Collateral Document as secured party on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders, each Issuing Bank and the other beneficiaries named therein and agrees to be bound by the terms of each Collateral Document; provided that the Collateral Agent shall not enter into or consent to any amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision contained in any Collateral Document without the prior consent of the Requisite Lenders (or, if required pursuant to Section 10.5, all the Lenders); provided that , notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section 10.5) to execute any documents or instruments, and to take any other action requested by the Co-Borrowers having the effect of releasing any asset constituting Collateral from the Lien of the applicable Collateral Document or releasing any Guaranty of any Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 10.5. Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender agrees that no Lender shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral under any Collateral Document, it being understood and agreed that all rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the other beneficiaries named therein in accordance with the terms thereof. In the event the Co-Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs Refinanced Unsecured Facility Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien otherwise permitted by Section 7.2A(viii), (i) each Lender and Issuing Bank hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to enter into an Intercreditor Agreement on its behalf and agrees to be bound by the provisions of such Intercreditor Agreement as though a party thereto, and (ii) the Collateral Agent agrees to promptly enter into any such Intercreditor Agreement that complies with the proviso in Section 7.2A(viii).
9.8 | Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders. |
Each Lender and each Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
9.9 | Duties of Other Named Entities. |
To the extent that any Lender is identified in this Agreement as a Joint Lead Arranger or Joint Bookrunner, such Lender shall not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of such Lenders shall have or be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender.
137 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
SECTION 10.
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 | Assignments and Participations in Loans. |
A. Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that none of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings or any Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and the Administrative Agent and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.1B, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.1D or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.1F (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.1D and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
B. Assignments by Lenders.
(i) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans and participations in the Letters of Credit at the time owing to it); provided that
(a) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lenders Commitment, Loans and participations in the Letters of Credit at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment, Loans or Letters of Credit subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment Agreement with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $2,500,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; provided , that two or more related Approved Funds will be treated as one assignee for purposes of determining compliance with the minimum assignment amount;
(b) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Commitments, Loans or participations in Letters of Credit assigned;
(c) any assignment of a Commitment must be consented to by the Co-Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and each Issuing Bank (in each case, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned);
138 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
provided , that the consent of the Co-Borrowers shall not be required (i) if such assignment is made to another Revolving Loan Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Loan Lender or (ii) during the continuance of an Event of Default; provided , further , that such consent of the Co-Borrowers shall be deemed to have been given if the Co-Borrowers have not responded within ten Business Days of their receipt of a request for such consent;
(d) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment Agreement and shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent); provided , that only one such fee shall be payable in the case of concurrent assignments to Persons that, after giving effect to such assignments, will be Approved Funds or concurrent assignments by Approved Funds to one assignee; and
(e) the Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and if required, applicable tax forms.
(ii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.1C, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment Agreement, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment Agreement, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment Agreement, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment Agreement covering all of the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.7 and 10.2 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. An Eligible Assignee shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.7 than the assigning Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the Loan or portion of the Loan assigned to such Eligible Assignee, unless the grant to such Eligible Assignee is made with the Co-Borrowers prior written consent. Except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.1D.
C. Acceptance by Administrative Agent; Recordation in the Register. Upon its receipt of an Assignment Agreement executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee representing that it is an Eligible Assignee, together with the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 10.1B(i)(d) and any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters that such assignee may be required to deliver to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.7E(vi), the Administrative Agent shall, if the Administrative Agent and Co-Borrowers have consented to the assignment evidenced thereby (in each case to the extent such consent is required pursuant to Section 10.1B(i)), (a) accept such Assignment Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof as provided therein (which acceptance shall evidence any required consent of the Administrative Agent to such assignment) and (b) record the information contained
139 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
therein in a register maintained by the Administrative Agent, solely for this purpose as agent of the Co-Borrowers, for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the Register ). The Administrative Agent shall maintain a copy of each Assignment Agreement delivered to and accepted by it as provided in this Section 10.1C. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this Section 10.1C. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Co-Borrowers, each Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.
D. Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, any Borrower or any Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, or any of their respective Affiliates) (each, a Participant ) in all or a portion of such Lenders rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that
(i) such Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged,
(ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and
(iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement.
Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver with respect to any action (i) effecting the extension of the final maturity, the scheduled amortization or the date fixed for the payment of interest or fees with respect to the Loan allocated to such participation, (ii) effecting a reduction of the principal amount of or affecting the rate of interest payable on any Loan or any fee allocated to such participation, (iii) releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral, or (iv) releasing all or substantially all the value of the Guaranty. Subject to Section 10.1E, each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.7 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.1B; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.8 as though it were a Lender. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.3 as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 10.4 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participants interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the Participant Register ); provided , however , that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participants interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is
140 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
E. Limitations Upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.7 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers prior written consent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.7E with respect to U.S. withholding tax unless the Borrowers are notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrowers, to comply with Section 2.7E(vi) as though it were a Lender.
F. Certain Pledges. Any Lender may, without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any Borrower, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender that is a Fund, without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any Borrower, may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Notes, if any, held by it to the trustee or other representative for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee or other representative actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.1, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under this Agreement and (ii) such trustee or other representative shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under this Agreement and the Notes even though such trustee or other representative may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.
G. Affiliated Lenders . None of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including the Sponsors) may acquire by assignment, participation or otherwise any right or interest in any of the Commitments hereunder (and any such attempted acquisition shall be null and void).
H. Defaulting Lenders, etc . In the event that any Revolving Loan Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender or S&P, Moodys or Thompsons BankWatch (or Insurance Watch Ratings Service, in the case of Lenders that are insurance companies (or Bests Insurance Reports, if such insurance company is not rated by Insurance Watch Ratings Service)) shall, after the date that any Lender becomes a Revolving Loan Lender, downgrade the long-term certificate deposit ratings of such Lender, and the resulting ratings shall be below BBB-, Baa3 and C (or BB, in the case of a Lender that is an insurance company (or B, in the case of an insurance company not rated by InsuranceWatch Ratings Service)) (or, with respect to any Revolving Loan Lender that is not rated by any such ratings service or provider, an Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender shall have reasonably determined that there has occurred a material adverse change in the financial condition of any such Lender, or a material impairment of the ability of any such Lender to perform its obligations hereunder, as compared to such condition or ability as of the date that any such Lender became a Revolving Loan Lender) then each of the Issuing Banks and the Swing Line Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, at its own expense, upon notice to such Lender and the
141 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Administrative Agent, to replace such Lender with an assignee (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph B above), and such Lender hereby agrees to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph B above) all its interests, rights and obligations in respect of its Commitment to such assignee; provided , however , that (i) no such assignment shall conflict with any Applicable Law and (ii) the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender or such assignee, as the case may be, shall pay to such Lender in immediately available funds on the date of such assignment the principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Loans made by such Lender hereunder and all other amounts accrued for such Lenders account or owed to it hereunder.
I. Certain Taxes . Any Other Taxes imposed in respect of an assignment or participation (other than an assignment pursuant to Section 2.8B) shall be the responsibility of either the assigning Lender or the assignee in the case of an assignment or the Lender or the Participant in the case of a participation but, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be the responsibility of the Co-Borrowers.
10.2 | Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. |
A. Costs and Expenses. Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and each Borrower shall, jointly and severally, pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, including their respective Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for such Persons, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated); (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder; and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section 10.2A, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
B. Indemnification. Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and each Borrower shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Arrangers, each Agent (and any sub-Agent thereof), each Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender, each Lender and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an Indemnitee ) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel for all Indemnitees taken as a whole in each relevant jurisdiction, and solely in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel in each jurisdiction relevant to each group of affected Indemnitees similarly situated, taken as a whole) incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their
142 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions, (ii) any Loan, Letter of Credit or use of the proceeds therefrom by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Claim or Environmental Liability related in any way to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto or whether such claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding is brought by a third party or by Holdings or any Borrower or any of their Affiliates; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (A) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Indemnitee or its Related Parties, (B) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have arisen from a material breach of the obligations of such Indemnitee or its Related Parties under the Loan Documents, (C) arise from disputes solely among the Indemnitees other than claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as an Administrative Agent, Arranger or other similar role under this Agreement and other than claims arising out of any act or omission of the Co-Borrowers or any of their affiliates or (D) are solely indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages.
C. Reimbursement by the Lenders. To the extent that Holdings or any Borrower fails to pay any amount required under Section 10.2A or 10.2B to be paid by it to any Agent (or any sub-Agent thereof), any Issuing Bank or any Related Party of any of the foregoing (and without limiting their obligation to do so), each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent (or any such sub-Agent), any Issuing Bank or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lenders Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against such Agent (or any such sub-Agent) or such Issuing Bank in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for such Agent (or any such sub-Agent) or such Issuing Bank in connection with such capacity; provided further that to the extent any Issuing Bank is entitled to indemnification under Section 10.2A or 10.2B, the indemnification provided for in this Section 10.2C will be the obligation solely of the Revolving Loan Lenders. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.2C are subject to the provisions of Section 10.12.
D. Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, no party hereto shall assert, and they each hereby waive, any claim against all other parties hereto , on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that nothing contained in this Section 10.2D shall limit the indemnity and reimbursements obligations set forth in Section 10.2B hereof. No Indemnitee referred to in Section 10.2B above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, unless such damages are directly caused by the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment.
E. Payments. All amounts due under this Section 10.2 shall be payable promptly after demand therefor.
143 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
10.3 | Right of Set-Off. |
Without limitation of any other rights of the Agents, the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, upon any Obligation becoming due and payable hereunder to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Agent, Lender, Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against any and all of such Obligations, irrespective of whether or not such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations are owed to a branch or office of such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Agent, Lender, Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates under this Section 10.3 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Agent, Lender, Issuing Bank or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Agent, Lender and Issuing Bank agrees promptly to notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.
10.4 | Sharing of Payments by Lenders. |
If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other obligations hereunder resulting in such Lenders receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other such obligations greater than its Pro Rata Share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify each Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, to the end that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by Holdings or any Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or Participant, other than to Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). Each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, and the Borrowers consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under Applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each of Holdings and the Borrowers rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of Holdings or any Borrower, as the case may be, in the amount of such participation.
144 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
10.5 | Amendments and Waivers. |
A. Amendment and Waivers. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of the Notes, or consent to any departure by any Co-Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of the Requisite Lenders; provided that any such amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent which: (a) reduces or forgives the principal amount of any of the Loans; (b) reduces the percentage specified in the definition of the Requisite Lenders or Requisite Class Lender (it being understood that, with the consent of the Requisite Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the definition of the Requisite Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Commitments are included on the Effective Date); (c) changes in any manner any provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, expressly requires the approval or concurrence of all the Lenders; (d) postpones the scheduled final maturity date of any of the Loans; (e) postpones the date or reduces the amount of any scheduled payment (but not prepayment) of principal of any of the Loans or of any scheduled reduction or termination of the Commitments; (f) postpones the date on which any interest or any fees are payable; (g) decreases the interest rate borne by any of the Loans (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate applicable to any of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.2E) or the amount of any fees payable hereunder; it being understood that any amendment to the definition of Capitalization Ratio will not constitute a reduction in the Facility Fee for purpose of this clause (g); (h) increases the maximum duration of Interest Periods permitted hereunder; (i) releases all or substantially all of the Collateral; (j) releases of all or substantially all the value of the Guaranty; (k) amends the definition of Pro Rata Shares; or (l) changes in any manner the provisions contained in Sections 2.4B, 2.4C(iii), 8.1 or 10.4, or this Section 10.5 shall be effective only if evidenced by a writing signed by or on behalf of all the Lenders to whom Obligations are owed or who have Commitments outstanding being directly affected by such amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent (the consent of the Requisite Lenders not being required for any such change); provided further that any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent which amends or modifies the definition of Approved Fund, Eligible Assignee, or Fund, or Section 10.1 to the extent further restricting assignments, shall be effective only if evidenced by a written consent of the Requisite Lenders and the Administrative Agent. In addition, (i) [reserved], (ii) no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of any Note shall be effective without the written concurrence of the Lender which is the holder of that Note, (iii) no increase in the Commitments of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect shall be effective without the written concurrence of that Lender, it being understood and agreed that in no event shall waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults, Events of Default or of a mandatory prepayment or a reduction of any or all of the Commitments be deemed to constitute an increase of the Commitment of any Lender and that an increase in the available portion of any Commitment of any Lender shall not be deemed to constitute an increase in the Commitment of such Lender, (iv) no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of Section 2.1 A(ii) or any other provision of this Agreement relating to the Swing Line Loan Commitment or the Swing Line Loans shall be effective without the written consent of the Swing Line Lender, (v) no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of Section 3 or any other provision of this Agreement relating to the rights or obligations of an Issuing Bank shall be effective without the written concurrence of such Issuing Bank, (vi) no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of Section 9 or of any other provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, expressly requires the approval or concurrence of the Administrative Agent shall be effective without the written concurrence of the Administrative Agent and (vii) no amendment or modification of the First-Out Provisions shall be effective without the consent of all Lenders. The Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of
145 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of that Lender and no amendment, modification, termination or waiver which has the effect of changing any payment, voluntary or mandatory prepayments or Commitment reductions applicable to any Class (the Affected Class ) in a manner that disproportionately disadvantages such Class relative to the other Class shall be effective without the written concurrence of the Requisite Class Lenders of the Affected Class (it being understood and agreed that any amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any such provision which only postpones or reduces any voluntary or mandatory prepayment or Commitment reduction from those set forth in Section 2.4 with respect to one Class but not the other Classes shall be deemed to disproportionately disadvantage such one Class but not to disproportionately disadvantage such other Classes for purposes of this clause). Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on the Borrowers in any case shall entitle the Borrowers to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 10.5 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by the Borrowers, on the Borrowers and Holdings.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.5A to the contrary, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (or amended and restated) (i) with the written approval of the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the lenders of the additional Commitments incurred pursuant to Section 2.1 A(iii) to implement the additional Commitments incurred pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.1 A(iii) or (ii) with the written approval of the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Accepting Lenders to implement any Loan Modification Offer that becomes effective pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.9.
B. Non-Consenting Lenders. Each Lender grants (x) to the Administrative Agent the right to purchase all (but not less than all) of such Lenders Commitments and Loans owing to it and the Notes held by it and all of its rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and (y) to the Borrowers the right to cause an assignment of all (but not less than all) of such Lenders Commitments and Loans owing to it, its participations in the Notes held by it and all of its rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to Eligible Assignees, which right may be exercised by the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers, as the case may be, if such Lender (a Non-Consenting Lender ) refuses to execute any amendment, waiver or consent which requires the written consent of Lenders other than Requisite Lenders (including such Non-Consenting Lender) and to which Requisite Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers have otherwise agreed; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent shall waive, or the Borrowers or the Eligible Assignee shall pay, as the case may be, any required assignment fee, and such Non-Consenting Lender shall receive, in connection with such assignments, payment equal to the aggregate amount of outstanding Loans owed to such Lender (together with all accrued and unpaid interest, fees and other amounts (other than contingent indemnity obligations not then due and payable), including amounts owed under Section 2.6D, owed to such Lender); and (ii) no such assignment shall conflict with any Applicable Law. Each Lender agrees that if the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers, as the case may be, exercise their option hereunder, they shall promptly execute and deliver all agreements and documentation necessary to effectuate such assignment as set forth in Section 10.1. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such agreement and documentation on behalf of such Non-Consenting Lender and any such agreement and/or documentation so executed by the Administrative Agent shall be effective for purposes of documenting an assignment pursuant to Section 10.1.
146 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
10.6 | Independence of Covenants. |
All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another such covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.
10.7 | Notices. |
A. Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in Section 10.7B below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows: (i) if to any Borrower, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings, to the U.S. Borrower at 4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000, Scottsdale, AZ 85251, attention: Darrell C. Sherman (Facsimile No. 1-866-3902612; Telephone No. (480) 840-8113); (ii) if to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, or to Credit Suisse AG at Credit Suisse AG, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010, attention of Agency Group (Facsimile No. (212) 322-2291; Telephone No. (919) 994-6369); and (iii) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or facsimile number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire. Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications, to the extent provided in Section 10.7B below, shall be effective as provided in said Section 10.7B.
B. Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or any Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.1 and Section 3, as the case may be, if such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or each Borrower may, in their discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to them hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the senders receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the return receipt requested function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
C. Change of Address, Etc. Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.
147 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
10.8 | Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements. |
A. All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit hereunder.
B. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of Holdings and each Borrower set forth in Sections 2.6D, 2.7, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.18 and the agreements of the Lenders set forth in Sections 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 10.2C, 10.3, 10.4 and 10.19 shall survive the payment of the Loans, the cancellation or expiration of the Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn or paid thereunder, and the termination of this Agreement.
10.9 | Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. |
No failure or delay on the part of any Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.
10.10 | Marshalling; Payments Set Aside. |
Neither any Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any other party or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that any Borrower or any other Loan Party makes a payment or payments to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (or to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders), or any Agent or the Lenders enforce any security interests or exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state, provincial or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.
10.11 | Severability. |
In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
10.12 | Obligations Several; Independent Nature of the Lenders Rights. |
The obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereunder are several and no Lender or Issuing Bank shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitments of any other Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder. Nothing contained herein or in any other Loan Document, and no action taken by the Lenders and the Issuing Banks pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the
148 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Lenders and the Issuing Banks as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity. The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender and each Issuing Bank shall be a separate and independent debt, and each Lender and each Issuing Bank shall be entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender or other Issuing Bank to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.
10.13 | Maximum Amount. |
A. It is the intention of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Borrowers, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders to conform strictly to the usury and similar laws relating to interest from time to time in force (including the relevant provisions of the Criminal Code (Canada)), and all agreements between the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries and the Lenders and Issuing Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether oral or written, are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by acceleration of maturity hereof or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid in the aggregate to the Lenders as interest (whether or not designated as interest, and including any amount otherwise designated but deemed to constitute interest by a court of competent jurisdiction) hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or in any other agreement given to secure the Indebtedness or obligations of the Borrowers to the Lenders, or in any other document evidencing, securing or pertaining to the Indebtedness evidenced hereby, exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable usury or such other laws (the Maximum Amount ). If under any circumstances whatsoever fulfillment of any provision hereof, or any of the other Loan Documents, at the time performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve exceeding the Maximum Amount, then, ipso facto, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the Maximum Amount (in the case of any such reduction for the purpose of complying with the Criminal Code (Canada), first by reducing the amount or rate of interest and second by reducing any fees, commissions, costs, expenses, premiums and other amounts which would constitute interest for purposes of section 347 thereof). For the purposes of calculating the actual amount of interest paid and/or payable hereunder in respect of laws pertaining to usury or such other laws, all sums paid or agreed to be paid to the holder hereof for the use, forbearance or detention of the Indebtedness of the Borrowers evidenced hereby, outstanding from time to time shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, be amortized, pro-rated, allocated and spread from the date of disbursement of the proceeds of the Notes until payment in full of all of such Indebtedness, so that the actual rate of interest on account of such Indebtedness is uniform through the term hereof. The terms and provisions of this Section shall control and supersede every other provision of all agreements between the Borrowers or any endorser of the Notes and the Lenders and Issuing Bank.
B. If under any circumstances any Lender or Issuing Bank shall ever receive an amount which would exceed the Maximum Amount, such amount shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment under Section 2.4A(i) and shall be so applied in accordance with Section 2.4, hereof or if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of the Loans and any other Indebtedness of any Borrower in favor of such Lender or Issuing Bank, the excess shall be deemed to have been a payment made by mistake and shall be refunded to the Borrowers.
10.14 | Headings. |
Section and Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.
149 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
10.15 | Applicable Law. |
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
10.16 | Successors and Assigns. |
This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of the Lenders (it being understood that the Lenders rights of assignment are subject to Section 10.1). None of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings or any Borrowers rights or obligations hereunder or any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, or any Borrower without the prior written consent of all Lenders.
10.17 | Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process. |
A. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ONLY IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT (EXCEPT THAT, (X) IN THE CASE OF ANY MORTGAGE OR OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENT, PROCEEDINGS MAY ALSO BE BROUGHT BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR COLLATERAL AGENT IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE RESPECTIVE MORTGAGED PROPERTY OR COLLATERAL IS LOCATED OR ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION AND (Y) IN THE CASE OF ANY BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR PROCEEDINGS WITH RESPECT TO ANY CREDIT PARTY, ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURT HOLDING SUCH BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR PROCEEDINGS). EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY ISSUING BANK MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST HOLDINGS, CANADA HOLDINGS, U.S. HOLDINGS, CANADA INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, A CO-BORROWER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION. IT IS UNDERSTOOD BY THE PARTIES THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR LAW OR ANY PROCEEDING THEREUNDER.
150 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
B. WAIVER OF VENUE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN SECTION 10.17A. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
C. Service of Process. Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.7. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by Applicable Law.
10.18 | Waiver of Jury Trial. |
EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED TO SUCH PARTY, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
10.19 | Confidentiality. |
Each of the Agents, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to it, its Affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, advisors, representatives and numbering, administration and settlement service providers (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential as provided herein), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by Applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.19, to (i) any assignee or pledgee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee or
151 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
pledgee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and their respective obligations, (g) with the consent of the Co-Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than a Loan Party or its Affiliates; provided that to the extent any Agent or Lender discloses Information pursuant to any provision of this Section 10.19, it shall (v) use good faith efforts to do so in such a manner as would be reasonably likely to maintain the confidentiality thereof, and (w) in the case of disclosures outside the ordinary course pursuant to clauses (b) or (c) above, to the extent practicable (following the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts) and not prohibited by Applicable Law, notify the Co-Borrowers of such proposed disclosure as far in advance of such disclosure as practicable and, at the request of the Co-Borrowers and the expense of such Agent or Lender, use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any Information so disclosed is accorded confidential treatment.
For purposes of this Section 10.19, Information means all written information received from Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates relating to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, which to the extent received on or after the Effective Date, is identified as confidential by the Co-Borrowers or Holdings. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 10.19 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
Each Lender acknowledges that Information furnished to it pursuant to this Agreement may include material non-public information concerning the Loan Parties and their respective Related Parties or their respective securities, and confirms that it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and that it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and Applicable Law, including Federal and state securities laws.
All Information, including requests for waivers and amendments, furnished by Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or the Administrative Agent pursuant to, or in the course of administering, this Agreement will be syndicate-level Information, which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their respective Related Parties or their respective securities. Accordingly, each Lender represents to Holdings, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent that it has identified in its Administrative Questionnaire a credit contact who may receive Information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and Applicable Law.
10.20 | Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution. |
A. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter
152 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
hereof. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the Lenders and each of the other parties hereto required pursuant to Section 4, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement or any document or instrument delivered in connection herewith by telecopy or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement or such other document or instrument, as applicable.
B. Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words execution, signed, signature, and words of like import in any Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any Applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
10.21 | USA Patriot Act Notification. |
The following notification is provided to the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act:
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT.
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account, including any deposit account, treasury management account, loan, other extension of credit, or other financial services product.
What this means for any Loan Party: When a Loan Party opens an account, if the Loan Party is an individual, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders will ask for the Loan Partys name, residential address, tax identification number, date of birth, and other information that will allow the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders to identify the Loan Party, and, if the Loan Party is not an individual, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders will ask for the Loan Partys name, tax identification number, business address, and other information that will allow the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders to identify the Loan Party. The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may also ask, if the Loan Party is an individual, to see the Loan Partys drivers license or other identifying documents, and, if the Loan Party is not an individual, to see the Loan Partys legal organizational documents or other identifying documents.
The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may also be required to obtain, verify and record similar information under other applicable anti-money laundering laws, rules and regulations, including the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada).
153 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
10.22 | Agency of the U.S. Borrower for each other Loan Party. |
Each of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Canadian Borrower and the other Loan Parties appoints the U.S. Borrower as its agent for all purposes relevant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including the giving and receipt of notices and the execution and delivery of all documents, instruments and certificates contemplated herein and therein and all modifications hereto and thereto.
10.23 | No Fiduciary Duties. |
In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings and each of the Borrowers acknowledge and agree that: (a) the extensions of credit provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arms-length commercial transaction between Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, and Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the other Loan Parties are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (b) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each Agent, each Arranger and each Lender is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for any of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other person; (c) none of the Agents, any Arranger or any Lender has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any other Loan Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any Agent, any Arranger or any Lender has advised or is currently advising Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers or any other Loan Party or their respective Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Agents, any Arranger or any Lender has any obligation to any of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers, the other Loan Parties or their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (d) the Agents, the Arrangers, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Agents, any Arranger or any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (e) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and the other Loan Parties have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate. Holdings, U.S. Holdings, Canada Holdings, Canada Intermediate Holdings, the Co-Borrowers, the other Loan Parties and their respective
154 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
Affiliates each hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.
10.24 | Judgment Currency. |
The obligations of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to make payments in Dollars or in Canadian Dollars, as the case may be (each, an Obligation Currency ) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment expressed in or converted into any currency other than the applicable Obligation Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery results in the effective receipt by the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Bank of the full amount of the Obligation Currency expressed to be payable to the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Borrower or any other Loan Party or in any court or in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into or from any currency other than the applicable Obligation Currency (such currency being hereinafter referred to as the Judgment Currency ) an amount due in the applicable Obligation Currency, the conversion shall be made, as the case may be, at the Canadian Dollar Equivalent or U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined, in each case, as of the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which the judgment is given (such Business Day being hereinafter referred to as the Judgment Currency Conversion Rate ).
If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Currency Conversion Date and the date of actual payment of the amount due, the Borrowers covenant and agree to pay, or cause to be paid, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any judgment, such additional amounts, if any (but in any event not a lesser amount), as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the applicable Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial award at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Currency Conversion Date.
For purposes of determining the Canadian Dollar Equivalent or U.S. Dollar Equivalent or rate of exchange for this Section 10.24, such amounts shall include any premium and costs payable in connection with the purchase of the applicable Obligation Currency.
10.25 | Additional Borrowing Subsidiaries. |
A. Each Co-Borrower may designate any of its wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries organized under the laws of the United States, Canada or any state or province thereof as a Borrower under the Commitments; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five Business Days prior to the date on which such Person is proposed to become a Borrower hereunder, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including to the extent applicable, the USA PATRIOT Act and the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada). Upon the receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit XII annexed hereto executed by such Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower such Subsidiary shall become a Borrower and a party to this Agreement. A Person shall cease to be a Borrower hereunder at such time as no Loans, fees or any other amounts due in connection therewith pursuant to the terms hereof shall be outstanding by such Person, no Letters of Credit issued for the
155 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
account of such Person shall be outstanding and such Person and its parent Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Subsidiary Termination in substantially the form of Exhibit XIII annexed hereto.
B. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall be added as a Borrower hereunder pursuant to this Section 10.25 unless (i) on the effective date of such addition, the conditions set forth in Section 4 shall be satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Responsible Officer of the applicable potential Borrower or Borrowers and (ii) except as otherwise specified in the applicable Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have received legal opinions, board resolutions and other closing certificates reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and consistent with those delivered on the Effective Date.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
156 | CREDIT AGREEMENT |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.
HOLDINGS: |
TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
,
|
|||||
By: |
/s/ G. Gail Edwards |
|||||
Name: | G. Gail Edwards | |||||
Title: | President, Secretary | |||||
CANADA HOLDINGS: | 0913741 B.C. LTD., | |||||
By: |
/s/ G. Gail Edwards |
|||||
Name: | G. Gail Edwards | |||||
Title: | President, Secretary | |||||
CANADA INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS: | 0914457 B.C. LTD., | |||||
By: |
/s/ G. Gail Edwards |
|||||
Name: | G. Gail Edwards | |||||
Title: | Director | |||||
U.S. HOLDINGS: | AYLESBURY ACQUISITION PARENT, INC., | |||||
By: |
/s/ G. Gail Edwards |
|||||
Name: | G. Gail Edwards | |||||
Title: | President, Secretary | |||||
U.S. BORROWER: | TAYLOR WOODROW HOLDINGS (USA) INC., | |||||
By: |
/s/ STEPHEN J. WETHOR |
|||||
Name: | STEPHEN J. WETHOR | |||||
Title: | AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY |
CREDIT AGREEMENT
CANADIAN BORROWER: | MONARCH CORPORATION, | |||||
By: |
/s/ G. Gail Edwards |
|||||
Name: | G. Gail Edwards | |||||
Title: | Director |
CREDIT AGREEMENT
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, individually as a Lender, Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank, and as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent |
||||
By: |
/s/ BILL ODALY |
|||
Name: | BILL ODALY | |||
Title: | DIRECTOR | |||
By: |
/s/ Christopher Reo Day |
|||
Name: | Christopher Reo Day | |||
Title: | Vice President |
CREDIT AGREEMENT
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender, |
||||
By: |
/s/ Omayra Laucella |
|||
Name: | Omayra Laucella | |||
Title: | Vice President | |||
By: |
/s/ Evelyn Thierry |
|||
Name: | Evelyn Thierry | |||
Title: | Director |
CREDIT AGREEMENT
HSBC BANK(USA) N.A., as a Lender, |
||||
By: |
/s/ Patrick J. McNicholas |
|||
Name: | Patrick J. McNicholas | |||
Title: | Senior Vice President |
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-185269 of our report dated December 4, 2012, relating to the financial statements of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, which includes an explanatory paragraph indicating that the financial information of the predecessor and successor periods is not comparable, and our report dated December 4, 2012, relating to the balance sheet of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Prospectus.
Phoenix, Arizona
February 12, 2013